XT

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

VOLUME XXXIV

1918-1919

ISSUED QUARTERLY

PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

Edwards <fe Brodohton Printino Co.

RALEIGH

1919

CONTENTS

The Lactakias of N^orth Caeolina. W. C. Coker 1

Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the

North Carolina Academy of Science 65

Luminescence of Zircons. F. P. V enable 73

The Sun's Eclipse, June 8, 1918: Question. Jolm F.

Lanneau 76

Alternation and Parthenogenesis in Padina. Jas. J.

Wolfe 78

The American Pitcher-Plants. Roland M. Harper 110

Extension of the Range of Prunus Umbellata Into North

Carolina. /. S. Holmes 126

Additions to the Arborescent Flora of North Carolina.

W. W. Ashe 130

Report of An Investigation as to the Cause of Death of
Chicks in Shell in Artificial Incubation. H. B.
Arhuckle 141

Brief Comparison of the Herpetological Faunas of North

Carolina and Virginia. C. 8. Brimley 146

Elimination from and Additions to the North Carolina

List of Reptiles and Amphibians. C. S. Brimley 148

A Visit to Smith Island. W. C. Col'er ' 150

Review 154

Industrial Applications of Zirconium and Its Compounds.

F, P. Tenable 157

The Hydnums of North Carolina. W. C. Coher 163

A New Species of Amanita. H. C. Beardslee 108

DOUBLE NUMBER

VOL. XXXIV JUNE, 1918 / Nos. 1 and 2

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

CONTENTS

The Lactarias of !N'oeth Caeolina. W. G. CoJcer. 1

ISSUED QUARTERLY

CHAPEL HILL, N. C, U. S. A.

ENTERED AT THE POSTOFFICB AS SECOND-CLASS MATTER

The Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

JOHN GKOVER BEAKD, President.
J. M. BELL, Vice-President.

W. W. EAN"KI]Sr, F. P. VENABLE,

Secretary and Treasurer. Permanent Secretary.

Editors of the Jouenal:

W. C. COKEK.

COLLIER COBB. M. H. STACY.

Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society — Quarterly. Price |2.00
per year; single numbers, 50 cents. Most numbers of former volumes can be
supplied. Direct all correspondence to the Permanent Secretary, at Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

PLATE 1

LACTARIUS SUBPURPUREUS
No. 1246. Natural Size

JOURNAL

OF THE -" *^

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

Volume XXXIV JUNE, 1918 Nos. 1 and 2

THE LACT'AKIAS OF NOKTH CAROLINA

By W. C. Coker

Plants fleshy, the cells of the cap flesh in great part vesicular as in
Russula, when broken exuding a milky juice (latex) which is white or
colored (occasionally almost watery) and mild or acrid ; gills adnate or
decurrent; stem central, its flesh continuous with that of the cap;
spores globose to short-elliptic, warted or with combined warts and
ridges, very rarely smooth. In a few species the milk may be mild
at one time and acrid at another.

This genus is distinguished from Russula mainly by the milky
juice, but there are certain more intimate distinguishing characters
that are usually present and that one soon learns to recognize, e. g., the
cap in this genus is often zoned and the texture is usually less fragile
than in Russula. The abundance of the milk varies greatly in differ-
ent species, and in some, especially after maturity, it may disappear
at times. Berkeley and Ravenel describe a species of Lactarius with-
out milk that they name L. illachrymans, and it is reported from
North Carolina by Curtis, but I have found so many species of Lac-
tarius without milk when dry or old that I agree with Miss Burling-
ham in not considering this a good species without further evidence.

In practically all texts the spores of Lactarius are described as
white, but this is not correct for many species. They vary with the
species from pure white through cream, buff, yellowish, to ochraceous
or light cinnamon and have sometimes a tint of pink or salmon.

All species with pleasant taste when fresh are supposed to bo edible,
and many of the peppery ones that have been considered poisonous
have now been found to be harmless. The peppery taste disappears

2 Journal of the Mitchell, Society [June

in cooking. Only a few species are still thought to be harmful (such
as L. rufus, L. torminosus, L. fuliginosus, L. pyrogalus, and L. scro-
hiculatus) , but none should be eaten without caution unless certainly
known to be good.

To Miss Gertrude Burlingham, who has carefully studied the
Lactarias of America, I am greatly indebted for help in determining
a considerable number of my most puzzling collections. For the
errors, of course, I alone am responsible. All collections are from
Chapel Hill unless some other locality is given. Asheville records
were obtained from Mr. Beardslee by correspondence. The photo-
graphs were all made by me except that of L. suhdulcis, which was
taken by Mr. J. ]^. Couch. All are natural size unless otherwise
noted. The spores were drawn by me and inked in by Mr. Curtis
Vogler, our assistant in botany. The colored plate was painted by
my niece, Miss Gladys Coker.

Important American literature :

Burlingham. A Study of the Lactarise of the United States. Memoirs Torr.
Bot. Club 14: No. 1. 1908.

Burlingham. Lactarise. N. Am. Flora 9:172. 1910.
Peck. N. Y. State Cab. Rep. 23:114. 1872. Bot. Ed.
Peck. N. Y. State Museum Rep. 38:111. 1885.

Key to the Species*

A. Milk bright colored from the first 1

1. Milk salmon L. Curtisii (33)

1. Milk blue L. Indigo (28)

1. Milk dark red L. subpurpureus (27)

1. Milk orange or redidish-orange L. deliciosus (25)

1. Milk saffron-yellow L. ChelidoniuTH (26)

B. Milk white at first, then turning yellow

1. Margin of young cap strongly felted-tomentose. .L.scrobiculatus (13)
1. Margin of young cap smooth or minutely to-

mentose 2

1. Entire cap and stem tomentose, white L. vellereus (3)

*Figures in parenthesis refer to the species number.
Two species of Lactarius have been found both north and south of us, but do not seem to
have been recorded from North Carolina. They are L. inrolutus and L. alpinus. The former
is distinguished by its small size (2-5 cm.), white or pale ochraceous color, very acrid milk,
minutely silky margin and very small spores; the latter by its small size (1.5-4 cm.), tawny-
ochraceous color, squamulose cap and white acrid milk. For full descriptions of these see
Burlingham, Lactari» of the U. S., Memoirs T. B. C. 14, No. 1: 26 and 79. 1908; or North
Am. Flora 9: 177 and 191. 1910.

1918'\ The Lactaeias of E^oeth Carolina 3

2. Milk bitterish, then moderately acrid, smell

pungent L.theiogalus (29)

2. Milk decidedly acrid 3

3. Cap light yellow with spotted zones L. chrysorheus (30)

3. Cap deep yellow, zones faint and unspotted. .. .L. crocetts (23)

3. Cap maize-yellow with salmon tint, zones faint. .L. delicatus (24)

C. Milk white at first, then turning lilac or heliotrope. L. speciosus (22)

D. Milk or flesh white at first, then turning salmon or

reddish or pink 1

1. Cap smooth (minutely pruinose when young).. 3

1. Cap velvety L. Ugniotus (41)

1. Cap margin coarsely felted tomentose 2

2. Milk acrid L. torminosus ( 9 )

2. Milk mild L. subtorminosus (10)

3. Gills not very distant, stem becoming hollow. . .L. plinthogalus (39)

3. Gills very distant, stem solid L. suhpUnthogalus (40)

E. Milk white, then turning slowly to a deep brown. .L. luteolus (46)

F. Milk or flesh white, then turning (sometimes quite

slowly) to greenish or olive, or greenish-brown,
or greenish-blue, or greenish-cream 1

1. Cap white, smooth, gills very much crowded. .. JL. pergamenus (2)

1. Cap white (at times with faint lilac or cream
tints), velvety, tomentose, gills moderately
crowded, flesh turning light greemsh-CTeam. .L. suivellereus

Form A (4a)

1. Cap minutely velvety, reddish or pinkish-cinna-
mon or in part whitish, gills not crowded L. Allardii (5)

1. Cap greenish L. atroviridis (8)

1. Cap an earthy-gray-brown color, milk becoming

greenish L. rusticanus ( 7 )

1. Cap yellowish-ochraceous, gills many times

forked L.fiircatus (11)

1. Cap sepia in center, light on margin, milk dry-
ing blue-greenish gray L. mucidus (17)

G. Milk white, or watery white, or light cream color,

unchanging 1

1. Milk bitterish, slightly or not at all acrid 2

1. Milk quite mildi. not bitterish or acrid 4

1. Milk barely acrid, not bitterish 3

1. Milk moderately or decidedly acrid (also bitter-

ish in some cases) 12

2. Cap and stem tomentose Tj. hinuginosus (20)

2. Cap and stem smooth (base of stem may be

fibrous), margin not striate or faintly so L. subdulcis (50)

3. Surface velvety L. Gerardii (42)

3. Surface glabrous L. subduhis (50)

Journal of the Mitchell Society [^June

3. Surface squamulose, slate gray to smoke gTa,y..L.griseus (38)

3. Surface squamulose, grayish vinaceous L. griseus.

Form A (38a)

3. Surface squamulose, reddish or yellowish brown. L. helvus (36)

4. Texture extremely tough, margin strongly

cracked, gills thick, very distant L. lentus (47)

4. Cap squamulose-warted or floccose-squamulose. .5

4. Cap cracked all over into minute areas L. rimosellus (49)

4. Cap not squamulose or cracked 6

5. Cap slate gray to smoke gray L. griseus (38)

5. Cap grayish vinaceous L. griseus.

Form A (38a)

5. Cap reddish or yellowish brown L. helvus (36)

6. Surface pruinose, gills distant L. liygrophoroicles (44)

6. Surface velvety 7

6. Surface not velvety 8

7. Gills distant L. Gerardii (42)

7. Gills not distant L. corrugis (45)

8. Cap sparingly coarse tomentose L. lanuginosus (20)

8. Cap glabrous 9

9. Odor aromatic, surface not cracked L. camphoratus (48)

9. Odor not aromatic 10

10. Milk very abundant, sticky, cap usually rugose..!/. voiemMs (43)

10. Milk not so abundant 11

11. Cap sordid brown L. cyathulus (32)

11. Cap ochraceous-buff or tawny, tall slender plant.!/, sp..^ (page 59)
11. Cap pinkish tan to wood brown L. subdulcis (50)

11. Cap light buff; low, broad plant L. quietus (31)

12. Cap white or creamy (brownish-cream in a form

of L. chrt/sorheus) 13

12. Cap not white 18

13. Surface glabrous, even on margin 14

13. Surface not glabrous 15

14. Not zonate, flesh thin, gills very crowded, only

1 mm. wide L, pergamenus ( 2 )

14. Not zonate, flesh thick, gills 2-3 mm. wide L. jnperatus (1)

14. Zonate, brownish-gray L. circellata (18)

14. Zonate, brownish-cream L. chrysorheus.

Form A (30a)

15. Surface velvety tomentose 16

15. Surface slightly tomentose, brownish-gray,

zonate L. circellatus (18)

15. Surface glabrous except on margin L. deceptivus (6)

16. Gills distant L. vellereus ( 3 )

1918^ The Lactarias of North Carolina 5

16. Gills close 17

17. Stem bluish gray at top L. suhvellereus.

Form A (4a)

17. Stem not bluish gray at top L. subvellereus (4)

18. Margin persistently felted-tomentose until ma-

turity L. torminosus (9)

18. Margin not tomentose at maturity 19

19. 'Stem distinctly spotted, gills little forked L. insulsus (14)

19. Stem distinctly spotted, gills repeatedly forced. L.furcatus (11)

19. Stem not distinctly spotted 20

20. Cap velvety, dry 21

20. Cap squamulose, dry, color russet-vinaceous. . . .L. grriseMS.

Form A (38a)
20. Cap not velvety, viscid, at least when wet 22

20. Cap not velvety, dry or faintly viscid L. subdulcis (50)

21. Cap deep red-brown L. PecMi (37)

21. Cap slate or smoky-gray L. griseus (38)

22. Stem very short, cap fibrous, quite viscid L. cilicioides (12)

22. Stem not very short 23

23. Cap very viscid, slimy 24

23. Cap moderately viscid when wet 25

24. Cap reddish orange L. coleopteris (16)

24. Cap buff, surface rugose L. agglutinatus (19)

24. Cap yellow-brown with olive tint L. turpis (21)

24. Cap smoky-gray with tint of violet L. cinereus (35)

25. Cap orange to buff or straw color, usually zoned. L. insulsus (14)

25. Cap not zoned, grayish-lead with liver tint L. trivialis (15)

25. Cap not zoned, fulvous in center, cinnamon to-
wards the crenate margin L. minusculus (34)

1. Lactarius piperatus (L.) Pers.

Plate 2.

Cap about 6-12 cm. wide, depressed in center and margin upturned ;
surface quite smooth and somewhat shining, nearly milk white, or
with dull dirty white or buff shades. Flesh white, rather soft, not
changing color on exposure. Milk copious, white and unchanging,
exceedingly peppery.

Gills only fairly close, many forked, from 2-3 nun. deep ; creamy
at first, then darkening a little, becoming light bulTy l)rown where
bruised.

6. ' Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

Stem usually short and tapering downward, about 3 cm. or some-
times up to 5 cm. long, varying mucli in thickness, 1.3-2.5 cm. in
diameter, quite smooth or slightly pruinose, white, or with buff shades
and stains, solid, but with soft j&esh like the cap.

Spores (of 'No. 585) varying greatly in size in the same spore-print,
pure white, short-elliptic, very minutely warted to almost smooth,
6.7-7.5 X 8-13, averaging about 7.4 x ll/>i.

A large white species that is common in dry woods in fall and
not rare in summer. It is distinguished from L. deceptivus by smooth
stem and more crowded and narrower gills ; and from L. glaucescens
by the much less close and somewhat deeper gills, the milk not turning
greenish and cap more shining. The plants also run considerably
larger than L. glaucescens, and the flesh is somewhat firmer, and the
milk more peppery than in that species. Distinguished from L. vel-
lereus by smooth cap and stem and closer gills.

In the mountains of this State (Pisgah Forest) Miss Burlingham
found a fragrant form of this species of which she writes as follows :

"In North Carolina I found plants agreeing in all other essentials
with Lactaria piperata except that the latex dried a pale yellowish,
and the fresh plant when wet or when rubbed had the odor of crushed
blackberries, and the gills were slightly less crowded. This can
scarcely represent more than a form of the species, and on account of
the odor, which is the distinguishing characteristic, I will refer to it
as form fragrans. It is No. 79, 1907, of my North Carolina plants.
Gillet recognizes a form amara, in which the milk becomes yellowish
in drying, but the plant is odorless."

586. Low place below branch below Howell's spring. October 17, 1912.
906. Woods near cemetery, October 10, 1913. Spores 6.3-7.5 x7-8.5^, very
minutely warted.
1052. Woods south of South Building, September 16, 1910.
1211. On side of well shaded hill near path along right-hand side of Bowlin's
Creek, a short distance below Fern Banks, July 25, 1914. Photo.

Common, in dry woods. Curtis.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
North Carolina (mountains). Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.

P4

1918^ The Lactarias of North Carolina 7

2. Lactarius pergamenus Fr.

L. glaucescens Crossland.

Plates 3 and 40.

Cap 7-13 cm. broad, depressed in center at maturity, the margin
upturned, surface dry, not zoned, smooth or more often rugose-
wrinkled as in L. volemus, especially towards the center, glabrous,
nearly white or with brownish-buff shades and deeper colored areas,
especially when old; rarely with a faint pinkish tint. Flesh nearly
white or creamy, firm and solid. Milk white at first, changing slowly
to a glaucous green or not changing, very peppery or at times only
moderately so.

Gills very close, narrow, many forked, only 1.5 mm. wide, white
at first, then light fleshly cream, turning honey color in fresh plants
when wounded, or a glavicous green usually where there is much milk,
and in age becoming dull cinnamon-straw color.

Stem 4-5 cm. long, smooth, pruinose when very fresh, color of cap,
1.3-1.7 cm. in diameter in middle, tapering very gradually downward,
very firm and solid.

Spores (of No. 904) pure white, spherical to short-elliptic, smooth,
5-5.6 X 6-7.5)11.

This species is most like L. piperatus, but differs in the much closer
and even narrower gills, more solid and firm flesh, much less pep-
pery milk, and smaller and smoother spores. The green color of the
milk cannot be relied upon, as in the same plant it may change color
in one part and not in another.

Miss Burlingham has recognized the name L. glaucescens as cover-
ing the form with greenish change, but our plants agree so exactly
with Fries' description that I do not think we are justified in consid-
ering this whimsical character as of specific importance.

Very abundant in summer. In mid- July, 1917, it was more abund-
ant, perhaps, than all other mushrooms put together, and it is, thero-
fore, important to know that the species is not only edible but very
good when properly prepared. If the plants are parboiled and the
water thrown away the peppery taste is got rid of, and they may then
be creamed or otherwise served to taste.

8 Journal of the Mitchell Society [-/wne

904. Woods near cemetery, October 10, 1913. Photo.

1195. Scattered through low woods south of cemetery, July 23, 1914. A fine
lot of plants in all stages, giving good evidence of the species char-
acter. Many were decidedly rugose, mostly in central part, quite as
much so as L. volemus often is; milk plentiful and; moderately pep-
pery, white at first, sometimes turning a fine olive green and some-
times not turning green. Many cuts were made to test this, and in
most of the plants some of the milk would turn green and some
would not, just as in collection No. 904. Spores pure white, spherical
to short-oval, smooth or minutely roughened, one large oil drop,
3.4-5.1 X 5.1-6.8^.

1184. In woods east of Graded School, July 22, 1914.

1550. Mixed pine and oak woods by path to Meeting of the Waters, June 18,
1915. Spores elliptic, slightly roughened, 4.5-5.4 x 6. 3-7. 5m,.

1583. In dry sandy soil in woods north of Judge Brockwell's, June 21, 1915.

1672. Woods near Meeting of the Waters, July 26, 1915. The largest of these
typical plants was 13 cm. wide. In one of the young plants the gills
were of a decided green tint all over when untouched.

Low districts, in woods. Curtis.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

Asheville. Beardslee.

Pink Bed Valley (as L. glaucescens) . Burlingham.

3. Lactarius vellereus Fr.

Plates 4 and 40.

Cap deeply infundibuliform, often containing water like a cup,
and frequently split down one side ; when young strongly involute on
the margin. Surface dry, whitish or huffy, closely and finely tomen-
tose, or varying to more roughly tomentose, smooth. Flesh about
8-10 mm. thick near stem, moderately soft, white, but turning a dull
brownish yellow or cream color when cut. Milk white and remaining
so or changing to a decided creamy yellow, very peppery.

Gills usually somewhat distant when young, becoming distinctly
distant at maturity, narrow, not regularly forking, but the short
marginal ones often anastomose with the long ones ; color nearly white
when young, turning maize yellow at maturity, with faint tint of flesh
color when seen at an angle.

Stem short, stout, tapering downward, 3-4 cm. long and about
1.5-2.5 cm. thick, solid but soft inside and often cavernous by grubs;

<

1918'] The Lactarias of ISTorth Carolina 9

surface white, minutely soft-tomentose, the white tomentum often
missing in areas, sometimes over a large part of the stem (such places
are smooth and show the brownish tan sub-layer).

Spores (of No. 1585) oval or slightly elliptical, very minutely
tuberculate, or some seem smooth, G.G-7.5 x 7.5-9. 5/a. Cystidia cylin-
drical, often with a point or knob.

A large species, usually white all over except for yellowish discol-
orations in age. Dried plants are a rich buff or buffy cinnamon, the
stem often darkest ; the gills reddish brown and glaucous. It may be
distinguished from all others near it, except L. siibvellereus and L.
Allardii by its tomentose cap and stem. It is very common in woods
in summer, more common at times even than L. piperatus, L. perga-
menus, and L. deceptivus. The latter, which has a tomentose stem, is
easily distinguished by the conspicuously rough spores and lighter
color of all parts when dry. Miss Burlingham also mentions the
occurrence at times of yellowish latex in this species as recorded by
Earl and by Massee.

108. Mixed woods near Sparrow's Point. Octoiber 2, 1908.

109. Open woods east of campus, September 18, 1908.

110. Battle's Park, below Piney Prospect, October 13, 1908.

1199. In hollow south of cemetery and near path by branch west of cemetery,
July 23, 1914. Photo. Milk white, but changing to a decided cream-
yellow, very peppery.

1207. By path along Battle's Branch, just where east path to Piney Prospect
leaves the branch, July 24, 1914. Spores spherical to short-elliptic,
some apparently quite smooth, others with a few minute tubercles,
7-9 X 8-11^.

1551. Woods south of athletic field, near branch, June 18, 1915. Spores sub-
spherical to elliptic, smooth, clear, 5.4-6 x 7.2-9.4^.

1585. In woods by path to Piney Prospect, June 21, 1915. Spores subspheri-
cal, nearly smooth, 6.6-7.5 x 7.5-8.5^.

1632. Among leaves by branch north of Meeting of the Waters, July 23, 1915.
Photo. Gills distant, about 4 mm. deep in middle, pale cream color,
brownish-buff when wounded; milk peppery, turning cream and tan-
buff; cap tomentose; stem minutely tomentose, in places only pruin-
ose; flesh turning creamy when cut.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Common, in dry woods. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.

10 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_June

4. Lactarius subvellereus Pk.

Plants considered typical of this species except for somewhat more
distant gills were collected in the mountains of this State by Miss
Biirlingham. She describes the species as follows (Mem. Torr. Bot.
Club 14:23. 1908):*

"Pileus fleshy, thin, convex, soon umbilicate, at length nearly in-
fundibuliform, white, becoming tinged or spotted with yellowish, and
when dried cinnamon colored ( 323. 1. 1-4), azonate, dry, covered with
velvet-like tomentum, 7.5-15 cm. broad, margin at first and for some
time very involute, at length spreading; gills white to pale cream-
colored, staining amber-white (12.t.4) where the latex dries, often
forking, adnate or slightly decurrent, narrow; stem white, tapering
slightly toward the base, dry, velvety-pubescent, firm, 1.8-2.8 cm.
long, 1.2-2.5 cm. thick; flesh amber-white, odor faint; spores subglo-
bose, smooth, 6-6.5 x 6.5-7.5/i, latex pale cream-colored or whitish,
very acrid, usually abundant.

"Hab. : On dry ground, mixed woods. July.

"Distinguishing Field-Marks : This species differs from L.
vellerea, to which it is closely related, in the narrow close gills, and
the finer velvety tomentum or pubescence covering the pileus and the
stem. The latex is cream-colored or dries yellowish on the gills. The
change in color of the pileus and stem during drying is a marked
characteristic."

Mountains. Burlingham.

4a. Lactarius subvellereus Pk. Form A.

Plates 5 and 40.

Cap of moderate or large size, up to 15.5 cm. wide, strongly de-
pressed in center, the margin plane or drooping, more graceful than
L. vellereus; color white, sometimes with faint lilac or cream tints,
very closely and finely tomentose all over. Flesh thin, only about

*l consider it very doubtful if L. subvellereus is a good species. The few characters sup-
posed to separate it from L. vellereus are quite variable and confusing. Plants v^ith close
gills may have coarse tomentum and those with distant gills may have plush-like tomentum.
The only two distinctions brought out by Peck are the closer gills and yellowish change in milk.
The latter is often shown by typical L. vellereus.

PLATE 4

LACTAHirs VIOLLKKKIS. Xo. 1G:?-J

1916'] The Lactarias of ]^orth Cakolhsta 11

7 mm. thick near the stem, firm, white, turning light greenish cream
when cut, with a faint tint of bluish gray, peppery to the taste. Fresh
milk was not obvious, as the plants were very dry, but it probably
turns a greenish cream as indicated by cut flesh.

Gills quite close when young, moderately narrow, about 2-2.5 mm.
deep in good-sized plants, light greenish cream in young plants, then
dull cream, then cinnamon-buff (Ridgway). The gills fork only
slightly, but often anastomose, particularly near the margin. In
this collection (]!^o. 1218) the gills in all the six plants were abund-
antly dotted on the edges with small milk-white droplets of dried milk.

Stem rather short, but not so stubby as in L. vellereus, 2-4.5 cm.
long, 1.2-2 cm. thick, tapering downward; surface finely velvety like
the cap, white except at the top where it is bluish gray. The flesh is
like that of the cap and turns the same color when cut, very solid and
not becoming cavernous.

Spores white, smooth, oval, 5.1-6.5 x 6.8-8.5/a.

One of the most notable characters of this collection was the bluish-
gray color of the stem surface at the top and the faint tint of this same
color in the gill surface and cut flesh.

The plants differ from typical L. vellereus in the closer and nar-
rower gills which are not maize-yellow; more finely tomentose cap
(the tomentum of L. vellereus is in places almost hairy under a lens) ;
firmer stem ; more graceful shape, and tints of green in cut flesh. It
is like L. suhvellereus except for the swamp habitat, the bluish-gray
color of the stem apex and same tint plus greenish in the cut flesh.
In these characters and in the greenish tint of flesh it approaches
L. Allardii, but it differs from that in the white cap, gills not dis-
tinctly veined and not becoming reddish brown finally when wounded,
in the less finely velvety cap and in the very different appearance of
the dried plants which have lighter gills and darker, smoother stems
than in L. Allardii. Miss Burlingham has seen my phmts (No. 1218)
and confirms their reference to L. suhvellereus.

1218. In swamp of New Hope Creek, one-quarter mile below Durham road
crossing, July 27, 1914. Two photos.

12 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_June

5. Lactarius AUardii n. sp.

Plates 6, 7, and 40.

Cap up to 17 cm. broad, azonate, deeply infundibuliform, the
margin strongly inrolled nntil maturity, then nearly plane or up-
lifted, uneven, wavy, and often deeply lobed and distorted, surface
quite dry, minutely velvety, not distinctly tomentose as in L. vellereus,
color reddish cinnamon or pinkish-buff, often lighter towards the
margin, sometimes with whitish areas where covered with leaves;
when quite young the margin is white, then pinkish-buff or cinnamon.
Flesh firm, thick, coarse, dry, rather brittle, about 1 cm. thick in
middle, white, but slowly turning to pink with a faint lavender tint
when cut. In young plants, where the milk appears on cutting, the
pinkish tinge is followed after some minutes by an olive color ; odor-
less until old age, then with a somewhat sweetish smell. Milk sticky,
tardily but decidedly acrid, sparce, white at first then passing through
the same colors as the cut gills.

Gills moderately close to rather distant when young, becoming sub-
distant to distant at maturity, from 1.5-3 mm. apart, nearly equal the
whole length, about 2-4 mm. wide, attached to stem and only slightly
decurrent, strongly veined at cap, more or less branched and some-
times anastomosing, many short ones, color when very young white,
then a distinct cream, not dark with age, tinted here and there with
pinkish-lavender; when wounded turning slowly to a distinct dull
green, then to olive, and after a long time to deep reddish-brown or
smoky-brown, and finally blackish-brown.

Stem short and thick, about 3-4 cm. long and 2.5-3 cm. thick, taper-
ing downward, surface texture like that of cap, minutely velvety
tomentose (scarcely more than pruinose) ; color pure white when
quite young, then whitish or brownish below and pinkish-lavender or
pinkish-buff above, or cinnamon-buff and white; texture firm and
rather rigid, inside stuffed then cavernous in age.

Spores (of ISTo. 1670) white, spherical to sub-elliptic, smooth or a
few apparently minutely roughened, 6-9 x 7-10/x in diameter. Cys-
tidia about 20-3 Sm long, mostly abruptly long pointed.

PLATE 6

LACTARIUS ALLAHDII
No. 1154 (upper), reduced
No. KiTO (two lower ), nat. size

1:-

1918^ The Lactarias of ]!^orth Carolina 13

A large, brittle, deeply infundibuliform plant with velvety cap and
stem, distant, cream-colored gills, and white, acrid milk, which slowly
changes to olive and then deeper. It is most like L. vellereiis and
L. subvellereus Pk., but is easily distinguished by its decided color,
milk turning olive gTeen then red-brown on exposure, veined gills,
lavender pink tint of stem surface and cut flesh. The dried plants
of all the collections are distinctive in appearance and are unlike
specimens of any form of L. subvellereus or of L. vellereus, particu-
larly in regard to the stem, which is whitish and not rich buff or
cinnamon and lacks the smooth velvety appearance of the others.
The dried gills are a dark reddish-brown with a dull olive tint and
are often very glaucous from the spores.

I take pleasure in naming this species for Mr. H. A. Allard, my

first assistant in botany, who is now with the U. S. Department of

Agriculture.

1154. In hollow southeast of athletic field, July 16, 1914. Two photos.
1176. Near branch, about 200 yards west of Meeting of the Waters, July 21,

1914. Milk becoming a distinct olive green; spores pure white, ellip-
tic or subspherical, usually smooth, 5.5-7 x 7-10^.

1178. In hollow southeast of athletic field, July 21, 1914.

1670. In mixed woods not far from Meeting of the Waters Branch, July 28,

1915. Photo. Type.

1726. Sandy soil in woods by branch north of Meeting of the Waters, Septem-
ber 10, 1915. Spores subspherical to short-elliptic, mostly quite
smooth, a few minutely or doubtfully roughened, 6-8 x 7-9^.

1874. In mossy, shaded, low place by branch, one-quarter miles below Meeting
of the Waters, September 24. 1915. Photo. Three plants exactly
like No. 1670, except that the gills were only sub-distant.

2329. Woods near branch above Meeting of the Waters. June 30, 1916. Ten
fine plants; spores sub-globose, doubtfully roughened under highest
power, 6-7 x 7-8.5^.

2345. Damp woods by road to Scott's Hole, July 3, 1916.

2446. Deciduous woods north of Mr. M. F. Phillips', Yadkin College. North
Carolina, about August 15. 1916.

2748. Low woods, Battle's Park, July 21, 1917.

6. Lactarius deceptivus Pk.

Plates 8, 0, ats^d 40.
Cap usually about 10-11 cm. broad, deeply umbilioatc, at fir.'^t witli
the margin arched and strongly inrolled, later more expanded and

14 JOUKXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [Jwie

infundibuliform with the margin uplifted, still inrolled, outline
rather regular, or lobed and unevenly developed on one side; surface
quite glabrous except on the margin, which is typically covered with a
soft, tomentose, cottony roll, appearance of white kid at first, with buff
or brownish-ochraceous or cinnamon stains, then more or less cracking
or roughish and more chalky looking. Flesh about 7 mm. thick at
stem, pure white, elastic, not brittle, rather slowly but decidedly
acrid, and with an unpleasant taste, thinning quickly on the inrolled
portion; smell like sour bread, strong after maturity. Milk white,
unchanging, acrid, sparce.

Gills rather crowded, in age less so, appearing slightly decurrent,
3.5-4.5 mm. wide in center, narrow at each end, white at first, then
pallid cream, with an olive tint as they begin to dry, turning ochra-
ceous or dull brown when bruised, some forked. Margin regular and
even, remarkable for the fine fibers which often stretch across from
gill to gill and are made visible by the spores that stick to them.
They may be seen both in half-grown and mature plants.

Stem about 2-3 cm. long and 1,5-2,5 cm, thick at top, tapering
downward and firmly attached at the blount base by fine mycelium ;
surface beautifully and densely soft white tomentose all over, quite
firm and solid all through, the fiesli like that of the cap, but at times
with ochraceous stains.

Spores (of ISTo, 1877) white, regularly elliptic, distinctly tubercu-
late, 7.4-8 x 10,6-11, 2^,

The plants grow among leaves and are often covered by them. The
white mycelium is conspicuous running from the base of the stem.

This species is much like L. velereus, but the cap is not tomentose
as in that species except for the marginal roll, the spores are strongly
warted, and dried plants are much lighter. It is also shaped like
L. piperatus, but is easily disting-uished from that species by the
tomentose stem and much deeper and less crowded gills. For an
illustration in color see I^. Y. St, Mu, Eep. 54 : PI, 70. 1902.

121. Chapel Hill, October 24, 1910.

558. Pine and oak woods near path south of campus, October 14, 1912.
883, In leaves, mixed woods south of cemetery, October 5, 1913. Photo.
Spores tuberculate, 6.5-9.2 x 7.4-ll„.

PLATE 8

LA("TAKirS DKCKl'TIVrS. No. :i74!i

19181 The Lactarias of JSToeth Carolina 15

1877. Sandy soil in path by branch north of Meeting of the Waters, Septem-
ber 27, 1915. This is L. deceptivus, but is distinguislied from the
usual form by the entire absence of tomentum on the margin at all
ages, by the closer and narrower gills. The smooth margin is proba-
bly due to the very dry weather.

2831. Low, damp deciduous woods at foot of Lone Pine Hill, September 14,
1917. Photo. Nearly white, but soon with huffy stains, old wounds
changing to buffy-cinnamon. Spores strongly warted, 6.6-7.8 x 9-llu,.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

N. C. mountains, 1,000 to 1,675 meters elevation. Burlingham.

Asheville. Beardslee.

7. Lactarius rusticanus (Scop.) Burl.
L. pyrogalus Fr.

Plates 10, 11, and 40.

Cap 10 cm. broad, nearly flat, the center depressed. Surface
smooth except for a scurfy appearance from the collapse in places of
the lighter superficial layer; color a peculiar earthy gray-brown (near
light drab — Ridgway) with zones of deeper soaked brown. Flesh
white, thick, firm, unchanging. Milk white, moderately acrid, chang-
ing slowly to a light greenish-brown.

Gills light creamy-white, becoming fleshly-cream and sordid when
bruised, ochraceous-buff at maturity, moderately close, about 4 mm.
deep in center, scarcely pruinose.

Stem very smooth, even, brownish silvery-gray to ochraceous-bufl^,
solid, 3-4.5 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick.

Spores (of Xo. IIGG) cream color, spherical, tuberculate, one oil
drop, 6.5-Y.4/*. •

Miss Burlingham gives the range of this species as south only to
Maryland.

1166. In sand in bottom of dry-weather branch, below sphagnum moss bed,

July 20, 1914. Photo.
1615. Damp sandy soil just below Emerson's Pond. July 16. 1915. Photo.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

16 JOUENAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY \_June

8. Lactarius atroviridis Pk.

Plates 12 and 40.

A firm heavy plant up to 10 cm. in diameter, with very short stem.
Cap covered with a deep green tomentose-fibrous superficial layer
which is distributed in different degrees in expanding: where it is
thinnest the color is less intense. Flesh about cartilage color, scarcely
changing when cut. Milk white, changing after a good while to a
light dull green, very peppery.

Gills reaching stem, and in some cases slightly decurrent, only
3.5-5 mm. deep, not crowded, many short, but no forked ones, pallid
flesh color changing to dull green then dirty earth color when bruised.

Stem short, 2.5-4.6 cm. long, 1.5-2.2 cm. broad at top, tapering
downward, very fragile, stuffed, but hollowed by grubs. Its surface
is like that of the cap, and it is also blotched in the same way with
deeper and lighter green.

Spores light cream, spherical, distinctly tuberculate, 6.5-7.4ai in
diameter.

Kot before reported south of the District of Columbia. For an
illustration in color see Mycologia 8: PI. 187. 1916.

790. Woods in Battle's Park, September 19, 1913.

872. About twenty feet from the brook in Battle's Park, behind Dr.
Wheeler's house, October 3, 1913. Photo. Spores as above, 5. 5-8. 3m.
903. Woods, Battle's Park, September, 1913.
1721. Growing in woods near branch west of Meeting of the Waters, Septem-
ber 9, 1915.
2300. Mixedi woods south of Dr. Pratt's, June 28, 1916.

9. Lactarius torminosus (Schaeff.) Pers.

Plates 13 and 40.

Cap large, usually 10-12.5 cm. broad, strongly depreseed in center
to nearly infundibuliform, the margin involute until full maturity,
surface zonate, duU-ochraceous or lighter creamy-tan with tints of
pink or lavender pink at times, and in our plants always more or less
distinctly zonate, viscid, felted tomentose on the marginal third until
maturity, the margin most felted and remaining visibly so until full
maturity or old age. Flesh only 6-7 mm. thick at stem, white, un-

CO

o

I— I
I— <

H
O
*<

H

<

1918^ The Lactaeias of North Carolina 17

changing or (in a Chapel Hill form) turning when cut (if not too
old) to light pink with or without a light tint of lavender ; odor very
slight, pleasant. Milk abundant, light creamy white, not changing,
very acrid, but not otherwise disagreeable.

Gills crowded, narrow, only 3-4 mm. wide, nearly equal, the whole
wavy, attached, some forking at the stem, nearly white, then creamy,
then maize yellow with a distinct flesh tint, turning sordid brown
when bruised.

Stem short, stout, 2.5-3 cm. long, and 1.6-2.2 cm. thick, usually
equal, minutely pruinose-felted or somewhat smoothish, nearly white
with more or less distinct yellowish scrobiculate spots, and sometimes
with lavender-pink tints, firm and brittle, becoming hollow, the flesh
at times becoming pink when cut.

Spores yellowish, elliptic, strongly tuberculate, 5.5-7.4 x 7.4-9. 2/i.

Easily recognized by the large size, felted margin, and unchanging-
acrid milk. Distinguished from L. cilicioides by zoned cap with
center smooth and less bright color of the gills when dry. It is poi-
sonous, but the poison is said to disappear on cooking (Ford. Jour.
Phar. and Exp. Ther. 2:21)6. 1911). The species is described as
having unchanging flesh, and this was true of our No. 764. In Nos.
2361 and 2393, on the other hand, the flesh turned pinkish when cut,
though in other respects the plants were just like the typical form.
The colored figure, given in Mycologia 8: PI. 87. 1916, would give a
very misleading idea of our plant. Dried plants of this species at
the New York Botanical Gardens appear exactly like ours.

764. Woods near Battle's Brook, Chapel Hill, September 14, 1913. Milk
white, unchanging, decidedly acrid; pock-marks on stem, small and
faint; no forked gills; flesh and gills not turning lilac or pink when
cut or bruished; spores warted and ridged, 6.6-7.5x7.5-8.5^. This is
typical L. torminosus.

2361. Under cedars behind President's house, July 5, 1916. Photo.

2393. Under cedars behind President's house, July 18, 1916. In this and in
No. 2361. representing numerous plants, the flesh turned light pink
when cut.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
2

18 Journal of the Mitchell Society [Jwne

10. Lactarius subtorminosus n. sp.

Plate 40.

Cap 5-6 cm. broad, irregular, coarsely tomentose, whitish with
creamy or honey-colored zones, margin involute.

Gills crowded, 2-3 mm. broad, a few forked, cream at maturity,
turning pink then light smoky-brown when cut.

Stem 1.5 cm. long, tapering downward, 1.1-1.5 cm. thick above,"
white with a few creamy dots, densely but minutely tomentose all
over, or with a few scrobiculate spots, hollow.

Milk white, very sparce, quite mild. Taste of flesh like cypress
wood.

Spores moderately warted and ridged, subspherical, 5.8-6.5 x
6.5-7/^.

This differs from L. torminosus (our pink-changing form) in the
quite mild milk and much smaller spores. It differs from L. speci-
osus in change to innh and smoky, not heliotrope, and in the much
smaller spores.

2813. In weeds and shrubs toy sidewalk near Mrs. Gore's house, July 3, 1917.
Type.

11. Lactarius furcatus n. sp.

Plates 14 and 40.

Cap 6-10 cm. broad, infundibuliform at maturity with the margin
plane and narrowly revolute; surface with low, felted tomentum all
over and remaining so, moderately viscid when wet, yellowish ochra-
ceous, faintly many-zoned; margin not striate. Flesh white with
distinct zones of dull ochraceous, up to 7 mm. thick near stem; no
decided odor. Milk not abundant, white, then after many minutes a
distinct glaucous green and remaining this color indefinitely ; mod-
erately acrid.

Gills quite crowded, very narrow, only 1.5-1.8 mm. wide, all fork-
ing three or four times, color fleshy-ochraceous with a tint of salmon.

Stem 2-3 cm. long and about 1.3 cm. thick, firm, solid, and tough,
surface light yellowish with small ochraceous spots.

•I— I

Ph

1918^ The Lactakias of IToeth Caeolina 19

Spores fleshy-ochraceous, short-elliptic, faintly tuberculate, pointed
and somewhat bent at one end, 3.5-4x3.7-6.6/*.

This large and very distinct species is decidedly marked by its
crowded, much-forked gills, tomentose cap, and acrid milk which
becomes gTcen. It seems to be related most closely to L. torminosus,
from which it is easily separated by its forked gills, green milk, and
its nearly smooth and much smaller spores.

2232. Bank of New Hope Creek, near Durham bridge, June 24, 1916. Photo.
Type.

12. Lactarius cilicioides Fr.

Plate 15.

Cap 4-9 cm. broad, usually about 6-7 cm., sharply depressed in
center, usually irregular and lobed ; the margin extending beyond the
gills and strongly inrolled when young, becoming plane only at full
maturity or remaining sharply bent down ; surface quite viscid, and
often cracked and roughened, azonate, covered with viscid fibers
which are usually stuck together and collapsed on the surface. In
some cases a superficial, thin, viscid, shiny pellicle seems to cover the
fibers. On the incurved margin the tomentum appears as a dense
roll of coarsely woven and partly fused fibers which collapse at ma-
turity. Color rather uniform, being a rather light ''orange buff"
or "pale yellow-orange," the central depression sometimes water
soaked and deeper in color. Flesh about 8 mm. thick near stem, light
and fleshy cream color, very spongy and dry like sponge cake ; taste de-
cidedly peppery; milk often entirely absent, even in young plants;
when present very scant, white and remaining so, quite acrid.

Gills rather crowded, very little branched, about 4-G mm. deep in
middle, narrowing toward the stem and reaching it with a slight
depression, lightly decurrent by lines in most cases; color a light
cream with a pinkish tint at first, becoming a liglit croaniy i)inkish
buff" when mature.

Stem very short, varying from 1-2 cm. long, and from S-ir> mm.
Ihiek, tapering downward ; surface about color of cai>. or with a more

20 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

pinkish tint, sometimes marked with darker blotches below, nearly
smooth or with a thin scurfy tomentum especially below. Flesh
solid, colored like that of the cap, but much firmer.

Spores pure white, warted, sperical to short elliptic, 4.6-6.4 x 6.4-
9.2^1.

In spite of some peculiarities, this plant seems too close to L. silicio-
ides Fr. to be separated, and I shall consider it a short-stemmed form
of that species. In shape, texture of cap, and very short stem it re-
sembles L. atroviridis. Distinguishing qualities are : absence of latex
(or very scant) ; very short stem ; surface of dense compacted fibers
which are viscid when wet ; inrolled margin covered when young with
a roll of loose and not very long fibers which soon collapse; absence
of zones, and yellowish orange color.

This is the first record of this European plant in the Southern
States, and it has been found only a few times in the North, Dis-
tinctly a boreal species, occurring in cold weather in fall and spring,
and always near pines on uplands.

972. Many plants in all stages, growing among pines in hillside pasture on
west side of Glenn Burnie Farm, November 11. 1913. Two photos.
These plants were found at the same time and place with a large
number of plants of Boletus brevipes, and these two are remarkably
alike in size, shape, length of stem, and place and time of growth.
There had been hard freezing the preceding two nights and many of
the plants were frozen when found. Microscopic examination of the
flesh of the cap shows very loosely woven fibers with open places
between them and almost no vesicular cells, latex quite absent at all
stages in this lot, none being visible even with a lens in young
plants just collected.

1441. In pines northeast of Piney Prospect, October 28, 1914. Photo.

3015. In sedge among pines near Cobb's Terrace, April 21, 1918. No visible
milk, spores 5 x 6-7u,. These plants were typical and showed a very
little milk, which was quite peppery and white and unchanging.
The milk was so scarce as not to be noticed unless carefully looked
for. Spores white, subspherical to elliptic, warted, one large oil
drop, 4.2-5.1 x 5.1-7.6„. In these plants the fibrous nature of the cap
was not noticeable except near the margin. The surface elsewhere
was shiny and nearly smooth from the collapsed and fused, viscidi
fibers.

1918^ The Lactarias of I^oetii Carolina 21

13. Lactarius scrobiculatus (Scop.) Fr.

Plates 1G and 40.

Cap up to 12 cm. broad, deeply depressed in center aud finally in-
fundibuliform, margin even, incurved, distinctly tomentose at first,
glabrous or nearly so at maturity, surface rather light bro\\Tiish-
yellow or pale buffy-yellow, distinctly or scarcely zoned, the super-
ficial layer a whitish, slightly shining material which seems collapsed
in zones and areas, thus giving the surface a roughish appearance
under a glass, viscid when moist ; flesh rather thin, firm, white, turn-
ing yellow when cut, odor noticeable and rather soapy. Milk quite
acrid, white, then changing quickly to sulphur-yellow.

Gills subdistant to rather close, pale creamy-flesh color, turning
sulphur-yellow when cut, then brownish, slightly decurrent, none or
few forked, 5-10 mm. wide in middle.

Stem 3-4.5 cm. long, tapering downward, 1-2.8 cm. thick in center,
firm, hollow, surface glabrous, typically marked all over with more or
less circular or elliptic brownish yellow pits that are usually of very
variable size, surface between them a light cream color or pure white.
Earely the spots are absent, as in our Coll: No. 1803. The stem is
frequently furnished with a distinct elevated ridge near the top which
represents the collapsed fibers which connected it with the gills in
youth.

Spores (of No. 2371) creamy white, distinctly warted. elliptic,
4.8-6.3 X 6.3-7.4/A.

Our Chapel Hill form of this species is a large s<iuat plant that
seems confined to pine or mixed pine and deciduous woods. The
gills are not crowded and are slightly tinted with flesh-color.

1863. On rocky, wooded hillside, Rocky Ridge Farm. September 22. 1915.
Photo. Spores 5-5.5x6.6-7.5^. Stem not spotted.

1957. In rather dry soil, pine woods between Strowd's Sprinp and Howell's
Branch, November 3. 1915.

1965. Under pines near old "Rock Quarry," November 7, 1915. Spores ellip-
tic, tuberculate, 6.2-7.5x7-8.2^.

2*371. Pine woods (with oaks) southwest of athletic field. July 5. 1916. Spores
creamy with a faint salmon tint, elliptic, tuberculate. 4.8-6.3 x 6.3-7.4^.
GUIs subdistant, 10 cm. wide.

Asheville. Beardslee.

22 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_June

14. Lactarius insulsus Fr.

Plates 17 and 40.

Cap medium to large, usually about 7-10 cm. and up to 15 cm. wide,
deeply depressed in center, smooth all over, moderately viscid when
wet, varying greatly in color, deep orange to pale buif or straw color,
conspicuously and regularly zoned, or very obscurely so, especially
when old and wet, and in pale-colored plants (as in No. 1637). Flesh
white when young, becoming buif in age, up to 6 mm. thick near the
stem, firm; odor somewhat acrid, but not nearly so strong or of the
same character as in Lactarius coleopteris. Milk white, rather slowly
but very acrid, unchanging, sparse.

Gills ochraceous-buff, deeper in color than most other species, ap-
pearing somewhat decurrent by the shape of the cap, nearly equal in
width their whole length, and about 4-7 mm. deep, of unequal length,
rarely forked, rather inconspicuously veined, varying from moder-
ately close to quite distant.

Stem 2.5-5 cm. long, varying much in thickness, pointed at base,
light creamy-buff or with a flesh tint, often vaguely spotted, but not
with the conspicuous pock marks of L. scrobiculatus, smooth, stuffed,
or becoming hollow. There is usually a lighter colored ring at the top
of the stem which may remain noticeable in the dried plants. This is
not so conspicuous as in L. coleopteris.

Spores light cinnamon-buff, spherical to subspherical or short-
elliptic, strongly warted and ridged, about 5.5 x 7/*.

This species can be distinguished in the field from L. scrobiculatus
by the milk not turning yellow, the entire absence of tomentum on the
margin, and the faint or absent pock marks on the stem ; from L. tor-
minosus by the absence of the heavy marginal tomentum of that
species ; from L. chrysorheus and L. theiogalus by the milk not turn-
ing yellow.

115. Battle's Park, September, 1908.

492. Near Battle's Branch, back of Dr. Pratt's, October 4, 1912. Photo.
1637. Under leaves in an old road in woods, Battle's Park, July 24, 1915.
Photo. Spores light cinnamon-buff, nearly pale orange-yellow of
Ridgway, subspherical, warted, 6.8-7.8^.
1792. Mixed woods in pasture back of Pritchard's, September 16, 1915.

PLATE 16

LACTAKIUS aC'KOlMCn-A'rrs. Nil iNt'

1018'] The Lactakias of J^^okth Carolina 23

1841. In woods east of cemetery, Rocky Ridge Farm, September 20, 1915.

Milk white, unchanging, peppery, surface slightly viscid, smooth,

orange-yellow, rather faintly zonate, odor faint.
1854. Deep woods near Battle's Branch, near Stroud's pasture, September 22,

1915. Cap cinnamon buff with lighter zones, not very viscid, stem

long, not spotted. Milk white, unchanging, peppery, one plant just

like the others, otherwise had distant gills from 2-5 mm. apart except

on the margin.
2369. Deep woods near Meeting of the Waters Branch, July 5, 1916. Spores

elliptic, warted, 4.8-5.9x5.9-7.4^.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.

15. Lactarius trivialis Fr.

Plates 18 and 40.

This is a very common, fairly large plant with cap up to 14 cni.
(often much smaller), strongly depressed in center, smooth, not
zoned, viscid, the margin strongly inturned until half grown ; color
grayish-lead suffused with liver color (fawn color of Ridgway), very
pale where covered with leaves, in old age becoming sordid earth
color.

Gills narrow, only 5 mm. deep, even in large plants, crowded, many
short ones but none forked, color light creamy flesh, becoming yellow-
ish-brown, turning smoky brown when bruised, and quite dark brown
when old. Milk light creamy white, not changing, quite acrid or only
moderately so, and often becoming so only after a quarter or a half
minute, sparse or moderately plentiful, said to turn the gills glaucous
green, but this is scarcely noticeable in our plants.

Stem solid, smooth, nearly white or lightly tinted like the cap or
gills, unpitted, in large plants up to 8 cm. long and 3.5 cm. thick.

Spores (of No. 5GG) grayish bro\vu (dust color), distinctly warted
and ridged, short-elliptic, 7-8 x 8-10/i, not counting spines.

Flesh white, tinted like cap near surface, not changing color when
cut.

119. Battle's Park, behind Dr. Wheeler's, near branch. S^eptember 21. 1908.

120. Woods south of Dr. Battle's yard. Battle's Park. September 18. 1908.
517. Woods near branch south of campus, October 7, 1912.

24 JOUENAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCXETT [Jwie

566. Near small stream south of campus, October 16, 1912:.
770. "Fern Banks" along Bowlin's Creek, September 14, 1913.
772. Woods near Battle's Branch. Spores light buff (Ridgway),
1560. In deep woods by path along Meeting of the Waters B-ranchv June 19,
1915. Spores light ochraceous-'buff (Ridgway), spherical, tnbercu-
late, about 7.2x9^; cap light liver color on marginal part, pallid
earth color in center.
1573. On ground in hollow below Stroud's Spring, June 25, 1915.
2141. Oak woods near northeast foot of Lone Pine Hill, June 18, 1916.
2531. Sandy mixed woods near branch below Meeting of the Waters, June 20,
1917. Photo.

Asheville. Beardslee.

16. la^ctarius coleopteris n. sp.

Plates 19 and 40.

Cap up to 14 cm. broad, depressed in center, margin rounded, irreg-
ular, quite smooth, surface very slimy-viscid, deep reddish orange, nO'
zones except a few faint ones near the margin, marked with low radial
striae like a Eussula stem. Flesh 5 mm. thick at stem, firm, brittle,
white; cut surfaces, especially at the stem, after standing a good
while, become more or less ochraceous and in places dull green. Milk
white, unchanging, acrid, sparse.

Gills moderately crowded, of equal width all the way, ending rather
definitely at the stem and slightly decurrent by a short line (they
are usually curved to one side just before reaching the stem so- that
the lines do not run straight down the stem, but at an angle), a few
forked near the stem, 4-5 mm. wide, whitish when young, then creamy
buff, when wounded becoming a dull reddish-brown ; fleshy-buff when
(dry.

Stem 3-4 cm. long, 2-3 cm. thick, tapering downwards, smooth,
whitish or straw colored with buffy red stains, a few fairst streaks, or
spots, a large cavity in center. There is a pinkish white collar at the
top about 3 mm. wide, which is easily distinct from the rest and does
not change color.

Spores (of No. 1851) buffy-yellow, spherical, minutely warted,
5-6.3 X 6-7.5M.

H

1918^ The Lactarias of N^orth Carolina 25

This plant has a strong acrid odor like that of some beetles, much
stronger than in L. tlieiogalus or L. acris or L. insulsus. In drying,
the gills become a pallid-buff, and there is a distinctly lighter zone at
the top of the stem where the pinkish-white collar has faded. It also
differs from L. insulsus in its slimy, zoneless cap, pink collar on stem,
and acrid odor. Also in L. insulsus the color of the dry gills is very
different — a deep brownish-red with a distinct overcolor of old gold.
From L. hysgenus it differs in its color, pink-collared stem, and acrid
odor. It resembles L. agglutinatus in its somewhat rugose cap, and
strong odor, but it differs from it in much deeper color, pink ring on
stem, and more acrid odor, different color of gills in the dried plant,
and absence of the squamulose appearance of the dried cap.

It is also near L. affinis Pk., but neither Peck nor Miss Burlingham
mention the strong odor or pinkish collar on stem, and the spores are
smaller and darker and the color of the cap deeper than they give for
that species.

1851. On ground in edge of woods south of South Building, September 21,
1915. Photo. Type.

1842. Mixed woods east of cemetery, September 20, 1915. This was exactly
like 1851 in every particular except that there was no trace of zona-
tion on the cap. TTie same light color at top of stem, and gills bent
sideways on reaching stem. Spores buffy-yellow (about maize-
yellow of Ridgway), spherical, minutely warted, 5.4-7.2^.

1873. In damp shaded place below Meeting of the Waters. These two plants
were exactly like collection 1851. Cap 7 cm. broad, very glutinous,
deep reddish-bay color; milk white, unchanging, very acrid; taste
and odor strong and pungent like that of some beetles; white collar
on stem just below gills; stem cavernous: spores buffy-yellow.

17. Lactarius mucidus Burl.

This species has so far been reported only from Vcriiiout and from
the mountains of North Carolina. As we have not found it in Chapel
Hill, we take the following from ]\[iss l^nrlinglKini (^[ein. T. Ti. C.
14:56. 1008) :

''Pilous fleshy, rather thin, convex uiiibilicatc then plane, at length
infundibnlifoi-m, warni-sepia (30.5 t. 2, 3) in the center, putty colonnl
(311) to stone colored (312) on the extreme margin, azoinite, very

26 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

viscid and shining when wet, glabrous, 3-9 cm. broad, margin even at
first, slightly wavy and striate in old plants; gills white, scarcely
changing color with age, staining blue-greenish-gray where the milk
dries (249 t. 1), sometimes forking near the stem, close, adnate to
slightly decurrent, acute at the inner end, up to 7 mm. broad ; stem of
the same color as the pileus or paler, tapering upwards, slightly viscid
when wet, glabrous, sometimes with faint striae, stuffed, then hollow,
4-7 cm. long, 7-10 mm. thick at the top, 10-15 mm. at the base; flesh
white, odor none ; spores white, broadly elliptical, echinulate, 7-8/a x
8-9. Si".; latex white, drying blue-greenish-gray on the gills and the
broken flesh, acrid.

"Hab. : Under hemlocks, in wet weather. Late August and Sep-
tember.

"Distinguishing Field-Marks : This species may be easily re-
cognized by the contrasting dark-sepia color of the center, the whitish
color of the margin of the pileus, and its slimy shining appearance, as
well as by the blue-greenish-gray color of the dried latex. It closely
resembles Lactaria cinerea Pk. in size and texture, but differs in the
habitat, in the color of the pileus, and in the change in color of the
more acrid latex. While L. cinerea is most abundant in August,
L. tnucida does not appear until late in August and is most plentiful
in September. I have found it only under hemlock trees, while
L. cinera seems to grow only under beech trees. From L. trlvialis it
may be distinguished by the white spores, the more lax flesh, and the
absence of lilac tints in the color of the pileus, which does not become
yellowish in fading."

18. Lactarius circellatus Fr.

We have not found this in Chapel Hill, and the following descrip-
tion is prepared by Mr. Beardslee. It has been reported heretofore in
America only from Vermont :

"Cap fleshy, convex, then depressed at the center and infundibuli-
form, opaque and slightly tomentose, brownish-gray, with numerous
narrow, darker lines which form eight to ten zones, margin even, in-
curved. Milk white, unchangeable, very acrid.

191S^ The Lactaeias of jSTorth Carolina 27

"Gills close, white, then dingy, forking and unequal.

"Stem short, equal, pallid.

"Spores subglobose, rough, 6-7/i. long.

"The dull brown pileus and numerous zones mark it."

Asheville. in woods, not common. Beardslee.

19. Lactarius agglutinatus Burl.

This species has so far been found only in the "Pink Beds" on
Mount Pisgah, and I give below the original description by Miss
Burlingham (Mem. T. B. C. 14:42, fig. 5. 1908) :

"Pileus convex-umbilicate, then depressed in the center with the
margin uplifted, at length infundibuliform, but!" (309. t. 4) fading
to buff (310) when mature, slightly zonate when young, scarcely so
when older, slimy-viscid when wet, with subrugose elevations or
papillae showing through the gluten, appearing squamulose to squarru-
lose when dry, 6-10 cm. broad, margin involute and minutely pubes-
cent at first, the pubescence becoming less noticeable as the margin
unfolds; gills yellowish-buff (310 t. 1), some forking near the stem,
close, slightly decurrent, 2-4 mm. broad ; stem of the same color as the
pileus or paler, sometimes spotted, equal or tapering downwards,
viscid when wet, glabrous, firm as though solid, becoming spongy to
hollow, 2.5-4 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick; spores creamy-white in mass
• (10. t. 1, 2), subglobose, echinulate, T-8m; ficsh white, odor somewhat
like raw pumpkin; latex white, unchanging, acrid.

"Hab. : Among dead leaves, in rather sandy soil, oak-chestnut
woods, frequently under the flowering dogwood. August and Sep-
tember.

"Distinguishing Field-Marks: The medium size, buff color,
and the papilliform and rugose elevations showing through thick,
glistening gluten when wet, and the squamulose appearance of the
])ilcus when dry. One peculiarity of the pileus is that if it becomes
wet again after having dried, the squamules swell up and tlie surface
appears papilliform and rugulose as at first."

Pink Bed Valley. Burlingham.

28 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_Jwie

20. Lactarius lanuginosus Burl.

" Plate 20.

Cap up to 7.5 cm. wide, deeply depressed in center, the margin
inrolled until maturity, then expanded or uplifted so as to become
infundibuliform, surface viscid, sparingly and rather coarsely tomen-
tose all over, margin not most so and the tomentum fading away there
towards maturity. Zoned with soaked ochraceous and lighter honey-
colored tints. Flesh 6 mm. thick at stem, thinning regularly to
margin, firm, nearly white, not changing when cut. Milk white and
remaining so, sparse, slightly bitterish-astringent, but scarcely at all
acrid, sometimes quite mild.

Gills narrow, scarcely 3 mm, deep, crowded, many short, none
branched, a clear ochraceous buff at maturity, turning smoky-brown
when bruised.

Stem 1.5-3 cm. long, 9-12 mm. thick at stem, tapering strongly
downward, 4-5 mm. at base, surface pure white or stained with buff,
densely soft tomentose all over or the central region becoming less
tomentose in age. Flesh brittle, whitish, hollow.

Spores ochraceous-buff, spherical or subspherical, warted, one oil
drop, 5.4-6. 3m in diameter.

Distinguished from all our species by white, unchanging, nearly
mild milk; deep ochraceous-buff and crowded gills; short, white-
tomentose, pointed stem. It has b6en found only on Mount Pisgah
and in Chapel Hill.

559. Low place by Meeting of Waters, October 14, 1912.
569. Low woods near Howell's Branch, October 18, 1912.
1796. In low place in woods south of Peabody Building, September 15, 1915.

Photo.
1839. Woods by branch south of Raleigh road. Rocky Ridge Farm, September
20, 1915.

Pisgah Forest, North Carolina, under oak, maples, alder, and rhododen-
dron. Burlingham.

21. Lactarius turpis (Weinm.) Fr.

We have not seen this in Chapel Hill, but it is recorded from !N^orth
Carolina by Schweinitz and has been found at Asheville by Beardslee.

o

w

H

<;

1—1
P^

1918'] The Lactarias of ]^oeth Carolixa 29

The following description is from Miss Burlingliani (Mem. T. B. C.
14:44. 1908):

"Pileus fleshy firm, thick, convex-umbilicate, then plane to de-
pressed in the center, yellowish-brown or umber, with olivaceous tinge,
darker in the center, azonate, slimy-viscid in wet weather, glabrous
or agglutinated-fibrous, G-12 cm. broad, margin involute at first and
yellow-villose, then glabrous ; gills cream-colored, then darker yellow,
becoming nearly black where bruised, then ash-colored from the
spores, many forking near the stem, close, somewhat decurrent, 3-4
ram. broad ; stem of the same color as the pileus, equal or slightly
smaller at the base, viscid when wet, glabrous, smooth or somewhat
scrobiculate, or sometimes merely spotted, spots becoming nearly
black in dried specimens, firm, stuffed, occasionally becoming hollow
when old, usually 3-4 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm. thick; flesh whitish, odor
slight; spores white, globose to sub-globose, echinulate, 6.5-8/*; latex
white, unchanging, acrid. Possibly edible.

'TIab. : On the ground in mixed woods, often near fir or spruce
trees. August and September.

"Distinguishing Field-Marks: The yellowish-brown or oliva-
ceous color of young plants and the blackish color of mature plants,
the slimy condition of the whole mushroom in wet weather, the black-
ening of the gills with injury or in drying, and in many cases the
grayish color due to the presence of the spores. The pileus may be
covered with villose fibers which are closely stuck to the surface, and
are not easily distinguishable, or it may be practically glabrous. The
yellow down or villosity on the margin disappears in the mature plant,
and is at no time conspicuous."

Middle district (Schw.) woods. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.

22. Lactarius speciosus Burl.

Pi..\TEs 21 and 40.

Cap up to 7.0 cm. in diameter, depressed in center, tlio margin
strongly inrolled when young and deeply clothed with long, coarse
tomcntnm just a.s in L. torminosus, remainder of cap more thinly

30 JOUENAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY \_June

furnished with flattened fibers pinched up into scattered squamules
Avhich are somewhat concentrically arranged ; color a soaked ochra-
ceous or honey color with lighter zones and with faint heliotrope tints
where bruised ; not viscid. In mature plants the marginal tomentum
collapses and is not so conspicuous as in L. torminosus. Flesh firm,
brittle, white, turning rather slowly to a pretty heliotrope color when
cut. Milk white and remaining so; usually mildly astringent, but
very slightly acrid, or not at all so.

Gills narrow, broadest in center where they are 4 mm. deep, reach-
ing the stem, but not decurrent except by a little tooth, many short,
but no forking ones ; cream color to maize yellow, turning heliotrope
when wounded.

Stem up to 4.5 cm. long, firm, hollow, tapering slightly downward,
faintly tomentose at very base, only obscurely spotted or more often
marked by many large and small pock marks, which are brownish
yellow (egg yellow when young) like deeper parts of cap; areas be-
tween pock marks are nearly white or light to strong heliotrope ;
flesh except the very dry inside turning heliotrope when cut.

Spores (of 'No. 2199) pure white, short-elliptic, papillate, 8.5-9,5
X 10.5-11.5/x.

This species is like L. torminosus in its white, unchanging milk
and general appearance ; it differs in nearly mild milk, strongly spot-
ted stem, heliotrope change of color, less tomentose margin at matur-
ity, and larger spores. It is like L. scrobiculatus in strongly spotted
stem and not very fibrous margin, but differs in mild, unchanging
milk and heliotrope change in flesh.

This species is so far known only from IsTorth Carolina, Virginia,
and Tennessee.

753. Woods east of Graded School, September 13, 1913.
1812. In moss by Howell's Spring. September 17, 1915. Photo.
1855. In deep woods by Battle's Branch, near Strowd's pasture, September

22, 1915. Stem strongly spotted, the surface between the. ochraceous

spots a bright strong heliotrope.
2199. Wooded pasture southwest of Mr. Pritchard's. June 22, 1916. Spores

cream color, subspherical to elliptic, distinctly papillate, 7.4-ll» long.

PLATE 21

■ Sn9^K ...^^^tttttl^^^KKt^^^^^

r

^

L »

^^ -

^ - . -^

m-

^^

smm

iii, """-^

«^

' Ki

1
1

■BHjjjj^^^

^^^

1^

1

•■■■'■V

f

ff - si^^HK^r,

m

f^"^

■ t . v^' ai

m>^i^*- 1^

No.

LACTAIUrS SPECIOSUS
if).'! (abovf) and Xo. 1812 (below)

J 918'} The Lactaeias of I^oeth Caeolixa 31

2343. Woods near Meeting of the Waters, July 1, 1916.
2680. Mixed upland woods. Battle's Park, July 16, 1917.
2685. Battle's Grove (oaks), July 12, 1917.

Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.

23. Lactarius croceus Burl.*

Plate 40.

Cap 6.3 cm. broad, depressed in center, the margin rounded and
revoiute until full maturity, quite smooth all over and decidedly
viscid, when wet faintly many zonate, the zones not conspicuously
spotted; color a rather light orange yellow. Flesh firm, rather brit-
tle, about 6 mm. thick near stem and turning slowly to reddish yellow
when wounded. Milk quite sparse, very acrid, most so after several
minutes, white, its change of color not noticeable at once, but after a
time the cut surfaces become a deep reddish yellow.

Gills moderately distant, a few forked or anastomosing, about
5.5 mm. wide beyond the middle, rounded at stem and attached,
color creamy on side view, deeper on edge view, turning deep reddish
yellow when bruished.

Stem 3.5 cm. long, 14 mm. thick at top, tapering downward,
smooth, lighter than cap, a few scrobiculatc spots which in this case
were not deeper colored, surface becoming darker when handled;
flesh firm, stuffed.

Spores light ocliraceous, short-elliptic, tuberculate, 5. 5-6.2x7. 5-8. 2fi.

This species may be distinguished from L. clirysurheus by the dis-
tant gills, darker and more viscid cap, and absence of fishy taste ; from
L. theiogalus by the much more acrid taste, distant gills, etc. It was
found by IMiss Burlingham in the Pink Bed Valley, North Carolina
(elevation about 1,000 meters). For nn illustration of the species
see Mem. T. B. C. 14: fig. 3. 1908.

2348. Woods near Scott's Hole. July 3, 1916.

*A8 Lactaria crocea.

32 JOURXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY {^Juiie

24. Lactarius delicatus Burl.

This species is known only from Mount Pisgali, Xorth Carolina,
and the following is taken from Miss Burlingham's original descrip-
tion (Mem. Torr. B. C. 14:40, fig. 4. 1908) :

"Pileus fleshy, firm, convex, umbilicate, at length nearly infundi-
buliform, maize-yellow (36 t. 3), tinted in the center with yellowish-
salmon (65), faintly but decidedly zonate, viscid and covered with
gluten when wet, glabrous, 8-12 cm. broad, margin involute at first
and covered with coarse short tomentum, then merely deflexed and
glabrous ; gills whitish, becoming maize-yellow with age, some forking
near the stem, close, slightly decurrent, 5-7 mm. broad ; stem whitish
to maize-yellow tinted wdth yellowish salmon, more or less scrobicu-
late-spotted, spots of the same color as the rest of the stem or duller,
equal or tapering downwards, glabrous, stuffed, becoming hollow,
4-5 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm. thick; flesh white, odor strong; spores tinted
yellowish-salmon in mass, subglobose, echinulate, 7-8m; latex white,
becoming sulphur-yellow, acrid, scanty.

"Hab. : In sandy loam and dense shade, oak and chestnut woods.
July and August.

"Distinguishing Field-Marks : The large size, the delicate yel-
lowish-salmon tint over nearly the whole pileus, the faint nearly con-
colorous zones, the short tomentum on the margin of the immature
pileus, the rather persistent viscidity, the lily shape of the mature
pileus, and the change in the color of the latex."

Pisgah Forest, 1,000 meters elevation. Burlingham.

25. Lactarius deliciosus (L.) Fr.

Plate 22.

A good-sized plant that is not rare with us in pine woods in fall.
It varies considerably in color, but is marked by such distinctive
characters as to be easilv recoaiiized.

Cap up to about 11 cm. broad, deeply depressed in center at ma-
turity and striate on the very margin, or not striate until old, surface
slightly viscid, smooth, but showing inherent fibers, sometimes not

PLATE 22

LACTARIUS DELICIOSUS. No. GuL

1918] The Lactarias of E'oeth Carolina 33

zoned, again with obscure and distant zones. In color the cap may
be yellowish or orange-clay or orange-gray and is nearly always
marked with deep green zones and blotches towards and after
maturity.

Gills a light orange-clay color, soon becoming duller and dotted
with green, then all green in drying, when wounded turning immedi-
ately to the milk color, a deep orange and then green. Milk deep
orange when fresh, then changing to green.

Stem about 3-7.5 cm. long and 1.5-2.5 cm. thick, nearly equal or
tapering downwards, smooth, hollow in age, orange colored with
nearly white apex and base (in l^o. 601), or it may be violet-purple,
shading to blue or green below (in No. 107). Flesh a light creamy
orange color and often with greenish tint next the gills, quite mild or
slightly peppery.

Spores (of No. 601) yellowish-cream color, subspherical to short-
elliptic, warted, 6.9 x 7.9/*.

Our plants might as well be referred, perhaps, to L. Clielidoniuni
which seems poorly defined and doubtfully distinct from this.

As the name implies, L. deliciosus is widely known as edible, and
is considered one of the best. For an illustration in color see Gibson,
Our Edible Toadstools and ^lushrooms, PI. 18; also, N. Y. St. ^lu.
Ref. 48: PI. 29. 1897. 2nd ed.

107. Mixed woods, Battle's Park, October 28, 1910.

601. Low place in woods back of athletic field, October 21, 1912. Photo.
777. By Howell's Brook, September 16, 1913.
896. Woods, fall of 1913. Photo.
1284. On rocky hillside in pasture about one-quarter mile southwest of

Graded School, September 29, 1914. Two photos.
1310. In pine woods along path south of athletic field, October 6. 1914.
1335. Scattered through Rattle's Park in rather dry woods, north of ceme-
tery, October 13, 1914.
1370. In thick woods, hillside, northwest of Glen Burnie Farm, October 17,
1914. Photo. Spores light cinnamon-buff, subspherical to short-
elliptic, tuberculate, a large oil drop; 5.1-6.8x6.8-8.9^.

Low and middle districts, pine woods. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.
3

34 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_June

26. Lactarius Chelidonium Pk.

This species lias so far been reported from North Carolina only by
Atkinson. I am not sure that it is really distinct from L. deliciosus.
The following description is by Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr. B. C.
14: 59. 1908):

'"Pileus fleshy, firm, convex, then plane with the center more or
less depressed, 'grayish yellow or tawny,' at length stained with
bluish and greenish, usually with two or three narrow zones near the
margin, slightly viscid when wet, glabrous, 5-8 cm. broad, margin
involute at first and naked; gills saffron-yellow mixed with gray,
sometimes forking, close, 'anastomosing or wavy at the base,' adnate,
then slightly decurrent, narrow ; stem of the same color as the pileus,
nearly equal, glabrous, becoming hollow, 2.5-4 cm. long, 10-12 mm.
thick; flesh whitish, staining saffron-yellow from the latex, then be-
coming bluish and at length greenish; spores yellowish, globular to
broadly elliptical, echinulate, 7 x 8]". (9/i. Peck) ; latex saffron-yellow,
mild, scanty. Edible.

"Hab. : 'Sandy soil under or near pine trees' (Peck) ; also in dry
spruce woods.

"Distinguishing Field-Marks : It is a paler yellow and duller
in color than Lactaria deliciosa, the flesh is firm, the pileus scarcely
viscid, the zones marginal, the stem short, the gills narrow, and the
latex safi'ron-yellow rather than orange. It is usually found in dry
woods in the vicinity of pine trees, while Lactaria deliciosa is most
abundant in mossy wet woods, especially near hemlocks."

For an illustration of this species see Atkinson, Stud. Am. Fungi,
PL 35, fig. 2. 1900 ; also, see IST. Y. St. Mu. Mem. 3 : PL 53. 1900
(in color).

Blue Ridge Mountains, North Carolina. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.

27. Lactarius subpurpureus Pk.

Plates 1 and 40.
Cap 5.7 cm. broad, plane on margin, depressed in center, slightly
viscid, light pinkish-buff (nearly white) with distinct zones of rather
faint olive showing through; surface smooth and very much like

PLATE 23

LACTAUirs iNDiLii). Xi>. i:m:

191S^ The Lactaeias of Xoeth Carolhsta 35

L. deliciosus in appearance. Flesh firmly spongy, 4 mm. thick near
stem, very light pinkish near the surface, deep wine color at gills,
after several hours the cut surface becomes greenish.

Gills close, hardly decurrent, many short ones, none branched,
3 mm. deep in center, grayish-pink (hydrangea pink — Ridgway),
much deeper colored in face than surface view, when wounded becom-
ing greenish after several hours. Milk sparse, scarcely peppery,
watery, deep wine color (dark vinaceous of Ridgway).

Stem very short and small, just as in L. virescens; 1.3 cm, long,
8 mm. thick, colored very much like the cap, with greenish and red-
dish stains and apparently solid normally, but hollowed by grubs.

Spores creamy white, oval, warted and ridged, one large oil drop,
5.9-6.8 X 6.8-8.5/x.

For other illustrations see Mem. Tor. B. C. 14: fig. 8. 1908; also,
K Y. St. Mu. Eep. 54 : PL 70. 1902 (in color).

1246. On burnt-over ground under pines, edge of Raleigh road by Judge
Brockwell's, September 23, 1914. Two photos and painting.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.

28. Lactarius Indigo (Schw.) Fr.

Plates 23 and 40.

A beautiful and conspicuous plant, easily recognized by the fine
indigo color of the cap and flesh and milk.

Cap up to 14.5 cm. broad, depressed in center, the margin turned
down or nearly plane, often crenate and irregular; surface viscid,
smooth, covered with a thin white layer through which tlie deep indigo
color of the flesh shows in distinct zones of indigo, often with deep
green areas where bruised. Flesh firm, deep indigo. !Milk deep
indigo, turning dark-green on exposure.

Gills close, attached, 3.5-4 mm. deep and nearly the same width
throughout, distinctly indigo from the flesli showing througli tlie
whitish surface layer, turning deep indigo and then green when
bruised. As the spores ripen a clay color is added to the gill surface.

36 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

Stem about 5-8 cm. long, usually, and 1.5-2 cm. thick, firm, hollow,
color of cap, smooth, equal. Not rarely the stem is lateral and very
short.

Spores warted and ridged, cream colored in mass, 5.6-6.7 x 7.8-8.2/^.

This species is edible, but is so coarse and so lacking in savor as to
be of little value. While not abundant, it is not rare in summer and
autumn.

111. Battle's Park, in woods just above Green Bench Spring. October 2, 1909.

112. Top of Lone Pine Hill, Glen Burnie Farm, September 19, 1908.
606. Near Meeting of the Waters, October 22, 1912.

742. Woods near branch east of Meeting of the Waters, September 13, 1913.

Photo.
816. Woods above Howell's Spring, September 16, 1913.
1172. By path along branches north and west of Meeting of the Waters, July

24, 1914.
1345. In woods by branch 100 yards west of Meeting of the Waters, October

14, 1914. Photo. Spores subspherical to elliptic, tuberculate, a

large oil drop, 5.1-6.4 x 6.4-8.5^.
1365. Battle's Park, woods northwest of Brockwell's Spring, October 16, 1914.
1369. In thick woods, hillside northwest of barn, Glen Burnie Farm, October

17, 1914. Photo.

Common in w^oods. Curtis.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.

29. Lactarius theiogalus (Bull.) Fr.

Plate 24.

Cap depressed in center, almost infundibuliform, up to 9.5 cm.
wide, in youth pruinose, quite smooth everywhere at maturity, or the
center more or less pitted and roughened, viscid, pale creamy buff
color with ochraceous and pinkish stains, very faintly or not at all
zonate; margin nearly plane, often crenated and lobed. Flesh firm,
then softer, white, turning a clear yellow with greenish tints w^ien cut
and after a time a deeper orange yellow, bitter and then mildly acrid ;
order perfumed-pungent when broken. In age when the milk dis-
appears the flesh becomes a light flesh color and does not change when
cut. Milk white, then deep yellow, bitterish, then moderately acrid.

PLATE 24

LACTAKirS THEIOGALUS. Nos. VJl'J AND lHJli

1918'] The Lactarias of ISTorth Carolina 37

Gills slightly decurrent, rather crowded, only 3-i mm. wide, creamy
at first then much deeper pinkish-cinnamon on edge view, a lighter
buff color at a strong angle.

Stem about 2.5-4.5 cm. long and 1.2-1.8 cm. thick, sometimes en-
larging downwards and tending to be fistulose, pruinose when young,
smooth at maturity, but the base sometimes tomentose, whitish but
stains of the cap color or color of cap all over, with small and usually
inconspicuous scrobiculate marks, cavernous inside; flesh firm, brittle,
turning yellow when cut.

Spores distinctly cinnamon (about light pinkish cinnamon of
Ridgway), subspherical, w^arted, 5.8-6.3 x 5. 8-7. 2m.

A small plant of low, damp woods, usually about 4 cm. broad and
5 cm. high. The species differs from L. chrysorheus (see No. 1838)
in zones being much less clear and not spotted, in pungent smell, in
much deeper colored gills and less acrid milk, also in spores being
cinnamon and not white (Miss Burlingham gives the spores of both
L. chrysorheus and L. theiogalus as white, but in our plants the spores
of the latter are distinctly colored).

92. In woods north of cemetery, November 7, 1911. Spores creamy in bulk.

subspherical, 4. 6-5. 5m.
1188. Near branch southeast of Graded School building, July 22, 1914.
1196. In damp, cool hollow south of cemetery, July 23, 1914.
1800. On edge of pine woods near branch above Tenny's Ravine, September

17, 1915. Zones not dotted, spores spherical to subspherical, warted,

one oil dx"op, 5.4-7.2'„ in diameter.
1840. In damp woods by branch, north side of Rocky Ridge Farm, September

20, 1915. Photo.
1859. Woods north side of Rocky Ridge Farm, September 22, 1915. Just like

1840. Cap straw-yellow with faint zones of maize-yellow that are

not dotted. Spores cinnamon, spherical to subspherical, warted,

5.4-9^.
1919. Under pines in pasture near Graded School, October 25, 1915. Spores

light buff, spherical to subspherical, warted, 5-8^.
1929. In mixed woods. Battle's Park, October 25, 1915. Spores light buff,

spherical, low warfs, 5.1-7.2^.
1944. In pine woods, near Meeting of the Waters, October 29. 1915.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

North Carolina (Pisgah Forest?). HnrliiiL'liaiii.

Asheville. Beardslee.

38 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_June

30. Lactarius chrysorheus Fr.

Plates 25 and 40.

Cap up to 8 cm. broad, deeply depressed in center, often quite
irregular and aborted on one side, margin strongly incurved until
maturity and then not at all incurved, faintly or hardly at all tomen-
tose when young, smooth afterwards, or tomentose on very margin
nearly to maturity; surface viscid, quite smooth, pale maize-yellow
or even lighter with faint zones of a dotted appearance. Flesh about
5 mm. thick near stem, soft but rather rigid and brittle ; milk sparse,
white, then greenish-yellow (about sulphur-yellow), very acrid and
with a very disagreeable fishy taste, which is entirely different from
the taste of any of our other species. The odor is similar, but not so
strong.

Gills crowded, slightly decurrent, only 2-4 mm. wide, whitish when
young, turning a rather light creamy buff, with a tint of pink in edge
view.

Stem about 2.5-5 cm. long, 1.3-1.8 cm. broad at cap, tapering down-
ward, whitish or colored like the cap, smooth, pruinose at top, marked
by numerous, irregular, scrobiculate spots that are scarcely or not at
all darker than the rest, hollow in center.

Spores (of No. 1838) white or faintly creamy, subspherical,
warted, 5.8-6.3 x 5.8-7.2/*.

The distinctions between this species and L. theiogalus are not con-
spicuous. The gills in the former are lighter, and the zones on the
cap are made up of dots, also the milk is more peppery and with a
very bad fishy taste. The spores also afford a means of distinction ;
in L. chrysorheus they are essentially white, in L. theiogalus they are
distinctly cinnamon.

1661. Cool rich woods in Tenny's Ravine, July 27, 1915. Photo. Spores

subspherical, warted, 6-7.3 x 7.5-8.2„.
1838. In trash pile by road just east of cemetery, September 20, 1915. Photo.
2386. Thick brush, oak woods on Rocky Ridge Farm, July 18, 1916.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
Common in swamps. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.

PLATE 25

LACTAUllS ('IIKVSOUllHrS. No. lt'.l)l

1918] The Lactakias of North Carolijsa 39

30a. Lactarius chrysorheus. Form A, with unchanging milk.

Plate 40.

In Chapel Hill we have met with a plant in which the milk does
not change color when exposed, but which cannot otherwise be dis-
tinguished from L. chrysorheus. Collection No. 774 was described
as follows :

Cap up to 6.5 cm. broad, sharply depressed in center and some-
times with a deep sinus on one side, surface quite glabrous, a light
brownish cream color with superficial layer of white slightly shiny
material. Rather faintly zoned with brownish-cream and nearly
white lines, the darker zones apparently formed by collapse of the
white stuff, the zones, spotted. Flesh chalk white and not changing
when cut. ]\rilk white, not changing, moderately peppery.

Gills changing from white to a flesh-cream color, becoming brown-
ish-yellow when bruised, narrow and close, many short ones and a few
forking, slightly decurrent.

Stem white above, about color of cap elsewhere, marked with dis-
tinct pock-like pits which may or may not not be more deeply colored
than the rest ; hollow.

Spores light cream, subspherical, warted, one large oil drop, G-7.5 x
7.5-9ai in diameter. The difference in size of the spores between this
and the typical form as shown in Plate 40, figs. 20 and 21, is not
significant, as the difference is not greater than normal in the species.

The smooth, zonate cap, and persistently white, acrid milk would
indicate a relationship to L. insulsus, but the gills in that species are
much wider and less close and very different in color in both the frcsli
and dry state, and the species is larger than L. chri/sorhcus. Our
dried plants of No. 774 look exactly like dried plants of the latter
species.
774. Near Howell's Brook, September 16, 1913. Photo.

31. Lactarius quietus Fr.?

Plate 40.

Our one collection that I refer doubtfully to this species is a thin,
broad, low ])liiut. with much more the aspect of a Trirholoma than of

40 JOUENAL OF THE MlTCIIELL SoCIETY \_June

a Lactarius. Cap up to about 8.5 cm. broad, depressed in center, the
margin bent down; surface smooth, dull, dry, and a uniform light
buff. Flesh thin and transparent, white, the grub channels a creamy-
yellow. Milk white, mild, not changing, not very abundant.

Stem only 3.3 cm. long, 1.3 cm. broad at top, tapering downward,
very fragile, stuffed, hollowed by grubs.

Gills color of cap, 5 mm. deep, wavy, many short and few branched,
reaching the stem but not decurrent.

Spores a warm buff color (Ridgway), spherical, tuberculate and
ridged, 5.5-9.2iU in diameter.

The principal difference between our plant and L. quietus is in the
lighter color of the former. This, however, may not be of much con-
sequence. The dried plant is like specimens of L. quietus from Miss
Burlingham, except that the spores average a little smaller in ours.

This plant seems to agree well with L. pallidus, but as there is
doubt about the species being American and as I have no authentic
specimens for comparison, the determination must be uncertain until
further evidence.

789. Near Battle's Brook, September 19, 1913.

32. Lactarius cyathulus Fr.

L. paludinellus Peck,

This has so far been found in this State only in our mountains.
The following description is by Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr. B. C.
14:66. 1908, as L. paludinellus) :

"Pileus fleshy, thin, convex, then plane-umbilicate to depressed in
the center, sometimes with a small umbo, brownish-drab (302 t. 2)
to dark-fawn (307), expallent, slightly viscid when wet, glabrous,
12 mm. to 4 cm. broad, margin at length slightly striate ; gills white
to cream colored, becoming darker with age, pruinose, many forking
near the stem, close, adnate or slightly decurrent, thin, up to 4 mm.
broad; stem of the same color as the pileus or paler, nearly equal,
glabrous, except at the base, which is slightly villose when growing in
moss, stuffed, sometimes hollow, 2-3 cm. long, 3-4 mm. thick; flesh

1918'] The Lactarias of IsTorth Carolina 41

white or tinted with the color of the surface ; spores white, subglobose,
echiuulate, 6. 5-8. 5m; latex white, unchanging, mild.

"Hab. : In marshv places in woods, in Sphagnum, or in decaying
leaves.

"DiSTi^^GUismxG Field-Marks: The sordid-brown color or the
mixture of brownish-drab and yellow-brown, which gives the moist
pileus a mottled, streaked, and subzonato appearance, and the striatu-
late margin. The species is small and is rendered inconspicuous by
its dusky coloring. It occurs only in densely shaded places."

Professor Beardsloe has collected L. cyathula Fr. in Sweden, and
writes me that he has no doubt that Peck's L. paludinellus is the same.

North Carolina (Pisgah Forest?). Burlinghain.
Asheville, common. Beardslee.

33. Lactarius Curtisii n. sp.

Plates 26 and 40.

Cap 1.5-G cm., usually about 3.5-5 cm. wide, deeply depressed
(umbilicate) in center, the margin inrolled until maturity or after,
sometimes expanded in age, rounded or nearly plane, often irregular
and with a deep sinus on one side; surface quite smooth, dry, and
chalky looking, azonate, chalk-white except for the brownish-yellow
stains, turning light or orange salmon when bruised. Flesh quite
firm and solid, about 8 mm. thick near stem in largo plants, turning
a deep orange salmon near the gills when cut, light orange salmon
elsewhere, in age not turning salmon; mildly peppery when young,
hardly so when old. ]\Iilk scant, a beautiful deep orange salmon,
iiiildly peppery, disappearing in age.

Gills moderately close to somewhat distant, not forked, slightly de-
current, only about 3 mm. deep in large plants ; color when young a
fine orange salmon, after some time turning a smoky olive when
bruised, fading to \)i\]\\d ocliraceous-bulf witli a tint of orgaiigo in age,
smoky-olive in drying.

Stem very short, only O.G-1.5 cm. long, and 7-10 nun. thick at cap.
tii])oriiig downward, quite smooth and even, liglit orange salmon with

42 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_June

a whitish pellicle, hollow, often eccentric. Flesh like that of the cap,
turning deep orange salmon near surface when cut.

Spores (of No. 1845) cream color, subspherical to elliptic, dis-
tinctly tuberculate, a large oil drop, 6-G.5 x 7.5-8.7/^.

This striking species grows on the ground in pine woods in the fall.
It is probably nearest L. chelidonium Pk., from which it differs in the
dry, white, zoneless cap and orange-salmon color of milk and flesh.
It differs from L. salmoneus Pk. in the deep orange-salmon gills
(salmon-orange to orange-cream of Ridgway), very short stem, ab-
sence of tomentum on cap, and entirely different habitat. This adds
one more to the very small number of species in which the milk is
bright colored from the first.

In looking over the copy, at the I^ew York Botanical Garden, of
Berkeley's manuscript notes on North American Fungi (mostly tran-
scribed from notes accompanying the collection of Curtis and of
Ravenel) I have recently discovered that this species was collected
by Dr. M. A. Curtis (for whom I have named it) in South Carolina
in the same kind of habitat. For some reason the species was never
published, but Curtis' notes leave no doubt that he had our plant.
These notes are as follows :

"1364. (Lactarius near to 1293.) Cap clay-white, 1-1 1/^ in.
broad, smooth, fleshy (flesh thick, salmon-colored), margin invo-
lute when young, becoming depressed in center. Lam. unequal,
attached, bright salmon-color, rather thick, straight, narrow, not
crowded, occasionally forked, and in the older ones venosely
connected. Sporidia white (?), stipe white or pale salmon col-
ored, short (1^ in.), 4 lines thick, hollow at the top, often excen-
tric. Among grass in rather damp pine sandy woods. Sept."

We also find the following note in the same manuscript :

"2883. (Lactarius deliciosus, var. ut videtur vel nova sp.)
Cap 1/^ in. broad, subviscid, with a thin white cuticle, not zoned,
plano-convex, and umbilicate. Substance salmon colored, some-
what pungent. Lam. rich salmon colored, subdistant, not lac-
tescent. Stipe 1 in. long, l^ in. thick, solid, whitish, fragile.
Spores white! — Aug. Earth in pine woods."

1437. In grass among scattered pines in hollow exactly east of Piney Pros-
pect, near Raleigh road, October 28, 1914. Photo. Spores 5.1-6.5 x
65.-9^.

CD
CM

H

<

1918} The Lactakias of ^N'orth Carolina 43

1845. On top of hill southwest of Sparrow's Mill, in pasture, with small
pines, September 19, 1915. Photo. Type.

1857. In a water run in pines east of Piney Prospect, same place as No. 1437,
September 22, 1915.
Hartsville, South Carolina: Under pines in low sandy woods near
Prestwood's Lake, July 10, 1916 (W. C. Coker). This is in Darling-
ton County, in which is also Society Hill, the place where Dr. Curtis
first found his plants.

34. Lactarius minusculus Burl.

This is another species not reported in this State except from the
mountains. The following is from Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr.
B. C. 15 :Q6, figs. 9 and 10. 1908) :

"Pileus fleshy, thin, broadly convex, with a small umbo, becoming
plane then somewhat depressed in the center, fulvous in the center,
cinnamon (323. t. 1) toward the still paler margin, azonate, viscid in
wet weather, sometimes shining with viscidity, glabrous, 1-3 cm.
broad, margin minutely crenate sometimes sulcate, often slightly
wavy, pruinose at first ; gills whitish, seldom forking, close, adnate or
decurrent by a tooth, broad for the thickness of the pileus ; stem ful-
vous near the base but paler toward the pileus, equal, glabrous, some-
times tomentose at the base when growing in moss, stuffed, becoming
hollow, 2.5-4.5 cm. long, 3-4 mm. thick; flesh isabelline- white ; spores
white, subglobose, slightly echinulate, 6-8/a; latex white, unchanging,
acrid.

^^Hab. : In moist woods, in moss or on decayed wood, under yellow
birches, black gum, and black oak. July and August.

''Distinguishing Field-Marks: This species differs from all
others in this group in its small size, crenate margin, and more acrid
latex. It may be distinguished from L. subdulcis by its viscid pileus,
and by being expallent. It is frequently solitary."

North Carolina. 1,000 meters. Burlingham.

35. Lactarius cinereus Pk.

Plate 27

Caj) up to 5.3 cm. broad, niiil)ilicatc or iiifuiulihulit'oriu, the margin
])laiio, or bout down and disl iiirlJi/ siridic: surface viscid or sciircely

44: JoURlSrAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY \_June

SO, azonate, smooth but with the fine irregularities of a Russula stem,
and in some plants inherently fibro-squamulose near the margin ; color
pale grayish buff (about tilleul buff of Ridgway) or a somewhat
darker avellaneous color, often with a tint of lilac. Flesh white,
toughish, about 3.5 mm. thick near center, thinning rapidly to 1 mm.
or less. Milk watery white, scarcely peppery, bitterish, not abundant,
scarcely any odor.

Gills moderately close, none forked, 5 mm. wide in middle, pointed
at both ends, scarcely decurrent, nearly white when young, then pale
fleshy buff, then slightly darker, pruinose with spores in age, dingy
when wounded.

Stem slender, up to 5.5 cm. long, 8 mm. thick at cap, enlarging
downwards or upwards, smooth above, somewhat fibrous below, color
and texture of cap or paler. Flesh white, soft inside, and occasion-
ally partly or decidedly hollow.

Spores (of No. 1928) about straw color, subspherical to short ovate,
warted, 5.9-6.6 x 7.4-8.2iti.

311. Very low leafy place near Howell's Branch, September 29, 1911.

327a. In leaf mold near branch below Howell's Spring, October 4, 1911. Cap
smooth, lead color with a tint of lilac, somewhat viscid. Spores sub-
spherical, warted, about 4.5-5.4 x 5.5-6.5^ in diameter.

576. On ground in low place near branch below Howell's Spring, October 17,
1912. Photo.

773. Along Battle's Branch and Howell's Branch, September 16, 1913. Photo.
This plant was just as above except cap was not viscid. Spores sub-
spherical, one large oil drop. 5.5-7.4^ in diameter.
1928. In thin woods across Battle's Branch from Indian Spring, October 25,
1915. Photo. One cap had a smaller one growing on it.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

North Carolina (Pisgah Forest?). Burlingham.

Asheville. Beardslee.

36. Lactarius helvus Fr.

L. aquifluus Pk.
We have not found in Chapel Hill any plant that we could confi-
dently refer to this species, and take the following from Miss Bur-
lingham (Mem. Tor. Bot. Club 14:74. 1908). For comparison of
this and L. rimosella see under that species.

1918li The Lactaeias of I^orth Carolina 45

"Pileus fleshy, fragile, convex, then plane to depressed, snbum-
bonate, testaceous to isabellinc, expallent, azonate, dr\', the whole
surface broken up into floccose-granulose squamules, sometimes rivu-
lose, 5-15 cm. broad, margin involute at first, then spreading; gills
white, then tinted with incarnate, finally yellow, often forking, close,
decurrent, 2-3 mm. broad; stem pale-testaceous, equal, pruinose,
pubescent at the base, stuffed, then hollow, 5-8 cm. long, 1 cm. or more
thick ; spores globose, echinulate, hyaline, 6-7m ; flesh of the same color
as the pileus but paler, odor faint, sweet, persistent in drying; latex
white, scanty, subacrid, more often watery and mild or subacrid.
Edible.

^'Hab. : In mossy rather wot woods or marshes. 'In pines, fre-
quently degenerate in swampy places' (Fries).

"Distinguishing Field-Marks : The rather large size, the tawny
buff colored, dry floccose-squamulose pileus, the usually watery milk,
and the aromatic odor, which persists in drying."

Middle district (Schw.) woods. Curtis.
Aslieville. Beardslee.

37. Lactarius Peckii Burlg.

Plate 28.

Cap up to 11 cm. broad, depressed in center even when quite small,
not umbonate, the margin strongly inrolled up to full gro\\i:h and then
mostly turned downi, usually lobed and crimped at maturity. Sur-
face rather rouglily velvety, the margin distinctly tomentose when
young. The color is very striking, a deep red brown (hazel, burnt
sienna and chestnut brown), distinctly zoned or sometimes the zones
scarcely visible in young plants. Flesh very firm, a light flesh-])rown
color, turning darker when cut. ^Filk very peppery, watery white,
unchanging, rather scant.

Gills rather crowded, narrow, slightly decurrent, 2-3 nun. wide,
color of cap and becoming a deep rich red-l)ro\vii with age; pruinose
at maturity, darker when bruised.

Stem cpiito .smooth, tapering downward, 3-0 cm. long, about 1.2 em.
tliick in center, solid and luinl, color «»1" cait, but somewhat lighter.

46 Journal of the Mitchell Society [Jw?ie

white tomentose at very base (most noticeable on part under the
ground). Flesh like that of cap.

Spores white, spherical, tuberculate, a large oil drop, 5-6/*. See
drawing.

Gregarious and often cespitose in low, mossy woods ; not common.

113. By sphagnum moss bed west of athletic field, September 25, 1908.
1165. Just below sphagnum moss bed, east of athletic field, July 20, 1914.

Photo.
2347. Damp woods by Meeting of the Waters Branch, near Scott's Hole, July

3, 1916. Photo.

Blowing Rock (as L. rufescens Morgan). Atkinson. (Morgan does

not seem to have ever published his L. rufescens.)
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.

38. Lactarius griseus Pk.

Both Atkinson and Miss Burlingham have found this in the N^orth
Carolina mountains, but we have not met with the typical form in
Chapel Hill. Miss Burlingham's description follows (Mem. Torr.
B. C. 14 :80, fig. 14. 1008) :

"Pileus fleshy, rather thin, firm at first, then lax, broadly convex,
papillate, then depressed in the center, or at length infundibuliform,
with or without papilla, varying from slate-gray (362) to smoke-gray
(363), becoming yellowish with age (putty-colored, 311), azonate,
dry, minutely tomentose, becoming floccose-tomentose, sometimes ap-
pearing squamulose to the naked eye, 1-5 cm. broad, margin involute,
then spreading, entire ; gills white, becoming cream-colored to honey-
yellow, and pruinose, seldom forking, close, adnate to slightly decur-
rent, broader than the thickness of the pileus ; stem of the same color
as the pileus or paler, nearly equal, dry, glabrous except at the base,
which is sometimes pubescent, stuffed, then hollow, 1.5-6 cm. long,
3-6 mm. thick ; flesh white, unchanging, not aromatic ; spores white,
broadly elliptical, echinulate, 6-7 x 8-9.5/* • latex white, unchanging,
slowly acrid.

"Hab. : In moist, mossy places in either coniferous or deciduous
woods, on the ground or on decaying logs. July, August, and Sep-
tember.

<
Ph

J91S'] The Lactarias of ]N'orth Carolina 47

''Distinguishing Field-Marks : The gray, tomentose, azonate,
expallent pileus, the glabrous stem, and the hick of odor. While the
plants may be dark-gray at first, they usually become dull-yellowish or
putty-colored when mature. This species is closely related to L. mam-
mosa Fr., a European plant which has not been found in the United
States. As figured by Fries, L. mammosa is a larger stouter plant
than L. grisea, it does not become yellowish with age, and it has a
white pubescence on the margin of the young pileus, and the stem is
pubescent. L. grisea is at first uniformly gray and covered with
gray tomentum, which later becomes floccose and less evident."

Blowing Rock, on a rotting log. Atkinson.

North Carolina (Pisgah Forest?), 1,000 meters. Burlingham.

Asheville. Beardslee.

38a. Lactarius griseus. Form A, with vinaceous cap.

Plates 29 and 40.

Cap up to 6.6 cm. broad, moderately depressed and at times with a
small, sharp or bluntish papilla in the depression which does not dis-
appear in age, shape irregular, wavy, the margin lobed and bent down,
surface scarcely viscid, not zoned, very peculiar, squamulose-warted
and roughened all over, the very center least so, the warts sharply
pointed. Color grayish russet vinaceous (about light russet vinaceous
or vinaceous drab of Ridgway), little changed in drying. Flesh
dry, brittle, firm, about 5-6 mm. thick near stem, grayish-brown, with
a tint of the cap color, not acrid, or decidedly acrid with a bitterish
taste added, odor faint, sweet, and pleasant, ^lilk white and remain-
ing so, sparse even in immature plants, mild or distinctly acrid.

Gills ending aljniptly and somewhat rounded at stem, not properly
docurrent, distant, none branched, short ones of two lengths, narrowed
at both ends, bent, veined at cap, 4-5 mm. mide in center, color a clear
cinnamon with a tint of the cap color, on drying becoming a pale
buify-gray, edge quite smooth and regular.

Stem about 2.5 cm. long, 1 cm. thick at cap, ta]ioring dcnvnwards,
pruinosc above, color of cap or lighter, the base whitisli. Flesh tirni.
brittle, color like that of cap, a largo hollow in center.

48 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_Jwie

Spores (of No. 1850) maize-yellow, subspberical, papillate and
reticulated, one oil drop, 6.3-7.5 x 7.5-8.2/*.

Our Chapel Hill plant is exactly like L. g7nseus from Miss Burling-
liam, except for the vinaceous tint and larger size. The spores, also,
are identical and differ from those of L. helvus. The color has re-
mained constant for five years and may be said to characterize our
form. The typical form is said to be slate-gray to smoke-gray, be-
coming yellowish with age, and its maximum size is less. At matu-
rity the cap of the Chapel Hill form is azonate as described, but when
young it may be distinctly zoned. Plants collected from the same
spot (apparently the same mycelium) may be quite mild at one time
and distinctly acrid at another; all of one collection are either mild
or acrid. The plants, which are single or cespitose, are frequently
attacked by a white mold which may completely cover them and ruin
the larger part of a colony.

1850. Low, damp, deeply-shaded spot at base of Lone Pine Hill, September 20,

1915. Photo.
2305. Same place as No. 1850, June 29, 1916.

2350. By Meeting of the Waters Branch, near Scott's Hole, July 3, 1916.
2560. Low damp place at foot of Lone Pine Hill, June 24, 1917. Photo. Taste

distinctly acrid and slightly bitter; growing in same place as plants

of collection No. 1850, which were mild. Spores as in No. 1850,

6.6-7.5 X 7.5-8.5^.
3114. Same spot as collection No. 1850 and identical in all respects.

39. Lactarius plinthogalus (Otto) Burl.
L. fuliginosus Fr.

Plates 30 and 40.

Cap up to 5.2 cm, broad, dull, dry, surface with texture of leather
and with a bloom when young, no zones, flatly depressed in center,
the margin strongly incurved in youth, rather light buffy-drab to
much lighter straw-buff or white, tending to be somewhat rugose and
pitted in center or all over. Plesh rather thin, nearly white, but
usually turning quickly salmon or brick red when cut, sometimes
scarcely changing. Milk white, unchanging or sometimes becoming

o

CO

Eh

Ph

191S^ The Lactarias of ISTorth Carolina 49

salmon or brick red or pink when in contact with the flesh, mild when
first tasted then after a moment becoming moderately or exceedingly
peppery, sometimes remaining quite mild. Fries says that the milk
is mild at first, soon becoming acrid, but after a time and in adult
specimens sweet and pleasant.

Gills crowded or in some forms moderately distant, about 3-4 mm.
wide, pointed at stem and somewhat decurrent, none forked, many
short ones of about three lengths, at first nearly white, then light
cinnamon-buft". When bruised they become brick-red or salmon-red
in color.

Stem up to 3 cm. long and 8 mm. thick, nearly smooth, color and
texture of the cap or lighter, nearly equal or tapering downward,
stuffed with much softer material and often becoming hollow (as in
No. 1593).

Spores (of No. 771) cinnamon-buff (Ridgway), spherical, strongly
papillate and ridged, one large oil drop, 7.5-9^ in diameter, including
the spines, most about 8.3/*.

771. Woods near Howell's Branch, September 16, 1913. Photo.

1593. Damp ground near Battle's Branch, July 9, 1915. Photo. Spores cin-
namon-buff, spherical, 6.3-7.5„ in diameter. Milk white at first, then
brick-red when touching flesh.

1628. Damp soil by Battle's Branch, July 22, 1915. This plant is typical of
L. plinthogalus, but the latex is absolutely mild. Cap texture of
leather, snuff-brown, zoneless, dry, wounds on any part turning sal-
mon-redi. Gills creamy, adnate. Stem even, texture of cap, some-
what lighter in color.

1772. Battle's Park in woods west of Brockwell's Spring, September 12, 1915.
Milk mild.

1817. Damp soil, woods below Howell's Spring, September 20, 1915.

1834. In woods east of cemetery, September 20, 1915. Photo. Gills crowded,
narrow; stem stuffed; spores cinnamon-buff, spherical, 6.6-10^ in
diameter, most about 7.5», covered with a strong, blunt papilla^.

2233. Bank of New Hope Creek, below Durham-Chapel Hill bridge, June 24,
1916. Spores 7.3-8.5^.

2538. By path along branch above Meeting of the Waters. June 22, 1917.

2577. Mixed woods. Battle's Park, July 2, 1917.

Asheville. Beardslee.
4

50 JOUKNAL OF THE MiTCIIELL SoCIETY \_June

40. Lactarius subplinthogalus n. sp.

Plates 31 and 40,

Cap up to 10.5 cm. broad, usually 3-5 cm., moderately depressed
in center, the margin rounded and somewhat irregular, or at times
beautifully and regularly crimped ; surface smooth, dull, minutely
pruinose when young, scarcely so at maturity, marginal third with
rather strong, radial, irregular pleats which extend in from the mar-
ginal crimps; color snuff brown, buffy-drab (avellaneous, Ridgway)
to pale ochraceous-buff or occasionally even lighter (light buff, Ridg-
way j. Flesh about 6 mm. thick near stem, tough, soft, whitish, turn-
ing rosy-salmon when cut, odor pleasant. Milk white, acrid, turning
a deep rosy-salmon in contact with flesh and gills.

Gills very distant, somewhat decurrent, but ending abruptly and
somewhat rounded at stem, none branching, not veined at cap, full
length ones about 1-1.4 mm. apart at margin and 1-1.4 mm. deep.
Between these are shorter ones of three lengths and three distinct
widths, all bluntly rounded at the inner end. Color cinnamon-buff,
turning rosy-salmon when cut.

Stem usually 3-4 cm. long, but at times up to 8 cm. ; 7-15 mm. thick
at cap, tapering slightly downward, smooth, about color of cap or
lighter, flesh varying from solid and elastic and not noticeably stuffed
in center (of the same firm consistency all through) to distinctly
stuffed and sometimes covernous in age.

Spores (of No. 1835) cinnamon, spherical, covered with strong,
blunt spines of varying lengths on the same spore, some 1.5^ long,
others shorter, diameter with spines 10-12fi, most about 11/^.

This species is distinguished from L. plinthogalus by the larger
spores, the solid stem, the very distant and deep gills, and the usually
larger size of the plant. It is also usually darker than L. pUnthogalus.

Miss Burlingham considers these plants as coming within the varia-
tion range of L. pUnthogalus, and there is no doubt that this species
is a very variable one. However, after careful observation of these
plants in Chapel Hill, it seems to me that we have two distinct forms.
We do not find confusing intermediates, and all our collections can be
easily referred to one or the other group. I consider it less confusing,

PLATE 31

l.ACTAKirS SllH'LIXTHDCALrS. No. 2:U'J

1918^ The Lactarias of ^Tokth Cakolina 51

therefore, to treat them as distinct. On writing Mr. Beardslee in
regard to this plant, he replied: "I have this the same exactly as
you find it. I have noted the form you have as very different from
the type of the species. I find one form taller than this with their
crowded gills and your plant with the deep, distant gills, and I do not
find intermediates. I find, however, forms larger than those you send
with the same gills. I am inclined to think they should be separated.
I do not find spores as small as Miss Burlingham's lower limits for
them."

78. Low place east of athletic field, September 16, 1910.
1162. Swamp of New Hope Creek below Durham bridge, July, 1914. Spores

spherical with blunt papillae, average 11» in diameter, including

spines.
1835. In deep woods, north side Rocky Ridge Farm, September 20, 1915.

Photo.
1862. Battle's Park, near Strowd's pasture, September 21, 1915.
2349. By Meeting of the Waters Branch, near Scott's Hole, July 3, 1916.

Photo. Type.
2394. Woods at top of Lone Pine Hill, July 18, 1916. Margin beautifully

crenated.
2436. Clay soil, mixed woods. Battle's Park, July 24, 1916. Gills and flesh

slowly turn dull deep red when wounded; taste acrid.
2666. Low damp woods by branch below Howell's Spring, July 14, 1917.

Stem in this specimen quite lateral as in Pleurotus.

Asheville. Beardslee.

41. Lactarius ligniotus Fr.

Plate 32.

Cap 4.5-7 cm. broad, excentric and quite irregular, the margin
broadly drooping, depressed in center or scarcely so, surface rugose all
over, just as in L. riigosa, dresden brown all over, darkening to mum-
my brown in age, not zoned, dry, pulverulent with minute granules.
Flesh about 5-8 mm. thick in center, quickly thinning towards the
margin, rather spongy and clastic, pale cream-color, mild. !Milk
moderately plentiful, light pink or quite distinctly a clear pinJc
color and not changing for a long time, then becoming sordid ochrace-
ous like the wounded gills.

52 Journal op the Mitchell Society ^June

Gills distant, irregular, many short, some anastomosing near the
margin and a few forked, about 3-4 mm. wide, slightly decurrent,
pale creamy white, turning sordid ochraceous when wounded, and
discolored in age.

Stem eccentric, 2.5-3 cm, long, 0.8-1.2 cm. thick, nearly equal, firm,
stuffed, or cavernously hollow, surface even, pulverulent above, vel-
vety below, colored like the cap but darker.

Spores yellowish, subspherical to elliptic, with a long mucro, very
minutely papillate or papillate warted, 5.5-7.4x7.4-11/^.

A rare plant in Chapel Hill and represented so far by a single col-
lection, which is of a short-stemmed form. The stem is said to reach
a lengih of 8 cm.

2181. Damp soil by branch west of Meeting of the "Waters, June 20, 1916.
Photo.

. Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

42. Lactarius Gerardii Peck.

The following is from Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr. B. C, 14:
87, 1908) :

"Pileus fleshy, firm, convex at first, often with a small umbo, then
plane or depressed, dark seal-brown, becoming golden-brown or umber,
or sometimes paler, azonate, dry, surface velvety rugose radiately
from the center, sometimes becoming cracked near the margin, margin
even or wavy and irregular, often paler in color, thin, becoming ex-
tended ; gills white then cream-colored, more or less interveined, dis-
tant, appearing more so in older specimens with somewhat irregular
spaces, decurrent, not very thin, broad; stem the same color as the
pileus, velvety to the touch, equal or ventricose, stuffed, then hollow,
2.5-5 cm. long, 4-20 mm. thick; flesh white, unchanging; spores
white, globular, echinulate, 6.5-9;".; latex white, unchanging, mild,
then slightly acrid. Edible.

"Hab. : On the ground in woods or in open groves. July to
September.

PLATE 32

LACTARIUS LIGNIOTUS. No. 21S1

1918} The Lactaeias of North Caeolixa 53

"Distinguishing Field-Maeks : This species is closely related
to Lactaria ligniota Ft., but can be distinguished from it by the white
spores, the unchanging color of the broken flesh or gills, and the more
distant gills."

For an illustration in color see X. Y. St. Mu. Mem. 3 : PI. 53. 1900.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Pisgah Forest. Burlingham.

43. Lactarius volemus Fr.

L. lactifiua (L.) Burl.

Plates 33 and 40.

Cap generally more or less infundibuliform with various irregu-
larities of the edges, surface smooth, not velvety, often with decided
corrtigations, particularly near the edge, and not rarely with cracks on
the margin, color brownish-orange, or a much deeper browmish-red
(Sanford's brown or cinnamon-rufous, Ridgway), sometimes very
much lighter, not darker than light cream color. Flesh firm, white
at first, changing when cut to a brownish-red. Milk very abundant,
sticky, mild, white, and remaining white.

Gills at first creamy-white, turning a pretty creamy-yellow, and
when bruised a dark, sordid brown, about 4-5 mm. wide, pointed at
the stem, more or less decurrent, varying greatly in number, and so
quite crowded or decidedly distant.

Stem 1.5-5 cm., usually 3-4 cm., long and about 1 cm. thick, very
irregular, stuffed, surface pruinose except at base, where it is finely
white velvety, colored about like the cap and lightest at the top.

Spores (of No. 104) white, globular, warted, 7.4-8. 2m in diameter.

This plant is nearest L. corrugis, but has not the fine tomentum of
that species or the deeply colored gills when young. It is a good-
sized, attractive, and rather common plant that is recorded among tlie
best to eat. For an illustration in color see N, Y. St. ^In. Ko]t. 48:
PI. 30. 1897. 2nd. ed.

95. Mixed woods south of Dr. Battle's in a rather low place with Sniilax
rotiindifoUa, September 25. 1911. No milk could be potten from this
individual, although at its perfection. Spores warted. 7.4-8^.
102. Low woods east of the athletic tteld. September 25. 1908.

54 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

104. Battle's Park, September 14, 16, and 23. 1910.

327. Battle's Park, September 26, 1911.

802. Dr. Pratt's lawn, south side, September 21, 1913. Photo. Spores 7.4-11^.
1007. Low woods west of athletic field, September 26, 1911.
1148. In sphagnum moss bed east of athletic field, July 10, 1914.
1192. Damp woods south of cemetery, July 22, 1914. A very light, pale-cream

form. Spores 8.5-10.2^.
1201. Hollow in woods south of the athletic field, July 23, 1914. Photo.
2205. Woods, Chapel Hill, June 23, 1916. Gills much more distant in one
than in others.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Common in woods. Curtis.
Mount Pisgah. Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.

44. Lactarius hygrophoroides B. & C.

Plate 34.

Cap about 5.5-8 cm. broad, deeply depressed in center, the margin
arched and irregular, and sometimes prettily crenated ; surface smooth
or decidedly rugose, dull and distinctly pruinose, not viscid, about
pinkish cinnamon to cinnamon (Ridgway). Flesh white, elastic,
about 3 mm. thick near the stem, mild and odorless. Milk white,
mild, not abundant.

Gills distant, 6-7 mm. wide beyond the middle, pointed and decur-
rent at the stem, light yellowish-cream, thick and irregular, short ones
near the margin, not changing when wounded.

Stem about 2.5-4 cm. long, 11-14 mm. thick at top, tapering down-
ward, smooth, about color of cap, solid.

Spores distinctly roughened with low warts, elliptic, 5.5-7.4x7.4-
ll/i. They are exactly like the spores of the plant of this species in
Miss Burlingham's exsiccati.

In drying the plant, especially the gills, has a strong tendency to
liecome watery and moldy, contrasting in this way will the related
L. volemus and L. corrugis, which dry readily. For an illustration
in color see Mycologia 8: PL 187. 1916; also, K Y. St. Mu. Mem.
3: PL 53. 1900 (as L. distans).

2344. Battle's Park, near branch, July 3, 1916. Photo.

2365. Damp soil along Meeting of the Waters Branch, July 5, 1916. Photo.

PLATE 33

LACTARirS VnLK.MrS. No. 802

CO

1918'\ The Lactarias of North Carolina 55

45. Lactarius corrugis Pk.

Plate 35.

Cap usually 8-9 cm, broad, depressed in center and margin nearly
plane. Surface finely velvety-pubescent, the pubescence tending to
lighten and obscure the color below; usually much corrugated, as in
L. volemus, a very deep bay brown (chestnut) usually, but sometimes
lighter, dry and without zones. Flesh white, turning quickly to a
reddish-brown when cut. Milk white, bountiful, unchanging, very
sticky.

Gills a deep fleshy yellow-brown when young, becoming a lighter
golden-brown (antimony yellow of Ridgway) when mature, turning
a deep scorched brown when bruised, slightly decurrcnt, moderately
close, broadest near margin where they are 5 mm. deep.

Stem solid, 5.5-6.5 cm. long and 1.5-2.3 cm. broad; softly tomen-
tose, color of cap, but lighter.

Spores white, spherical, warted, one large oil drop, 8.5-9.3/^.

The taste is mild and pleasant and the plant is very good to eat.

803. Woods south of athletic field, September 17, 1913.

1192. Low, damp woods south of cemetery, July 22, 1914. Color very light,

a light cream or brownish-cream in places.

1193. Damp low woods south of cemetery, July 23, 1914. Two photos.
1205. Scattered along Battle's Branch. July 24, 1914.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Pink Bed Valley. Burlingham.
Hartsville, S. C. low woods. Coker.

4G. Lactarius luteolus Pk.

L. foetldus Pk.

Plate 30.

Cap 3.5-G cm. broad, not zonato, the ('(Mitcr moderately (lei)r(\sspd,
the margin nearly plane with its edge incurved, rather irregular;
surface covered throughout with a short, dense, felted, tomoutiim
and viscid when moist, color light leathery tan, .<5omo parts darker

tliMii others. Flesh tough iiiid linii, thick, I> iiiiii. thick near ^\v\\\,
white I)uf (piickly jiiiikish-hrowii when cut (hen deep diill hrown.

56 Journal, of the Mitchell Society ^June

a decided fungoid odor as in L. volemus. Milk abundant, mild, white
and remaining so except when in close contact with the flesh, then
undergoing the same changes.

Gills moderately close, adnate, simple or some forked near the stem,
narrow, onlv 2 mm. wide, pruinose, pale cream at maturity, when
bruised becoming quickly pinkish-brown then slowly deepening to
blackish scorched brown.

Stem 2.5-3.5 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick in middle, flaring at the top,,
tapering downward, color and tomentum exactly like that of the cap
all over, brown where bruised ; flesh solid, tough, and firm, changing
like the cap flesh.

Spores white, subspherical to elliptic, distinctly papillate, 4.8-5.5 x
5-7.4/u.

This is new to ]^orth Carolina, having been reported in the South
only from Tennessee and Mississippi. The cap is described as not
viscid, but is certainly viscid when quite fresh in our plant. The
abundant mild milk and quick change to brown show the kinship of
the plant to L. corrugis and L. volemus.

1715. In sandy soil in woods near branch north of Meeting of tlie Waters,
September 9, 1915. Two photos. Spores 5.4-6.8 x 5.8-7.2„.

2817. By rock wall in sidewalk west of Professor Howell's yard, under white
oak, July 30, 1917. Photo.

2820. In grass under oak in Professor Howell's lawn, August 3, 1917. Seven
plants, 3.5-5.5 cm. broad, old ones with the margin elevated. Charac-
ters as in No. 2817.

47. Lactarius lentus n. sp.

Plates 37 and 40.

One plant. Cap 5.5 cm. broad, regular, flatly rounded, soaked
looking in center where it is nearly glabrous but dull, and bufl^y och-
raceous, the marginal half or third strongly rugose, the broad cracks
showing the fibrous looking and lighter flesh, not at all viscid and not
zoned. Flesh pure white, about 5 mm. deep at stem, rapidly thin-
ning towards margin, very tough and firm; tasteless. Milk white,
unchanging, mild, not discoloring the gills.

CO

W

H

Pm

o

CO

w

<

CO

H
<l

Ph

19 IS] The Lactakias of JSTorth Carolina 57

Gills very distant, some short marginal ones and a few branched
near the stem, about 4-5 mm. wide, very thick, firm and tough, nar-
rowly attached, not decurrent, not brown when bruised.

Stem 3 cm. long, 11 mm. thick at top, tapering downward, light
and smooth above, somewhat scurfy cracked like the cap margin
below and of the same color, texture quite firm, tough and solid.

Spores pure white, broad elliptic, minutelv warted under hidi
power, 3.7-4.8 x 5.5-7 Afi.

This is evidently in the Lactiflua group, but differs from related
species in the very tough and tenacious texture of all parts, the quite
different spores, which are much smaller and smoother than in L. liy-
grophoroides B. & C. as it is represented in Chapel Hill and in Miss
Burlingham's exsiccati.

2323. Woods near branch above Meeting of the Waters. June 30, 1916. Two
photos. Type.

48. Lactarius camphoratus (Bull.) Fr.

We have not recognized this species at Chapel Hill, but it has been
reported from North Carolina, and we include the following descrip-
tion, adapted from Miss Burlingham (Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 14:98.
1908):

"Pileus fleshy, firm, rather thin, convex, often umbonate, at length
expanded, depressed in the center, but the margin still arching, ful-
vous (308) to madder-brown (334), azonate, dry, glabrous, 1-4 em.
1)road, margin inrolled and pruinose at first, not striate; gills whitish
or flesh-colored (G7), becoming reddish-brown, sometimes a few fork-
ing next the stem, close, adnate to slightly decurrent, rather narrow;
stem of the same color as the pileus or paler, nearly equal, sometimes
flexuous, glabrous, pruinose, smooth, fii-m to sjiougy, 1-3 cm. long,
3-8 mm. thick ; flesh of about the color of the gills, unchanging, odor
aromatic, becoming more pronounced in drying; spores white, glo-
bose, echinulate, G-7/^; latex white, unchanging, niihl, abundant.
Edihlr.

"In woods, more abuiulant in moist mixed woods. 'Tuly to October.

''This species is of ;ibont the size of Laclnria siilxluJcis and sonic-

58 JOUEXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY \_J Ulie

times of nearly the same color, but usually it is a darker-fulvous or
more red-brown, and the flesh is firmer. The odor is usually faint
at first, but becomes strong as it dries. To me the odor is like that
of slippery-elm bark. The pileus is polished in appearance and does
not fade with age nor become rimulose,

"The European writers describe the pileus as zonate, but no zonate
specimens have been reported in the United States."

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

Mount Pisgah. Burlingham.

Low districts, woods, and thickets. Curtis.

49. Lactarius rimosellus Pk.

Plate 38.

Cap up to 5 cm. broad, averaging much smaller (about 1.5-3 cm.),
sharply umbonate usually, but in age depressed around the umbo;
surface minutely subtomentose or plush-like, usually cracked into
small areas and appressed scales, deep brick-brown (onion-skin pink
to pecan-brown of Ridgway). Flesh firm, color of cap but lighter,
thin, 1 mm. thick halfway to margin ; odor aromatic, not like cam-
phor, becoming more pronounced in drying. Milk watery-white,
mild, unchanging.

Gills rather distant, attached, broadest at stem where they are about
2 mm. wide, slightly decurrent, tough and elastic, a deep rich red-
brown and pruinose at maturity.

Stem smooth, cartilaginous, slightly tapering upward, about color
of cap, but usually paler, lightest below, about 3.5 cm. long and
2-3.5 mm. thick in center, hollow.

Spores (of No. 1173) light creamy-brown, subspherical to elliptic,
tuberculate to papillate, 5.5-7 x 6.6-8.2)". in diameter.

A pretty little plant, quite common in late June and July and less
plentiful later. It is found in woods and groves among grass and
moss, generally on the ground, but sometimes on rotting wood. It is
plentiful in my yard under oaks.

Miss Burlingham has seen my two collections of plants and consid-
ers them L. helvus, but I cannot agree with this determination unless

PLATE 38

l.ACTAKirS KIMOSI'M.MS
No. 117a (al)()ve) and lltU (Ix-low)

19 IS] The Lactarias of Xortii Carolina 59

L. helvus and L. rimosellus are the same. Compared with four o-ood
plants from the type collection of L. rimo.sellus that Dr. House has
been so kind as to send me, the i)lants appear identical in every respect,
as much so as if they had been gathered from the same colony. The
spores, also, are exactly alike, being subspherical, most about 6.6-7
X 7.2-7.5/x, and with more spine-like papillae than in those of L. helvus
from Miss Burlingham, in whicli the spores are more elliptic and the
warts more bhmt and low. Lactarius helvus is, moreover, a larger
plant than ours, and the gill color is diiferent in the dry state. Peck's
plants are decidedly odorous in the dried state, and so are ours (in
this respect not differing from L. helvus, unless the odor be somewhat
different). Plate 28 shows the largest plant of this species we have
found Jn Chapel Hill.

76. Low places east of athletic field, September 25. 1908.
547. On mossy ground near Battle's Brook, October 10, 1912.

1164. Just below sphagnum moss bed, low woods, July 20, 1914. Spores
5.6-6.4^. Photo.

1173. Near sphagnum bed east of athletic field, July 21, 1914. Photo.

1203. In several places along Battle's Branch, wet sandy places, just above
water, July 24, 1914.

1594. By path along Meeting of the Waters Branch, near one-quarter mile
west of Meeting of the Waters, July 9, 1915. Spores spherical, papil-
late (some less so), 6.3-7.2 „ in diameter.

1753. Low, damp, shaded spot at base of Lone Pine Hill, September 12, 1915.

2357. On a rotting deciduous log. woods, July 3, 1916. Cap surface broken
up into small squamulose-looking areas.

50. Lactarius subdulcis (Pers.) Fr.*

Plate 39.
Cap 1.5-5.3 cm. broad, at times irregular, soon depressed in center,
not papillate or umbonate, the margin elevated or nearly plane, in-

*Lactarius sp.?

We have one collection of a tall slender plant growing on wood that we
have not yet been able to determine. We have found no other Lactarius
growing on wood except L. rimosellus (rarely), and that is easily different
with its rimose and velvety cap and different color of gills, particularly when
dry. Lactarius subdulcis has less spherical spores and different color (very
different when dry), and L. camphoratus has a strong odor. Lactarius Jiijni-
otus var. tenuipes has been found on wood in spruco woods in Vermont, but

60 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

rolled at first, not striate or crenate, surface smootli, dull, slightly
viscid when damp ; color pinkish-tan or avellaneous to wood-brown all
over or the center darker or mottled with brick-color. Flesh 2-3 mm.
thick, tinted like the cap, rather brittle, not changing when bruised ;
odor faint but usually distinct, rather like dried apples, not stronger
on drying. Milk white or watery-white, not abundant, mild on first
tasting, then moderately and slowly acrid. Said to be mild or bitter-
ish at times.

Gills crowded or scarcely crowded, adnate or slightly decurrent,
none or a few forked, veined, 3-5 mm. wide, color of the cap or paler
in youth, darker with age, on drying becoming very white-glaucous.

Stem 1-4 cm. long, 3-7 mm. thick, nearly equal, often compressed,
color of cap, smooth, the base coarsely tomentose when in leaves, dis-
tinctly hollow except when young.

Spores (of No. 3019) white, tuberculate, 6-6.8 x 7.5-9. 3/x.

By the glabrous cap, brownish color of all parts, tardily acrid milk
and hollow stem this species may be distinguished. The milk is said
to be mild at times. From Miss Burlingham's description our plants
differ only in the slightly but distinctly viscid and non-papillate cap.
The spores are exactly those of plants from Miss Burlingham, and the
dried plants look alike. This is true, however, of L. camphoratus
also, plants of which from Miss Burlingham having spores just like
those of her L. subdulcis. In fact, no difference appears in the dried
plants of the two species, the odor being the same so far as I can
detect. From descriptions practically no difference appears except

that is very different. Lactarius griseus may also grow on decaying logs, but
we have found it only on earth in Chapel Hill. The description of our plant
follows:

Cap only 2-3 cm. wide, glabrous, not viscid, depressed in center, light ochra-
ceous-buff to ochraceous-tawny. Flesh thin, firm, fragile, with a light tint
of the cap color; odor none. Milk mild, sometimes so sparse as to be scarcely
discernible even in very young plants.

Gills close, slightly decurrent, white then tan, with a tint of flesh color.

Stem very long and slender, 3-7 cm. long and about 5 mm. thick, ochraceous-
tawny, lightly stuffed, base distinctly white villous, the hairs turning ochra-
ceous-tawny in drying like the stem.

Spores white, spherical, a few short-elliptic, warted, 5.9-8.5 x 5.9-10.2^. Dis-
tinctly more spherical than in L. subdulcis, Nos. 3019 and 3040.

o

CO

<

1918'] The Lactarias of N^ortii Carolina 61

that L. campliorata is said to develop a strong odor in drying, while
L. subdulcis does not, and to be darker usually in color than the latter.
All parts of L. subdulcis tend to become a darker brick color on old
bruises and the old gills are often spotted with this color.

For an illustration in color see Mycologia 3:168, PI. 49. 1011.

3019. Pine woods by pond in front of cemetery, May 1, 1918. Photo. Small
plants, cap 1.5-4.2 cm. broad, irregular; stem 1-2.5 cm. long, 3-7 mm.
thick, hollow.

3040. Strowd's lowgrounds in moss. May 18, 1918. Plants larger, cap up to
5.3 cm. broadt, wood brown to avellaneous. Milk white, slowly acrid,
in age flesh barely acrid. Spores pure white, tuberculate, elliptic,
6.2-8 X 7.7-10^.

3065. Strowd's lowgrounds, deciduous woods, May 22, 1918. Small plants;
cap up to 2.5 cm. broad, stem 3 cm. long, center and one cap rugulose.
All quite glabrous and depressed in center; no papilla and scarcely
any odor. Spores pure white, tuberculate, elliptic, 6.5-7.6 x 7.6-9.7^.

3094. Mixed woods back of athletic field. May 28, 1918.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Mount Pisgah. Burlingham.
Asheville. Beardslee.
Common, damp grounds. Curtis.

Chapel Hill, N. C.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 40.
■(All figures x 2160.)

1. Lactarius pergamenus No. 904

2. Lactarius vellereus No. 1585

3. Lactarius subvellereus. Form A No. 1218

4. Lactarius Allardii No. 2329

5. Lactarius deceptivus No. 883

6. Lactarius rusticanus No. 1166

7. Lactarius atroviridis No. 790

8. Lactarius torminosus No. 2'361

9. Lactarius subtorminosus No. 2813

10. Lactarius furcatus No. 2232

11. Lactarius scrobiculatus No. 2371
12". Lactarius scrobiculatus No. 1863

13. Lactarius insulsus No. 2369

14. Lactarius trivialis No. 566

15. Lactarius coleopteris No. 1851

16. Lactarius speciosus No. 2199

17. Lactarius croceus No. 2348

18. Lactarius subpurpureus No. 1246

19. Lactarius Indigo No. 1345

20. Lactarius chrysorheus No. 1838

21. Lactarius chrysorheus. Form A No. 774

22. Lactarius quietus? No. 789

23. Lactarius Curtisii No. 1845

24. Lactarius Peckii No. 2347

25. Lactarius griseus. Form A* No. 1850

26. Lactarius plinthogalus No. 2233

27. Lactarius subplinthogalus No. 2394

28. Lactarius volemus No. 104

29. Lactarius lentus No. 2323

*The drawing of this spore should be more clearly reticulated to accuratelj' represent the
majority.

PLATE 40

/ 3

/ ¥

I 7

XO

^/

2.2.

::i3

z^

X5

a, 7

X %

x^

VOL. XXXIV SEPTEMBER, 1918 No. 3

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

CONTENTS

Peoceedin^gs of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the

XoRTH Carolina iVcADEiiY of Science , 05

Luminescence of Zircons. F. P. Veimhle 73

The Sun's Eclipse June 8, 1018 : Question. John F. Lanneau 76
Alternation and Parthenogenesis in Padina. J as. J. Wolfe 78

The American Pitcher-Plants. Boland M. Harper 110

Extension of the Range of Prunus Umbellata Into Xorth

C^vROLiNA^ /. S. Holmes 12G

Additions to the Arborescent Flora of North Carolina.

W. W. Ashe 130

Keport of an Investigation as to the Cause of Death of

Chicks in Shell in Artificial Incubation. //. B.

Arbuckle 141

Brief Comparison of the Herpetological Faunas of North

Carolina and Vikgima, C. S. Brimley 14G

Eliminations from and Additions to the North Carolina

List of Reptiles and Amphibians. C. S. Brimley 148

A Visit to Smith Island. W. C. Coker 150

Review 154

ISSUED QUARTERLY

CHAPEL HILL, N. C, U. S. A.

ENTERED AT THE POSTOFFICE AS SECOND-CLASS MATTER

The Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

JOHN" GROVER BEARD, President.
J. M. BELL, Vice-President.

W. W. RANKIK F. P. VE]tTABLE,

Secretary and Treasurer. Permanent Secretary.

Editors of the Journal:

W. C. COKER.

COLLIER COBB. M. H. STACY.

Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society — Quarterly. Price $2.00
per year; single numbers, 50 cents. Most numbers of former volumes can be
supplied. Direct all correspondence to the Permanent Secretary, at Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

I-

c

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

Volume XXXIV SEPTEMBER, 1918 No. 3

PROCEEDIXGS OF SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
OF THE NORTH CAKOLINA ACADE^FY OF SCIENCE
HELD AT THE STATE NOR.\[AL COLLEGE, GREENS-

The author of the article on pitcher-plants failed to receive
proof, and consequentl}' several typographical errors were over-
looked, and a few references in the text to illustrations that were
not used were inadvertantly allowed to stand. The cut of Sarra-
cenia purpurea (Plate 2) is from a photog-raph by Dr. George E.
Nichols of Yale University, and should have been so credited.

" "'B

;t» XiJlA-lxlUX^t a WTTIC triCt'tfll .

H. B. AijurcKLE, Professor of Cheniistrv, Davidson CV)lle<;«'.
F. F. Bahxsox, Ventilating: Engineer, Winston-Snloni.
^Fns. F. ('. Divixs, Tnstnictdr in Scionco, Durham High Sclionl.
J. ir. (N).MAX, TiistiMictor in Mlc<'tric;il Engineering, Tiiiiity ( \>1-

loge.
C. C. LooAX, Extension AuiMnomist, State Agi-iculf iiral and Mni^i-

ncering rollege.

The Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

JOHN" GEOVEE BEAED, President.
J. M. BELL, Vice-President.

TTT TIT T» A -vn-rTTv-r

Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society — Quarterly. Price $2.00
per year; single numbers, 50 cents. Most numbers of former volumes can be
supplied. Direct all correspondence to the Permanent Secretary, at Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

CD

JOURN AL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

Volume XXXIV SEPTEMBER, 1918 No. 3

PKOCEEDIXGS OF SEVENTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING
OF THE XOPtTH CAROLINA ACADE:\rY OF SCIENCE
HELD AT THE STATE NORMAL COLLEGE, GREENS-
BORO, APRIL 26 AND 27, 1918. ''^mm

In the absence of President W. A. Withers (detained at home on
acconnt of sickness) and Vice-President J. H. Pratt (in France
engaged in the great war), the Secretary, E. W. Gndger, called to-
gether the Executive Committee composed of himself ex officio, H. C.
Beardslee, and Bert Cunningham. It was noted that another member
of the committee, II. R. Totten, was also absent engaged in war
service.

On motion, II. C. Beardslee was elected President pro ton. for the
meeting. The Secretary reported that the membership list on Janu-
ary 1, 1917, contained 88 names; that 13 members were lost during
the year due to removal from the State, resignation, or nonpayment
of dues, and that 10 new members were elected; the membership on
January 1, 1918, being 85.

The following new members were elected :

H. B. .Vinu'cKi.K. Professor of (■hemistrv, Davidson CoUcgr.

F. F. Baii.xsox, Ventilating I^nginecr, "Winston-Salem.

Mrs, F. C. Bivixs, Instnictor in Science, Durham High Scjiool.

J. H. Co^r.vx, Instructor in FJectrical Engineering, Trinity Col-
lege.

C. C. L(»(i.\.\', J^xtcnsinii Ai:roii(iiiii-i, Si;iic Ai^iMciillural nmi l-.n^i
nocrina ( 'olh'Mf.

QQ JouKNAL OF THE MiTciiELL SociETY [Septemher

The Secretarj^-Trcasurer next presented his financial report, found
elsewhere, and it was afterwards referred to the Auditing Committe
for report.

The invitation of Trinity College for the Academy to be the guest
of the College at the next annual meeting was unanimously accepted.

Immediately after adjournment of the Executive Committee, Presi-
dent i)i'o tern. Beardslee called the Academy to order at 2 :45 p. m.,
and appointed the following committees : Auditing, F, A. Wolf,
E. E. Randolph, and J. S. Holmes; Eesolutions, E. Oscar Randolph,
Bert Cunningham, and A, S. Wheeler ; I\onii nations, J, J. Wolfe,
W. C. Coker, and J. E. Lanneau.

The reading of papers was then begun and carried steadily forw^ard
until the Academy adjourned at 5 p. m.

At 8:15 p. m. the Academy reconvened in the physics lecture-
room of Mclver Building. Owing to the absence of President W. A.
Withers, the presidential address, "'Gossypol," had to be omitted.
However, Professor W. C. Coker gave two papers with lantern-slide
illustrations, "^Azalea atlantica and variety" and "A Visit to Smith's
Island." This island is of interest, since, situated at the mouth of
the Cape Fear River, it is the northern limit of a number of interest-
ing biological forms, the palmetto palm, for example.

The Academy then adjourned to the first floor of the Student's
Building, where an informal reception w^as tendered the members of
the Academy b}' the Faculty and the members of the Senior Class
belonging to the Science and Home Economic Courses.

The Academy was called to order at 9 :10 Saturday morning, and
immediately went into annual business session. The minutes of the
last meeting were read and approved. The Secretary-Treasurer then
gave his report on membership, elsewhere noted. He next read his
report of the financial condition of the Academy. This the auditing
committee found correct, and it was ordered printed.

191S]

Proceedixgs, 1918

67

Report of E. W. Giidger, Treasurer, 1917-1918

Receipts Expenditures

Balance last audit $ 179.86

Dues since last audit 94.11

Interest savings bank acct.. 5.31

Proceedings, 1917

.$ 75.00

Printing

4.75

Postage and telephone

4.19

Clerical services

1.00

Secretary's dues

1.00

Secretary's expenses to

Chapel Hill meeting

3.30

Total receipts $ 279.28

Less expenses 89.24

$ 190.04

Resources

Savings bank balance $ 136.63

Checking bank balance .... 53.41

Total expenditures $ 89.24

Outstanding Debts

Proceedings, 1917 $ 75.00

Printing 4.00

Miscellaneous (about) 3.00

Total $ 190.04

Total (about) % 82.00

Dues unpaid (about) i

Stamped envelopes (about)

Estimated resources
Estimated debts ....

17.00
3.50

,$ 210.54
82.00

Estimated balance $ 128.54

The Secretary then reported his inability to attend the Atlanta
meeting- last October of the Sontheastern Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, to which he had been appointed a representative
of the Academy.

The Committee on Science Teaehiiii; in Xorth Carolina High
Schools next made a partial report, which, in connection with the
])apers read by E. W. (nulger at the preceding session, on tiie "Kn-
trance lieqnirements in Science of the State Normal College," led to
considerable ])rofitable disenssion. Finally the committee wa.^ re-
constitnted as follows: A. II. I'atterson, 11. l'>. Arbuckh'. .1. .1. Wolfe,
and S. J. iMarion, contimicd nntil next year, and asked to bring in a
full report.

68 Journal of the Mitchell Society [^Septemher

The iN^omiiiatiiig- Committee next reported, and the following oth-
cers were elected for 1918-19 :

President — E. W. Gudger, Professor of Biology, State ISTormal
College.

Vice-President — H. B. Arbuckle, Professor of Chemistry, David-
son College.

Secretary-Treasurer — Bert Cunningham, Assistant in Biology,
Trinity College.

Executive Committee (additional members) — Eev. George W. Lay,
St. Mary's School; Miss Gertrude Mendenhall, State ]^ormal Col-
lege; Prof. J. J. Wolfe, Trinity College.

The Committee on Resolutions next reported, as follows :

Resolved, That we extend our heartiest sympathy to President W. A. With-
ers, who was prevented from attending this meeting by serious illness in his
family.

That we extend our congratulations and best wishes to our members who
have entered Government service.

That we pledge our support to the Government in all of its efforts to prose-
cute the war.

That we stand ready to aid our people in realizing and properly utilizing
our peculiar economic and industrial advantages.

That we extend to the President, Faculty, and students of the State Normal
College our sincere and united thanks for the kindness, courtesy, and co-
operation shown us during our meeting here. And that we particularly wish
to express our appreciation of the delightful reception given us on Friday
evening, and of the equally pleasant entertainment at luncheon on Saturday.

At 9 :45, after being welcomed to the College by President Foust
of the jSTormal College, President pro tem. Beardslee presiding, the
reading was begun of papers in the joint meeting of the Academy
and the North Carolina Section of the American Chemical Society.

After the reading of chemical papers of general interest, at 10 :.30
the Chemists Avithdrew for their special meeting and the Academy
took up its program.

At 12 :50 both bodies adjourned and were entertained at luncheon
by the College in the dining hall.

Reconvening at 2 p. m., the Academy finished its program and ad-
journed at 2 :30.

lOlS]

Proceedings, 1918

G9

The war conditions were clearly shown in the smaller number of
papers on the program, and in the large number of members now in
"War service — 10 out of an enrollment of 85 — while others have o-one
to other States to engage in munitions and other war manufacturing.
The attendance at the meeting was 24, and the considerable discussion
of papers made possible by the smaller number of titles added much
to the pleasure and profit of the sessions. Few more enthusiastic
meetings have been held.

The membership of the Academy at the present time is 80. Those
present at the meeting are marked *, and those in military service and
carried as inactive members are marked a.

Andrews, T.
*Arbuckle, H. B.
*Bahnson, F. F.
*Balcomb, E. E.
♦Balderston, Mark
*Beardslee. H. C.

Bell, J. M.
*Bivins, Mrs. F. C.

Bottum, Miss Frances

Brewer, C. E.

Brimley, C. S.

Brimley, H. H.

Bruner, S. C.

Cain.W.

Clapp, S. C.
*Cobb, Collier

Cobb, William B.
*Coker, W. C

Collett, R. W.

Coman, J. H.

Cunningham, Bert

Detjen, L. R.
a Dixon, L. F.
aDobbins, C. N.

Downing, J. S.

Edwards, C. W.

Farmer, 0. M.
aFeild, R. H.
•Gudger, E. W.
aHarley, G. W.

Henderson, Archibald

♦Hewlett, C. W.

Hickerson. T. F.

Hobbs. A. W.

Hoffman, S. W.
♦Holmes, J. S.

Ives. J. D.
cJohnson, E. D.

Kilgore, B. W.

Lake, J. L.
♦Lanneau, J. F.
♦Lay, G. W.

Leiby, R. W.

Lewis. R. H.

Logan, C. C.

Lyon. Mary
aMarion. S. J.
♦Mendenhall. Gertrude W

Newman, C. L.
♦Nowell, J. W.
♦Patterson, A. H.

Pegram, W. H.

Pillsbury, J. P.

Poteat. W. L.
aPratt. J. H.
•Randolph. E. O.

Randolph. Mrs. E. O.

Randolph, E. E.

Rankin. W. S.

Riddick. W. ('.

Roberts, G. A.
•Robinson. Mary

70 JoUKISrAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [Se ptfjilhcr

Sherman, Franklin Williams, L. P.

*Seymour, Mary F. Wilson, H. V.

Shore, C. A. *Wilson, R. N.

Spencer, H. Withers, W. A.

*Strong, Cora . Winters, R. Y.

ftTotten, H. R. *Wolf, F. A.

Venable, F. P. *Wolfe, J. J.
*Wheeler, A. S.

The following" papers were then presented :

Some Methods and Results of a Planhton Investigation of Chesapeake
Bay. J. J. Wolfe and Beet Cunningham.

The material was collected by the U. S. Ship Fishhawh at definite
areas in the bay between October, 1915, and September, 1916, The
methods of collection, preservation, volume determination, and count-
ing were discussed. In determining the volume, the centrifuge was
used on an original collection of 250 cc. Organisms in 25 cc. were
counted.

The following conclusions were drawn : ( 1 ) There is little or no
relation between the volume of the precipitate and the number of
organisms. (2) Volume increases with depth. (3) Great varia-
tions in number of organisms occur in surface collections made on the
same day, probably due to tidal influences. (4) The maximum of
organisms is found at about 27 meters. (5) The optimum tempera-
ture lies between 46 degrees and 55 degrees. (6) The number of
organisms increases greatly in two annual crests — spring and fall.
This is not due to a general increase of all species, but to very great
increase in one.

Further Occurrence of Cross-Conjugation in Spirogyra. Beet Cun-
ningham.
The writer reports the occurrence of cross-conjugation in S. weheri
Keutz. This supplements a previous report of the occurrence in

S. inflata.

1918] Proceedings, 1918 71

Notes on Buds. E. W. Gudgee.

Descriptions were given of the buds of the Sycamore, Smilax, and
Sumac ; all of which are f onnd, not in the axil of the leaf, but under
the base of the leaf, and hence, when the leaf has fallen, in the leaf
scar. Attention was called to the compound flower buds of the Dog-
wood, Norway ^laple, and Azalea, and to the complex-compound or
mixed buds of the Sassafras and the Sweetgum. These buds being
terminal buds of woody plants, would check the gTOwth of plants
were not some method devised by the plant to prevent this. The
Dogwood and Norway Maple have two opposite buds below the flower
bud which develop into branches. The Azalea has a cluster of
lateral buds just beneath the big terminal flower bud, and these grow
out into a well-marked whorl. The Sassafras has in the center of its
large terminal bud a very small leaf-stem bud, while the Sweetgum
keeps up its excurrent growth by a lateral l3ud which develops below
the flower cone and forms a new branch.

Entrance Requirements in Science at the State Normal College.

E. W. GuDGEK.

The entrance requirements at the State's College for Women have
recently been rewritten, and an attempt made to standardize them.
They are now as uniform as the subjects permit for all tlie sciences
accepted for entrance. Another ])urpose in working them over has
been to write them in sutfieient detail to eive the teachers of hijrh
school science in North Carolina some standards to work to and some
definite idea of the absolute amount of time required for a unit anil
the relative proportion of laboratory and recitation tinic In th(?
biological sciences, for the write-up of which the author is r«>sponsihle,
emphasis has been laid on the outdoor side of natural liistorv, and a
fair number of field trips in some cases will be substitntcfl for labora-
tory work.

For all the sciences, em]>hasis has been laid on liow will llie snhjrd
has been taught and studied, and not on the (pjantity of space covered,
on the formation of habits of observation and inference, of concentra-
tion and clear ihiiikinir.

72 JoFRXAL OF THE MiTCIIEI.L SoCIKTY

Tho following papers appear elsewhere in this issue of the Jouenal
OF THE Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society:

The Sun's Eclipse, June 8, 191 H. Question. John F. Lanneau.
Extension of the Range of rrunus lunhelhita into XorfJi Carolina.

J. S. Holmes.
Eliminations from and Additions to the List of Xorth Carolina liep-

tiles and Ampliibians. C. S. Bki^siley.
Herpetological Fau7ia of North Carolina Compared irifJi that of Vir-
ginia. C. S. Beimley,
Report of Investigations on the Cause of the Death of Mat wed Chicks

in Shell i)i Ariificial Incubation. H. B, Ainu'CKLE.
A Visit to Smith Island (Lantern). ^X. C. Cokeu.

For the following papers no abstracts have been received :

The War Work of American Physicists. C. "\V. Edw^4.kds. (Read
by the Secretary.)

Some Important hut Largely Neglected Scientific Facts. Geoege
W. Lay.

Symptoms of Disease in Plants. F. A. Wolf.

Notes on the Magnetic Compass. T. F. Hickeesok.

Variations Within the Individual Sponge Towards Types of Struc-
ture Characteristic of Other Species and Genera. H. V. Wilson.

New or Interesting North Carolina Fungi. H. C. Beaedslee.

Mineral Fertilizers: Their Mode of Occurrence and Distribution in
North Carolina. Collier Cobb.

Recent Changes in Currituck Sound. Collier Cobb.

The Return Stroke Due to Lightning. A. H. Patteeson.

Azalea atlantica and variety. W. C. Cokee.

E. W. GUDGEE,

Secretary.

LUMINESCENCE OF ZIECONS

By p. p. Vexable

It has long been known that zircons from certain localities, as Nor-
way and Expailly in France, phosphoresce when heated to low red-
ness. Many of the zircons under this treatment become colorless and
transparent, also in most cases the density is permanently increased.
A number of investigations have been made into the cause and possible
inter-relation of these phenomena.

Damour (Compt. Rand. 58:154) has shown that there is slight and
often inappreciable loss of w^eight in heating ; that the index of refrac-
tion is changed as well as the density and that the increased density
remains unchanged even when the heating is pushed to fusion (except
in one or two of the cases examined). He suggests that it may be a
matter of allotropism, the action of heat bringing about the change
into the second allotropic modification. Fizeau (Compt. lieud. 66:
1005) has shown that heat causes a lasting expansion of form.

The density of zircons varies from 4.0-4.74. This may be due in
part at least to the presence of impurities driven off in the heating
and to small variations in composition such as arc revealed in the
large number of published analyses. Zircons with a density under
4.7 may be raised to that density on heating. Tho>e with a density
of 4.7 show no material change.

The luminescence in question appears according to llenncberg
(J. prakt. Chem. 38: 508) at a temperature lower than that at which
the color is lost or changed. The loss of weight may be from practi-
cally nothing to 0.45% and the change of density from 2.5% to 1%.
The brown red color is lost at a temperature of about 300 ' C. Spezia
(Ber. deutsch. chem. Ges. 10: 295) has stated that according to his
experiments the change of color is due to the reduction of the tcM-ric
compounds present, and that heating in a stream of oxygen restores
the color. The experiments of Hermann (Z. Anorg. Cheni. 60: 3(J"J)
were more detailed and exhaustive and he agrees with Spezia tbat the
color is ];ir,iic]\- due to iron in diU'crcnt stages of oxidation and in the
case of gi'ccn zircon to :in admixture with chrominin.

7:{

74 JoUEIS^AT. OF THE MiTClIELL SoCIETY [Scptoilher

Still Doelter (Monatsli. Cliein. 31: oVJ) concludes from his own
investigations that Spezia is wrong in assuming that iron confers the
color and believes that it is due to a colloidal substance of unknown
nature. With regard to density he finds the green zircon to have the
lowest and the colorless to have the highest (4.74). Green and yel-
low-green zircon, he thinks have a different coloring matter from
brown and red (hyacinths). Stevanovic (Z, Kryst. 37: 247) states
that the bi-axial green zircon (D. 4.3) changes on heating into the
uniaxial normal with a density of 4.7.

The varying accounts as to the properties and behavior of zircons
may be in part explained by the somewhat wide variations in the
composition of this mineral coming from different localities and the
neglect on the part of earlier investigators to exclude the infiltrations
of foreign matter which necessarily vitiate their results. Due pre-
caution was exercised by Doelter and other recent workers to remove
as far as possible such material as did not form a component part of
the crystals.

Further light has been thrown on these changes in zircons by a
study of their radio activity and the action of radium emanations
upon them.

The radio-activity of zircons is markedly greater than that of any
other hard mineral occurring in igneous rocks. Further, zircons
contain hundreds of times more helium than the average rock of which
they are constituent parts, and Strutt (Proc. Roy. Soc. A. 78, 152:
A. 83, 298: A, 89, 405) has made use of this fact as a means of de-
termining the geologic age of the surrounding rock. This radio-
activity is in excess of the uranium or thorium contents and indicates
the presence of an accumulation of radium. The uranium-lead
ratio has been determined by Holmes, the percentage of uranium
found being 0.0019, and of lead 0.000085 (Proc. Roy. Soc. A. 85,
248). Zircons show a greater radio-activity, also, than any other
mineral associated with, monazite.

The fact that the only mineral known to contain argon is the zircon
mineral, malacone, has also aroused connnent, but not enough investi-
gation for complete confirmation (Kitchin and Masterson, Loud.

19 IS] LUMIXESCEXCE OF ZlKCOXS

iO

Chem. Soc. 89: 1568). On heating, the mineral gives off both helium
and argon. Twenty per cent of the helium is accounted for by the
uranium present. Antropofi" (Z. Elektrochem. 14: 585) claims to
have secured argon on heating native zirconia (baddeleyite) from
Brazil. These observations should be most carefully tested by fur-
ther investigations, as they open far-reaching theoretical questions.

This radio-activity of zircons has produced in the enclosing biotite,
iolite, etc., the usual pleochroitic lialos observed in connection with
other radio-active minerals.

Strutt, as cited, makes use of the radio-activity of zircons for de-
termining the age of geologic formations. Zircon crystals in plutonic
rocks are opaque, those in basalt and lavas are transparent and show
signs of incipient fusion. The transparent crystals are thermo-
luminescent, giving out a phosphorescent glow and losing color when
moderately heated. This property of thermo-luminescence has been
noted in a number of minerals, as certain fluorites, etc. The glow is
not repeated on a second heating if once heated until it disappears.
Strutt found that it can be restored, and also the color, by exposure
to the action of radium salts. This alternation can be repeated a])par-
ently indefinitely. Fluorspars act in the same way. Of course it
is well known that the silicates in ordinary glass containers of radium
compounds are deeply colored after sufficient exposure. Opaque
zircons are not thermo-luminescent nor made so by exposure to
radium. I^or are they decolorized by moderate heating. If kept in
incited basalt lor twenty-four hours they become white though not
transparent, and then on exposure to radium emanations they acquire
a red-brown color like the hyacinth and are thermo-hnnincscent.
This treatment, however, does not make them transj)arent.

It is stated by Demarcay (('oin|)t. Kcnd. 104; ll-'!) that /irciuis
lose their color when heated in a stream of carbon tetrachloride.
Only imperfect success was obtained on subjecting o|)a(|ue zircons to
this treatment. They were practically whiteiu'd and some small
splinters seemed to be transparent.

ClIAI'KI. HlIL. N. C.

THE SUiN['S ECLIPSE JUXE 8, 1018: QUESTIOX
By Johx F. Lanneau

Who in the shadow path on June 8th at the time of the total eclipse
will look for

"A Xew Eclipse Phexomexon" ?

. When the total eclipse of the snn on May 28, 1900, was seen at
Wake Forest, X. C, a surprising thing was noted.

My account of it was given in Popular Astronomij for Februarv.
1901, in an article headed "A Xew Eclipse Phenomenon."

Quoting from that article :

A trivial addition to our outfit for the various observations made was a
number of neatly prepared smoked glasses for naked-eye views of the progress
of the eclipse.

Each of these eye protectors consisted of a piece of clear glass, about six
inches square, put over the smoked surface of a like piece of glass, the two
held together securely by paper pasted along their edges. These simple
glasses made an unexpected revelation.

Soon after first contact, but more especially five or ten minutes before
totality, when a smoked glass was held somewhat toward the sun, and tilting
westward, there was seen on its nearer surface, as in a dull mirror, three
fairly distinct bands extending horizontally across the glass. The bands were
each about a quarter of an inch wide. The upper edge of each band was
uneven or wavy. The lower part of each presented a ragged outline — a series
of pendant tongues variously pointed and differing in length, breadth, and
contour. Each band looked something like the familiar mirrored band of
"manometric flames" produced by sound vibrations, only fainter, less regular,
and also inverted, that is, the "tongues" downward.

I so described the phenomenon in 1900. It was noted just before
totality. But, diverted by the coronal splendors, no one looked for
''reflection bands" just after totality. Had they been seen then, I
think the "tongues" would have been, not pendent, but erect — point-
ing up.

In previous eclipses, for many years, there had been observed the
well known, but unexplained, "shadow bands" — alternate dark and
bright bands which just before and just after totality flit along the
ground and across the south walls of buildings.

These often-seen shadow bands and the reflection bands first seen at
Wake Forest in 1900, have doubtless a common origin.

76

The Srx's Eclipse: A Questiox Ti

Recall some well-known facts. The moon's surface is excessively
rugged. On the side which is always turned towards us there are
more than thirty-three thousand mountains. Part of the very rim
of the moon is outlined by long mountain ranges. The moon's shadow
cone, when it reaches the earth — as it must to make a total eclipse of
the sun — is about two hundred and forty thousand miles long. It
tapers from its base at the moon, two thousand miles across, to a width,
where it meets the earth, of never more than one hundred and sixty-
eight miles. Sometimes, at the earth, the shadow is less than one
mile wide.

The observer of totality- must be in the comparatively small shadow
spot.

My theorij is that both sets of bands, the familiar ''shadow bands"
and the newly observed "rcHectiou bands" are caused by furrows of
light in the surface of the shadow cone — furrows constantly lessening
as they converge to the point of the cone — grooves of light broad and
deep at the'cone's base around the moon's mountain-peaked, serrated
rim, but quite small where the shadow cone reaches the earth uear its
point.

The eclipse of 1900 was in the morning. Just before totality we
were in the under surface of the shadow cone — the ridges of shadow,
between adjacent light grooves, hanging or pointing down.

The eclipse of June 8th will occur in the afternoon. Just bef<n-e
totality the observer will be in the upper surface of the shadow cone —
the ridges of shadow pointing up. He may therefore expect tliat
''reflection bands" seen then will have, not peudeiit tongue-;, Imt
tongues pointing up.

But facts are wanted. ()n the 8th of June, who in the long lint- of
observers — from Southbend in Washington on the Pacitic Coast to
Orlando in Florida on tlie Atlantic — will get the facts i

Who of them will pro])are in advance smoked glasses, and will look
for "reflection bands" just before totality and just after totality?
And who will have in readiness a kodak to ])ictnr(> tlu' bands across
his smoked glass?

Wakk Fokkst, N. C.

ALTEKI^ATIOX AXD PARTHEXOGENESIS 11^ PADIXA*

By James J. Wolfe

The species with which these experiments were carried on is very
abundant at Beaufort, and is reported as common on the coasts of
Florida and the West Indies. Algologists have very generally re-
ferred it to Paclina durvUlaei Bory, but early in the course of this
work the writer became convinced that this reference was • incorrect.
Specimens were then submitted to Dr. Farlow of the Harvard Cryp-
togamic Laboratory for his opinion in the matter. After his usual
thorough examination, the details of which are reserved for a later
paper dealing with the general morphology of the species, Dr. Farlow
writes that he regards the form as P. variegata (Kg.) Vickers (8 & 9).
Furthermore, Dr. W. D. Hoyt states that Mr. F. S. Collins, who has
worked on his collection of Beaufort algae likewise refers this form
to P. variegata. It is therefore reasonably safe to conclude that the
common species of our eastern shores and the one upon which these
experiments are based is P. variegata (Kg.) Vickers.

This plant presents the interesting condition seen in Dictyota and
many red algae of three individuals in one life cycle — male, female,
and tetrasporic. On casual inspection the three are quite similar,
but under the microscope, even though their vegetative cells are alike,
they can be readily distinguished by their reproductive structures, at
least in the great majority of cases. With practice one acquires con-
siderable skill in distingiiishing them with the hand lens and even
with the unaided eye.

In 1904 Williams (7), working with I)icti/ota diclwtoma. pre-
sented very fully and completely the cytological evidence for the
alternation of the asexual or sporophytic generation with the sexual
or gametophytic. Hoyt in 1910 (1) published a brief account of his
cultures from fertilized eggs and tetraspores of D. diclioioma, show-
ing, as was expected from the cytological evidence previously brought
out, that without exception the fertilized eggs produce tetrasporic

*Contribution from the Laboratory of the Bureau of Fisheries, Beaufort. N. C. This paper,
in somewhat shortened form, was read before a joint session of the Botanical Society of Amer-
ica and the Botanical Section of the A. A. A. S. at their 1918 meeting in Pittsburg.

78

AlTEUXATIOX AXI) PAUTirF.XOflF.XKSlS IX Padixa 79

plants and that tetraspores invariably produce male and female
plants. Since the present experiments were begun, Lewis (2) has
published the results of similar experiments upon several species of
Rhodophyceae ; his findings without exception confirming the theory
of alternation.

Perhaps it may not be out of place in passing to point out that
these plants, together with the one now under discussion, furnish
teaching material peculiarly valuable in presenting the theory of
antithetic alternation of generations by reason of the fact that the
sporophyte is an entirely separate and distinct individual plant of
ecjual size and the same general ap]iearance as the gametophytes.

During the summer of 11)10, while engaged at the Bureau of Fish-
eries' laboratory at Beaufort, ]^. C, in working on the morphology
and cytology of Padina, it occurred to the writer that it would be well
to duplicate Hoyt's work on Dictyota with this species. Further-
more, as it had been noticed that unfertilized eggs in laboratory cul-
tures x^roduce sporelings indistinguishable from those produced by
tetraspores and fertilized eggs, and, as algologists (4) were uncertain
as to whether or not fertilization was absolutely necessary in certain
of the Dictyotaceae, it was determined to include unfertilized eggs in
these experiments.

To grow spores to maturity at the laboratory being impossible, the
method devised by Hoyt ( 1 ) was resorted to. Cultures were started
ill iitjuaria on oyster shells which were later transferred t<t various
])laces in the harbor. 1'lie material to be used in these cultures when
brought to the laboratory was sorted with the compomid microscope,
males being put into one aquarium, females into another, and tetra-
sporic i)lants into a third. Pliey were kcj)t tlnis under runiiinu' water
for variable periods of time before the ex])eriments were bt^gun. This
was a precaution against transferring antherozoids in llie experiments
with mifertilized eggs, since, although there is a certain periodicity in
tlie production id' eggs and s|)ernis and. as i'-.w as im-siMe. material
was therefore collected on the day preceding maturity of si-xual ele-
nieiits, there are sometimes two or even tliree cro|>s of jintlieridia on a
plant at tlie -anie time. So far as sperms ure concerned tliis preeaiu-
tion proved unnecessary, luil very long periods of time ( -evcral days)

80 JouKXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY \^8epfemher

were of value in overcoming another serious difficulty — namely, the
fact that fertilized eggs remain attached to the parent plant for many
hours and perhaps days. This will be referred to later.

Selected individuals were then transferred to aquaria of sea-water
which had been filtered in order to remove any chance reproductive
bodies. Oyster shells previously scrubbed and dried were placed in
the aquaria beneath the plants. Upon these the eggs and spores set-
tled in great abundance and immediately germinated. This was
found to be true of the eggs whether males had been put in with the
females or not — a clear case, it would seem, of parthenogenetic germi-
nation. In ever}' case there was a liberal growth of young plants
before the shells were transferred to the sea. The cultures were kept
in the laboratory for different periods of time, varying from four to
twenty-four days, occasionally changing the filtered water upon them.
Laboratory conditions within the above given time limits seemed to
have had no adverse effect upon them except that growth was less
rapid than when they were in natural surroundings.

Incidentally, measurements of length were made when these cul-
tures were studied. The greatest length attained by any of the plants
is given in a separate column in most of the tables. By comparison
of the date on which the experiment was begun with the date of col-
lection an approximate idea of the rate of growth may be gotten. In
the first 50 days the best plants reach about 40 mm. in length, thus
attaining something less than an average of a millimeter a day. In
the next 30 days they frequently increase to 100 mm., thus averaging
about 2 mm. per day. Approximate measurements made* on selected
plants growing normalh- on the rocks confirm this result.

A total of 63 such cultures were prepared and planted during this
summer, 22 derived from tetrasporic plants, 22 from males and
females, and 19 from female plants alone. In order to avoid contami-
nation from chance spores these cultures were generally planted in
regions at some distance from those in which Padina grew normally.
Unfortunately, as was subsequently found, the conditions of growth
are exacting, and consequently but few cultures matured their plants,
and these in but small numbers. For the sake of brcvitv. and in view

1918] AlTERXATIOX A.XD PARXIIEXOGEiS'ESIS IN PaDIXA 81

of the fact that iiuicli fuller data were secured in subsequent years, a
detailed report covering these cultures is omitted, as well as for the
summer of 1911, in Avhich the experiments were again begun, but
terminated before completion except in very small part by the writer's
unavoidable withdrawal from the laboratory.

TETRASPOKES

During the summer of 1912 the experiments were again duplicated.
For testing the product of tetrasporic plants, 4 series of 4 shells each
were prepared in the manner above described. Tlie cultures were
planted between the 29th of July and the 9th of Augiist. Since it
had been found, as above mentioned, that little or no growth occurred
except in places where Padina naturally thrived, cultures were
planted in such localities exclusively. The shells were secured at
different distances below the low-tide level to iron jjipes driven into
the sand. This was done with copper wire passed through holes
drilled in the shells and pipes. As but little growth had occurred by
the time it was necessary for the writer to leave the laboratory, a
return trip to collect them was made September 25th. They were
taken to Durham, X. C, in alcohol. By means of holes drilled in
the shells and notches filed on the edges every culture could be identi-
fied with absolute certainty. Every plant from these cultures was
examined with the compound microscope in order to determine with
positiveness the kind of reproductive body borne upon it.

Of the 10 cultures covered with sporelings when planted, r» showed
no growth, 4 were not recovered, while the other 7 gave varying de-
grees of success. Table Xo. 1 gives the results and in part tiie con-
ditions of the experiment all tabulated in detail. The total result is
If)! males, i:]4 females, no tetrasporic, 2 doubtful, and 239 sterile
individuals of small size. The doubtful plants are so classified be-.
cause they have but few reproductive elements and these so young that
it could not certainly be told whether they were female or tetrasporic.
It should be stated, jx'rliaps, tliat feinal(^ and tetrasporic plants an-,
when young, often very similar in appc^arance, and in many cases even
when mature can be distiiiiiuished with (VM-laintv "nlv bx m.:.~nrr-

82 Journal of the Mitchell Society [September

ment. ^^'^len mature the diameter of the tetraspore mother-cell is
nearly twice that of the egg.

The relatively small number of plants which reached maturity in
these cultures as compared with the much greater numbers secured in
subsequent repetitions is believed to be due to lack of proper illumi-
nation resulting from the fact that the shells were so attached to their
supports as to present their edges to the incident rays of light. Con-
sequently, relatively few plants were favorably situated as regards
sunlight. Especially is this worthy of consideration when one recalls
that rays of light are refracted towards the normal on passing from
air into water. Probably, also, some cultures were located on the
north sides of their supports, and hence received no direct rays at all,
as this detail had not then occurred to the writer. These ideas to-
gether with the further probability that the optimum depth which
also appears to lie within narrow limits was not in all cases secured
would, it would seem, account for the fact that no plants matured on
5 of the 16 shells, all of which were covered with sporelings when
planted.

From the above seven successful cultures, however, it may be stated
with certainty that tetraspores produce only sexual plants, since there
were no tetrasporic individuals whatever produced.

Attention should, perhaps, also be called to the fact that each of
these successful cultures was derived from a single tetrasporic plant,
and that in every case both males and females were produced and in
approximately equal numbers with the exception of culture 3b, which
gave only 2 mature plants and these females. The small number in
this and the other cases, it is believed, sufficiently accounts for the
slight disparities. Comparison with the results obtained in 1914
and 1915, shown in Tables 4 and 8, where the numbers are larger,
adds probability to this conclusion. These results indicate that sex
is predetermined, probal)ly when the spores are formed, and that one-
half the spores bear the determiner for malenes^s and the other half
for femaleness. This conclusion is rendered more probable when we
recall that the spores producing male and female plants in equal
numbers were derived from a single tetrasporic })lant and grew upon

1918] Alteris^atiox and Parthenogenesis in Padina 83

the same shell. It is difficult to think that the conditions here could
he sufficiently diti'erent to have a determining eifect upon sex. The
view above expressed is of course in line with modern views of sex
determination.

There remains to be discussed, perhaps, the fact that in Tables 4
and 8, which give the results of tetraspore cultures made in 1914 and
1915 respectively, tetrasporic plants occur — 2 in 1014 and 20 in 1915.
By reason of their location, now to be discussed, the chances for con-
tamination by fertilized eggs floating to and settling upon the shells
after they had been planted, were greater in 1914 than in 1912, and
still greater in 1915. Since, as has already been pointed out, cultures
were unsuccessful except where Padina normally occurred, it was
absolutely necessary to locate them in the vicinity of other plants.
In 1912 (Table 1) the shells were placed wnth their surfaces perpen-
dicular to the surface of the water, which of course made the likeli-
hood of chance spores lodging upon them very slight indeed, even
though an abundance of plants bearing spores was nearby.

In 1914 (Table 4) the shells were attached to flat stones. The
stones were then sunk some distance away from plants but in the
general region of Padina growth and in such position that the sur-
faces of the shells bearing the cultures were parallel to the surface of
the water. The better illumination would probably account for the
greater number of plants reaching maturity per culture than in the
former case. In 1915 (Table 8) the cultures were attached to stones
as before and then placed in among growing Padina, merely removing
the plants touching the cultures and those innnediately around, their
abundance rendering it impracticable to do more on accoiuit of the
physical labor involved. The chances of contamination being thus
vastly greater, it is not surprising to iind n hirger number of intruders.
The facts above recited sufficiently explain, it is believed, the absence
of tetrasporic individuals in 1912, the ])resence of 2 in 1914, and 2(i
in 1915.

Perhai)s it shoidd be ii(lde<l here th:it tliese experiments were at-
tempted also in l!>i;'), but the snpi)orts to wiiieh tliey were attaeheti
were undermined and washed awav hv a severe -im m which -wept the

84

Journal of the Mitchell Society [September

southeastern Atlantic coast on the evening of September 2, 1913.
Only a few cultures were recovered and these somewhat mutilated.
As they show nothing that is not shown in the more complete series,
a report here is not deemed worth while.

Considering now only those cultures which were successful and
omitting such as failed entirely because such failure was in all proba-
bility due to the conditions of the experiment, the results from Tables
1, 4, and 8 mav be summarized as follows :

Date

Number of
Successful
Cultures

S

9

e

Average

Number

of Plants

Per

Shell

1912

1914

7
8
8

154
242

426

134
257
379

0

2

, 20

41 +
62+

1915

103+

Totals

23

822
35+

.770
33+

22

0.9+
.01 +

Average per culture _- ..

70+

Percentage of error

The writer thinks that the tetrasporic plants already discussed can
now safely be disregarded, and that there is nothing in the entire
series which in any way weakens the statement based upon the 1912
cultures — that tetraspores produce only male and female plants, and
these in equal numbers, even when the spores are from a single parent
plant, as well as the seemingly necessary deduction that sex is pre-
determined, probably in the reduction division of the tetraspore
mother cell.

fertilized EGC4S

The experiments to test the product of fertilized eggs as first de-
vised were baffling in the extreme (see Tables 2 and 5). These tables
are labeled '^Cultures derived from Male and Female Plants" because
it is believed, as will appear in the discussion to follow, that little or
no fertilization occurred. The shells and plants were treated as in
the experiments with tetrasporic plants. Four series of 4 shells each
were carried through in 1912. For ieach series one male and one

PLATE 1

EXPERIMENTAL APPARATUS

1018] Alternation and Parthenogenesis in Pabina 85

female plant were put in each aquarium except series 5, in which
several males and females were used. Of the IG cultures thus ob-
tained from male and female plants ])lacod together in the same
aquarium, which it was for a while supposed certainly insured fer-
tilization, 5 only exhibited a tolerable growth. Fourteen of these
plants are females, 2 males, 14 tetrasporic, 3 doubtful, and 97 sterile.
We should expect only tetrasporic individuals, and we should expect
also much larger numbers, comparable to some extent with those
secured when tetrasporic plants were used as the source of the cul-
tures. The results are not markedly different from those obtained
when female plants without males were used as the source of the
spores (Table 3).

The experiment was duplicated again in 1914 (Table 5) with
essentially the same result, except that a greater proportion of cul-
tures were successful and the number of plants per culture was
somewhat larger. Since the opportunity for foreign spores to settle
upon the cultures was somewhat greater by reason of the fact that
the shells were attached in the immediate vicinity of fruiting plants,
with their surfaces in the horizontal instead of the perpendicular, it
is now safe to conclude, especially in the light of the following experi-
ment, that most of these plants were derived from chance reproductive
bodies settling upon the shells rather than the supposedly fertilized
eggs which were germinating upon them when planted. It had pre-
viously been supposed that sperms would be freely discharged in tlie
quiet water of aquaria as are the eggs and tetraspores. An examina-
tion, however, of the water in which male plants had l)eon kept one
night showed the presence of but few sperms. It was then concluded
that the lacking factor for the discharge of sperms was probably tlie
constant activity of the s(>a in localities where Padina grew suc-
cessfully.

Accordingly, in the summer of 1915 two series of experinieiifs
were devised to test this idea. The plants, male and iVmale, were
tied to supports so attached to ;in axle that they wen- alfernatdy
forced down into the water iind elevated a few iiiclns ;ib..vo at oM'h
rcvnlnfimi (Plate 1).

86 JouENAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY \_Septembei'

The device was driven by a small water motor. In other respects
the conditions were the same as in the experiments previously de-
scribed. The results are shown in Table No. 11. From the 8 cul-
tures 40 male, 33 female, and 776 tetrasporic plants were obtained.
The 40 males and 33 females, representing a little more than 8% of
the entire growth, are not too numerous, it is thought, to be accounted
for as intruders, since the cultures were located in the midst of fruit-
ing plants. This experiment, therefore, fairly conclusively demon-
strates that only tetrasporic plants are produced by fertilized eggs.

TARTHENOGENESIS

As has been said above, it was noticed early in this work that un-
fertilized eggs germinated freely. It was assumed that these young-
plants would grow to maturity, but what they would produce was in
doubt. From the uncertainty in the writings of algologists as to
whether or not the sperms in the Dictyotaceae (4) are functional, it
was of course permissable to expect tetrasporic plants. On the other
hand, since it has been shown in the preceding experiments that
tetraspores invariably produce males and females, and that fertilized
eggs produce tetrasporic plants, as well as from analogy with other
algae (7), it must be assumed that the chromosome number is reduced
in spore formation and hence female plants and eggs must of neces-
sity contain the haploid number. It is difficult to see how the diploid
number characteristic of the tetrasporic plant (7) could be restored.
The writer inclines to the view already expressed that the sex of the
gametophytes is determined in the reduction division of the spore-
mother-cell. Therefore it would be logical for germinating unfer-
tilized eggs if they mature at all to produce female plants.

These alternative views will now be discussed in connection with
the experiments. In 1912, 4 series of 4 shells each (see Table 3)
were carried through. Although they were all covered with germi-
nating eggs when planted, only 3 gave mature plants w^hen collected.
The cultures derived from female plants without males were strung
on the same wire with those from tetrasporic plants as well as with
those from both male and female plants, all on the same support.

1918] Alterxation axd Paktiiexogenesis ix Padixa 87

Since 7 cultures of tetraspores were successful, whereas only 3 from
unfertilized eggs gave mature plants, the conditions being identical,
it must be assumed that the failure to produce mature plants on the
part of at least 4 cultures of unfertilized eggs can only be explained
by assuming that they were incapable of doing so. The few plants
which were produced are probably due to chance spores falling into
depressions on the shells, even though they were placed on edge,
except perhaps some of the tetrasporic individuals — these latter to
be referred to later.

In 1914 and 1915 control experiments were carried through in
order to see the relation between the plants produced by spores which
simply chanced to fall from Padina in the vicinity of the cultures.
These controls were simply cleaned oyster shells, without reproduc-
tive elements of any kind upon them, attached alongside and there-
fore exposed to the same conditions as those bearing sporelings. The
results are given in Tables 7 and 10. It will be noticed that male
1)1 ants are most numerous, females less so, and tetrasporic least of
all. It might be assumed that they should be equally numerous, as
they are apparently so in nature. An examination of the various
cultures will show that females are larger before beginning to fruit
than males, and that tetrasporic plants are usually still larger, gen-
erally, than either males or females. Table 11, for exami)le, shows
but 2 females fruiting below 20 millimeters in length, whereas G
males of this siz(> are thus found. This relation, however, is not
evident in all eases, and in particular cultures it is even sometimes
reversed, but a careful calculation based on a large number of indi-
viduals bears it out. In Table 8, for instance, there are only «'.«;
females fruiting below, to 3K5 above, 20 inni. in size. If the ratio
for males, 89 to 337, should have been maintained, wc should have
had 83 instead of 6G. In all the tables relatively few fruiting tetra-
sporic plants are found below 20 mm. in length. This ditTerence in
size at which the dilVenMit ])hints |)ro(lnc(' r('pi-o(luftivc hoijics is be-
lieved to account f(n- the slight ])r('ponderancc in numbers of males
over females, and both over tetrasporic individuals. In other words,
there are anion"- the voung sterile individuals enough fennile and

88 JouEiXAT. OF THE jMiTciFELL SociETY [September

tetrasporic plants, not siilticiently mature to produce reproductive
bodies and hence indistinguishable, to bring their numbers to a parity
with the males in the control cultures for 1014 and 1915. Exami-
nation of the various tables will show that sterile plants are all rela-
tively small in size. During the entire course of these experiments
very few were found as much as 30 mm. in length. This is true,
however, only late in the season. When the plants first appear, late
in June at Beaufort, they seem never to fruit until quite large, 60 to
100 mm. in length.

When the cultures from unfertilized eggs (Tables 3, 6, and 9) are
compared with the controls, the only noteworthy difference is the
greater number of tetrasporic plants found. Compare the following
summaries :

CONTROL CULTURES

Date

Nvimber of
Successful
Cultures

S

9

©

Average
Number
of Plants

Per
Culture

1914

6

4

66
150

47
111

34

36

24+

1915 -

74+

Totals

10

216

21 +

158
15+

70

7

Average per culture

44+

Date

1912.
1914.
1915.

Totals .-

Average per culture.

UNFERTILIZED EGGS

Number of
Successful
Cultures

30

1

190
142

333
11 +

20
142
93

255

8+

24
166
244

434
14+

Average
Number
of Plants

Per
Culture

15

26+
59+

34+

Whence comes this excess of tetrasporic plants in the cultures from
unfertilized eggs as compared with the controls. The writer thinks
that they are unquestionably due to eggs which were fertilized pre-

1018] Altkuxatiux axl» Pautiiexogexesis IX Padixa 89

viously to being shed. Table G would seem to show this. In this
case the same individuals used in series 3 were also used as a source
of eggs for series 9, 10, 11, and 13. In series 3, where the plants
had been kept separate from males for only 6 hours, we get males 14,
females 9, tetrasporic 30 — that is, tetrasporic individuals are gi'eatly
in excess; whereas in scries 9 we get males 59, females 61, tetrasporic
51. Here the female plants were separated from the males for 13
days. This gave sufficient time for the fertilized eggs attached to
the source plants to drop off before the experiment was begun. So
with series 10, where they had been kept 18 days. This procedure
was rendered possible after it was discovered that plants kept in the
laboratory, and well aerated by a method devised by Mast (5), would
continue for several weeks to produce eggs, so that the same plants
could be used as a source of eggs for quite a long time. Individual
cultures even in this table and some subsequent ones show variations
from this average which it is believed are sufficiently accounted for
by their location in the vicinity of other plants.

Series 3 of Table 9 gives as a whole males 71, females 37, and
tetrasporic 23, a result entirely in line with the control cultures, and
is sufficient to show that unfertilized eggs are incapable of reproduc-
ing Padina in any one of its three forms, since the results produced
are clearly comparable co those secured in the controls.

However, Series 6 of the same table gives males 71, females 50,
and tetrasporic 221. The great excess of tetrasporic plants in every
single culture of this series can be due only to previous fertilization.
Since the plants were here kept separate only two hours, it is highly
])robable that a greater number of ]ierviously fertilized eggs were
still attached to the jnirent plants when rlie experiments were begun.
As this difficulty has entered into so many of the experiments a brief
test of it was made in 19 10. Female plants after having been kept
separate from males for 24 hours were allowed to discliarge tlicir
spores in tlie usual niiiiiner. The plants were then attachi'd t<i the
device already referred to (text iig. 1) for the purpose of dislodging
any fertilized eggs wihch might still b(> clinging to the iKircnf plants.
They were then moderately agitated for about one hour <mfe or twice

90

JouRiv^AL OF Tilt: Mitchell Society \ September

each day for 5 or 6 days. By this time an entirely new crop of eggs
had formed and were ready for discharge. They were collected
upon slides and shells as before. The spores germinated abundantly
in each case, but from the second lot none survived longer than two
weeks, while there were a goodly number of sporelings 5 to 10 mm.
long upon the first lot of shells when the experiment was discon-
tinued about six weeks later. The latter are clearly fertilized eggs
capable of growth into tetrasporic plants under normal conditions,
while the former were unfertilized eggs which divided and formed a
cell body consisting of as many as 50 cells in some cases, but all of
which without exception eventually perished.

This rather remarkable power of the fertilized eggs to cling to the
parent plants, probably within the oogonia, for such long periods
proved a very confusing fact tlnv^ugli all the experiments dealing
with eggs.

Tables 2 and 5, giving the results when the cultures are obtained
from male and female plants placed together in an aquarium in quiet
water show essentially the same results as the unfertilized eggs and
control cultures, except that the proportion of tetrasporic plants is a
trifle greater than in either of the other cases, due in all probability
to the occasional fertilization of eggs by the very few sperms liberated
under these conditions. The plants found on these shells, then, with
the exception of the excess of tetrasporic plants, are also the result of
chance spores. The following summary may be compared with those
given for unfertilized eggs and controls.

CULTURES DERIVED FROM

5 AND

9 PLANTS

Date

Number of
Successful
Cultures

S

9

e

Average
Number
of Plants

Per
Culture

1912

5

7

2
60

14
55

14
100

6

1914

30+

Totals

12

62

5 +

69
5+

114

9+

20+

1918] Alternation axd Parthenogenesis in Padina 01

The term parthenogenesis as ordinarlv understood implies the pro-
duction of mature individuals from unfertilized eggs. For the pur-
pose of clear thinking it would, therefore, seem to be necessary to
separate the structures usually called eggs into two groups: (1) those
in which there is the haploid number of chromosomes, (2) those in
which the diploid number ol)tains. There is a considerable number
of forms both in the' animal and the plant kingdom in which a so-
called parthenogenesis seems to be a more or less normal or natural
process. But so far as the writer has been able to ascertain, even
after diligent search, there is not a single clearly demonstrated case
of natural parthenogenesis among these in which the parthenogenetic
egg unmistakably presents the haploid or reduced number of chromo-
somes. In the case of the honey-bee the male is produced partheno-
genetically from an egg apparently having the haploid number of
chromosomes. However, maturation is here very abnormal. Fur
example, no chromatin is thrown out of the egg in polar l)(>dy forma-
tion, although it is separated from the female pronucleus. The fate
of this chromatin is, furthermore, variously interpreted. "With such
evidence before us, it would seem that for the present at least we are
warranted in refusing to consider this case as sufficiently well demon-
strated to be counted an exception to the general statement made
above. (See Hegner: "Germ Cell Cycle in Animals," p. 205.) In
the cases, then, of so-called parthenogenesis the structures involved
are not true eggs and therefore should perhaps receive a iKinic wliich
more accurately deiines them. However, it is with eggs having the
reduced number of chromosomes that artificial parthenogenesis con-
cerns itself. Loeb and a numl)er of other experimentalists have suc-
ceeded in initiating cell division in several different animal and plant
(Overton (0)) eggs which })resumal)]y had the rcdnced nnmber and
were apparently incaj^able of dividing normally. Ihe methods em-
ployed consist in sub]'(>('ting tliese eggs to various mechanical and
chemical ti-catnicnts. Tlicy iuivc tlins been able !<• caiTv tlicni t'roni
a few divisions to highly developed ami aii|)arently normal larva-—-
in the case of tln^ frog to n stage in which the tail had practically
been absorbed and 2 to 1 legs develojicd. I.oeb and IJancndt

92 Journal of the Mitchell, Society [Septemher

(3, p. 275) report the presence of distinguishable reproductive organs.
However, in no single case has any such parthenogenetically produced
animal been brought to sexual maturity.

It is rather too complacently assumed that the production of such
mature animals is merely dependent upon the difficulty of imitating
conditions in nature. These remarks are not intended to detract
from the real achievement of these experimentalists who have demon-
strated various methods of stimulating an egg normally incapable of
division into further growth. Undoubtedly much light has been
thrown upon the physics and chemistry of cleavage ; nevertheless, the
present purpose is to point out clearly that, in so far as is now demon-
strated, this, instead of being parthenogenesis in the usual sense, is
rather the artificial inauguration of a series of divisions of variable
length in cells (eggs) generally incapable of further division, which
may result in the production of more or less highly developed mons-
ters, but which, as the experiments now being described indicate, are
utterly incapable of reaching maturity.

Padina would seem to be an unusually favorable plant in which
to test the potentialities of eggs germinating parthenogenetically,
since the three individuals included in the life cycle represent both
the haploid and the diploid chromosome numbers, reasoning from the
behavior of tetraspores and fertilized eggs, and from analogy with
Dictyota. Since it is difficult to see how the diploid chromosome
number of the sporophyte is to be secured without fusion with the
sperm, it might be supposed that eggs germinating with the haploid
number could at least duplicate the gametophyte. The experiments
above described have, however, shown this, also, not to be the case.
The assertion of parthenogenetic germination in Padina, then, is
nothing more nor less than the statement that the eggs are capable of
a series of cell divisions. It is a fact that the shells were well cov-
ered when planted with eggs in division ranging from 1 or 2 cells
to apparently well developed young plants. These had all the
appearance of normal sporelings, attaching themselves to the shell,
putting out rhizoidal filaments, etc. Nevertheless, somewhere be-
tween this time and the collection of the cultures they certainly per-

WIS] Alterxatiox Axn Pakthexogexesis ix Padixa 93

ished. The test made in 19 IG already referred to, corroborates the
result of the cultures. The first lot of eggs frpm the female plants
gave sporclings which continued to develop during the course of the
experiment. Tliese, as has been said, were manifestly fertilized eggs,
which remain attached to the parent plants for a remarkably long-
time, since the next lot, obtained about one week later and after agi-
tating the plants sufficiently to dislodge the retained eggs, began
growing as before, but all disintegrated after dividing into cells vary-
ing in number from 2 to as many as 50 or more.

Xow, although in Padina and the Dictyotaceae generally nnferti-
lized eggs germinate, according to the writer's interpretation of the
above described experiments, in Padina at any rate, such germinating
eggs invariably perish before reaching maturity. Comparing this
case with the many cases of artificial parthenogenesis, it is unlikely
that there can be any real differences between such cell division when
inaugurated naturally and when artificially induced. ]f the former
fail to mature, it would seem quitely probable that the latter must
likewise fail, and from the same inherent difficulties, and therefore
before artificial parthenogenesis is accepted in the sense in which it
is ordinarily understood, it will be necessary to rear mature individu-
als from eggs containing the reduced number of chromosomes.

Sr.MMAUY

The results above given in detail may be very briefly sunniiarized
as follows :

(1) Tetraspores produce only male and female plants, '{"he num-
bers are a])])roximate]y equal even when the spores are from the same
})lant and grown on the saiue shell. Sex is therefore predctcruiiurd.
probably, in the reduction division of the tetraspore-mofher-ccll.

(2) Eggs wlieu fertilized produce tetrasporic plants only. TIhtc
is thus an alternation of a sporopjiyte generation which is an entirely
distinct individual, with the gametophytic generation consi.sting "f
two scpanitc plants, the one bearing eggs the oth(>r sperms.

94 Journal of the Mitchell Society \^8e2)temher

(3) Unfertilized eggs divide freely, producing a cell body of vary-
ing size, but which invariably fails to mature. There is thus in
Padina parthenogenetic germination, but no parthenogenetic repro-
duction.

Trinity College,

Durham, N. C.

LITERATURE CITED

1. HoYT, W. D. — Alternation of Generations and Sexuality in Dictyota
(lichotoma. Bot. Gaz. 49: 55-57. 1910.

2. Lewis, I. F. — Alternation of Generations in Certain Floridese. Bot. Gaz.
53: 236-242. 1912.

3. LoEB, Jacques — Artificial Parthenogenesis and Fertilization. Chicago,
Illinois. 1913.

4. LoTSY, J. P. — Vortrage uber Botanische Stammesgeschichte. Vol. I,
Algen und Pilze. Jena, 1907.

5. Mast, S. 0. — A simple apparatus for aerating liquid solutions. Am. Nat.
38: 655-660. 1904.

6. Overtox, J. B. Science. N. S., 37: 841-844. 1913.

7. Williams, J. B. — Studies in the Dictyotaceae. Ann. of Bot. 18: 141-160,
181-204. 1904.

8. ViCKERS, Miss — Liste des Algues Marines de la Barbide, No. 66. Ann. d.
Sci. Nat. 9th Ser. I: p. 58. 1905.

9. ViCKERs, Miss— Phycologia Barbadensis II, p. 37, PI. 8. 1908.

1918] Alteris^ation a:sd Parthenogejtesis in Padina

95

(3 O

40 »0 »0 "O

C^ (M <M C^

I I I I

O <Si O O)

(M <M (M (M

(M CQ C^ (N

t I ! I
O) O O OS

C^ C^ M c^

I I I I

in *ri *n »ri

Qj ax

CD ^O O CO

96

JouEXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY \_Septem'ber

03 O

"2 ^

M C^ C^ «M

lO »0 »0 U3

C^> C^ C^ S^J

I I t 1

C5 CS CS CS

'b«

.^

a

<u

S

m

0.

X

w

a^u,

£

■" <A <o

o

to ft-jr

2

W (M C<1 (M

lO 40 »o »o
(^^ w eq c^

C5 O Ct C5

03 ."^
GO O

WS »0 iO lO

O O O) o^

00 OO CO oo

'b-'

to WD »0 lO

C^ (N Ca IM

-L I t '

w> ^ OS OS

191S] Altebxatiox axd PARTnEXOGE:srEsis IN Padixa 97

35

gT3
ii 1=1

OPL,

a 3

10 »0 »0 ICl

10 »o >o 10

C^l CM M C^

' ' ' I

O C3 O^ 03

M e<i C^ <M

T T 7 7

<M CI (M C<l

I I I I

O O 03 O)

CI C^ CQ <M

7777
10 »0 10 i-T
CI CI CI o

00^0

0000

H o

98

Journal of the Mitchell Society \_8eptemher

-« s

•tnni 'pantB'j'jy

c

o

s

qi3u8T ■jsaiBaiQ

-

inj'jqnoa

■* lO

CO

6 JO ffi

1

© JO 6

■*

tP JO 6

6 JO iP

a>

5

•nnn OE-SI

CM

Si

§-

m

•ratn +0Z

^

IB^ox

<M

(N

®

hi

•tnra og-ei

•niui +02

eq

Iis^ox

00 Oi t^ ■*

b-

C

^

f—

o

•niin 02-ei

1 t^ 1 00

—

•rara +oe

00 N t^ to

CO

F^ox

M —1 00 O
-H 00 05

-b

a
a

•tnra oz-gi

1 (M 1 OO

1 CO 1 -H

•raui +0Z

CO Oi 00 c^

■*•»)< -* •*

°-^.2

fli ii

cjn o

II II

Q iJ

> ' Oil 0> C!'

ii

03 j2 u -a

3

o

m

a

3

3

^a

fe

O

S

5

3t»

©

^

©

w o

'^

■6

—

a)

"

•^

tic

^

o

-o

>>

o

"3 is

1

0

1-

Ofe

*^

C3

C

03

fe--S3

3

3

-a
a

^7

1

^

3

3

o t^

o
o

C 1 m

>>

jj (3 (Uj3

o S g

C3 o ^

*- (- OJ

3 3 " TS

OJ 0) 03"-

CO

o

■n
a

«3

o

3 o

u

^5

So

3 3 S — o
c « g -^^ m

"O "T^ -- ~ n

O O OD CL,

c3

o tl

O
Eh

si

^1

SJjjBina'jj

_:

>

o 1 o o

I

I

o ! ! 1 ! !

: I i i i

1 1 lO 1
1 1 <N 1

c*

« 1 lO -H

rt 1 OS «o

CO
CO

I 1 lO rt

1 1 Tfl OJ

« 1 o o

-H 1 «5 CO

s is^

CO

1 1 U5 lO
1 i Ttl 00

y- 1 — O
-H 1 ■* CO

;

10-17-14
10-17-14
9-18-14
9-19-14

cj ^ c T3 I 1

m o ira >o 1 1

Good culture covering shell

Little or no growth _

Good growth

Culture covering shell

Totals

Grand totals

SJJJBtU

an

1918] Alternatiox a^b Partheis-ogexesis in Padixa

99

•tntn 'pauiB^^Y

o
o

= o o

O U3
f* CO

1

1

inj^qnoQ

"5 <M I lO

CO •*

i il

6 -lo e

»H O t- lO 1

^ !

® JO 5

1 •* >0 CO

iP JO a

1 '^ i

6 JO ^p

M 1

_a;

J3
M

a

a;

I'B^OX

i 00 t^

1 1 >0 TJ.

t>. to

CO

■niin 0Z-5I

to ca ■*

CO

•rain +02

. to CO

•O 04

®

a

CD

l^^ox

1 t>
o tc

•* cq

i c

<» t^

1 1^

CO O
CO o

•nira 02-ei

■* 1

; ::

■5

-^ i

i-

•uiui +0Z

1 O (M

; ="

S

00 t~

1 to

Of

a

3

IB*ox

00 CO «o 0

0 ■■*

-^ s

a>

5 S

■™™ oe-ei

• ^ n u

?

o

1 U5

CO

I 1 :

•rata 4-og

OO CJ <M c

5

<
Oh

« to

to

1 1 1

'b

a

Hi

I^IOX

■«** 1-* CO t£

= o

to >H

CO

o o 1

CO to 1

a
'b

•mra oe-SI

; « - C

5

1 00

o

•rara -1-02

■* to CO c

5

to CO

"

S
o
»

a

>

»
Q

m

«
D
H

O . C

10-17-14
9-18-14
9-18-14

10-17-14

10-17-14
9-19-14

10-17-14
9-20-14

Is

c3 ^ o -:3 ;

IM (M CO d ■

c3 ^ o -3
to to CO o

c £

o

Several
9 and 1
cf Plants

1

"3

"a

c

"a
o
E-i

o>

"a
"a

a
o

a
o

•o

a

2
o

Oft,

1
7

?

OO

o a 3

^:2

o t^

S^7
2^

j= ;
" I

> •

0 ;

•o ;
£ ;

1 i

o
_>.

a

u

'a

3

Kept in
Separ-
ate
Dishes

well cov
h and si
h and sr

J

'3'S

2 '■•

Shell well c(
Shell fairly
Scant growl
Scant growt

<; CO 1
2 *^

mewhat s

o growth,
attercd ra

si :

M

5^:55

H

I-"'

...

'>!

J

8M

J«

tlK

ni

100

Journal of the Mitchell Society

\_Septeml)er

•iniu 'pourei'JY

o

,5S

\

o

O

O

o

qiaua'^ ■jsa^Bajg

: 1

]npqnoa

lO O 1

05 Tt< -"^ CO

6 JO e

1 (M rt

1 1 in ^

® JO 6

1 c<5

i i i ■*

iP JO 5

6 JO iP

1 1 eq 1

a>

J3

l^^ox

00 —1 00

CO CO <M 1
05 (N <M 1

^

•rain og-ei

-H <-i t,
r-l 115

■* lO — 1 1

03

^

■mm -1-02

03 1-1 -1 1

^

F^ox

o 1

o

CO

O l^ ■>!< 1

>-l CO 1

MS

®

^
^

•niin 02-91

- i

CO »o eq c»

•niui +og

o 1
N 1

t^ (M « M

CO

J3

I^'^ox

C^ W5 C<1

a>

CO O O U5

CO

o

■ujtn 02-ei

1 -* 1

-H ^ rt ■*

•mm -l-og

(N —■ cq

"5 CO Ci f-M

o

m

'b

F'jox

« ea •*

•*

■* Tl CO 00

•ram 02-ei

1 00 -H

55""''

6

U

•niui -)-02

1-1 .-I CO

O 1 lO -H

o

"S , fl

1 Tl" -^ ■<»< ■*

•* T)< Tj< ^

H

l-l

%

10-17
9-18
9-19
9-19

9-19
10-17
10-17

9-18

2«

S5

.•^s

c4 J3 o TS

03 ^ O -3

c*i a in i:^

Oi o: O o

&

;§6

<-~ m

to

g£

•A -^

C3

y^ a

►-(

2 o

« c3

3 ft

> r

OJ 1-1

02^

a) Ph

a a

O

m

HITS

-*

■«

3£

^g

3^

r

00

OPL,

-

•E-p S

gs:

"a!

3

^

m d 3

Ph <^>
o t^

.2

— "73 1
^ «3 1

1

00

T

■a

d . m

GJ

CO

t

.-M 03 <»ja

li^l ;

03

•a > -a >.

A

T3

£ o g o

^^''q

«)

CO

S " S "

^-o

•*

fe « o j: s. 1

» fe " S

r^

II

w O

gro
grow
ered
rowt

Tota

"3 o "w 0

& a S c

c3

O

§6

o "3 g o

o fa !» !2;

J3 -C X jS
OQ !» GC 02

f-< i

"S 3 1

CO,.

3

^

tf.

[JU

LUi

Vl

M

S5

IJB

Ult

*a

1018] Alternation and Parthenogenesis in Padina

101

Jd>

O O O iO
CO CO CO CO

g

g 1 I

! 1 cq <o

"* I I I

« CO CO CJ

s -^ i i

<o t> U3 Ol

M <M 1 j

! i i I i

1 1 1 1

CO 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

t- CO CO OS
CO o to CO

00 to 1 1
v-( 1 1

i»< M CO M

-^ : i i

1 1 ■* JJ

to

t^ 1 1 1
Mill

M

1 1 N U5

.<• 1 1 1

1 1 (N b-

CO 1 1 1

Mill

U3 ^OO U^ >0

CO

Mill

M

« th to e«

i i j i

CO ■* Oi CO

Mill

OJ — • t^ o»

« <N ■«><

CO

o>

CO 1 j 1

CO

« 00 CO to

« -H CO

MM

00 CO •>»< CO

eo 1 1 1

:!:s i i 1

77 ; : 1

O O 1 1 1

10-17-14
10-17-14
10-17-14

9-18-14
9-19-14
9-19-14
9-19-14

cs .Q o -a 1
o o o o i

OS j2 o -d j

a J3 o -0 1

CO CO CO CO 1

Plants confined chiefly to shall margins

Plants scattered ---

Plants scattered— -- ^^

Plants confined chiefly to one end of shell

Totals -•

-

c

■^ ', I I

-

Jo growth - -

Jo growth

hell not recovered -

Totals

ants confined largely to one side and e
ants confined largely to one spot on si

lell not recovered -

lell not recovered

Totals

i

^•5

O 00
<0

>>

cS

•o

o

i

1

•a
S

P

L4 (i« 00 CO

P

H>(JUUI>j

H

! p.

9?(i«UI0

U

H^JUtllJ

1

U

«2"

" c S
a e E

sag.

S §^

es a 3

<3 S es

= 33

•O "O -g

■> .> ■>

•3 '"o '-S

5 .5 °

01 V b

E E E

102

Journal of the Mitchell Society \_Septemher

9 6

•mm 'panrewv 1
q()guaq ^S3i.'Baio 1

o

05

o

o

g

o

^njctqnoa

o

-

to

1 .

6 -lo ffi

i i

© JO 6 :

ip lo 6

i

6 ao kP

'-

l^^ox

>-

m

•ram 02-SI

lO

CO

to

■mra +02

.«<>

i

i

®

t
a

[■B^ox

a>

;5

(M

•niwi os-ei

-

-^^

eq

•ram +02

00

M

o

o

a

(a

I^^ox

o

-^

<M

CM

•rara og-ei

i

1

'-

•rara +0S

o

-

-

■b

1-3

F^ox

o

•<a<

M

CO

•rara os-gi

-

■<l<

C^

•mm +0S

<35

i

-^

1 1 1 1

7 7 T7

O O CO o>

1 1

t^ o

O Oi

Is
p

C3 ^ O "73
t^ t^ t^ t^

03 ^ O •«

il

oco
o

S
Of

a

-c

j:

5

T3

0)

o

C3

E a

■*

'<*<
T

s

O P '■'

Q. a) Ml

2^

o c»

Kept in
Separ-
ate
Dishes

o

a
a

a
o

c3

•a

o

1 s-si

1 S 1 5

■72 >n o c

O — !- t
C K -fJ *
M -^ O C

.fci 'o.'S 1

fi< <M CO o

^1

So

|5 £ 2 -3

o ^ at bD -2

i? S >" >■ H
■g M fl a
o o g g

O ^ 02 02

2

1.'

CO »

«^2

>

K

s

31J

cm

a'

a

E

^■I

BO)

an

191S] Alternation and Partiiencgenesis in Padina

103

■°lil

I Oa 1 I

1 C) I I

! : i i i

1 00 1 1

1 CO 1 1

i- ! i

rt 1 CO

: : ; : 1 :
! 1 : : 1 1

i-^ i i

1

1 CO ! 1

» 3

■ Oil

1 i

1 •<(i 1 1

:

i '^ i i

"'

1

i i i ! 1

:-" i i

i

10-17-14
10-17-14
10-17-14

-

No growth

Fair growth, but small

Shell not recovered —

Totals - --

Grand totals -

i

S

CO

5?

■o

>

b:\iv

inaa

s a

lO-t

JouRXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY \_Septemher

c

<-

o c

o o

■niui 'pauiB^^Y

^ O •* -9

q'jSuaT^ ^sa^BajQ

^ t- to c

O M

inj^qnoQ

o

00

6 JO ®

«5 —

M «

© JO 5

^

iP JO 6

6 JO P

i

„

I^^ox

-♦^

^H

•o

M O

M

c

■mm OS-SI

IM

-H C^

m

1-^

^

^ i-(

1-1 «

•raoi +0S

rt O CO <-l

«:

o

Ol

F^ox

1—1 1—1

e

■inra 02-ei

T-H Ol Cq --1

Oi

•unn +02

<M 05 ■* y-l

O 1-1

„

F?ox

cc

OO M ^

1-1

Oi-

•oini Qg-sx

a

■* t^

^

o

•unn +02

■^ CC "rj< Tj<

•o

03 IM

^

Xi

F^Oi

"""

m

O -H to

-H IN

'o

■ram os-ei

^

■<»l (M 00 -*

00

•oira +02

t*-t

-* -*

■*

<i tJ- =k ck

t^ oo

on

*T 'T'

OS O 0» 05

O 05

OJ

C3 ^ o -U

rt ^ a T3

-o^.;-

■W -«l ■»! -)

00 00 00 oc

m

■n

"2 «-d

-a -t^

gS

a a

a

m (U —

« S

s >

J^ o

3 ^

> &: -

> o

3 a

2f^

o

O /4

p s

o _

o

om

o

3 ^
02 .5

T3

a
to

>
o

■*

o

F^

" ^ 13 S ^

CO

«

o e

o

Cul
Pla

t^

^ O _g 5 «

H

ci

3 i2 ~ ■= £

^

u

f^H CB >H

1

CO fw CO 2;

?i S

1

■E P.

Hh

m

3
Z

>

ii

^til

uidH

r:

«n

I'BL

ua

HE

1

1918] Alterxatiox a^'d Parthexogexesis ix Padixa

105

1 ;

CO

■<J<

o

12

OS js o -B I

lO u? u? >0 1

^-t *-t t-H f-4

1 OS

2 -

§ M
<n.2

<
1
c

: ii
> t

i i

a

■3

4)

o

2

1

hcl! not re
lell not re

Totals

Grand

>

^ ^

. en CO

6

>!■"'

!m,)i[

106

Journal of the Mitchell Society [^September

■\axa 'pauiB^^Y
qj3u8';i 'jsa^BajQ

o o o o

CO lO »o -rt^

inj'tqnoa

6 JO

JO 6

iP JO 5

6 JO ^

I^^ox

•TUtn oe-ei

•uiui +QZ

I^^ox

•rara oz-ei

•nun -1-02

I^iox

•rara os-ei

•rara -1-02

W3 O IC O

IC iO C<l O

1-1 rt M

O OJ ■<«< o
00 to to -H

t^ IC »o Oi

I^^Oi

•rara os-ei

•rara -)-02

P^^J

O O O 05

to »o »o *o

Cfl (M (M (M

till

Od c^ o o

"2 5

13

> 5,

^2

So

o o o o

^ ^ ^; 12;

J3 j3 J3 j3

02 CO CO CO

05 O t-.. ^H t^

-u -a 13 o

o o o .-

o o o a

O O O t3

sijjBraay^

lO U5 o o
to t^ to to

MM

; : -^ i

CO 1 to CT

CO 1 lO i

; 1 ^ ct.

.^ : wc,

o

o

: M

i

l-( i lO IM ■

OO OO 00 CO
CO (M CO "O

03

t~ 1 CO 1

-H 00 lO CO
(M C<1 CO O

to to W3 IM
CO <M CO »C

C3

to

rt 1 O 1

lO to 1/5 Cd
<M cq CM >0

10-23-15
10-2.3-15
10-23-15
10-23-15

Shell No. 4a
Shell No. 4b
Shell No. 4c
Shell No. 4d

1 1

Shell well covered — large plants _..

Large plants— one corner bare .-..

Vigorous growth — uniform

Excellent — uniform growth

o
H

o

•3

a

C3

O

cq

ot>

10 P.M.,
8-17-15

oo

10 A.M.,
8-17-15

>

SJjJBra

m

191S] Alternation and Parthenogenesis in Padina 107

•mm 'pauTB^^v

o

o

g

o

CO

inj^qnoQ

CO o

CO

6 JO e 1 '=^ "^

® JO 6 "5 ^^

,P JO 6

t 10 ^

CO

3

l^^OX •»>< CO S IM

•mm 02-SI ! S? i § S

•ram +02 1 "» ^ -^ ■"

®

ci

0)

I'B^ox 2 ^ "^

CO

•mm OZ-ST

« : «

•mm +02

OS t~ «o

o

t)i>
a

I^^ox 1 S 2 ::;

CO

•nim 02-si 1 « j •«

•mm +02

— < o to

■b

,d

IB*ox

Ol t~ •<)< rH
<M (M —<

n

•ram 02-ST

00 1 r- 1

h^

■ram +02

1-1 t~ t~ rt

"!-§

m

lO lO »0 iO

O Od O Od

."2 ^

03 .O o -d

6 d 6 d

2 Z Z Z

"o "aJ *« "«
^ .a j3 j3

03 CO 03 02

il

O03
CO.M

o

2:

1

j:
'i

Culture
Planted

1

S d 3

^7
2

>

o

T3

is

J
"a

1 1

Kept in
Separ-
ate
Dishes

1

00

£

Material
Collected

S £ £ £ o
f* = o o H

^
» «<

•

(/

Vj 'Xl w

•')

Serie
Numb

III...

h

>!■'

nil

1

O X5 O O

O O !0 t^

!

: : : I 1

i i -^ i i

« 1 CO rt

1

! i i 1 : :

CO U5 -H O 1 I
CO esi (M N 1

to o o >o

-H (M CM «

r« lo ^H iQ 1

-H U5 <>q CO
«o t^ o •*

S

•*

CM CO O Tjl

1

Ol N C« OJ 1 !
■^ O ^ CO 1 1

CO CO f*— CO

US

CO

O C4 « rH

t~ -H lo e<>

« 2: 2 <=>

CO »— 1 *— 1 ^-»

-

M

»0 CO CO 1

i

0 1-^ Oi 0 1 I
CO *-i '"'I '

10-23-15
10-23-15
10-23-15
10-23-15

Shell No. 6a
Shell No. 6b
Shell No. 60
Shell No. 6d

Uniform growth

Medium growth, but uniform

Fairly uniform

3

; 1

il

o oo

1

o ob

0

1

'

»>(411U1..}1

108

Journal of the Mitchell Society ' \_Septeml)er

•raai 'pauiB^^v

c

O lO o

qiSuaq^ ^sactBajQ

inj;tqnoa ! i

1

6 ao ©

IM 00

<>>

i -^

® JO 6

"5

U5

iP JO 6

6 JO ^

_

—

l^s'^ox

»0 ift) Tt< iO

o

*frH

?f

•OToi os-gi

O 1 -^ »o

m

^

,

■rani +02

>o CO

J

.

ITS^OX

CO CO

O

to

e ^

•ram os-gi

[ [

-«<

^

1 1

•ram +02

IM

o

ja

I^^ox

<M to

5

-

o

•ratn OS-SI

IM 1
N 1

00

•ram +02

U5

A

I'B'^ox

•O

o

■b

a

■mra 02-St

O 1

(M .

•rara +02

o

CO

.«

^■3-2

cJjcJ^cic),

csoi

777 7

Q i^

o o o o

08 ^ o -a

J^ t^ t^ t^

5"

6 d 6 6

?iO

at cj o o>

j: ^ j3 j3

CO W CO OQ

■^ s

3 ^

OOJ

S(^

m^

3 M

o

tc.2

T3
CI

a

55

^ 0
3 *

o

oS

cj

,

T3

•n-^S

S fl 3

ft a) bii

I 1 -a

03

1 :? f

a 1 m

J 1 i-i

ftft-^ m

i^^i

— T3

^2. ^%

.2

•S-g

•o a s s

So

O 3 C3 CJ

o

Sr!

CO fo Ph CO

S5

•n s

^,^

^

sjiJBraaj]

<i

>

1

191S] ALTEKiN^ATioisr AXD Paethexogexesis IX Padixa

109

« &

^ 6

f-, fs

•ram 'pani'B^'JV

•<i

g

C

0

inj^^qnoQ

i

'-

6 -lo ©

«

© JO 6

CO

iPio 6

6 JO vP

o
CO

I'B^OX

CO t^ lo 00

;D CQ 00 ■<*

•uira OS-SI

eq t^ 10 ui

•* 0 -"ii eq

•rara +02

-H 0 0 CO
M M ■* (M

©

J3
M

a

OP

hi

F^ox

t^ 01 •* to

to rt CO

to

■uiui OS-SI

00 0 1 rH
CO 1 -H

•ram +02

03 OS ■«< 10
•0 00 <M

o

0
h5

IB^ox

N <M rt cn

M*

■raui OS-SI

ill"

•rara +0S

(N <N -H 00

■b

I'BIOX

00 00 rt Tj<

M

•rara OS-SI

-, ^ 1

-

•raia +0S

t^ t- « •*

lO lO »o UO

1 1 1 T

e-j (M c>j C-]

eS ^ 0 -3

3 a
0

> 1
■b

"a

11
OP4

1
00

Gj fl 3

0.0 M

« £^

0 "

'5

I

II
^1

1

3

0
M

Kept in
Sepa-
rate
Dishes

e

00

•ct;

So

2"

1 = |i 1

5^00

Series
Number

b <»

00
ifjnuiau

B

0000

«5 b. O (M
« « -^ ^

W O O <M

•* C-5 O ■*

■* O O 10

(M to CO 00

1-4 CO

(M to CO t^

10 to CO lA

to ud e9 CO

IC 10 10 U3

CO CO CO CO

M e^ c^ c<i

I I I I
0000

£ £ •?

o i
^ 3
be o

•O 13

> u be U)
° I I I

E E E 8

h b u u

0000

a c a a

K>|JUIU0>|

THE AMEKICAN PITCHEE-PLANTS

By Roland M. Harper

The American pitcher-plants (family Sarraceniaceae), which are
totally unlike any other plants in the Western Hemisphere, though
distantly related to the Old World family jSTepenthaceae, have long-
attracted popular attention on account of their carnivorous habits and
striking appearance. The family comprises three genera, with nine
known species, a few subspecies, varieties, or abnormal forms, and
several hybrids ; all perennial herbs, growing in damp sandy soils and
boggy places in temperate climates. They have nearly all been culti-
vated for ornament in Europe, especially in Great Britain and Ire-
land, where several horticultural varieties and artificial hybrids have
originated.

The leaves of all the species arise from subterranean rootstocks,
and are normally tubular, with a longitudinal wing on the anterior
side. This tube corresponds with the petiole of ordinary leaves, and
is usually surmounted by an appendage known as the hood, vary-
ing greatly in shape in different species, which corresponds to the
leaf-blade. So odd are the shapes of the leaves of some species that
it is impossible to describe them adequately in words, and for this
reason it has been difficult to interpret correctly some of the early
descriptions that were unaccompanied by figures, and some confusion
in nomenclature has resulted.

In some of the species the leaf-tubes are wide open to the sk}", and
in others the hood is curved over the mouth of the tube in such a way
that no sunshine or rain can enter directly. In the latter case the
• convexity of the hood is always provided with numerous white trans-
lucent spots which serve to illuminate the interior, the advantage of
which will appear presently. A red pigment (anthocyan) is quite
characteristic of the family, appearing in varying degree in both
leaves and flowers. It is generally best developed in plants growing
in sunny places.

The leaves contain more or less liquid, which in the species with
open tubes is luostly rain-water, but in the others is a secretion from

110

The Ameeicax Pitchee-Plaxts 111

tlie plant. Late in the snmmer the tubes are usually half filled with
dead insects of many species, which have been lured thither by the
bright colors of the hoods, or a sugary secretion on the outside of the
tubes, or both. Just within the mouth of the tube the surface is so
smooth that it affords a very insecure foothold, and a little farther
down is a close array of stiff hairs pointing downward, which make
descent very easy and ascent by crawling almost impossible. And
the tube is usually too narrow for an insect of any size to fly out after
it once gets inside. The function of the ^'windows" in the over-
arching hoods is now evident, for flying insects as a rule do not like
to* enter dark places. Once within the zone of downward-pointing
hairs, death by drowning is almost inevitable ; and human ingenuity
could hardly devise a better fly-trap than a pitcher-plant leaf.

There are, however, a few species of insects which in the course of
ages have learned to circumvent these elaborate pitfalls and even to
profit by the misfortune of their less wary fellow-creatures. In
many of the leaves can be found one or more larvae feeding on the
carcasses, and these when the proper stage in their development arrives
escape by gnawing their way out, or perhaps in some cases by flying.
Occasionally a spider spins its web across the tube and robs the plant
of some of its prey. Or when there is more water than insects
mos(|uitoes may use these natural pitchers for breeding-phices.

There has been some diftercnce of opinion as to whether the pitcher-
plants actually digest the insects entrapped in their leaves ; and doubt-
less the digestive action is less easily demonstrated in some species
than in others, and may take place only during a brief period of the
year. But the conclusion is irresistible that such highly specialized
contrivances must be of some advantage to the plant, and when the
leaves finally decay the insect remains in them must contribute in no
small degree to the nutrition of the plants through their roots, if
nothing else.

The flowers of nil the si)ecies are rather showy and more or less
odorous, but last only two or three weeks, and only a minority of the
])lants in a given area seem to bloom in any one year. In the South
American species there are several flowers on one stalk, but iu the

112 JouKXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY [^September

others there is only one flower to a plant. In Sarracenia, the largest
genus, the flowers are borne on erect naked stalks (scapes), from
less than a foot to over two feet tall. At blooming time, which ranges
from March in Florida to August in Labrador, the top of the scape is
bent over so that the flower hangs dowmward. After the petals and
stamens fall the axis of the flower assumes a more or less horizontal
position, and the sepals and pistil together with the great umbrella-
like stigma turn green and remain without further change until late
in the fall, when the seeds are ripe. Just how the seeds are trans-
ported from place to place is not known, but very likely become at-
tached to the feet of migrating birds in some w^ay, for some of the
species have a wide and rather sporadic distribution.

One of the genera, Heliampliora, with a single species, is known
only from Mt. Roraima in British Guiana, where it was discovered
about 1838 by Sir Robert H. Schomburgk, a noted explorer, who sur-
veyed the boundary between British Guiana and Venezuela, and also
discovered the Victoria regia, the giant of the water-lily family. It
grows in rather inaccessible places, but has been seen by a few sub-
sequent explorers.

Another genus, Darlingtonia (more recently called Chrysamphora
on account of a conflict in nomenclature), likewise with a single
species, is confined to the mountains of Oregon and California. The
remaining genus, Sarracenia^ is confined to the southeastern United
States between latitudes 28° and 36°, except that one species extends
a little way into Virginia and another far into Canada, almost to the
Arctic Circle. Like many other bog plants, they are most abundant in
regions where most of the precipitation comes in the warmer half of
the year and thus counterbalances the evaporation to a considerable
extent. The flowers of the seven species of this genus are all much
alike except in color (some being red and some yellow) and size, but
the leaves are very diverse. Some of the species regularly, some occa-
sionally^, some never, produce in addition to the normal insect-catching
leaves sword-like ones consisting of wing only, without tube or hood,
or in some species there are all gradations between normal and tube-
less leaves (phyllodia). The phyllodia are chiefly produced in cool

1918'] The Amek-kax Pttcher-Plants 113

shadj places, or in the fall to last through the winter, but what benefit
they may be to the y^lant is not obvious. The normal leaves are per-
fectly evergreen in the species in which they lie close to the ground,
and die down in the fall in the taller species; and there are various
intermediate conditions.

The leaves of the southern species are called ''pitchers," '^bugles,"
"fly-catchers," 'iilies," or "trumpet-flowers" by the natives, and the
fruits, or spent flowers, which they i)erhaps do not always recognize as
being a part of the same plant, are sometimes known as "ladies'
watches," or simply watches. The northern species is sometimes
called "side-saddle flower" or "huntsman's cup."

The hybrids are of course all in the genus Sarracen ia (for the sin-
gle species in the other two genera have no near relatives to hybridize
with), and they grow wild only between the James and Mississippi
rivers, for elsewhere no two species grow in proximity. For a small
genus, whose representatives all grow in strictly natural habitats and
shun civilization, the number of hybrids is remarkably large. Arti-
ficial hybrids were produced in European greenhouses more than
forty years ago, before the existence of natural hybrids was definitely
known, and now there are more such hybrids than there are species,
not counting compound hybrids, of which there are several. Natural
hybrids were first recognized about twenty-five years ago, and we now
know at least five simple combinations and one probable compound.

It has been my good fortune to see in their natural surroundings
all tiie Xorth American species of this family and nearly all the known
wild hybrids, and to take photographs of about half of them in the
field. In the next few pages are brought together some notes on the
history, habits, and distribution of these jilants, inchuling (|uit<» a
number of facts and photographs not i)reviously ])ul)]ished. The
distribution is given in some detail, for the benelit of ri',idi'r> ulio
may wish to seek the plants in their native haunts.

The western pitclier-|)lant, Ihirliiu/lonia cnJifoniha . grows in

mountain meadows in and near tlie Cascade Range, in .soutliwestern

Oregon and northern California, between the 3!>tb and llth parallels

of latitude, and from near sea-level to 8,<)(»0 feet above. It was dis-

4

114 JouKNAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY [September

covered by J. D. Breckenridge, assistant botanist of the Wilkes ex-
ploring expedition, a few miles south of Mt. Shasta, in October,
1842; but the flowers, without which the plant could not be properly
characterized, were not known until they were collected near the same
place by Dr. G. W. Hulse in 1851. It was described and named by
Dr. John Torrey of ISTew York in 1853.

The leaves are reddish or yellow with translucent spots, usually
less than a foot tall but sometimes over three feet, and twisted 1 80°
so as to bring the opening under the arched hood to the outer side of
the clumj:). An appendage resembling a fish-tail, a couple of inches
long, which has no counterpart in the other members of the family,
hangs in front of the orifice (which opens downward), and is more
or less covered with nectar. Whatever liquid is in the leaves must
be secreted by them, for rain cannot enter from above, and there is
very little rain in that part of the country anyway, for most of the
precipitation comes in winter in the form of gnow. It is said to
bloom from May to July. I was a little too late to see the flowers when
I made a special visit to one of the southernmost known localities for
it, in Plumas County, California, immediately after the A. A. A. S.
meetings at Berkeley in 1915. The plants at that locality are so sur-
rounded by grass and other vegetation that it is not easy to photograph
them in their natural setting, but the accompanying illustration gives
a good idea of the general appearance of small specimens without
flowers.

The northern pitcher-plant, Sarracenia purpurea, is the most widely
distributed species of the whole family, and naturally the best known
(PI. 2). Just when and where and by whom it was first discovered
is not certainly known, but there is an unmistakable figure of it in
Clusius's Bariorum Planfaruni Ilistoria, published in Amsterdam in
1601. The genus is named for Dr. Michel Sarrasin (or Sarrazin)
of Quebec, who flourished a century later, and sent specimens of this
plant among others to Tournefort, in Paris, who was one of the found-
ers of systematic botany. The early herbalists who wrote about it
thought it to be a near relative of Limonium (a genus including the
common sea-lavender of our salt marshes, which indeed it does resem-

PLATP] 2

^m0iiM:i:^^

SARRACEXIA PURPUREA. Salisbury. Uonnecticnii.

1018] The American Pitciier-Plaxts 115

l)le slightly in the position and texture of its leaves). The names
Bucanephyllon and Coilophyllum had also been applied to it before
Tonrnefort's time; but our nomenclature dates from Limiieus (1753),
who adopted Tonrnefort's generic name for this plant.

It is fairly common in sphagnous bogs in the glaciated region from
ISTewfoundland and the Xorthwest Territories to Wisconsin and north-
eastern Pennsylvania. South of the terminal moraine it is known in
a few places in southern Pennsylvania and one station in Maryland
(near Baltimore), and is fairly common in the pine barrens of New
Jersey. Then there is a gap in its known range, and the remaining
localities are south of Virginia and east of Mississippi Piver. It has
indeed been reported in the past from Virginia, Kentucky, Tennessee,
and Louisiana but without definite locality, and no botanist now living
seems to have seen it in those States (or in West Virginia). Possi-
bly some former stations for it may have been destroyed by drainage
operations. In ^N^orth Carolina it is found in many of the "pocosins"
in the southeastern part of the State, as well as in a few places among
the mountains ; and in South Carolina it occurs sparingly both in the
sand hills of Chesterfield County and in the flat pine-barrens in the
southern part. In Georgia it has been found only three or four
times, in Randolph, Lee, and Tattnall counties. (And in the last
named I was unable to find it in 1915 in the same place where I had
collected specimens in 1904, though the spot did not seem to have
been tampered with in the interval.) In West Florida and south-
western Alabama, however, it is quite common in gently sloping wet
pine-barrens, and does not differ perceptibly from the Xew Enghuid
plant. Farther west it becomes scarcer again, and. as stated above,
it is not now known to grow in Louisiana.

The leaves form a rosette, and as a rule lie half buried in
moss, with the mouths of the pitchers wide open to the sky, so that
they must be filled to overflowing by almost every shower. The liood?
arc ])aler than the tubes, but are more or less mottled and streaked
with red. Variations ooccasionally found arc y('lh)wish leaves and
flowers, and leaves with tube and hood almost wanting. The flowers
are normally ])urplish red, and unfold from April to August accord-

116 JouEXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY [^September

ing to latitude. The leaves are perfectly evergreen, and must be
capable of enduring freezing temperatures for several months at the
northernmost stations.

Sarracenia psittacina, the smallest member of the genus, resembles
the preceding in having the leaves widely spreading in a rosette, and
in being very similarly colored. They are quite differently shaped,
however, and usually smaller and more numerous than those of 8. pur-
purea. The usual type of leaf, found in flat sandy pine-barrens, is
short and prostrate, with a comparatively narrow wing, and of a pre-
vailing reddish color except for the white ''windows" in the hood.
The other extreme of leaf-form, found chiefly in shaded sphagnous
bogs, is obliquely ascending, with a broad wing, long tube — sometimes
eight or ten inches long— and small hood, and much paler in color.
In either case the plant hardly ever stands out above its neighbors
sufficiently to be photographed satisfactorily, and it is scarcely visible
until one is within a few yards of it. It differs from all its congeners,
and resembles Darlingtonia, in having the entrance to the pitcher a
small round opening on the inner side of the globose hood, which bears
little resemblance to any ordinary leaf-blade. The leaves, although
of rather thin texture, are evergreen or nearly so, like those of many
other rosette-forming plants, particularly in such mild climates. The
flowers are red, on stalks usually not over eight inches tall.

This species seems to have been found first by William Young, Jr.,
^'Queen's Botanist," who collected plants in the Carolinas in 1766-
1768. But he must have gone into Georgia to get it, for it is not
known east of the Savannah River, and it escaped the notice of
Thomas Walter, who published a ''Flora Caroliniana" in 1788, and
even of Stephen Elliott, who published a ''Botany of South Carolina
and Georgia" in 1816-1824. It was first described in 1803 in the
"Flora Boreali-Americana" by Andre Michaux, a French botanist
who traveled extensively in all parts of Xorth America that were
settled at the time of the Revolution. He said it grew "from the city
of Augusta, Georgia, to Florida" ; but it is not now known within
sixty miles of Augusta, the northeasternmost known locality for it l)e-
ing in Bulloch County, Georgia. From there it ranges northwestward

H
<;

C5

^

rt

cS

'm

^

t-

o

o

a>

O

A

d

o

c3

H

P

m

<

0)

W

0
^

ffi

o

H

c

tc

ffi

03

H

o

?

d

Di

o

O

^:

:^

s

^

^

s

:^;

H

H

O

O

<!

<

Pi

A

tf

Pi

<1

<!

CO

m

^

^

"^

.5r>

15

s

t-:i

lOhS] The Amertcax Pitciieu-Plaxts 117

throiigli middle and west Florida to southeastern Louisiana ; and in
almost every county within its range it is common enough so that one
can find it almost any day by looking in favorable places.

Sarracenia minor (PI. 3) has leaves erect or nearly so, with the
hood curved over the mouth of the tube in such a way as to keep out
rain falling vertically, though in heavy showers some rain may splash
into it. The back of the hood has numerous white translucent spots
which serve to light u]) the interior of the pitcher, and the wing ha-
minute nectar glands scattered along it, which lead ants and other
crawling insects u}) to the moutli of the tulx^ and to destruction within.
The leaves are usually less than a foot tall, but in Oketinokee Swamj».
Georgia, a height of three feet is often reached, and 1 have measured
one leaf forty-four inches long. (See illustration. ) They last pretty
well through the winter, but apparently do not function a second
season. The flowers are yellow.

This was figured by some of the old European hcri)alists over two
hundred years ago, but was first properly described by Walter in
1788. Michaux, overlooking Walter's description or not recognizing
it as belonging to his own plant, redescribed it in 1803 as ^. rariolaris.
and this name prevailed for one hundred years, until the older name
was resuscitated by the writer.*

This is a common, though not very abundant, j)lant, chiefly in damp
flat pine-l)arrcns, from southern Xorth (^irolina to southwest (ieorgia
and southward to the vicinity of Kissimniee, Florida, which is about
one hundred miles farther south than any other species of Stirramiin
extends. j- It is not known in Alabama, but Professor .1. M. Mac-
farlanc found it once near Ponce de Leon in west Florida. It can
often be recognized from a moving train, espe.-ially when if is in
hlooni.

Stirnii-t'iiid nihni is a slender dull-colored plant with leaves and
flower stalks about a fo<»t tall, or sometimes mon\ but usually less.

*Bull. Torrey Hot. Clul. :M» ilC) 1 :t:fj. l!M);i. ...... ., • i

tin an artiilo on tlu- Kvcrdiiili's l>.v Dix iiiul MBrOoniKlo in llii- ( tnturu ilngnttnf lor
ri'bruary. lltOf), thiMc is a Kkflcli |.iir|«>rtiMi; to nIiow Homo of tlw rhnruilcriiilic pUnlji on Ilii*
i.Hlands, in which a Sarrati-nia (n|MMi<'s unri-coKnizahlo) a|>l'<'nrs erowinir on Ihc trunk of «
ire.' with Komo orclii(In an.l f.-rns! The arti.st. how.'V.T. oarn.d hi« "po.-lir lii-.-n«i-' lo<i f»r.
not only in niakinc Sarran-nia un <'i>ii.hyt.-. hut also in Mlrihulinc it I" Hial j>nrt of Hondii
at all, for no nicnilx-r of Ih(> Ki-nus is known within on.' hnM.lr.il niilro of th.' Kv<T|tlni!i'»

118 JouKNAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY \_Septeniher

The leaves are erect or nearly so, with tubes an inch or less in diame-
ter at the top, and roundish ascending hoods with dark red veins.
The flowers are red, as the name implies. A double-flowered form
has been found by Dr. W. C, Coker near Hartsville, S. C*

Like the preceding, this was first described by Walter in 1788. It
is probably the least abundant member of the genus, and a person
unacquainted with it might look for it for several days without find-
ing it. It is so inconspicuous that it never figures in car-window
notes. But it has a fairly wide distribution, from North Carolina
to west Fliroda and southeastern Mississippi. It is not confined to
the pine-barrens,"!- but grows equally well in the region of mixed pine
and hardwood forests a little farther inland, also among the fall-line
sandhills, and even in a few places among the mountains of jSTorth
Carolina, over 2,000 feet above sea-level.:|: Apparently no one has
yet photographed it in its natural surroundings.

Sarracenia Sledgei is intermediate in many respects between the
preceding species and the next, and might be regarded as a hybrid
between them, but for the fact that it grows in many places far re-
moved from either. (Of course it is conceivable that a plant of
hybrid origin might perpetuate itself and extend its range over a
considerable territory, and it has been suggested that many if not
most species have originated in that way ; but no authentic case of a
self-perpetuating hybrid growing under perfectly natural conditions
seems to be known.)

The oldest known specimens of this plant were collected by Thomas
Drummond in southeastern Louisiana in 1832; but it was quite gen-
erally confused with 8. flava until separated by Professor J. M. Mac-
farlane of the University of Pennsylvania, our greatest authority on
this family of plants, in 1904. At that time, however, he erroneously
identified it with Elliott's S. Cateshaei (of which more anon). Dis-
covering his error a couple of years later, the plant was left without

*See Plant World 12:253-254. 1909; Plant Life of Hartsville, p. 80. 1912.

fFor a map showing the ai)proximate location of the southeastern pine-barrens see Journal
of Geography 15:42. Oct. 1916.

tAn amateur botanist in middle Georgia told me several years ago that he had seen a Sarra-
cenia in the northern part of Newton County; which is the only record of the occurrence of
that genus in Georgia outside of the coastal plain. I never had an opportunity to visit the
locality, but would not be much surprised to find S. rubra there.

IM^ATK 4

(Above) SARRACEXIA FLAVA var. OUEOPHILA. Cherokee County. Alabama.
{Below) SARRACENIA FLAVA. Colquitt County, Georgia.

1918] The American Pitcher-Plants 111*

a name, and early in 1907* he named it after Dr. W. II. Sledge, of
Mobile, who first sent him specimens of it.

It is fairly common in wet pine-barrens from the west side of
]\Iobile Bay to eastern Louisiana, and has been collected in Smith,
Henderson, and Hardin counties, Texas; being the only southern
pitcher-plant known west of the Mississippi River. East of Mobile
Bay I have seen a few specimens in the southern part of Baldwin
County, Alabama, and what appears to be the same thing (though it
may be a variety of the next) in boggy places among the long-leaf pine
hills in Chilton and Autauga counties, near the center of the State.

Sarracenia fJava (PI. 4) is a showy plant with straight erect trump-
et-shaped leaves averaging about a foot and a half tall, and two inches
or so in diameter at the mouth of the tube. They are bright lemon
yellow (or green in shady places), with an irridescent purple spot,
or a cluster of purple veins, on the throat or neck, which doubtless
serves to lure insects to their destruction. Unlike most of the species
previously enumerated, this regularly bears two very different kinds
of leaves. The conspicuous insect-catching ones die down in the fall,
and are immediately succeeded by green sword-like ones somewhat
shorter, which last through the winter. (See illustration.) The
flowers are yellow, on stalks usually shorter than the leaves ; and there
are few flowering plants so nearly yellow throughout as this one.

This striking plant was probably first collected at least three hun-
dred years ago by some of the early botannical explorers of Virginia
and North Carolina, and it was in cultivation in Europe soon after-
ward. The present name dates from the time of Linnaeus. It is
doubtless the most abundant plant of its family, though not the most
widely distributed. In some parts of its range, particularly in
Georgia, there may be as many as ten thousand plants to the acre,
making a mass of bright color that can be seen from afar. Its favor-
ite habitat is sandy gentle slopes perpetually moistened by sei'j)ing
water; it is rarely found in flat pine woods, in jkukIs, or in peat bogs.
It extends from a few milc^s south t)f Petersburg, Virginia,t southward

*.Tourniil of Hotaiiy 4.'>:l. .Inn. 1007. _

tSee Torroyu 4:123. Auk. I'.IOl ; Bull. Torroy Hot. ( lul. .M .. . 1 1

120 Journal of the jMitciiell Society [Sejdemher

to middle Florida (Wakulla (\)uiity), and westward to Baldwin
County, Alabama, where it is rather scarce. Its ranoe does not
seem to (]uite meet that of its near relative, *S'. Sledgei. In jSTorth
Carolina it is common among the fall-line sandhills (where a traveler
on the main line of the Seaboard Air Line can see it any day in
summer), as well as nearer the coast, and it is known also in the
Piedmont region ; but in Georgia it seems to be confined to the pine-
barrens.

Several minor horticiiltural varieties of this species, based on color
ditferences, have been described, and there is a wild variety that
deserves special mention. In northeastern Alabama, particularly on
the (Himberland Plateau in j\larshall, Jackson, and DeKalb counties,
and in the Coosa Valley in Cherokee County, in moist sandy places
near streams, is a plant similar to ^S'. flava, but not typical of that
species. It was found by two or three collectors in the last decade of
the nineteenth century, and was referred by Dr. Charles Mohr in his
viagnum opus, the plant life of Alabama,* to the long-lost ^S*. Catesbaei
of Elliott, which was described from South Carolina three-quarters
of a century before. Almost contemporaneously Mr. T. H. Kearney,
in a discussion of the distribution of certain coastal-plain plants rep-
resented by identical or closely related forms in the Southern moun-
tains,! applied the name Sarracenia flava var. oreophila to it, but
gave no description. Besides the slight differences pointed out by
Dr. Mohr, who saw the plant only in summer, there is another that
may be important. The sword-like winter leaves, instead of being
nearly straight as in the pine-barren form illustrated herewith, are
strongly recurved, and considerably shorter than the summer leaves.
But this plant should be studied a little more before it is formally
named. What appears to be the same thing was collected, probably
in the third quarter of the last century, by Dr. Hugh M. ]S[eisler, who
lived at Butler, Georgia, among the fall-line sandhills, and presuma-
bly got his specimens somew^iere in that neighborhood.

*Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 6: 79, 531. 1901. See. also, Mohr. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club •24: 23.
1897; Harbison, Biltmore Bot. Stud. 1: 155. 156. 1902; Harper. Torryea 6: 114. 1906.
tScience II. 12:833, 837. Nov. 30, 1900.

PLATE r,

-%;^-^y.

•*^%

;i y.' . >?

/i.

(?•;

kS:%

^
i^-^

.^ -^4^

(Above) SARRACENIA DRUMMONDII. Walton County. Florida.
(Below) SARRACENIA DRUMMONDII. Mobile County, Alabama.

JOIS] The A^rETjTCAX Pitciier-Plaxts 121

Sarracenia Druinmondii (PL 5) has leaves of about the same size
and shape as those of S. fiava, exce])t for heiii<j; a trifle slenderer : Vnit
the upper ])arts arc white with a network of reddish veins, and the
lower parts ^reen ; the hoods are covered wdth stiff hairs on the inner
surface, and the flowers are red. It produces some sword-like leaves
in the fall, l)ur not so regularly or abundantly as does N. fiava.

This handsome plant w^as apparently first noticed near Pensacola,
Florida, early in August, 1775 (or 1777?*) by William Bartram, a
noted naturalist of that time, who attempted to describe it in his
Travels (1701) under the name of *S'. laciinosa; but he seems to have
gotten S. minor, which does not grow so far west (or possibly S.
Sledgei, which does not grow so far east) mixed with it in his mem-
ory, for his description fits 8. minor better. C. C. Robin, a French
explorer who was not a botanist, traveled through the South from
1802 to 1806, saw the same plant near the same place, and published
a recognizable description of it in his narrative (1807), although he
mistook the leaves for flowers, as many other non-botanists have done
since. The erratic naturalist Ilafinesque ten years later dug out this
description and applied the name Sarracenia UucophylJa to it, but
that has never been taken seriously on account of Rafiuesque's well-
known eccentricity and his rather unwarranted procedure in giving a
name to a plant he had never seen, on the strength of an imperfect
description. The spe(!ies was first properly described in 188(5 by
H. B. Croom, wlio did not refer to Bertram or Robin, but had seen
specimens collected near Appalachicola by Drummond in 1835 and
by Chapman in 1836. (These same old specimens are now in the
Torrey Herl)arium at the New York Botannical Garden.)

It is known in a few places in scmthwest Georgia, and inland in
Alabama as far as Crenshaw County, is abundant in west Florida
and southwestern Alabama, but stops rather abruptly near the Ala-
bama-Mississippi line. It grows in sandy bogs, and especially in the
.wet gently sloping savannas which arc very characteristic ot tli(> I'oun-

-The dafPS in dilTiTcnt <liu|itprs of Biirtrani's TruvoU aro inconsistent, iintl no on.. K.-onm lo
l.HVi- (Iflennined whirl, on.-s nw (om-.t. Tl.i-ro is a littU- <ont.-ni|.orury pvuI.m..-.- in D.irln.fc-
ton's "Letters of Biirlriiin aiwl .M»ij*1i»II." an<l nu.re may yet turn up.

122 JoL'EXAL OF THE MiTciiEj.L SociETv \^Hei)temher

try within fifty miles of Mobile Bay. In some places it is just as
abundant and cons^^icuous as 8. fava is farther east.

The known natural hybrids will now be discussed briefl3^ It is not
necessary to describe them, as each is almost exactly intermediate in
appearance between the parent species. They bloom less frequently
than the true species, and the flowers of one or two have never been
seen at all. They are nearly always found in the immediate vicinity
of their parents. Sarracenia purpurea is the parent of two of the
known hybrids, S. psittacina of one, >S^. minor of two, S. flava of
three, and S. Drummondii of two. ^o natural hybrids of 8. rubra
are certainly known, though Asa Gray in the first volume of his
Synoptical Flora of North America (published in 1895, several years
after his death) mentions the existence of plants which appear to be
hybrids between this and 8. purpurea, but without giving any local-
ity. No hybrids of 8. 8ledgei, the most recently described species,
have yet been reported, but their existence is not at all unlikely, for
there are three other species that associate with it.

8arracenia purpurea x flava has quite a long history. One of the
colored figures in Catesby's "Natural History of Carolina," first pub-
lished in 1743, has been thought to represent it, but the figure is a
poor one, and is probably intended for 8. flava, which Catesby could
hardly have helped seeing on his travels, and does not inention other-
wise. Early in the nineteenth centur}^ Dr. James Macbride col-
lected in Chesterfield County, South Carolina, a pitcher-plant with-
out flowers, which was described by Elliott in 1821 in his ''Botany of
South Carolina and Georgia" as 8. Catesbaei, on account of its sup-
posed resemblance to Catesby's figure. The other 8arracenias known
to Elliott were purpurea, rubra, fiava, and minor, and of these he said
the new plant was most closely related to flava. Croom, examining
the same specimen a few years later, asserted that it did not differ
materially from 8. fiava; but Professor Macfarlane, who saw it about
1906, recognized it as this hybrid, which he had already known for
some years.

In the Gardeners' Chronicle (London) for July 9, 1881, there is a
brief notice of a plant called by British horticulturists 8arracenia
Williamsii, which had been received in a shipment of plants from

PLATE 6

(Above) SARRACENIA FLAVA x AIIXOR. Coffee County, Georgia.
(Beloiv) SARRACENIA FLAVA x DRUMMONDII. Geneva County, Alabama.

1918] The Americax Pitciier-Plaxts 123

America (locality not specified), and was thought to be a natural
hybrid between purpurea and flava. In June, 1893, Professor Mac-
farlane found two specimens, in company with the parent species,
near Wilmington, N. C, where their hybrid origin was practically
certain. In 1905 he found 117 specimens of the same thing in one
day in Holmes County, Florida, and a few in Baldwin County, Ala-
bama. The same two species were crossed to make one of the first
artificial hybrids in the genus, in 1874.

S. purpurea x Drummondii was discovered in company with its
parents in Baldwin County, Alabama, by Professor Macfarlane in
1905, and in the northern part of Walton County, Florida, by the
writer in 1911, Artificial hybrids with this parentage were described
in England in 1887.

S. psittacina x minor was found by the writer in Colquitt County,
Georgia, in 1902, and in Coffee, Irwin (now Ben Hill), and Wilcox
counties in 1904.* All these localities are in the Altamaha Grit
region or rolling wire-gTass country. This hybrid produces flowers
and fruit more freely than most of the olJiers. Artificial hybrids
were known in England as long ago as 1881, under the name of
*S'. formosa.

S. flava X minor (PI. 6). Xo artificial hybrid between these two
yellow-flowered species is certainly known, but in 1901 I found a sin-
gle specimen of the natural hybrid in Bulloch County, Georgia, and
the following year several others in Coffee County.f Of the photo-
grai)lis taken at the latter place in 1002 and 1904 two have been
])ublislied already, and another appears here. Professor Macfarlane
found the same thing near Summerville, S. C, in 1903.

>S'. flava X Drummomlii (PL 6). These two species were probably
the first to be crossed artificially, this having been done by Dr. David
Moore at Glasnevin, Ireland, in 1873, or thereabouts. The first inti-
mation of a natural hybrid between them seems to be in the 1S93 cata-
logue of Pitcher k ^fanda, florists, of Short Hills, N. .1., wliere there
is a full-i)age halftone of a |ilaiit called Sarrdcenia Mamiaiaua, said to
"have be<m collected growing in company with S. flava and *S'. Drum-
mondii, of which it is no donht a natni-ai hybrid." Tn 1S!>5 and 1901,

♦Bull. Torrev Hot. Oliil) :W: '2:10. U;!?. li)0(i.

tRull. Torrcy Bot. Club 31: 2'J. 1904; :«: 463. 1905.

124 JouKXAL OF THE ^MiTciTELL SociETY [^Septemher

at two places about a mile apart near Americiis, Georgia, I found
a few specimens corresponding verv well with that illustration (which
happened to come into niv possession in the former year). S. rubra
and S. Drummondii were growing close by in both places, but the
nearest known station for S. fiava was (and is) over twenty-five miles
away, which made me doubt the possibility of that's being one of the
parents, or of my plant being a hybrid at all. The flowers were un-
known to me, as they were to Pitcher tSc Manda. In 1903* I referred
it to the problematical (and likewise flowerless) S. Cateshaei, but
Professor Macfarlane's investigations of that i)laiit, published in
1907, showed that I was mistaken. In June. 190(5, I found some very
similar plants (illustrated herewith) about three miles east of Geneva,
Alabama, in company with *S'. Drummondii, though here again there
was no S. flava (nor S. rubra) in sight. But in the meanwhile Profes-
sor Macfarlane in 1905 had found plants whose hybrid origin was evi-
dent near Bay Minette, Alabama.

The occurrence of this plant remote from one of its supposed
parents is somewhat of a puzzle. Whether S. fara had once grown
nearer by and its hybrid progeny had maintained itself independently
for a long period, or the pollen can be carried by insects much farther
than we realize, or the supposed hybrid is really a nuitation or a valid
species, remains to be proved.

One compound natural hybrid has been reported by Professor Mac-
farlane, who has found near Ponce de Leon, Florida, what appears to
be S. purpurea x flava crossed again with S. flava. The artificial
hybrids that have no known wild counterparts need not be discussed
here, as they are known only in European greenhouses and have no
status as American plants.

The known distribution of the species of Sarracenia in the United
States may be summed up by States as follows: East of the Great
Plains and north of the Ohio and Potomac rivers S. purpurea is found
in every State, with no other species of the genus. In West
Virginia, Kentucky, and Tennessee apparently no pitcher-plant has
been seen by any botanist now living, though ^S*. purpurea has been

'■Bull. Torrev Bot. Club 30: 333-335. 1903.

191S] ' The Americax Pitcher-Plaxts 125

reported more or less indefinitely from the last two. In Virginia
only S. flava is certainly known (and that is scarce), but there are
vagaie references to 8. purpurea in the literature. (In the remaining
States the species will he listed as nearly as possible in order of
abundance.)

l!^orth Carolina has four species: fiava, purpurea, minor, and
rubra; and one h^^brid, S. purpurea x fiava.

South Carolina has the same, probably' in the same order of abund-
ance, with /S'. minor x fiava added.

Georgia has six good species, fiava, minor, psittacina, Drummondii,
rubra, and purpurea, possibly also the subspecies ^S*. fiava oreophila,
two unmistakable liyl)rids, psHfdcina x Dvinor and minor x fava,
and what appears to be *S'. fiava x Drummondii.

Florida has the same true species as Georgia, but in a difterent
order, about as follows: minor, psittacina, Drummondii, fiava, pur-
purea, rubra. Also two simple hybrids, purpurea x fiava and pw-
purea x Drummondii, and what appears to be a compound hybrid.

Alabama has six species, Drummondii, purpurea, Sledgei, fiava,
jmttacina, and rubra, one subspecies, fiava oreophiia, and three
hybrids, purpurea x fidva, purpurea x Drinnmondii, and fiava x
Drummondii.

Mississippi has Sied(/ei and psittacina, and possibly also purpurea,
rubra, and Drummondii at the extreme eastern edge of the State.

In Louisiana only Sledgei and psittacina are certainly known, and
in Texas only ^S*. Sledgei.

Xaturally a great deal has been written about this interesting fam-
ily of plants, but the short notes, other than a few already cited in the
foregoing pages, are too numero\is, and the longer papers mostly too
inaccessible, to be mentioned in a popular article like this. It must
be acknowledged here, however, that most of the facts above set forth
that are not based on personal experience are taken from Professor
^facfarlane's writings, particularly his 30-page monograph of the
family in Knglcr's Ptlaii/.cnreich, published in 1008. That contains
references to the mo.-:t important previous literature, some of which
I have also used.

Coi.i.K(;k Point,

LoNc Island.

EXTENSIOI^ OF THE RAXGE OF PBUNUS UMBELLATA
INTO NORTH CAROLINA

By J. S. Holmes

During a study of the forest conditions of Stanlj and other south-
eastern Piedmont counties hnst summer (1917) I came across a species
of plum tree which I had not before seen. Having no books with me,
I sent a specimen to Dr. W. C. Coker of the State University and
he immediately identified it as Primus uinbeUata.

The two species of plum common to North Carolina are Prunus
americana , the hog plum, and Prunus augustifoUa, the chickasaw
plum. These two are generally distributed throughout the State,
though the former is more abundant in the upper districts and the
latter in the middle and lower districts.

The fruit of Prunus umheUaia, known frequently as the sloe or
bullace plum, is much smaller than that of either of the above species.
It can hardly be classed as edible, being very sour and bitter ; however,
it is used to some extent in making jelly, probably mixed with the
larger and more palatable fruit of the other two species. The tree is
small, the largest one seen not exceeding six inches in diameter and
twenty-five feet in height ; the twigs are slenderer and less stiff than
the chickasaw plum and the tree is hardly as tall or as large as the
hog plum, which it more nearly resembles. It occurs in old-field
pine stands and on the borders of fields and roadsides, usually in
rather dry situations in sandy or gravelly soil.

Its distribution in North Carolina as established by me during last
summer's field season is confined to the Pee Dee River region, in the
counties of Anson, Stanly, Montgomery, and Richmond. It was most
common within a few miles of the river, though in Stanly County it
was seen twelve miles west of that river and in Montgomery County
sixteen to eighteen miles east of it. The locality where it seemed to
be most abundant was on the east side of Stone Mountain in Stanly
County, a short distance below the mouth of the Uharie River and
only a few miles south of its northern limit at Badin in the same

126

ExTExsioiv OF Raxge OF Pnuxus Umbellata 127

county. As far as I could learn, it is not distinguislied from the other
plums locally, all of them together being known as wild plums.

So far as I am aware, Prunus umbellata has not been known to
occur nearer to us than the coast of South Carolina, and Dr. Charles
S. Sargent of the Arnold Arlioretum, probably our leading authority
on tlie distribution of trees in the United States, so records it in his
manual of the Trees of ISTorth America, published in 1905. In this
work he gives the distribution' as follows: Sandy bottom lands and
along the borders of the forest of longleaf pine ; South Carolina to
Mosquito Inlet, Florida, usually in the neighborhood of the coast,
and from Tampa Bay to western Louisiana and southern Arkansas.

In a letter recently received from Dr. Sargent he says :

"I do not find in this herbarium any specimen from South Carolina, but it is
so common in the coast region of Georgia that I feel quite sure that it grows
in South Carolina. I have collected it near Augusta and we have Georgia
specimens from Mcintosh County, Milam, Thomasville, Bainbridge, and
Albany."

Dr. Small, in his Flora of the Southeastern United States, gives its
distribution as "about river swamps and hammocks, South Carolina,
Florida, Louisiana, and Arkansas." Dr. Small distinguishes between
this species and Pnm.s injucunda, which occurs in the granite districts
of Georgia and Alabama, while Dr. Sargent makes the latter a variety
of the former. The difference seems to be largely in the amount of
pubescence; iimhelhtla having little or none, while injucunJa has
pubescent twigs and tlio under side of the leaves are likewise pube-
scent. Trees with smooth thin leaves and others with quite pubescent
leaves were found growing fairly close together in the Pee Dee region,
and Dr. Sargent says in his letter to me that the species varies very
nuu'li ill ])ubescence, there being many spcvimcus in the licrbjirinni
of the Arnold Arboretnin wliicli are iiiorc i)ulK'scciir rliaii tliosc I sent
him.

128 JouRA'AL OF THE MiTciiELL SociETY [September

Miss Alice Loiuisberiy, in her charming popuhir work on "South-
ern Wild Flowers and Trees" says of Prunus injucunda:

"Hardly is there a tree or shrub of more delicate and chaste beauty than
this wild plum when in full bloom and the tiny young leaves are just begin-
ning to show themselves."

Of Primus umhellafa she says:
"It has a similar look to Prunus injucunda.''

Perhaps, then, this may prove to be a valuable addition to our orna-
mental trees, if not to our economic assets. Certainly in July when
the reddish purple fruit is hanging in abundance from the slender
twigs it is a very pretty sight. The fruit hangs on a long while and
the leaves remain on in the fall considerably longer than they do on
the chickasaw plum. The photo given in Plate 7 shows a tree 51/2
inches in diameter (-i^/ij feet from the ground) and '20 feet in height.
This tree was in an old-field pine stand one mile west of Gibson's Mill,
Richmond County, ISTorth Carolina. The picture was taken by the
author November 17, 1917.

In Dr. M. A. Curtis' "Woody Plants of North Carolina," pub-
lished in 1860, he gives, in addition to our two common plums, the
Sloe (P. spinosa Linn. ?). He says :

"I have seen this only in Lincoln County, where it was pointed out to me by
Dr. Hunter, and called by the above name. As I have no notes upon this
small tree, I am now in uncertainty whether it be identical with the English
Sloe or Blackthorn, which is naturalized in some parts of the country, and is
considered by the best botanists to be the parent of the common cultivated-
plum (P. (lomestica, Linn.)."

It is possible that this was an isolated specimen of P. unibellata,
as the Lincoln County line is only about forty miles west of its known
range in Stanly County, but neither this nor the Blackthorn, so far
as I know, has been otherwise reported from North Carolina. The
two trees are not much alike — the European Sloe or Blackthorn hav-
ing sharp stiff thorns and the twigs themselves are stiff and un-
yielding. It spreads by shoots from underground rootstocks, these
sprouts being used largely for making walking stick. The fruit is
black with a bloom and is "intensely austere and astringent."

PLATE 7

nU-NLS IMIJKLI.ATA (^M.OI<: OR BULLACE PLUM).

Photo by J. S. JIoliiirM.

PLATK s

19181 Extension of Range of Peunus Umbellata 129

The accompanying map shows by black rectangles the different
locations where Prunus mnhellata was seen.

These occurrences (PI. S) may be described brifl}'- as follows:

AxsoN County.

Morven Township, one mile south of Cairo.

Stanly County.

Big Lick Township, three miles east of Oakboro.

Albemarle Township, one mile north of Jacobs Creek on River Road.

W. M. Kirk's place east of Stone Mountain; and near Stony Mountain

School.
Harris Township, one-half mile south of Badin.

Montgomery County.

Rock Springs Township, near Harrisville.

Richmond County.

Steeles Township, Concord Church.

Rockingham Township, Zion Church and one mile south of Dockery's Store.
Beaver Dam Township, one mile west of Gibson's Mill, and near Beaver
Dam Church.

Chapel Hill, N. C.

ADDITIONS TO THE AEBOKESCENT FLOKA OF
NORTH CAROLINA

By W.W.Ashe

It was not intended by the authors* of the "Trees of North Caro-
lina" to include all the trees in the State, since it is stated in the in-
troduction that a number of others might be added. It might be well,
however, to add to this already very full enumeration such others as
are knoAvn to occur that the list may be as complete as possible. The
addenda, omitting any hawthorns or semi-shrubs and allowing for the
elimination of two from the original list by treating them as varieties,
increases the number of species to 180 in place of 166, If to these
are added the large number of smaller trees and semi-shrubs, includ-
ing the arborescent hawthorns, the number nearly reaches 240, and
with the inclusion of some of the best marked varieties exceeds 260.
It is believed that even this total is incomplete, and that fuller investi-
gations will further augment it, for many portions of the State have
never yet been carefully explored.

Salix discolor Muehl. A small tree which occurs along moun-
tain streams.

Betula papyrifera cordifolia (Regel) Fern. The canoe birch
occurs in the Black Mountains but is not known to occur between this
station and Connecticut and northern New York. (See Rliodora,
Apl. 1918.) It is readily separated from the other birches on these
mountains by its pinkish or brownish bark, which is in thin papery
layers, as well as by its deeply cordate leaves, and declining, not
erect, fruit cone.

Several forms of Hicoria (the generic name employed for Carya in
Trees of North Carolina) are not noted.

Varieties of Hicoria pallida Ashe. This species varies much
in the form of fruit and nut. The type can be considered the fruit
form which is common around Chapel Hill and Raleigh, N. C, where

nv. C. Coker and H. R. Totten, Chapel Hill, N. C. Published by the authors 1916.

130

Additions to Akboeescent Flora 131

this tree was first studied. This form is shown in Garden and Forest,
10: fig. 39, 5 and 6. The fruit is slightly oblong, compressed,
rounded at both ends ; nut compressed, slightly or not angled, rounded
or subcordate at apex, pale browTi or mealy ; husk thin, usually split-
ting so as. to free the nut. The following forms are sufficiently dis-
tinct to merit notice :

11. PALLIDA PYRiFOTiMis n. c. {Carija p. var. Ashe: Bui. Charleston
Mus. 14: 11. 1918). Fruit slightly compressed, ficiform, 2-2.5 cm.
long, with a distinct neck ; not obovate, husk very thin not splitting so
as to free the nut (Gard. & For. 10: ' fig. 39, 7 and S : 1897). Vir-
ginia to Alabama, in the Piedmont section and lower mountains.

H. PALLIDA AREXicoLA u. c. (C. pallida YSLT Aslic, 1. c). Fruit
large 2.5-4 cm. long, oblong but with a stipe, 4-angled by winged
husk, nut oblong, more or less angled and pointed. Deep sandy soil
in the coastal plain of ISTorth Carolina to Georgia.

H. PALLIDA APPosiTA u. c. (C. pallida var. Ashe, 1. c). Fruit ob-
long to slightly oval, 2-3 cm. long, somewhat compressed, husk 3-4 cm.
thick, nut dark brown, angled, resembling that of Ilicoria alba (Gard.
& For. 10: fig. 39, 9, 10, 11.

This tree is extremely close to Ilicoria hucJcleyi (Dur.) n. c. {Carya
huMeyi Dur. : Pro. Phil. Acad. Xat. Sci. 12: 547), and fuller investi-
gation may show that it is only a variety of //. hackleyi. The chief
points of difference seem to be that the fruit of hucMeyi is puborulent
and subglobose. The fruit of all forms so far referred to pallida are
glabrous. Pubescence of fruit is not considered a constant character
in the shagbarks and may not be in this gTOup. The fruits of nearly
all species of this genus vary widely in shape.

HicoRiA viLLosA (Sarg.) Ashe has been regarded as being the
same as //. pallida with very slight dift'erencc in fruit, that of villosa
as originally figured (Sargent: Silva 7: 1(57) being slightly obovate,
the nut also being slightly obovate. The leaves in herbarium sjK'ci-
mens show no characters which justify separating villosn from pallida.
T]\i' ])late of villosa (Sargent 1. c.) shows tlie pistilhito tiowcr to be

132 Journal of the Mitchell Society [Septemher

different from that of pallida^ especially in the absence of the broad
stigmatic lobes, but is strongly suggestive of that of Hicokia arkax-
SAXA n. c. (Cart/a arkansana Sarg. Trees and Shrubs, 2: 203. 1913).
though the mature fruits are very different. A more careful study of
the flowers and buds of pallida and villosa may furnish grounds for
their separation, but at present it seems preferable to consider both
of them as varieties of pallida, becoming respectively H. p. villosa
n.c, which is separated from the type by having usually fewer leaflets
and more rusty pubescence; and H. p. arkaxsana n. c, the twigs
and buds of which are more or less pubescent. The color of the
anthers is not constant, being either yellow or red, and pallida varies
greatly in the scurfiness on the fruit. All of these forms are charac-
terized by the peltate scales which clothe the lower surface of the
leaves and which separates these species when free from pubescence
from porcina and ovalis and when pubescent from alba, species which
never bear such scales.

Varieties of Hicoria alba (L.) Brit. This species has three
forms in ISTorth Carolina: the typical with a medium-sized brown
nut; H. alba maxima (Nutt.) Brit, with a very large, 3-5 cm. long-
dark brown 4-angled nut; and H. alba albicans n. c. {Carija var.
Ashe, 1. c.) with a small scarcely 2 cm. long sharply 4-aiigled white
nut. The last two occur at Raleigh.

Varieties of Hicoria ovata (Mill.) Brit. In addition to the
two shagbarks described in the Trees of ISTorth Carolina, three and
possibly four varieties of //. ovata occur. One, H. ovata nuttallii
(Sargt.)* n. c, differs from the type in the somewhat smaller but
globose fruit and occurs associated with the type form throughout the
western part of the State. As in the type the husk is sometimes
puberulent on the outer surface.

The type and the above variety have the fruit gTOOved at the sutures
of the husk and often impressed at apex and base. Another variety,
Hicoria ovata grand is n. c. (Carya ovata var. Ashe, 1. c). has fruit
as large or larger than in the type and often somewhat oblong, an even

*Carija ovata nutaUii Sarg. T. & S. 2: 208. 1913.

1918] Additions to Arborescent Flora 133

surface, full and rounded at the ends, and usually pubescent; the
lower leaves often of 7 very large tomentose leaflets. It occurs
through the Southern States from eastern Xorth Carolina to Missouri,
usually at low altitudes and in the larger river swamps. Another
variety, H. ovida Jiolmesiana n. c. was proposed as Hicoria holme-
sia7ia* and was described as being smooth, having smaller fruit
2.3-3 cm. in diameter, smaller than the type. It was based on material
from Xew England, the type coming from Mt. Tom. This form seems
to be pubescent as well as glabrate. It occurs in Xorth Carolina only
in the higher mountains. A smaller tree in !North Carolina than the
common shagbark, it has only five smaller and usually less pubescent
leaflets, and smaller subglobose fruit and nut ; buds and twigs glab-
rate or pubescent but scarcely larger than those of the Carolina shag-
bark. This was originally proposed as a species and may be such.
Another form which should be looked for in the western portion of the
State and particularly in the mountains is H. ovala fraxinifoUa n. c.
(C. var. Sarg. : T. & S. 2: 207. 1913). This has five very narrow
leaflets, orange-brown twigs, and a thick spongy husk which is very
rugose when dry.

Hicoria aistralis n. c. (Cari/a Ashe, Bui. Ch. Mus. 14; 12).
This shagbark occurs on the edges of swamps in the coastal plain south
of Sampson County. It is a slender tree, 80 to 100 feet in height,
about 2 feet in diameter, with bark scaly in long strips, and is closely
related to the Carolina shagbark, being, when foliage is mature, essen-
tially glabrous throughout, indudimj the fruit, but is every way
larger and stouter; twigs, buds, fruit, nuts, and leaflets which are
broadly lancelate and sharply serrate, those of the Carolina shagbark
l)eing mucli narrower. The fruit is glabrous, sulcate, and slightly
impressed at each end.

Varieties of Hicoria ovat.is (Wang.) n. c.f Dr. Sargent re-
gards oralis as being the oldest specific name applicable to this hick-
ory, forms of wliich have been called microcarpa and odorafa. This

*Xotes on Hickories (1896).

tCar;/(i ovaliii (WiiiiL'. ) Sure. T. & S. 2: 208. 1913.

134 JouRis'AL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY . \_September

species and all of its varieties is the large tree, commonly called in
l^orth Carolina red heart or sometimes scaly bark (not shagbark)
hickory, and is very common, especially on the red clay soils through
the Piedmont. The ample lower leaves frequently have red petioles
and the 5 to 7 leaflets are always dotted below with numerous resinous
globules, which accounts for its balsmic fragrance in the early
spring, hence Marshall's name odorata for this tree. Wangenheim
in his ponderous German volume of 1787 has clearly described and
figured the form he had before him : Fruit oval, rounded at the base,
pointed at the top, the thin husk splitting to the base and freeing the
nut, which is slightly oblong and flattened, and angled and pointed at
the ends. This is Hicoria microcarpa (iNutt.) Brit.

H. ovalis ohcordata* n. c. This form has the "fruit subglobose to
short oblong or slightly obovate, the nut compressed, broadest above
the middle, rounded at base, and usually obcordate at apex." It is
frequent esjDecially in the mountains, but is not so common as the
preceding.

H. ovalis odorata\ n. c. This variety according to Dr. Sargent
has fruit subglobose, flattened, husk thin, very glandular and split-
ting to the base, the nut whitish, thin-shelled, not ridged. This form
has also been included under H. microcarpa.

H. ovalis ohovalisX n. c. This is one of the frequent forms in the
State and has the fruit obovate, and the compressed small nut of the
same shape.

H. ovalis megacarpa n. c. Dr. Sargent has described Carya mega-
carpa% from material from Rochester, N. Y. He associates with
the Rochester form a tree which occurs in the immediate vicinity of
the coast from near Beaufort, ]^. C, southward. It is closely re-
lated to and probably best regarded as a variety of Hicoria ovalis.
This form has extremely large buds, the outer scales of which drop
early, stout glabrous bright red-brown twigs ; mostly 5 firm glabrous
leaflets thickly dotted beneath with resinous globules and large fig-

*Carya ovalis ohcordata (M. & W.) Sarg., T. & S. 2:208. 1913.
■fCarya ovalis odorata Sarg. T. & S. 2: 208. 1913.
tCarva ocalis obovalis Sarg. T. & S. 2: 209. 1913.
§Trees and Shrubs 2: 201. 1913.

1918^ Additioxs to Arboeesceistt Flora 135

shaped fruit, approximately 2.5 cm. thick, the nut unangled, dark
brown and thick walled, the husk nearly black when dry, thin, split-
ting only at top, not freeing the nut.

Varieties of Hicoria porcixa (Mx.) Eaf. (Juglans porcina
Mx. f. : Arb. Am. i: 306. 1810). This would seem to be, in the pres-
ent state of our information, the preferable name for this species,
rather than Hicoria glabra (Mill.) Brit. In addition to the type with
five glabrous leaflets, destitute or nearly so of resinous globules on
their lower surface and fig-shaped fruit on which the thin husk splits
only at the top, the following other forms occur around Chapel Hill,
N". C. : var. liirsuta n. c. {Hicoria glabra var. Ashe, Notes on Hick-
ories), with the petioles and lower surface of leaflets soft white pubes-
cent, the fruit as in the type; and var. reniformis n. c. {Gary a var.
Ashe, Bull. Ch. Mus. 14: 2. 12), with subglobose compressed fruit
almost without a stripe, and subcordate at apex. At Chapel Hill the
pubescent form of this tree invariably has a fig-shaped fruit, while on
a sandy ridge in the w^estern part of Orange County, N. C, it has a
short obovate fruit. H. porcina acuta^ (Sar.) n. c. should also be
looked for in this State. It has fruit and nut pointed.

Another hickory which is to be looked for in southeastern Xorth
Carolina is H. similis n. sp. This is one of the most distinct of the
porcina races and can be regarded as its South Atlantic coastal plain
representative.

Leaflets prevailingly 7, rarely 5, somewhat larger especially broader
than those of porcina j glabrous or essentially so before mature, by
which time devoid of resinous globules. Twigs slender, dark red-
brown (not purple brown as in ovalis), scarcely if any stouter than
in porcina; terminal buds oblong-ovate, the outer scales short, cari-
nate, bristle-tipped and persistent. Fruit ficiform, larger by one-
fourth or one-third than that of porcina, nearly as large as that of
//. ovalis megacarpa but more tapering at the base; husk very thin,
splitting only at the apex; nut pale brown, obovate, slightly com-

*Carya porcina acuta Sarg. T. & S. 2: 200. 11)13.

136 Journal of the Mitchell Society [September

pressed, not angled, thick walled. A tree 10-20 m. tall, growing
along the margins of pine barren swamps from Lumber Citv, Ga.
(type locality) to Georgetown, S. C. The absence of resinous glob-
ules and the oblong-ovate buds ally this form to porcina rather than
megacarpa.

Variety of Hicoria cordiformis (Wang.) Brit. There is in
addition to the typical form with the large obeordate nut, a form,
II. c. elongata n. c. (Carya var. Ashe 1. c. ), with oblong acute fruit
and an oblong pointed nut. It has been found only in the mountains
of North Carolina.

QuERCUs pagoda Raf. The swamp red oak is considered in the
Trees of !N^orth Carolina as a species under the name Q. pagodaefolia.
The form of the southern red oak wdth large thinly pubescent lower
leaves, quite like those of the black oak and upper leaves in shape like
those of the Spanish oak (Q. coccinea), but closely white pubescent
beneath and fruit much like that of the swamp red oak, has been de-
scribed as variety leucophyUa of the southern red oak (Bui. Ch.
Mus. Apl. 1917). Its affinities seem to be more with the swamp red
oak than with the southern red oak, and if regarded as a variety of
the former becomes Q. pagoda leucophyUa n. c. This tree, which
has very tough and valuable wood, is among the largest of American
oaks,

QuERCus OBTusA (Willd.) Ashe. This is the common semi-
evergreen water oak of the coastal plain and for industrial uses is the
most valuable member of the water-oak group. The leaves are nar-
row, usually broadest near the middle, and longer than in Quercus
nigi'a, and seldom noticeably 3-lobed. Those on vigorous shoots are
not toothed and are usually unsymmetrical. The cup encloses about
one-third of the nut.

Quercus ambigua Mx. This is a form of the northern red oak
which occurs on exposed sites in the higher mountains. It is not so

lOlS] Additions to Arbokescext Floea 137

large as tlie typical form, from which is readily separated by the
acorn cup being deeper and having a more pointed base.

QuERCUs Margaretta* is variable and some of the nearly related
forms from the Gulf States which have recently been proposed by
Dr. Sargent should be looked for in eastern Xorth Carolina.

Ulmus floridana Chapm. This tree, which is confined to the
swamps of the coast, is smaller in every way than the white elm. Its
leaves are not quite so pubescent and the twigs are quite glabrous.
It is common around Xew Bern.

Plai^era aquatica Gmel. occurs in the southeni corner of the
State.

Celtis mississippiensis Bosc, which has thin taper-pointed leaves,
often with entire margins, occurs along the larger streams in the
eastern part of the State.

Celtis georgiaxa Small, which is mentioned in the Trees of Xorth
Carolina as a shrub, frequently becomes a small tree, and should be
included among the trees.

Magnolia cordata Mx, {Tidipastruiii cordatum' (Mx.) Small)
has been recorded only from the middle i)ortion of the State, in the
extreme northwestern corner of Moore or the adjoining part of Mont-
gomery County. For the yellow-flowered form which has been re-
ported from the mountains the name Magnolia acuminata aurea has
been proposed (P>u1. Ch. Museum 13:28. 1017).

*Dr Sargent has i)roi)osed (Bot. Gaz. 65. 441. May, 1918) several varieties of Quercus
xleUata Wang, wliich on account, of their slender glabrous, or nearly glabrous, shining reddish-
tan twiK.s would seem better regarded as varieties Q. Margamtta.. These are Q. M. ar.\nioSa
n. comb. (<?. utellata var. Sarg. 1. c). This variety is based on material from Louisiana, the
distribution being given from Alabama to Texas. It seems to differ from the type Margaretta
only in the more floccose persistent tomentum on the lower surface of the leaves, the moro
slender branchlets and more scaly bark.

Q. if. 1'.\m;i)().s.\ n. comb. (Q. Mtellatn var. Sarg. 1. c). Tlii.s i.s based by Dr. Sargent on
trees growing in a swamp in St. Landry Parish. La. It seems to differ from Q. Margaretta
only in its more uniformly 3-lol)ed leaves, tlie i)ubescence on the lower surface of which is
shorter and more jiersistent, the sjiaringly pubescent twigs and more scaly bark.

Q. M. .ST()I.,()NIFKR.\ n. coml). (Q. nti'U<ita forma Sarg. 1. c). Tliis variety found near
Selma, Ala., is described as a shrub 1.5-2 ni. liigh. forming thickets by subterraneous shoots.
It differs further from the tyi)e in having smaller and narrower leaves. The same or a
closely related variety grows along the Pee l>ee River in Anson and Richmond counties, N. C,
although it here reaches a somewhat larger size. It has tlie same characteristic method of
vegetative propagation. It is bx-ally known as runner oak.

138 JouEXAL OF THE MiTciiELL SociETY [September

To the arborescent* service trees can be added a variety and a
species: Amelanciiier laevis cokdifolia n. var., which has the
leaves deeply cordate and more broadly ovate than in the type. It
occurs in Kabun County, Ga., and foothills of the Blue Ridge in
Macon County, ^N". C.

Amelanchier beata sp. nov. A virgate shrub or a small tree
3-8 m. in height. Leaf blades ovate to oblong-ovate, and rounded or
subcordate at the mostly narrow base, or those at tips of twigs obovate
and cuneate at base, 4-7 cm. long, 2-3.5 cm. wide, mostly taper-pointed,
finely and regularly serrate, loosely pubescent or unfolding, especially
below, nearly glabrous by maturity of fruit except the slender petioles
H-^ length of blades. Flowers unknown. Fruit in 5-10-fruited
strict compact racemes 4-5.5 cm. long, ripening early in June is
7-9 mm. thick, dark red-purple, glaucous, densely white woolly at the
narrow summit, the narrow acute lobes erect or ascending from a
carinate base; pedicels and axis more or less pubescent until fruit
matures; lowest pedicels in fruit 12-20 cm. long. Style short, 2-2.5
mm. long.

Type from Toxaway Creek, Oconee County, S. C, but locally
abundant along foothills of Chattooga Ridge from Brasstown Creek,
Oconee County, S. C, to Jackson County, I^. C. Separate from
ohlonglfolia and ohovalis, with which confused, by the acuminate leaf
blades and long petioles ; from canadensis by the wolly summit of
ovary and longer, narrower ascending or erect calyx lobes.

Pyrus CAROLiA-Exsisf u. c. On the French Broad River bottoms
near Mills River, N. C, occurs this species, which has narrowly ob-

*The following shrubby form can also be mentioned :

A. AUSTRO-MONTANA sp. nov. A slirub not exceeding 4 ni. in height. Leaves 2.5-4.5 cm.
long, 1.5-3.5 cm. wide, oval and gradually tapering to the apex from the rounded base, or
those at tips of twigs, obovate with cuneate base and abruptly acuminate at apex, finely and
sharply, but even at tip often rather distantly serrate, with ascending or incurved teeth, the
sinus acute, thin, very dark green above, pale green beneath, more or less bronze on unfolding,
and coated below with ver.y loose pubescence which has largely disappeared even from the short
petioles before foliage is full grown. Flowers, appearing largely before the leaves, in short,
nodding 7-10-flowered pubescent racemes, are about 8 mm. long in bud, 15-18 mm. wide when
fully expanded, the spatulate petals 2 mm. wide ; calyx small 5-6 mm. wide, rather deep, glab-
rous without, pubescent within around base of style and sparingly on lobes, the tips of which
are reflexed after anthesis. Hypanthemum becoming very broad and deep on the glabrous
fruit, which is 10-14 mm. thick, shining, nearly black when ripe early in Jul}', the tips only
of the erect lobes being recurved, and is born in 4-7-fruited racemes, which are 3-4 cm. long,
the lowest pedicel exceptionally 1.5 cm. long. Type from near Brevard, Transylvania County,
N. C. Related to humUis in fruit characters.

'tMcdus carolinensis Ashe 1. c. 14: 10.

191S] Additioxs to Aeboeescext Flora 139

long crenate or obtusely serrate leaves, 7-10 cm. long, and depressed-
globose fruit about 1.2 cm. in diameter, green but often with a very
ruddy cheek. A variety of it, P. c. elUpsoidcdis* has shorter elliptic
leaves, serrate only above the middle.

Other species of Pyrus. In addition to the aboye and to the
two species of crab apple which are mentioned in the Trees of Xorth
Carolina, there is a beautiful tree with maple-like leaves (Pyrus
glahrata (Rhed.) Bail.), which ocurs from Mitchell County, N. C.
southward in the mountains. Around Highlands occurs another,
Pyrus elongata (Rhed.) n. c.,f which has lanceolate, sharply serrate,
sometimes lobed, leaves, and small globose fruit often with a red
cheek. In the valley of the Tennessee River, in Macon County,
occurs Pyrus platycarpa (Rhed.) Bail., with elliptic leaves like those
of the domestic apple and very large, 10 cm. thick, green pomes. As
it is unarmed it has many traits suggesting hybridity with the domes-
tic apple as one parent. Around Asheville two others occur : P. redo-
lens n. c.,:{: with oblong crenate leaves and globose green fruit deeply
sulcate at apex; and P. lancifolia (Rhed.) Bail, with lanceolate un-
lobed leaves.

Species of Crataegus. To the large number of red haws which
are enumerated might well be added, however, Crataefjus roanensis,
with small bright-red oblong fruit, common in the higher mountains ;
C. macrosperina, with large oblong bright-red fruit, occurring with
the preceding; C. cihUis, which occurs on the French Broad River
near Paint Rock and has scarlet globose fruit 1.8 cm. or more in
diameter; C. hrevipediceUaia, having small russet or dull red fruit,
frequent in Orange County, and C. hoyntoni huckleyi (Beadl.)§ n.
comb., which is frequent around Asheville. There are about thirty
other kinds in the State which become trees.

Aesculus octandra purpurascens (Gr.). In tlie Trees of Xorth
Carolina a reference is made to a purple-ilowercd tr(>e buckeye.

*Mahis caroUnrnnrx flHpsoiilaHs, idem.

tJ/f»/K« elonnnlii. (Rliod.) Aslio. Hill. Oh. Mils. VI: 37. 1916.

XM»htx rrtlohn.1 \.sli(', 1. <•. 1:1: 3!l. H»16.

§r. hiirkhi/i licadl. IJiil. Hot. St. I: 2.'). litoi.

140 Journal of the Mitchell Society

Dr. Sargent* at one time expressed doubt as to the occurrence of a red-
flowered arborescent buckeye in the southern mountains, and he re-
ferred to other species, the name which he had applied to such a form.
Ae. hybrida D. C, in place of being an Appalachian form seems to
be a hybrid developed and first propagated in France. But more re-
cently (Trees of Mount Vernon, 1917 )t Dr. Sargent notes cultivated
reddish-flowered trees, the seed from which they grew having been
brought from West Virginia by Washington. A form of Ae. odandra
quite similar to the description of some of the Mount Vernon trees
having flowers variegated with red and purple, has been collected in
Ashe and Yancey counties, ]N". C, as well as in Johnson County,
Tenn., about two miles above Mountain City ; and a somewhat differ-
ent form, with the leaves very pale beneath from near the upper edge
of the broadleaf forest on the eastern slope of the Blue Ridge, near
the Pinnacle, along the Mount Mitchell Railroad.

Aesculus pavia L. the red-flowered buckeye of the coastal plain
frequently becomes a small unsymmetrical tree 15 to 20 feet high.

U. S. Forest Service,

Washington, D. C.

*T. & S. 2:266. 1913.

tPublished by the Mount Vernon Society.

REPOET OF AN INVESTIGATION AS TO CAUSE

OF DEATH OF CHICKS IN SHELL IN

ARTIFICIAL INCUBATION

By H. B. Arbuckle

In the State of North Carolina it is estimated that over five million
eggs are hatched annually in incubators. Of this number, accord-
ing to figures presented in this paper, over two million eggs, with per-
fectly developed chicks in them are thrown away each year.

At the prevailing price of market eggs this winter this represents
a loss of $80,000 in money. When we consider the time, the inter-
ference of business, and the high cost of breeding stock, a large per
cent of which is brought about by artificial incubation, we are justified
in placing the loss at double the figure given. This loss for the United
States approaches the astounding figure of $3,000,000.

The author has been interested in poultry raising for over thirty
years, and it was his unsatisfactory experience with incubators that
led to this investigation, which covers a period of five years.

When it was discovered that the most serious loss in artificial incu-
bation was due to death in the shell after the eighteenth day, provided
the conditions generally believed to be essential to a good hatch be kept
under proper control, the confines of the problem were greatly re-
duced.

The loss in artificial incubation was first attributed to unequal tem-
perature. Incubation was conducted at temperatures ranging from
one hundred degrees to one hundred and six degrees with slightly
varying results in losses. Finally, the temperature factor was re-
moved by using a mercury regulator, which kept the temperature
within a quarter of a degree of the desired standard throughout the
incubation period.

It was next thought to be due to abnormal evaporation on account
of incorrect moisture. Ex])eriinents led to a very satisfactory de-
tci'iiiiiiatioii of piMqx'v moisture. A lieu was })]aeed on a sitting of

141

142 JouKXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociE.TY [^September

eggs beside tlie incubator, whicb was started at the same time.
Marked eggs were taken from the hen nest every day and weighed on
a chemical balance. The same number of eggs from the incubator
were weighed each day. The average loss in weight of fertile eggs
from the hen nest at the close of the eighteenth day was found to be
11.4%. The average loss of weight of the fertile eggs taken from the
incubator was 18.5%. By proper adjustment of moisture in this
particular incubator it was possible to carry through hatches with loss
of between 11 and 1^%, which we presume must be correct. This
adjustment of moisture improved the hatch, but did not cut down the
loss in marked degree.

Turning and cooling the eggs were studied with similar results.

A personal experience of the author led to the present attempt to
solve the problem. He was in the center of a large auditorium in
Atlanta, not noted for good ventilation. The air which he was breath-
ing was coming to him after being used by the gTcat throng on the
floor below. After suffering great discomfort he arose to leave the
auditorium, and found himself so weak he was scarcely able to walk.
The sense of relief experienced when fresh air was reached can never
be forgotten. By fortunate coincidence, an incubator was hatching
that night, and the author's mind reverted to those little chicks in the
shell preparing for the supreme struggle of their lives, when they
were by sheer strength to break their way into this world. Certainly
if they were seized with the weakness just described they must fail in
their struggle and die exhausted. The conditions in the incubator
were so similar that on careful deliberation it was believed that lack
of oxygen was the principal cause of death. Incorrect moisture might
produce great discomfort and be a sufficient reason for good ventila-
tion, but with this exactly right the lack of oxygen might well pro-
duce extreme weakness. Animals are supplied with a marvelous
nerve mechanism controlled by centers in the brain which speed up or
slow down respiration according to the demands of the body for
oxygen, but any one who has on a mountain top experienced conditions

19 is] Death of Chicks ix Artificial Ixcubatiox 14:3

calling for rapid breathing knows that this wonderful mechanism
cannot prevent weakness, which may be due chiefly to lack of needed
oxygen.

This led to the investigation, the results of which are presented in
this paper.

The author was so convinced of the correctness of his conclusion
that he proceeded at once to remove the occasion for the shortage of
oxygen, that is, the breathing chick. Before analyzing the air in
incubators, he constructed and operated an incubator designed to re-
move the chicks as rapidly as they were hatched. This incubator is
shown in the accompanying figure (PI. 9).

A light in front of a glass window attracted the chicks toward the
front of the egg drawer as soon as they were out of the shell. In
their path was a hole cut in the floor of the egg drawer. Falling
through this hole and landing on a trap door in the floor of the incu-
bator, supported on delicately adjusted springs, they were emptied
out into the chute and soon found themselves in the brooder, where
they could breath all the oxygen they needed without robbing their
brothers in the eggs above.

The results of these experiments are given in table I (experiments
F and G), and show marked improvement over those for the same
incubator under normal conditions. Unfortunately, this incubator
had a mechanical defect, which was considered important enough to
justify abandoning it. Before another was built it was thought more
practicable to try the application of oxygen.

The results of the use of oxygen are reported in the table, experi-
ments H, I, J, and K. The author has been handicapped by the
limited number of experiments he is compelled to report, because
incubators were not accessible, but he feels that the results certainly
justify further experimentation.

The analyses of air given in table 11 jioiut (Icfmitcly to the tact that
tliere is a shortage of oxygen, begiiining <'iii-ly in \\\r cigliircnth day
and reaching a point below fifteen ])('r cent. Some piiysiojogists be-
lieve that animal vigor and health will be rai)i(llv impaired in an
atmosphere of low oxygen content.

144

JouEXAL OF THE MiTciiELL SociETY [September

TABLE I-

-INCUBATION EXPERIMENTS

Failed to Hatch

^

£3

T)

IH

•■^

aj

>>

M

T3

a

o

C3

d
2

ft

>

r®
f^

c4

O

IS
o

S

o

o
U

Q
a

a

M

Ml

bC

.2

■s

X

bJJ

M

M

ja

a

5

bll

5^

W

w

w

W

U

^

P

w

s

fr(

Phod

Normal incubator hatches four

A
B

120
120

100
120

92
101

40
52

6
5

6
3

40
41

43.5
51.8

43.5

40.8

C

150

150

140

66

. 9

5

61

47.1

43.6

D

60

60

55

22

9

3

20

40.0

36.3

E

240

235

202

115

7

2

2

76

56.9

37.6

Chicks removed

F
G

120
120

120
120

312
110

84
80

10
13

8

7

10
10

75.2
72.7

9.0

6.4

H

240

210

190

123

53

8

36

64.7

18.9

I

240

230

190

129

7

16

38

67.9

20.0

J

240

220

192

162

8

22

84.4

15.6

K

240

200

175

145

11

2

17

82.9

9.8

8 hens

L

120

120

105

70

24

2

4

5

66.7

4.8

TABLE II— ANALYSES OF AIR

Experiment

Oxygen
Given

Percentage of Oxygen

17th Day

18th Day

19th Day

20th Day

21st Day

D

None
None
None
19th day
20th day
18th day
18th day

20.8

20.1
20.4
20.2
19.2
19.2
20.4
20.4

18.2
19.2
18.8
20.2
17.2
20.6
21.2

17.4
17.8
17.2
20.4
21.4
20.4
21.4

16.5

E...

15.2

C

20.7
20.7
20.7
20.8
20.7

14.4

H

22.8

I

24.0

J..

21.2

K-

By way of comparison with artificial incubation the results are re-
ported in the case of eight hens, which probably show a record below
normal, because one hen by leaving her nest caused a heavy loss, but
the very low figures, 4.8%, for loss from death in shell after the
eighteenth day, is significant, and probably presents a not unreasona-
ble standard for an incubator operated under perfect conditions.

The tables are self-explanatory. Manifestly they present oppor-
tunities for numerous inaccuracies. For instance, it is evident that

lOlS] Death of Chicks ix Artificial I.vcubatiox 145

all chicks, failing to hatch because of some deformity due to abnormal
conditions of development conld not be certainly determined. De-
formities in chicks developed under hens show that these irregulari-
ties are not confined to artificial incubation.

As to application, regulation, and cost of oxygen, it was found that
oxygen was most conveniently handled in small cylinders, capacity
forty gallons of gas. The gas was passed through water, and by
counting the bubbles, computing the cubical contents of incubator,
and analyzing the air it was found a simple thing to regulate the flow
of gas so as to keep the air in the incubator close to normal. :N"ote
experiments J and K. The oxygen was introduced in the current of
warm air entering the incubator. The quantity required in one case
was forty gallons, which cost two dollars, but in another experiment,
K, which gave good results, approximately thirty gallons were used!
If we take forty per cent as an average figiire of loss from death in
shell after the eighteenth day, we would in experiment J have secured
107 chicks instead of 162. If the oxygen used was the cause of the
55 additional chicks getting out of the shell, we have a right to say
that the two dollars spent for oxygen was a good investment, for this
is less than three cents per chick. If they were high-bred stock they
would be worth ten times this amount.

One of the interesting features of these experiments with the
oxygen-fed incubators was the comfort of the chicks during the last
days of the hatch; no crying, no panting, no running about. The
absolute quiet was proof that the chicks were enjoying the oxygen.

There seems to be reasonable grounds for believing that lack of
oxygen in incubators during the last two days of hatch has nmch to do
with the heavy losses in artificial incubation. Certainly the result,^
reported Avonld justify fnrtlier investigation hy owv experiment
stations.

Daviu.so.n Coli,kc;k, N. C.

BKIEF COMPAEISOX OF THE HEEPJ:T0L0GICAL FAU-
NAS OF is^ORTH CAROLINA AND VIRGINIA

By C. S. Bruiley

The recent list of the Reptiles and Amphibians of Virginia pub-
lished by Mr. E. R. Dunn (Copeia, Jan. 25, 1918) offers an oppor-
tunity for comparing the herpetological fauna of that State with the
same fauna of North Carolina. The lists following are based on the
above mentioned list with one addition (Scaphiopus liolbrooTii, see
Copeia, No. 55), as compared with my list of North Carolina Reptiles
and Amphibians (Elisha Mitchell Journal, March, 1915), as cor-
rected to date.

Salamanders.

a. Recorded from both States. Siren, Amphiuma, Hellbender, Marbled
Salamander, Spotted Salamander, Tiger Salamander, Redbacked Salaman-
der, Viscid Salamander. Red Triton, Carolina Red Triton, Striped Sala-
mander, Holbrook's Triton, Desmognathus fusca, D. quadramaculata, D.
monticola, American Newt.

6. Recorded from Virginia only. Hemidactyliiim scutatum, Plethodon
aeneus, Gyrinophilus jjorophyriticus, Spelerpes lotigicauda, Ainbystoma jef-
fersonianum.

c. Recorded from Islorth Carolina only. Water Dog, Southern Water Dog,
Mole Salamander, Dwarf Salamander, Schenck's Red Triton, Daniels' Triton,
Stereochilus marginatus, Metcalf Salamander, Sherman Salamander, Ya-
nahlossee Salamander, Leurognathus marmoratiis, Desmognathus o. caro-
linensis, Des. fusca auriculata.

Frogs and Toads.

a. Recorded from hoth States. Common Toad, Fowler's Toad, Solitary
Spadefoot, Chorus Frog, Cricket Frog, Common Tree Frog, Peeper, Hyla
squirella, Bullfrog, Spring Frog, Leopard Frog, Pickerel Frog, Wood Frog,
Rana virgatipes. Narrow-mouthed Toad.

ft. Recorded from Virginia only. Hyla cinera evitta.

c. Recorded from North Carolina only. Hyla cinerea. Hyla femoralis,
Dwarf Toad.

Lizards.

a. Recorded from both States. Glass Snake, Fence Lizard, Sand Lizard.
Ground Lizard, Bluetailed Lizard.

b. Recorded from North Carolina only. Green Lizard.

Snakes.

a. Recorded from both States. Banded Rattlesnake, Copperhead, Cotton-
mouth, Water Snake, Willow Snake, Garter Snake, Ribbon Snake, DeKay's

146

Co:s[PARisox OF Hekpetological Fauxas 14:7

Snake, Redbellied Snake, Haldea striatula, Tirgiyiia valeriae, Worm Snake,
Rainbow Snake, Horn Snake, Southern Green Snake, Ring-necked Snake,
Black Snake, Black Chicken Snake, Spotted Racer. Black King Snake, Brown
King Snake, Milk Snake, Red King Snake, Pine Snake, Spreading Adder.

6. Recorded from Virgitiia only. Northern Green Snake.

c. Recorded frovi North Carolina only. Diamond Rattlesnake, Ground
Rattlesnake, Coral Snake, Crowned Tantilla, Coachwhip, Striped Chicken
Snake, Rhadinaea ftavilata, Hognosed Snake, Cemophora coccinea, Natrix
taxispilota.

Crocodiles.

a. Recorded from Koi-th Carolina only. Alligator.

Turtles.

a. Recorded from both States. Loggerhead Sea Turtle. Box Turtle,
Painted Turtle, Speckled Turtle, Redbellied Terrapin, River Terrapin, Dia-
mondback Terrapin. Musk Turtle, Mud Turtle, Snapping Turtle.

&. Recorded from Virginia only. Geographic Terrapin, LeSueur's
Terrapin.

c. Recorded from North Carolina only. Leatherback Sea Turtle. Green
Sea Turtle, Kemp's Loggerhead, Yellowbellied Terrapin, Florida Terrapin,
Troost's Terrapin, Clemmys nuchalis.

SUMJIARY

From both. From Va. only. From X. C. only.

Salamanders 16 5 13

Frogs and toads 15 1 3

Lizards 5 0 1

Snakes 25 1 10

Crocodilians 0 0 1

Turtles 10 2 7

Totals 71 9 35

Of the forms recorded from Xortli Carolina and not from Virginia,
seven salamanders and one turtle are forms confined to the mountains,
five salamanders, thri'e turtles, and all the additional frogs, lizards,
and snakes, as well the one crocodilian, are southern species mainly
entering our State from the southeast, the others being three sea tur-
tles and one salamander (water dog) of wide distrilmtion. ( )n the
other hand, the forms occurring in Virginia and .><o far not knnwn
within this State are with one e\('e|iti(tn ( H hJh tinmi rrillii\ forms
of more northern distribution.

R.M.KKin, X. C.

elimiistations feom ais^d additions to the nokth
caeolij^a list of eeptiles and amphibians

By C. S. Brimley
ELIMINATIONS

1. Amhystoma jeffersonianum. Our only record is from Eoan
Mountain, where S. N. Ehoads collected a number in 1894, but Dunn
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phila., Jan., 1917, p. 23) states that Ehoads'
specimens were not this species, but Pleth odon metcalfi.

2. Desmognathiis nigra. According to Dunn (Proc. USNM, Vol.
53, p. 401), the species which has been going under this name is
D. quadramaculata, while of Ehoads' two specimens from Eoan Moun-
tain, one was this latter species and the other Leurognathus marmo-
ratus.

3. Desmognailius ochrophea. According to Dunn (Proc. USNM,
Ic, p. 417 et seq.), our mountain salamanders of the ochrophaea
group are not the northern form ochrophaea, but a distinct subspecies
which he names D. o. carolinensis.

4. Gyrinophilus porphyriticus. Our only record of adults is from
Eoan Mountain (Ehoads), but Dunn (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phila.,
Jan., 1917, p. 19), who looked over the collections of the Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Sciences, where Ehoads' specimens were depos-
ited, records Gyrinophilus danielsi from Eoan Mountain, but not this
form, hence we must discard Ehoads' record, which leaves only the
larval record from Black Mountain, which is at least open to doubt as
to the correct identification of the specimens.

5. Chelopns niuhlenhergi. The specimens from Statesville in the
National Museum recorded by Yarrow, but now lost, are probably
referable to Dunn's new species, Cleinmys niichalis, of which he
collected specimens at Brevard and Linville.

6. Deirochelys reticulatus. Probably not North Carolinian, and
therefore dropped till we get positive evidence of its occurrence.

7. Pseudemys mohilensis. The specimen from White Lake, re-
ferred by me to this species, is probably better referable to concinna.
I doubt if the two are distinct, anyway.

148

Elimixatioxs axd Additioxs — RErxiLEs 149

ADDITIONS

1. Desmognathus monticola Dunn (Proc. Biol. Soc. "U'asb., Vol. 20,
p. 73). Described from Brevard, and is what we have been consider-
ing the pale form of D. qiiadramaculata, having- practically the same
distribution in the State.

2. Desmognathus ochrophaea caroUnemis Dunn. The specimens
from the ^N'orth Carolina mountains referred to D. ochrophaea all
belong here (see Dunn, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 29, p. 74).

3. Desmognathus fusca auriculata Ilolbrook. Dunn (Proc. US^N'M,
Vol. 53, p. 413) refers specimens from Wilmington, Beaufort, and
Lake Waccamaw here, while I have taken at least one at Raleigh.

4. Plethodon yomihlossee Dunn. Described from near Linville
(Bull Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 37, p. 598 et seq.).

5. 8pelerpes montanus Baird. The common red Spelerpes at
Ealeigh, and apparently in most of the State east of the mountains.
Dunn, in a letter of date January 4, 1917, refers to this, specimens
from Raleigh, Morganton, Salem, Hillsboro, Beaufort, and Summer-
ville, leaving Raleigh and Goldsboro as the only eastern localities for
ruber. See Brimley, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1917, p. 87, and Dunn,
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 37, p. 614.

G. Clemmijs nuch alls Dunn. Described from Linville; specimens
also taken at Brevard, E. R. Dunn, Bull. Am. Nat. Hist., Vol. 37,
p. 624.)

Raleigh, N. C.

A VISIT TO SMITH ISLA:ND

By W. C. Coker

Smitli Island is often referred to but rarely visited by jSTortli Caro-
linians. As a far-flmig ontpost of subtropical vegetation it is, per-
haps, the most unique botannical possession of a State that can exhibit
within its borders a range of plant life that would seem quite at home
in Florida on the one hand and in Labrador on the other.

The island is not easily accessible and has been visited by few bot-
anists. In Timber Trees and Forests of N^orth Carolina (Bull. No.
6, ]^. C. Geol. Survey. 1897), by Pinchot and Ashe, there is a fine
photograph of palmettos from the island. Mr. Ashe informs me that
this photo was made by him and that he knows of no other botanist
having visited Smith Island.

On April 5th last I and two of my students, Mr. Couch and Mr.
Vogler, went over to the island in a launch from Southport and spent
most of the day. We knew, of course, that there were true palmettos
there, but were greatly surprised at their vast numbers and large
average size. They were everywhere, and as the island is large their
numbers must run easily into the fives or tens of thousands. As they
stand naturally scattered in the thick forest growth their number does
not impress one so forcibly, but in the cleared strips that extend across
the island at regular intervals and in which the owner has had the
good judgment to leave the palmettoes, they stand in impressive
groves, unhidden by other vegetation, and reminding one of the best
groves of the Florida coast (Pis. 10, 11, 12). Many of the trees were
twenty to twenty-five feet high, and not a few were thirty feet. Un-
fortunately, many of the palms had been killed and many others
injured by the coldest winter in about forty years. About half( ?),
however, have withstood the shock.

The herbaceous flora was hardly beginning its growth, as the spring
had been a cold one, and we found little or nothing in flower among
such plants except a few weeds. Besides two ferns (southern polyp-
ody, which was common, and ebony spleenwort, which was rare) our
records were confined almost entirely to woody plants. An interest-
ing exception was the discovery of the sub-tropical cactus Opuntia

150

PLATK ]0

SAHAL I'AL.MKTlo.
Smith Island. N. (".

I'hxi,, hi) ]V. C. C.

PLATE 11

• >

^

>

SAHAL I'AL.MI

-rr

TO

Smith Island.

N.

('.

3* ^*

J'l.nlu hy II . C. C.

T-i

H

X; _;

< -

iV.

1

G X

CL,

O

PLATE 14

OPUNTIA DRr:\IMOXnTT.
Smith Islaiul, X. C.

I'hnt., I,, I II . ( . ('

A Visit to Smith Islais^d 151

Drummondii Graham (0. Pes-Corvi Le Conte). This species was
described from Florida and is given in Small's Botany of the South-
ern United States as occurring on the coast of Florida and Georgia.
It was found by me on the Isle of Palms, S. C, and recorded in my
account of the flora of that island (Torrya 5: 143. 1905). The first,
apparently, and, so far as I know, the only* North Carolina record is
by Kearney from Ocracoke Island (Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: Xo. 5,
pp. 270, 313, 317. 1900).

Of particular interest is the variation in the appearance of this
plant when growing under different conditions. It is described as
having small, nearly cylindrical joints, and this form we found here,
and also on the previous day in exposed sand at Wrightsville. But
when growing in rich black sandy loam, protected from the high
winds and drifting sand, it may assume a very different appearance,
as shown in our plates 13 and 14. The plants shown were in a recent
small clearing well back from the shore, and in this rich spot the
joints were broad and flat and many times larger than usual.
Smaller ones approaching the shore forms were also found in the
immediate neighborhood of the large ones, and all intermediate sizes
also appeared. As mentioned by Dr. Small, the joints separate very
easily from one another and they attach themselves with exasperat-
ing readiness and firmness to one's clothing, or anatomy. This Opun-
tia, called "dildoes" by the negroes of the South Carolina sea-islands,
is easily distinguished from the much more common and more widely
distributed 0/nmlia Opuntia by the several long slender spines to each
areola, the smaller fruit, and usually much smaller and cylindrical
joints.

Among the woody plants the most interesting to us were the sub-
tropical evergreen magnolia {Magnolia grandiflora) and the mock
orange or Carolina laurel-cherry (Laurocerasus carol uiianus), botli
of which were scarce and seem to reach here their northern limits in
the natural state. They are both highly prized ornamental trce^ in
cultivation throughout the South Atlantic and Gnlf States.

♦Except in tho Journal of the Xew York Rotnnical Ganlon 10: 71 liUS wlipre Dr Small
says that Dr. R. M. Harper told him "of an observation he made on one of" the sca-ishinds of
North Carolina, where a number of joints of this small but viciouslv armed i)riekl.v-pear had
become firmly attached to the lips of a cow while if was graziuK." ' Dr. Small also refers to
this Opuntia in two other articles in the same journal, is: 237. 1917, and 10: 1. 1918.

.152 JouEisrAL OF THE MiTCHELL SociETY \_Septemher

The American olive (Olea americana) , another fine evergreen tree,
wsis very abundant, and on many were still hanging the ripe, purplish
fruits which are very like small olives. Though very fine it is rarely
seen in cultivation.

The island is covered thickly, except for the dunes, with arborescent
growth of low to medium height. Constituting this growth in the
western section, which was the only part examined by us, were the
following species of woody plants :

Loblolly or Old Field Pine (Pinus Taecla L.). plentiful in places.

Red Cedar (Juniperus virginiana L.). plentiful.

Palmetto (Sabel Palmetto (Walt.) R. & S.), abundant.

Live Oak {Quercus virginiana Mill.), abundant.

Laurel Oak {Quercus laurifolia Michx.), abundant.

American or Wild Olive (OsTnanthus americanus (L.) B. & H.), abundant.

Yopon (Ilex vomitoria Ait.), very abundant.

American Holly (Ilex opaca Ait.), rare.

Toothache Tree or Prickly Ash (Xanthoxylum Clava-Herculis L.), plentiful.

Smooth Red Bay (Persea borboniea (L.) Spreng), abundant.

Flowering Dogwood (Cornus florida L.), plentiful.

Red Mulberry {Morns rubra L.), not rare.

Hercules Club or Angelica Tree (Aralia spinosa L.), plentiful.

Carolina Laurel Cherry (Laurocerasus carolinianus (Mill.) Roem.), rare.

Magnolia or Bull Bay {Magnolia grandifiora L.), rare.

SHRUBS

St. John's Wort (Ascyrum hypericoides L.), plentiful.

French Mulberry {Gallicarpa americana L.), not rare.

Wax Myrtle {Myrica cerifera L.), very abundant.

Groundsell Tree {Baccharis halimifolia L.), abundant.

High Bush Huckleberry {Vaccinium corymbosum L.), plentiful.

Tall Blackberry {Rubus nigrabaccus Bailey?), plentiful.

Dwarf Sumach {Rhus copallina L.), plentiful.

VINES

Several species of Smilax (undetermined).
Trumpet Honeysuckle {Lonicera sempervirens L.), rare.
Muscadine or Bullace {Yitis rotundifolia Michx.), rare.

Virginian Creeper or American Ivy or Woodbine {Ampelopsis quinquefolia
Michx.), plentiful.
Yellow Jessamine {Gelsemium sempervirens Ait.), rare.
Supple-jack {Berchemia scandens Neck.), abundant.
Poison Ivy or Poison Oak {Rhus toxicodendron L.), abundant.

PLATE IG

DENDKIUM BUXIFOLIUM (reduced).
Brunswick County, N. C.

Photo by W. G. C.

i918] A Visit to Smith Islaxd 153

The larger fungi were hardly appearing as yet, but Favolus arcu-
larius was abundant on wood, and in the pure sand of an exposed
dune we found a good plant of the mushroom Volvaria speciosa. As
was to be expected, the Volvaria differed from the inland form in
some respects, particularly in the larger spores. Although we found
no species of the apple group, a few typical galls of the apple-cedar
rust {Gymnosporangium niacropus) were found on the cedar. The
spores were probably blown from the mainland several miles away.

I shall not refer here at any length to our observations on the flora
of the mainland during this trip, but must include photographs of the
very interesting and beautiful little shrub, Dendrium buxifolium,
which is closely related to the heathers of Europe. This little plant
is very local in its distribution and is one of three species of the east-
ern United States, one of the other two occurring only on the tops of
the highest mountains of ^N'orth Carolina and Tennessee, the other, a
species recently (1901) recognized by Dr. Small, is from Table
Mountains and a few similar heights in ^N^orth Carolina and South
Carolina. The coastal plant has been reported from the coastal plain
of i^ew Jersey to Florida, but seems to have been rarely collected
south of ]N^ew Jersey, as Dr. Small, who has recently monographed
the Ericaceae, says (K Am. Flora 29: 39. 1914) that he has seen
no specimens from south of Is^ew Jersey.* Along the railroad and the
highway from Wilmington to Southport the Dendrium is very abund-
ant and grows in close-set colonies over large areas, sometii'nes as
much as an acre in extent. In Plate 15 is shown such a colony in
full bloom, and in Plate 16 a single ])lant. The soil where it. grows
is sandy and poor and intermediate in elevation and water content
between tl)c lower flats (where grow Azalea athnficaf and Veims"
fly-trap) and the more dry and elevated areas.

While on Smith Island as well as on the return triji to Wilmington
by earth road we secured living specimens of many shrubs and a few
vines and trees for planting in the University Arboretum.

Chapel Hn,L, N. C.

*We also have goo.l specimens from SpriiiKville, DarliiiKton Counfv, South Carolinn
tAn illustrated account of this newly .Icxcrilied si.crios will be given in a future nunil)er of
this Journal.

EEVIEW

Pi'ofessor E. W. Gudger has recently published A Primer of House-
hold Biology* of decided merit. The book has been reviewed by Dr.
James J. Wolfe, of Trinity College — this review having appeared in
a folder from the State Normal College. To give this review a wider
circulation I take pleasure in reprinting it below. I can heartily
recommend the book for use as a text in biology in high schools, and
believe it is particularly suitable for girls as a preparation for more
intelligent conduct of the home. As indicating still further the cor-
dial reception Dr. Gudger's Primer has received, I quote from a letter
to Dr. Gudger from Dr. W. T. Sedgwick, of the Massachusetts In-
'^titute of Technology, who is a biologist of the highest reputation.

w. c. c.

Dr. Sedgwick says :

"At last I have got around to looking over rather carefully your Primer of
Household Biology, upon the appearance of which I hasten to congratulate you.

"You have undoubtedly done a good thing — in the first place in drawing
attention to the subject and the need of household biology. We have long had
household economics, household sanitation, and household bacteriology, and it
was high time that we had a household biology.

"Your choice of forms and your treatment in each case seems to me thor-
oughly scientific and yet practical, and you have made the book a real
Biology."

The review by Dr. Wolfe follows :

"A book now issued as a bulletin and modestly styled primer by its
author, represents a new departure in the teaching of Biology in this
country. Here for the first time so far as the writer knows, have the
facts of this science with a bearing on household efficiency been mar-
shaled with a view to welding them into an organized body of knowl-
edge. Twelve years spent in teaching this subject to young women
has peculiarly well fitted Dr. Gudger to choose wisely the materials
best adapted to this purpose.

''The laboratory work embraces the study of only five types of liv-
ing things, viz., a green alga, 3'east, amoeba, bacteria, and molds. The

*A Primer of Household Biology by E. W. Gudger, Ph.D. Bull. N. C. State Norm, and
Ind. Col., Vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 3-103, Sept. 1917. For .sale by the College, price 55 cents.

154

Review 155

study of types is thus reduced to its lowest terms. Nevertheless, so
skillfully and thoroughly are the details derived from these several
sources interwoven and tied together that aside from problems of
evolution and classification most of the great principles of Biology
are well presented. For example, upon the study of a simple, single-
celled plant, including experimentation and microscopic examination,
is based the fundamental biological concept that in the last analysis
the world's supply is dependent absolutely and completely upon the
green material of plants. Likewise a single simple animal is used to
establish the equally important generality that animals are primarily
transformers and liberators of the energy stored by green plants.
The limits of this review would hardly permit an epitome of the treat-
ment devoted severally to the yeasts, bacteria, and molds. Suffice it to
say that they are handled adequately, clearly, and forcefully, both as
to their beneficial and their baneful activities. I^o person, especially
a woman, who puts into practice the information contained in this
book can fail to live a healthier, happier, and more efficient life her-
self, and to contribute immeasurably to the well-being of those depend-
ent upon her ability to make a well-ordered home.

''It is difficult better to express briefly the contribution of the book
than to quote its purpose as stated by the author — 'to do two things
for the students who use it : to give them a sound scientific conception
of some of the great fundamental principles of Biology and to drive
home to them such a practical knowledge of certain most important
living things as will enable them to live healthier and happier lives,'
and then to say that in tlie judgment of the reviewer, and in the slang
of the day, he has made good,

''It is a real pleasure to chronicle the api)earance of a practical book
of such excellence from a neighbor institution, and to say that, in the
opinion of the writer, the inclusion of a course in Biology such as is
here worked out would contribute strength and depth to any serious
study of domestic economy."

VOL. XXXIV MARCH, 1919 No. 4

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

CONTENTS

Industrial Applications of Zirconium and its Compounds.

F. P. V enable * 157

The Hydnums of IToeth Carolina. W. C. Coher 163

A l^EW Species of Amanita. H. 0. Beardslee 198

ISSUED QUARTERLY

CHAPEL HILL, N. C, U. S. A.

ENTERED AT THE POST OFFICE AS SECOND-CLASS MATTER

The Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

JOHI^r GKOVER BEAED, President.
J. M. BELL, Vice-President.

W. W. EANKI]^, F. P. VENABLE,

Secretary and Treasurer, Permanent Secretary.

Editors of the Journal:

W. C. COKER.
COLLIEE COBB. J. M. BELL.

Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society — Quarterly. Price $2.00
per year; single numbers, 50 cents. Most numbers of former volumes can
be supplied. Direct all correspondence to the Permanent Secretary, at
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

PLATE 1

\^-^

HYDNELLUM CAROLINIANUM No. 1243 {Above)
HYDNELLUM ZONATUM. No. 1238 {Below)

^

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

Volume XXXIV MARCH, 1919 No. 4

IXDUSTEIAL ArPLICATIOXS OF ZIRCONIUM AXD ITS

COMPOUNDS

By F. p. Vexable

PRECIOUS

The earliest use made of a compoimd of zirconium
STONES was that of the natural silicate as a precious stone.

It was known under the names zircon, jargon, and
hyacinth, and in early times was also supposed to have medicinal
value. The use of the name hyacinth among the ancients was con-
fusing as, besides the zircon, it sometimes meant the carbuncle and
also a dark amethyst. The zircon, kno^^^l by lapidaries commonly as
the Ceylon zircon or jargon, was regarded as distinct from the hya-
cinth and was usually colored fire-red, yellow, yellowish-green or
gray. The hyacinth was distinguished as oriental hyacinth. Its color
was deep red with a touch of brown or sometimes of orange red. Zir-
cons show a great variety of colors from colorless to red, brown, yel-
low, green, gray, white, pink, and blue, besides intermediate tints.
They may be translucent, but ordinarily are opaque.

On account of its hardness (7.5) the zircon is cut with diaiiioiid
powder or emery. It is cut in the rose, table, or brilliant form. The
value depends chiefly upon the purity of the color. On account of its
lustre and hardness it has been substituted for the diamond. In<leed.
at one time it was supposed to be an inferior variety of diainoiul. It
has been used in jeweling watches and as suj)ports for the knife edges

158 JoUK]N"AL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [Marcll

of fine balances. There is little demand for it at present in jewelry
except in the case of fine crystals of pure color. At one time it was
supposed to be peculiarly appropriate and was much used in mourn-
ing jewelry. Artificial zircons have been more or less successfully
produced.

The brilliancy of the liffht given off by zirconia

OXY-HYDROGEN . •■ & &

LIGHT ill the oxy-hydrogen flame was first observed by

Hare in- 1820 in his effort to fuse it. After the
development of the Drummond or lime light it was suggested that
zirconia be used as a substitute for the lime, offering the advantages
of slight absorbing power for carbon dioxide or water. In 1868 du
Motay used it in one of the lamps lighting the Tuileries. l^apoleon
III was so pleased with the result that he ordered its installation in
all of the lamps illuminating the court and gardens. The zirconia
light attracted much attention on the part of inventors and others.
On account of the purity of the light and the high emissive power of
the zirconia it was recommended for scientific use, as in polariscopes,
spectroscopes, etc., but this more especially refers to the next form.

With the introduction of the Welsbach mantles

GAS MANTLES

interest in the Drummond light diminished. The
first incandescent mantles made by Welsbach in 1880 consisted essen-
tially of zirconia. Later this was largely substituted by the oxides
of thorium and cerium which have a higher emissive power. Zirconia
is used in admixture with these and other rare earths.

A number of attempts have been made to use

INCANDESCENT • i ,- i- n^ • •

LiGHj metallic zirconium m the form oi filaments m in-

candescent electric lamps. Its electrical conduc-
tivity and high fusing point should render it quite suitable for this
purpose. Korolkow has made an examination of the electrical resist-
ance, emissive power, and expansion coefficient of zirconium filaments,
but such determinations are considerably affected by the presence of
even small amounts of impurities. One difiiculty which has to be met
is the preparation of pure zirconium on a commercial scale and at a
reasonable cost. Most of the experiments with zirconium filaments
have been carried out with the more or less impure metal, sometimes
associated with the carbide which itself has been said to be unsuitable

19192 IXDUSTEIAL ApPLICATIOXS OF ZlECOXIUM 159

for the purpose. The properties of zireouinm seem to favor its use
as a substitute for tungsten should the difficulties in the way of its
commercial production be overcome, and its abundance and wide dis-
tribution would speedily make it replace the more costly metal. A
number of patents have been taken out bearing on the manufacture
of the filaments. The use of zirconium hydroxide has been patented
for the lining of shells, presumably as containers for gas-forming
liquids or solids which might be affected by contact with steel. Ac-
cording to Meyer, investigators who have succeeded in producing
malleable zirconium state that it has remarkable properties which
fit it for use in the chemical laboratory as a substitute for platinum.
So far nothing has been published on this subject.

A patent has been granted for the use of ores con-

EXTRACTION . / . . • a. ^- 111^- 1

OF GOLD taming zirconium m extracting gold, platinum, and

other noble metals from their ores. The suppo-
sition is that zirconium in the metallic state is the active agent.

There is another patent for the use of zirconium,

REDUCTION . nn .1 • 1 • V 1*1

OF METALS ^^^ alloys With magnesium or aluminum, its carbide

or phosphide as a means of reducing other metals
or forming alloys with them. The reaction is said to be exothermic,
and hence proceeds from its own heat after starting.

\'arious alloys of zirconium have been formed.
The ferro and nickel alloys promise the greater
usefulness. Bronzes have also been made. Cobalt, aluminum and
magnesium alloys have been placed on the market. Ferro-zirconium
has been recommended in steel manufacture for removing oxygen
and nitrogen. It has been offered commercially, containing -iO to 90
per cent of zirconium. Small percentages of titanium have also l:»een
introduced.

It is claimed that these alloys are not subject to oxidation and are
very resistant to chemical reagents. The alloys have a metallic lustre,
and some of them take a silvery steel-like polish. They are readily
malleable and may find a use as filaments for incandescent lamps.
Such filaments are claimed to have the power of selective radiations ;
in other words, emit more light than.corresponds to the temperature at
which thov are heativl In- the electric current. This implies a con-

160 JoUPt:N"AL OF THE MlTCHELL SoCIETY [Mavch

siderably lower wattage per candle-power than is now required by the
average metal filament lamp. Analysis of one such alloy shows zir-
conium, 65 per cent; iron, 26 per cent; titanium, 0.12 per cent; and
aluminum, 7.7 per cent. These alloys are produced by reduction
with finely divided aluminum together wdth the mixed oxides of iron,
titanium, or whatever metal it is desired to introduce with the alloy.
Or they may be produced by heating the mixed oxides in a graphite
crucible in an electric furnace using either zircon or zirk elite as a
source of zirconium.

For use as a scavenger in casting steel a 20 per cent ferro-zirconium
is recommended in an amount equal to 1 per cent of the weight of
steel treated.

Mixed with good conductors zirconia is said to

FURNACE . °

ELECTRODES improve furnace electrodes. On account of its low

conductivity for both heat and electricity it can
also serve as an insulating material. It is further used to replace
thorium nitrate for coating the iridium bar and preventing the loss of
iridium in the Heraeus furnace.

The oxide, zirconia, possesses physical and chemical j^roperties
which make it available for a variety of industrial uses. Among these
properties are its high melting point and its low heat conductivity.
On account of its low coefficient of expansion it withstands sudden
changes of temperature. Its porosity is low so that it is practically
impervious to liquids. It is inactive toward most chemicals and
scarcely attacked by strong acids or alkaline fusion mixtures. It does
not, however, resist the action of hydrofluoric acid and fluorides.
Fused bisulphates also act upon it to some extent. It is therefore
quite stable in the presence of most fluxes and slags.

As binding material various organic substances, as starch, organic
acids, glycerin, tar, etc., have been recommended; also magnesia,
phosphates, and borates. Since the native zirconia from Brazil is
reasonably pure, it may be used direct with no other than mechanical
treatment. Xative zirconia begins to fuse at 1,800° C. Foi; use
in laboratories and chemical manufacture it is first purified. The
chief imjDurities to be removed are iron, titanium, and silicon.

1919'\ IXDUSTRIAL ApPLICATIOXS OF ZiRCOXIUM 161

Working tests show that it has much greater life duration as a
lining for furnaces than other refractories. In Germany, experiments
were carried out in a closed-hearth steel furnace, and it was found
that the zirconia lining was good for eight months use without re-
newal. This is several times longer than the usual life. Because of
the low thermal conductivity the thickness of the lining could be re-
duced one-half, a two-inch lining being equal to four inches of cha-
motte. Furthermore, there was a saving of one-half in maintenance
costs. In casting molds it shows a high resistance to steel, copper,
brass, and bronzes.

It may be used as a protective coating for ordinary fire brick ex-
posed to the action of acids or slags. In such cases sodium silicate
serves as a binding material, also air-slaked lime may be added. If
it is desirable to increase the porosity and decrease the density, organic
substances or volatile salts may be added and burned out in the tiring.
It is, of course, detrimental to use a binder which may cause softening
at comparatively low temperatures.

As a refractory it has also been used in making crucibles, muffles,
pyrometer tubes, and for a variety of chemical ware. Combustion
tubes made of it are said to be gas-tight up to 1.000^ C, Crucibles
and combustion tubes of zirconia have been used in the research lab-
oratory of the Royal Berlin Porcelain factory, as they possess great
strength and also conduct electricity. They withstand high tempera-
tures and sudden changes. Zirconia crucibles have been used for
determining the melting points of pure iron, tungsten alloys, and
platinum. Such ware can l)e plunged in water while red hot without
injury.

Zirconia is also used as an opacifving agent in

ENAMELS -11

enamels and a clouding agent m glass as a sub-
stitute for the costly stannic oxide and the poisonous compounds of
antimony and arsenic. For this purpose it should be quite free from
iron, and a number of processes have been worked out and patented.
The increasing demand for tin for other purposes and the limited
supply may render this substitution necessary. According to some
authorities tlie zirconia has less covering power than stannic oxide.
For chea})er ware native* zirconia may ho w^r-oiX, or ground zircon which

162 Journal of the Mitchell Society [March

has been treated with hydrochloric acid, then caustic soda, and lastly
leached with acidulated water. This would only partially remove
the iron present.

The use of zirconia as a cloudino- agent for glass

GLASS . •

has been mentioned above. A thorough compari-
son with stannic oxide in this application apparently has not been
worked out.

The addition of a small amount of zirconia to vitreosil or silica
glass is said to increase the tensile strength and resistance to bending
or breaking, and to diminish the tendency to devitrification. The
temperature at which the ware softens is practically unchanged. The
appearance is not improved.

Zirconium salts, as the hvdrated sulphate or the

TEXTILE ' "^ . . .

INDUSTRY acetate, have been used as a weighting filler for silk.

The weight may be increased up to 50 per cent.
Stannic salts are ordinarily employed for this purpose.

Various zirconium compounds are also used as mordants in dyeing
and in the preparation of lac dyes. Zircon white is used as a pig-
ment, having good covering powers and being unaffected by chemical
agents. A patent has also been issued for the preparation of a zir-
conyl tannate.

The colloidal properties of the hvdroxide have

COLLOIDAL , ' .

HYDROXIDE bceii Compared with those of other hydroxides and

its use suggested in the purification of water. Also
it may find a use as a substitute for sodium tungstate or stannate in
rendering cloth non-inflammable.

As "Kontrastin" it may be substituted for bis-

MEDICINAL . , "^

muthyl nitrate as a lining substance for the stom-
ach, etc., in X-ray observations and radiographs. It has the ad-
vantage of being non-poisonous.

The carbide has been recommended as a polish-

ABRASIVE , . ^

ing agent, abrasive, and for glass cutting.
CHLORINATING Willgcrodt has suggested the use of the tetra-

^GENT chloride as a chlorinating agent.

Chapel Hill, N. C.

1919] The Hydnums of Xokth Carolina 163

THE HYDNUMS OF jSTOETH CAROLIlSrA

By W. C. Coker

Fungi with the hymenium borne on distinct spine-like teeth wjiicli
are typically terete and pointed, and hang vertically. Plant body
upright with a distinct stem and cap, or laterally sessile, or the teeth
attached to a resupinate stratum; texture varying from fleshy and
brittle to tough and pliable. Spores white to brown, smooth or tuber-
culate or papillate or echinulate. Growing on earth, leaf mold, de-
caying wood, or injured living trees. Many are edible and none are
known to be poisonous. With one exception, the plants here treated
include only such as belong to the genera Hydnum and Phaeodon in
the sense of Hennings (Engier and Prantl's Pflanzenfamilien. Leip-
zich. 1900). The family Hydnaceae is now broken up into a large
number of genera, including many inconspicuous resupinate plants.
In some the teeth are mere knobs or papillae in others they are iiiore
or less flattened or fused and vary towards the Polyporaceae. With
the exception of Hydnochaete, all such are here omitted. For special
studies of the genera here treated as well as of other smaller and less
conspicuous genera of the family, see the following papers bv Dr.
H. J. Banker :*

A Preliminary Contribution to a Knowledge of the Hydnaceae. Bull. Torr.

B.C. 28:199. 1901.
A Contribution to a Revision of the North American Hydnaceae. Memoirs

Torr. B. C. 12: No. 2. 1906.
Type Studies of the Hydnaceae:

I. The Genus Manina. Mycologia 4:271. 1912.
II. The Genus Steccherinum. Mycologia 4:309. 1912.

III. The Genus Sarcodon. Mycologia 5:12. 1913.

IV. The Genus Phellodon. Mycologia 5:62. 1913.
V. The Genus HydnelUim. Mycologia 5:194. 1913.

VI. The Genera Creolophus, Echinodontium, Gloiodon, Hydnodoii.
Mycologia 5:293. 1913.
VII. The Genera Asterodon and Hydnochaete. Mycologia 6:231. 1914.
Also see The Genus Raduhim, by C. G. Lloyd. Cincinnati. May, 1917.

Dr. Banker has with Rrent kindness and patience looked over a considerable number of
my collections, and I take pleasure in acknowledffinc: his very helpful advice. As I have not
always followed his opinion, ho must not be thoueht responsible for any of the errors.

Tlie two jdates in color are from paintinRS by my niece, (iladvs Coker; the iihotograph-i
are all by me excejjt that of Phellodon alboniger which is by Beardslee. All are natural size
unless otherwise indicated. The spore drawings are all by me, with a magnification of 2160
They have been inked in by several members of the laboratory staff.

ow

164 Journal of the Mitchell Society [March

Key to the Genera

Plants with a distinct cap and more or less central
stem; texture fleshy, brittle; growing on the
ground Hydnum (p. 166)

Plants without a distinct cap and stem; soft, fleshy;
growing on wood; tuberculate or intricately
branched Manina (p. 176)

Plants with a distinct cap which is laterally sessile or
stalked; texture tough, fibrous and dry; growing
on wood Steccherinum (p. 178)

Plants with a stalk and cap; texture spongy or tough
(often spongy above and hard below) ; growing on
the ground.

Spores warted and angular Hyclnellum (p. 181)

Spores echinulate or papillate Phelloclon (p. 192)

Plants entirely resupinate, the teeth simple or
branched, usually flattened; color rusty-cinnamon;
texture firm and tough Hydnochaete (p. 197)

Plant toughish-gelatinous, watery, translucent, broad-
ened and bent over at the top, the very small teeth
hanging from the under side Tremellodon*

In addition to the keys for species under each genus we give beL
a general key for all the species that are here treated :

Key to all the Species Here STUDiEof

Growing on wood.

Without a distinct cap, plants large, laterally at-
tached.

Solid and nearly simple, covered nearly all over

with large spines Manina cordifonnis (1)

Repeatedly and delicately branched, covered all

over with short spines Manina flagellum (2)

With a distinct cap which is attached at the side
and strongly tomentose; no stem.

Color light grayish-brown; flesh dry, ^hrous .. .Steccherinum Rhois (2)
Color light-buff or rosy-buff at maturity; flesh

juicy Steccherinum

pulcherrimum ( 1 )
With a distinct cap, usually with a stem; smooth or

very minutely tomentose Steccherinum adus-

tum (3)
Growing on the ground.

Having a distinct, strong odor, at least in drying,
which is usually of fenugreek, or slippery elm
bark, or a more fetid pig-pen odor.

Very small, up to 1.5 cm. broad Phellodon Ellisi-

anus (5)
Over 1.5 cm. broad.

Taste peppery or sour, odor of fenugreek.

Taste peppery Hydnellum diabolus (1)

Taste sour Phellodon Cokeri (4)

Not peppery or sour, spores white, odor teiiA .Phellodon amicus (1)

*This is not one of the Hydnaceae, but is keyed here because of its pendant, awl-like teeth.
It will be found under the Tremellaceae.

tThe numbers refer to the species number under the genus indicated.

1919^ The Hyda^ums of North Carolina 165

No strong odor of fenugreek, etc., and not fetid.

Color a deep orange salmon on younger parts. . .Hydnellum flori-

forme (5)
Color not orange salmon.

Texture homogeneous, fleshy and soft
throughout, size medium to large.

Cap scaly; stem tapering to a small root.

Base of stem white Hydnuvi Undericoodii

(6), (nid Hydnum
Murrillii (8)

Base of stem greenish Hydnuvi fuligineo-vio-

lacetim (7)

Cap scaly; stem not as above Hydnuvi imhrica-

tum (3)

Cap densely tomentose or strigose Hydnum cristatum (4)

Cap smooth, pale flesh color Hydnum scahripes (5)

Cap smooth, buff color Hydnum. repandum (1)

Cap smooth, white Hydnum albo-

magnum (2)

Cap smooth, pale rose Hydmim roseolus (9)

Cap smooth, smoky olive when dry Hydnum fumosus (10)

Texture nearly homogeneous, tough, fibrous,
flexible when fresh; plants small, cinnamon
or chestnut brown when dry.

Margin pink or white when growing; dis-
tinctly zonate.
Margin usually pinkish when fresh,

spores brown, roughly tuberculate. .Hyd7ieUum zonatum (4)
Margin whitish when fresh, spores

white, echinulate Phellodon tomen-

tosus (3)
Margin not pink or white, scarcely zo-
nate, center with rough asperities, sur-
face felted-tomentose Hydnellum scroMcu-

latum (3)
Texture homogeneous, half-fleshy, toughish;

plants rather large, color not as above. .. .Hydnellum humi-

durn (7)
Texture distinctly duplex, a soft, spongy
outer layer and a firm, tough inner layer.
Hard core of stem and cap black; spores

white Phellodon alhoniger (2)

Hard core of stem and cap not black;
spores brown.

Cap cinnamon brown or umber.

Cap convex or plane Hydnellum reluti-

num (2)
Cap depressed to infundibuliform.i/y/rfjicZ/MHi Xuttallii*
Cap buff or tan.

Plant heavy and compact Hydnellum ferni-

(/ipes (6)

Plant light and slender Hydnellum carolin-

id n u m ( 7 )

''See foot-note, page 183.

166 JOUEXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [MarcJl

Genus Hydnltm

Plants with a cap and stem ; fleshy ; smooth, or scaly ; growing on
the ground. This includes also the genus Sarcodon, as treated by
Banker.

Key to the Species.

Cap scaly, stem tapering to a small root.

Base of stem white H. Underwoodii. (6)

and H. Murrillii (8)

Base of stem greenish H. fuligineo-viola-

ceum (7)

Cap scaly; stem not as above H. imhricatum (3)

Cap densely tomentose or strigose H. cristatum (4)

Cap smooth, pale flesh color H. scabripes (5)

Cap smooth, buff color H. repandum (1)

Cap smooth, white H. alho-magnum (2 )

Cap smooth, pale rose ' H. roseolus (9)

Cap smooth, smoky olive when dry H. fumosus (10)

1. Hydnum repandum L.

Plates 2 and 27.

Cap up to 10.5 cm. in diameter, usually convex, uneven and irregu-
lar, the margin wavy and often indented nearly to the stem ; surface
smooth, with the appearance and feel of leather ; color a distinct and
rather uniform buff, never white. Flesh soft, white, usually brittle,
rather thick; odor and taste slight.

Spines soft and fragile, cream color when fresh, turning dark red-
dish brown in drying, slightly decurrent.

Stem smooth, solid, up to 7.5 cm. long, but generally from 4-6.5
cm. long and about 1.3 cm. broad at top, usually enlarged consider-
ably at base; color a light creamy buff.

Spores (of 'No. 603) white, smooth, subglobose, 6.3-7.4x7-8^1.

This is a firm and attractive species and considered excellent for
food. It is not uncommon in mixed woods. It may be easily distin-
guished from H. alho-magnum, its nearest relative, by the white color,
elliptic spores and pine-woods habitat of the'latter. Banker does not
regard our plant as exactly typical H. repandum, but they do not seem
to differ from Bulliard's good figures (PI. 172). For other good
illustrations see Gibson, Our Edible Toadstools and Mushrooms, PL
27; and Taylor, Food Products I, frontispiece.

w

H

1919] The Hydnums of North Caeolixa 167

288. Mixed woods, Battle's Park. September 25, 1910. Spores about 7.5^ in

diameter.

289. Ravine east of Tenny's, mossy earth, September 24, 1905.
348. Battle's Park, near branch, October 2, 1911.

527. Woods northeast of schoolhouse, October 9, 1912.
603. Near branch back of athletic field, October 21, 1912.
848. Woods by Howell's Branch, September 26, 1913. Photo. Spores spheri-
cal, white, 5.5-7.4„ in diameter.
895. Battle's Park, east of Dr. Battle's, October 8, 1913. Photo.
1278. In mixed woods near the branch southeast of athletic field, September

28, 1914.
1452. Woods south of cemetery, October 29, 1914.

Montreat, rich woods, near mountain brook, July 6, 1915. Coker.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Common in woods. Curtis.

2. Hydnum albo-magnum Banker

Plates 3 axd 27.

Cap up to 11 cm. broad, more or less wavy, the center usually de-
pressed and margin lobed, surface smootliisli or minutely velvety in
places, adhering to trash when young, but this seems due to the surface
layer growing around and into the trash rather than to viscidity, as
each twig and pine leaf is lying in a little trough and there is no
noticeable viscidity at maturity even when soaked ; color pure white
or creamy in places, not changing color when rubbed. Flesh up to
1.4 cm. thick, abruptly narrowed to the thin margin which scarcely
extends beyond the spines. It is pure white, solid, but rather soft and
fragile, taste sweetish and quite pleasant, odor faintly aromatic. The
upper 2 or 3 mm. of the flesh, which cannot be distinguished from
the rest when not soaked, will immediately imbibe a large amount of
water and become clear and translucent, in sharp contrast to the non-
bibulous opaque white part beneath.

Spines up to 5 mm. long towards center, shortening towards margin,
but the long ones also having much shorter ones mixed among them.
They are slender, sharp pointed, about 1/3-1/2 nun. thick at base,
fragile and easily breaking away from the cap, only slightly decurrent.

Stem short, central or eccentric, expanding above into tlic ca]),
pointed below, about 1.5 cm. thick in middle; texture solid and

168 Journal of the Mitchell Society [March

scarcely firmer than that of the cap, surface white or cream, smooth-
ish, the apex dotted with the fading spines.

Spores ovate-elliptic, smooth, white, 4-4,4x6-6.8/^.

This plant is new to ilSTorth Carolina and has not, in fact, been found
before outside the type locality in Alabama. It is a good species,
easily distilict from H. repandum.

1991. Oak and pine woods south of old schoolhouse, Novembei' 21, 1915. Photo.

3. Hydnum imbricatum L.

Sarcodon imhricatus (L.) Karst.

Plates 4 axd 27.

This is our largest terrestrial Hydnum, the cap reaching a width
of 22 cm. It grows from the ground on a distinct stem, is single or
sometimes cespitose, and may be distinguished by its scaly cap and
deep smoky-bro^vii or umber color. Cap expanded from a central or
eccentric stem, irregular, strongly imbricate-scaly as a rule, with the
margin thin and lobed (usually) and with smaller scales; color a
deep brown, often blackish in drying. Flesh soft, but toughish and
pliable, pale brownish, thin except in center.

Stem usually short for the size of the plant, about 3-6 cm. long, and
1.5-3.5 cm. thick, rarely up to 9 cm. long; surface irregular, smooth
below, marked at top by the descending spines, color like that of cap
or lighter.

Spines color of the cap, about 1 cm. long, shortening towards the
margin, which they almost reach.

The species is not uncommon in deciduous woods in summer and
fall. It reaches a much larger size than allowed by Banker for the
plants he describes under H. imhricatum, and he is inclined to believe
that there are several distinct forms now passing under that name.
Lloyd thinks (Myc. Xotes 40:552. 1916) that most, at least, of the
records of H. imbricatum in America are really for H. adpressum or
H. suhsquamosum. But our Chapel Hill plant is just like his figure
of H. imhricatum (fig. 758) and varies into forms having other names.
Figures of the European plant, such as Krombh., PI. 49, and Schaeff.,
PI. 140, could easily be substituted for ours. I feel sure that we have

PLATE 4

HYDNUM IMBRICATUM. No. 413

IfJlfJ] The Hydxums of North Caeolixa 169

but one species of this type at Chapel Hill, and I think it best to refer
it to H. imbricatum. The scales may become very dark on a little
exposure. Again they may be represented only by inherent mottlings
except in the very center, and such plants (as our No. 1525) could
as well be referred to H. laevigatum. All gradations are found be-
tween. Hydnum laevigatum has been listed from North Carolina by
Schweinitz, Curtis, and Memminger. As understood in America, the
species seems to differ from H. imbricatum only in its nearly smooth
cap, the center more or less scaly. As all gradations occur between
this condition and the typically scaly cap of the latter we do not know
how to separate them. Hydnum subsquamosum has also been reported
from this state by Curtis and by Memminger (MS. notes) but seems
equally elusive and uncertain in its characters.*

291. Oak woods, top of Lone Pine Hill, September 14, 1910.

413. Near path from west gate of campus, south of Dr. Battle's, October

31, 1911.
467. Woods on hill south of branch, Battle's Park, September 30, 1912.
525. Woods east of schoolhouse, October 9, 1912. Scales inherent except in

very center.
841. Woods east of Tenny's, September 26, 1913.
1182. Mixed dry woods south of athletic field, July 20, 1914.

Arden, September, 1915, sent by Mrs. I. M. Jervey. Size 21.5 x IS cm.

(U. N. C. Herb. No. 2016).
Middle and upper districts, earth in woods. Curtis.

4. Hydnum cristatum Bres.

Sarcodon crislalus (Bres.) Banker

This species, the type of which was collected at Blowing Rock by
Atkinson, is reported by Banker from several Northern States. We

*H!i(lnurn canum Schw. was described from this State. Of it Banker says: "The speci-
men in the Schweinitz herbarium throv's little light on this species as it is a mere fragment
and sufTRests a tough coriaceous jilant rather than a fleshy one. Fries treated the sjiecies as
a synonym of 77. grocite and Schweinitz himself expressed doubt as to the validity of the
species." The original descrijition is as follows (Syn. Fung. Car. 77. 1818):

"H. cinereo-albidum. ]iileo carnoso glabro, subulis et stipite longis. Passim in abruptis
muscosis. Magnitudo Hydni subscpiamosi, \incialis et triuncialis."

Ilildnum Ciirlixii Berkeley, described from South Carolina, is of doubtful validity. Tlie
original description is as follows (Grevillea 1:71. 1872):

"Fuligineo-fuscum ; pileo orbiculari laevi; margine inflexo; stipite centrali sursum at-
tenuato: aculeis elongatis ac\itis integris. No. 280il. Car. Inf.

"Whole plant of a dingy brown; pileus % inch across, even: 7nargin inflexed; stem
bull)0us at the base, where it is nearly M an inch thick, attenuated upwards; spines
even, entire, elongated. Allied to II. laei-igatum."

170 Journal of the Mitchell Society [March

have not found it and take the following from Banker (Memoirs
T. B. a 12 : ]^o. 2, p. 140. 1906) :

"Plants terrestrial, mesopodous, yellowish, 6-10 cm. high; pileus
convex to subplane, more or less uneven, irregular, 3-10 cm. wide;
margin subrepand, sterile; surface densely velvety tomentose to stri-
gose hairy, in the latter case the hairs forming more or less anasto-
mosing ridges or crests, the hairs usually branching, disc often floc-
cose, color tan or ochre yellow, at margin lighter to whitish ; substance
fleshy to somewhat tough, pale brown; stem stout, solid, subcylindri-
cal or tapering somewhat to the base, subvelutinus or with spine-like
crests of strigose hairs, tawny, 1-5 cm. long by 1-2 cm. wide; teeth
slender, terete, even, obtuse, decurrent, tawny olive to fuscous be-
coming dark brown with whitish tips in drying, '3-6 mm. long,' when
dried 2-3 mm. long by 0.1-0.3 mm. wide, 2 or 3 to one millimeter;
spores subglobose, tuberculate with small warts, 4-5/* wide, 'tawny
olive on paper' ; taste acrid. Ground in mixed woods. Aug.-Sept."

5. Hydnum scabripes Pk.

Sarcodon scahrlpes (Pk.) Banker

Plates 5, 6, axd 27.

Large, irregular, fleshy plants with eccentric stems. Cap up to
14 cm. wide, convex, depressed in center, quite irregular and excen-
trically expanded, surface smooth, leathery, a pale flesh color. Flesh
pallid white, but turning brownish-flesh color when cut, soft, tender
and with a mild pleasant taste, about 2 cm. thick at stem, the margin
very thin, free and extending about 3 mm. beyond the teeth as in
H. imbricatum, sharply bent do^vn.

Spines whitish at first then deep snuff brown, except for the ashy-
white tips, irregularly decurrent. They are about 8 mm. long near
the stem, shorter towards the margin, the tips rather bluntly rounded.

Stem eccentric, heavy, thick, about 4-6 cm. long, and 2.5-3 cm.
thick, enlarged and bent at the base and frequently giving rise there
to small secondary, aborted plants, surface smooth except where
marked by the descending spines which extend down the stem on some
sides and not on others, often becoming so short as to be mere dots.

PLATE 5

HYDNUM SCABRIPES. No. 1836

1919~\ The Hydnums of ISToeth Caeolhsta 171

Flesh solid, firmer and shorter than that of cap, light grayish-brown,
turning deeper flesh brown when cut.

Spores a dull brown, about avellaneous of Ridgway, roughly iso-
diometric, star-shaped and other irregular forms from the large tuber-
culate warts, 6.3-7.2 x 6.3-8.1m.

This large and interesting species is new to the South, having been
known before only from i^ew York. It is at once distinguished from
H. imbricatum by the smooth, leathery surface of a pale flesh color,
and by the very different spores.

1836. In rather dry soil, pine and oak woods south of Piney Prospect, Sep-
tember 20, 1915. Photo and drawing of spores.

6. Hydnum Underwoodii (Banker)

Sarcodon fennicus Karst. ?

Plates 7 axd 27.

Cap up to G.5 cm. wide, slightly convex or nearly plane, somewhat
depressed in center when mature, rather wavy and irregular, the
margin often indented ; surface dry, covered all over with rather
small low scales or the margin merely floccose or nearly smooth ; ap-
parently less scaly in youth ; color vinaceous brown, about fawn ;
margin very thin, free for about 1-2 mm. and bent under. Flesh
white, about 4-5 mm. thick near stem, firm, fleshy, elastic, bitter.

Spines nearly white when young, soon a clear brown except for the
ashy-white tips. They are quite fine and short, only 1-2 mm. long,
sharply pointed, very decurrent, usually almost to the base of the
stem, becoming shorter downwards to mere granules below. When
dry they are very brittle and easily fall away, and become a uniform
brown, about snuff brown to sudan brown.

Stem 3.5-7 cm. long, a])0ut 8-10 mm. thick near center, sometimes
swollen and fistulose, always quite crooked, usually strongly bent at
the ground, expanding into the cap above, tapering downward, and
continuing to taper more rapidly in the ground to a sharply pointed
root, deep snuff l)rown, the rooting base abrui)tly pure white: llosh
firm, toughish, elastic, brownish.

172 JOUBXAL OF THE jMlTCHELL SoCIETY [Mttrch

Spores (of No. 1837) dusky brown, about avellaueous of Eidg-
wav, roughly spherical with large tubercles giving star and other
fantastic shapes; one oil drop, 5.5-6.5 x 6.3-7.8/x.

A very distinct species easily recognized by its peculiar, pointed
brown stem with its white root, deeply decurrent spines, and vinaceous-
brown, scaly cap. It is new to the South, having been heretofore re-
corded only from Xew Jersey and Connecticut. With us it occurs
rather rarely in moist deciduous or mixed woods.

Banker has seen our plants and refers them to his >S'. Underwoodii
with which they agree well, and they are like the type plants at the
jSTew York Botanical Garden and others so determined by Banker.
Specimens at the New York Botanical Garden of H. fennicum from
Italy determined by Bresadola have the same pointed base and
surface of cap, but the spines darker, shorter, and decidedly
stouter in proportion to length than in our plants described above, in
which the teeth are very slender. The spores are smaller than in ours,
being about 4.5-5.5 x 5-6. 5/i. Other good plants at the New York
Botanical Garden from Italy, determined by Bresadola as H. fidi-
ghieo-violaceum, cannot be distinguished in the dried state from his
H. fennicum plants just mentioned, except by the still smaller spores
which average only about 4.7iu. in diameter. Both of these differ dis-
tinctly from a good plant of S. fennicus from Karsten himself (Fin-
land) which has very delicate slender teeth of a lighter brown color
just as in our H. Underwoodii The spores of this specimen seem
immature and stick together and to the spines. They are apparently
about ofji in diameter. It would seem that //. Underwoodii is the same
or very near H. fennicum as understood by Karston except for the
smaller spores of the latter, while H. fuUgineo-violaceum as inter-
preted by Bresadola is a different plant with stouter, shorter, more
abruptly pointed teeth which tend to curl in a hook-like manner in
drying, and with still smaller spores. Kalchbrenner's fig. (PI. 32,
fig. 2) of H. fuligineo-violaceum shows color with little or no violet
in it, even in the flesh. The size, shape and abruptly pointed base are
very like our plant.*

♦American plants determined by Banker as S. fuKgmeo-violaceus (Mem. Tor. B. C.
12, No. 2, 142. 1906) have since been referred by him to a new species, S. radicatus
(Mvcologia 5:13. 1913).

<

1919^ The Hydnums of North Carolina 173

1829. Rocky soil by path in woods north of Meeting of the Waters, September

19, 1915. Photo with 1837.
1837. In mixed woods just across the branch from Indian Spring, Battle's

Park. September 20, 1915. Photo. ■
1858. On ground in hardwoods, by Battle's branch, near Strowd's pasture.

September 22, 1915.

Asheville. Beardslee.

7. Hydnum fuligineo-violaceum Kalch.

Beardslee finds plants at Aslieville that are larger than our H.
Underwoodii and that have a greenish base. They have been referred
by Bresadola to //. ftdigineo-violaceum^ and as Beardslee thinks them
different from H. Uiiderivoodii it seems best to follow Bresadola. In
the dried state Beardslee's plants are very like ours and I can make
out no difference in the spores. Plants from Bresadola at the New
York Botanical Garden, determined by him as H. fuligineo-violaceum,
(see discussion under H. Underwoodii) do not seem to me to be just
like the Asheville plants. Beardslee's description follows :

"Pileus 5-12 cm. broad, convex, becoming depressed at the center,
and irregularly lobed on the margin, brown or tan, sometimes with a
shade of dull red, surface floccose, soon breaking up into small, rather
narrow scales; margin thin, fertile, inflexed and irregular. Taste
bitter ; odor rather strong and not agreeable.

"Teeth small, short, crowded, gray, with the tips white, decurrent.

"Stem rather long, attenuate downward, rough above with rudi-
mentary teeth, white tomentose at the base, which is pointed and be-
comes dark green within.

"Spores subglobose, 6-7/^, tuberculate.

"I find this everywhere in our woods. Some forms are smaller
than the typical forms and seem to present differences. All that I
find have the short, crowded teeth, the bitter taste and usually the
greenish color at the base of the stipe. I cannot distinguish more
than the one species. My plants have been submitted to Bresadola
who refers them as above, but says that they vary toward //. Feiuii-
cum. This is not the plant which Banker refers to II. fidigineo-vio-
laceum." * In a letter of IMarch 17, Beardslee says furtlier: "In my
studies of it I have found two forms, one small like vours, and anotlier

*See foot-note on ixitre 172.
2

174 JOUEISTAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [MaVcJl

larger and rougher, of which I sent you photos and specimens. My
feeling is that while your plant can be referred to Banker's species
my larger one cannot. It does not dry to a translucent mass, the flesh
is far from being 'less than 1 mm. thick when dry,' and the stipe in
my plants is always a peculiar green at the base."

8. Hydnum Murrilli (Banker)

This species is represented at the l^ew York Botanical Garden by
an ample type collection (Murrill and House JSTo. 397) from the
mountains of ISTorth Carolina. I have examined the plants and find
them very near H. Uiidenvoodii with the same short, fine teeth ; but
most of the plants are more infundibuliform than is our H. Under-
ivoodii and the color of the dried plant is more yellowish. Further
comparison in the fresh state are needed. The original description
by Banker follows (Mycologia 5 :15. 1913) :

"Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, medium to large size, red-
dish-bro"WTi ; pileus expanded to infundibuliform, subrotund to irregu-
lar, 5-10 cm. wide, 1-2 mm. thick when dried ; surface roughened with
fine floccose scales, coarsest toward center, 1-2 mm. wide, ends up-
turned, about as long as wide, subzonately arranged, dark-reddish
brown on scales, lighter between ; margin thin, fertile, repand, finely
lobed or crenate, pallid; substance fleshy, pale-bro\vn to whitish,
drying thin, but somewhat tough and flexible; stem subcentral,
strongly inclined, tapering gradually and then abruptly to the base,
reddish-brown above, concolorous with pileus, paler below but be-
coming blackish at the base, scabrous roughened nearly to the base,
apparently hollow or stuffed, 4-6 cm. long, 1-2 cm. wide ; teeth small,
slender, terete, tapering, acute, crowded, decurrent nearly to the base,
reddish-brown, white tipped, 1.5 mm. or less long in dried plant,
0.15-0.25 mm. wide, 9-12 to a square mm. ; spores subgiobose, tuber-
culate, tubercles not prominent, pale-brownish, 6-7/* wide; basidia
prominent, irregular, clavate, 8-1 0/* wide ; sterigmata conical, curved,
horn-shaped, 3-4/>i long ; hyphae of trama hyaline, smooth, thin-walled,
collapsing when dried, recovering in KOH, subparallel but partly
separable in KOH, septate, without clamp-connections, segments

19191 The Hydnums of K'oeth Caeolia^a 175

short, stout, constricted at the septa, irregular, 10-2 S/x wide by 20-70iU
long; hyphae of the teeth very slender, tubular, rarely septate, 3-4^
wide."

9. Hydnum roseolus (Banker)

The following species, found by ]Murrill and House in the moun-
tains of jSTorth Carolina and known from no other station, is described
by Banker, I have been through the Hydnums in the ISTew York
Botanical Garden, but have not been able to find any part of the type
(M. and H. 392) on which the species is l)asod. The following is the
original description (Mycologia 5 :16. 1913) :

"Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious, small to me-
dium size, 4-6 cm. high, pale-rose-color; pileus plane to convex, 3-4
cm. wide, 0.5 cm. or less thick; surface pubescent and slightly imbri-
cate, scaly, even, whitish tinged with old-rose ; margin thin, incurved
when dried ; substance fleshy-tough, drying into two layers, an inner
waxy and gummy, subtranslucent layer, and an outer dry, opaque,
subfibrous layer ; stem slender, subcentral, strongly inclined, subeven,
slightly radicating, scabrous, 2-3 cm. long by 7-10 mm, wide; teeth
very short, terete, tapering, acute, uniform, decurrent and abortive
on the stem, not crowded, 0.3-0,7 mm. long by 0.1-0.2 mm. wide, 10-20
to a square mm. ; spores pale-brown, tuberculate, ovoid, 4-5 x 5-(3/i
wide; basidia clavate, four-spored, o-Qf^- wide; sterigmata slender,
capillary, 3j". long; hyphae of inner portion of pileus clouded, smooth,
slender, tliin-walled, collapsing when dried, recovering in water and
KOIT, forming a somewhat intricate and compact tangle, scarcely
separable in KOH, septate, without clamp-connections, segments long,
irregular, subtubular, 4-7/^ wide, contents gramdar ; hyphae of outer
portion of pileus more even, tubular, and coiled."

10. Hydnum fumosum (Banker)

This species, known only from the mountains of Xorth Carolina,
is evidently quite different from any other American Hi/fJniin). Tlie
type collection is in the Xew York Botanical Garden (!Murrill and
House, No. 394). The description by Banker follows (^[ycologia
5:]r,. 1913):

176 Journal of the Mitchell Society [March

''Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, small, 3-5 cm. liigii, ash-
gray to smoky; pileus plane to convex, 2-3 cm. wide, 2-3 mm. thick;
surface even, subpubescent, ash-gray to smoky-olivaceous-brown when
dried ; margin thin, fertile, minutely serrate ; substance fleshy-spongy
when fresh, somewhat tough, flexible, compact, subwaxy toward sur-
face, soft fibrous within, olivaceous when dried; stem slender, sub-
central, inclined or curved, attenuate upward, subpubescent at base
to glabrous shining toward the cap, 2-4 cm. long, 3-10 mm. wide;
teeth short, slender, terete, tapering, acute, uneven, not decurrent,
pale to dirty-white, somewhat crowded, 2-5 mm. long or less, 0.2-0.4
mm. wide, 9-12 to a square mm; spores dark, coarsely and densely
tuberculate, ovoid, T-Om x 9-lliw wide; basidia clavate to oblong, nar-
rowing abruptly at the base, 7-10^ wide by 25-30^ long; sterigmata
delicate, conical, incurved, 3-4/>i long; hyphae of trama colored, dis-
solving out freely in KOH, becoming hyaline, slender, smooth, thin-
walled, collapsing when dried, recovering slightly in KOH, forming
an intricate tangle but slightly separable in KOH, septate without
clamp-connections, segments extremely long, somewhat irregular,
more or less constricted at the septa, 4-6/* wide ; hyphae of the teeth
very slender, parallel, 3-4/* wide ; taste bitterish."

Genus Manina.

Plants without cap and stem, solid and tuberculate or intricately
branched ; teeth long, hanging from most of the body ; texture fleshy
and soft ; growing on wood.

Key to the Species.

Solid and nearly simple M. cordiformis (1)

Repeatedly branched M. flagellum (2)

1. Manina cordiformis Scop. Satyr's beard Hydnum.
Hydnum ennaceiim Bull.

Plates 8 and 27.

This is our largest species of the family and it is rather common
on rotting places in living deciduous trees in fall, mostly on oak, rarely
on beech. It is also occasional on dead trees. It does not branch in

<

1919^ The Hydnums of Xoktii Caeolixa 177

a complex manner like the coral Hydnum, but forms a heavy, solid
mass that is covered with long, fleshy, parallel, pendant spines. It
projects laterally from a narrowed point of attachment and requires
several weeks to attain its full size, which is often several pounds in
weight. The color is creamy-white or yellowish and it turns brown
on drying. The spores are smooth or perhaps very minutely rough,
spherical to subelliptic, 4.8 x 5.5/^, or when spherical about 5/x in
diameter.

This species is said to be very variable, but in Chapel Hill it is

unusually constant in its appearance. Only one of our collections

(1^0. 295) varied in shape towards the form called ilf. caput-ursi. It

is easily distinguished from il/. flagellum both in form and in the

larger spores. Edible.

295. On wood in Battle's Park, October 28, 1910.

526. At base of a small oak tree in woods east of schoolhouse, October 8,
1912.

627. Rotting place in beech tree near Battle's Branch back of Dr. Wilson's,
October, 1912.

9'88. On dead place in a live tree, Battle's Park, near Piney Prospect, Oc-
tober 16, 1913.
1277. On a dead place on an oak, southwest of athletic field, September 28,

1914. Photo. Spores subelliptic to spherical.
1296. At base of a dead oak, south of cemetery. Spores white, spherical to
subspherical, smooth, one large oil drop, 5.1-5.9 x 5.1-6.4„.

1249. On rotting log in woods south of athletic field, October 14, 1914.

1250. On dead oak log in woods east of Graded School, October 15, 1914.
1401. On a dead, but rather solid oak log, 1/8 mile below Meeting of the

Waters, October 21, 1914.

Asheville. Beardslee.

Common, base of trunks. Curtis.

2. Manina flagellum Scop.
Hydnum ramosum Bull.

Plates 0, 10, am» l>7.

When frosli ;nid perfect tliis is one of the most beautiful of
fungi and is a picture of exquisite delicacy. It grows from dead
wood in an intricately branching mass up to abiuit \1 cm. wide.
\)\\ro white tliroiighout anil oxti-iMncly frai:il(\ The wliolt^ snrfacf

178 Journal of the Mitchell Society [March

is covered with innumerable, short, glistening-white, pendant spines
about 5.8 mm. long. Spores (of l^o. 1447) spherical to subelliptic,
smooth, pure white, clear, one oil drop ; 3.7-4.6 x 4.4-5. 3/*. Edible.

This species may be distinguished from all others by its much
branched character, its delicacy and snowy whiteness, and by the dis-
tribution of the spines over the entire plant. This is certainly the
form that passes under the name given above (see Banker, in My-
cologia 4:276. 1912). It is probable that the M. coralloides is noth-
ing more than another growth form of this. It is certainly distinct
from all forms of M. cordiformis which has a solid, bulky body and
larger spores.

296. Battle's Park on a dead log, October 3, 1910.

1447. On dead log just below woods road, south of cemetery, October 29,
1914. Photo.

1984. On a dead hickory about 10 feet from the ground, Battle's Park, Novem-
ber 12, 1915.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Common, side of trunks. Curtis.

Genus Steccheeinum.

Plants with distinct cap, which is usually laterally sessile or more
or less distinctly stalked, occasionally partly resupinate ; texture tough
and fibrous ; growing on wood.

Key to the Species.

Cap strongly tomentose.

Color light grayish-brown; ilesh dry S. Rhois (2)

Color light buff at maturity; flesh juicy S. pulcherrimnm (1)

Cap smooth or very minutely tomentose S. adustum (3)

1. Steccherinum pulcherrimum (B. & C.) Banker

Plate 11.

Caps expanded, horizontal, imbricated and partly confluent, en-
tirely sessile from a resupinate base; individual caps about 4 cm.
wide, 2-2.5 cm. thick at base, quickly thinning towards the margin.
Surface densely fibrous, whitish when young, turning light buff or
rosy buff. Flesh white, fibrous, tough, elastic and fleshy, 1.5-2 mm.
thick at base, about 4 mm. thick near the rather blunt margin, almost

PLATE 10

MANINA h'LACIsM.I M. N'>. I'.'M lit m . i.i.

1919^ The Hydnums of IN'okth Caeolina 179

tasteless, but with a faint odor resembling that of preserved figs;
when dry it is very soft, light and fibrous and if wet and pressed be-
tween the fingers it has a gummy feel.

Spines dense, crowded, slender, 2.5 mm. long at base, 1 mm. long
near margin, whitish then light pinkish-bufP, extending dowaiward
on the resupinate portion.

Spores said by Banker to be oblong, smooth, gi*anular, hyalin, 2-2.5
X 4.5-5m, very transparent with one or more dark granules.

A plant very like the above was sent to Fries by Curtis and named
by the former Uydnum f Habile. Lloyd thinks he has recognized the
latter species in a plant sent to him from Xew York {Letter 65, p. 7).
From his description of the flesh, which is of the same nature as that
of Poly poms sulpliureus, our plant is not that species, as in the latter
the plant is composed of very loosely woven parallel fibers and is not
mealy. Also see Lloyd's Letter 66, p. 10, for comparison of //. pul-
cherrimum and H. septentrionale. Banker thinks aS'. friable and S.
pidcherrimiim the same (]\rycologia 5:2!)-}:. 1913).

1254. On a rotting oak stump in grove back of President's house, September
24, 1914. Two photos. No spores obtainable.

2. Steccherinum Rhois (Schw.) Banker

Plates 12 and 27.

Plants elastic, tough, shell or kidney-shaped, sessile by a constricted
base, sometimes confluent, up to 3.5 cm. by 2 em. in size; surface
densely felted — hairy, the felt collapsed in places, distinctly zoiiatc,
color a rather light grayish bro^\^l with zones of diiferent shades, the
marginal half somewhat darker; margin sterile for about \U mm.
The color and appearance is so like that of the lighter shaded plants
of Lenzites betulina as to be indistinguishable in ])assing. C ontext of
two distinct parts, a dense, firm, elastic layer, which is about 1{> mm.
thick and colored like the teeth, and a soft, (l(Miscly felted upper layiM-,
colored like tlie surface and varying from less than ^/o to as nuich as
1.5 mm. in thickness.

Spines ochraceous tawny (BidgAvay), crowded, short (1-1.5 cm.
long), tapering somewhat towards the tip, but truncate and more or
less blnnt nt the ends, whicli are fimbriated on tlieir niariiins and

180 Journal of the Mitchell Society [March

sometimes over the entire surface. In section, as shown by the trun-
cated tips, the teeth are irregular and more or less angular, varying
considerably in size and often several fusing.

Spores (of ]^o. 1511) white, oblong-elliptic, smooth, clear, minute,
1.8 X 3-3.8^1.

Growing on dead wood of deciduous trees.

87. On a stump, meadow at foot of Lone Pine Hill, October 14, 1911.
1511. On fallen branch of white oak in Professor Howell's yard, December
10, 1914. Photo.

Common, stumps and sticks. Curtis.

3. Steccherinum adustum (Schw.) Banker

Plates 13 and 28.

Plants growing on logs, sessile or stalked, at times resupinate in
part, simple or complicated by others springing from the back of the
lower ones near the point of attachment. Cap up to 8 cm. wide, rough-
ened and uneven with low ridges and channels and sometimes with
nodules, minutely velvety, or smooth in places, white or faintly tinted
with creamy-flesh or light tan, smoky when rubbed and often dark
on the margin ; circular or fan-shaped, the margin very thin and wavy.
Flesh pure white, tough and elastic, 2 mm. thick near center, tasteless
and odorless.

Stem entirely absent with the cap laterally attached, or with a
short but distinct stem which is eccentric or lateral or rarely central.
It is up to 1 cm. long and very variable in size, velvety, white or dis-
colored.

Teeth about 1.5-3.5 mm. long, more or less flattened, and generally
branching near the tips into several processes, white at first, then turn-
ing quickly when drying to a clear and beautiful rose color, then
purplish rose, and in age a dark cinnamon-brown. If bruised when
fresh the teeth turn to a deep smoky color due to the fact that they are
covered with minute hairs, visible only under the microscope, and
these hairs when bruised turn almost black.

Spores (of 'No. 1607) white, long-elliptic, smooth, minute, 1 x 3/x.

Growino; on rotting wood.

PLATE 11

SIMCi IIKIMMM I'll.fHKUin.MrM. \u. 12S4

01

T-l

PLATE 1.3

STECCHKIUNTM ADISTIM Xn. rJlH

1910] The Hydxums of IJ^orth Carolixa 181

86. On a dead oak limb behind athletic field, October 20, 1911.
293. Woods near Chapel Hill.

350. At base of stump, Battle's Park, October 8, 1911.
1219. On dead oak branches, swamp of New Hope below Durham bridge,

July 27, 1914. Photos.
1235. On rotting wood by branch above Meeting of the Waters, September

21, 1914.
1607. On rotting wood in three clumps, two below Strowd's Spring, the other

above Durham bridge, June 23, 1915.
2012. On stump by street near Dr. Herty's, November, 1915.
2243. On a deciduous log, swamp of New Hope Creek, below Durham bridge,

June 24, 1916.
2313. On rotting wood near mouth of Tenny's Ravine, June 29, 1916.

Middle and upper districts, on sticks. Curtis.

GeXUS HYD^^^ELL^M.

Plants with cap and stem, but often deformed or fused; texture
tough, in some species thin and homogeneous, in others thick and
composed of two layers of different texture; spores unevenly tuber-
culate. Growing on the ground. The genus cannot be distinguished
from Phellodon, except, by the spores, and this is by no means easy
even for experienced students.

Key to the Species.

Flesh thin, homogeneous, tough and flexible when
fresh; plants small to medium.

Cap strongly zonate, thin, margin pale and often

pinkish H. zonatum (4)

Cap scarcely zonate, less thin, margin not

whitish H. scrobiculatum (3)

Flesh rather thin, homogeneous, fleshy-tough and

flexible; plants usually large H. htimidum (S)

Flesh thick and of two textures, soft and spongy above,
hard below.

Color a deep orange-saimon, at least on younger

parts H. floriforme (5)

Color not as above.

Taste peppery, odor of fenugreek IT. (Uuholus (1)

Tasfe not peppery.
Cap creamy buff, the center becoming brown.

Plant compact and heavy If. fcrrufjiiK's (6)

Plant light and slender H. carol in ianum (7)

Cap cinnamon J)rown, plane or convex, the

margin pale when growing II. vclutiuiim (2)

Cap grayish umber, depressed or infundibull-

form II- XnttnUii*

*Seo foot-noto on page 183.

182 Journal of the Mitchell Society [March

1. Hydnellum diabolus Banker

Plates 14, 15, and 28.

Plants short and stout, gregarious and often confiuent. Rather
common on ground in pine woods, particularly in autumn.

Caps up to 15 cm. broad, flat, sometimes nearly smooth, but usually
with low waves and protuberances, and irregular on the margin ; soft
and minutely tomentose-f elted all over. Color a pretty, light salmon-
flesh tint when young and fresh, or often nearly pure white on mar-
gin, changing from center outward to a vinaceous-rust color (almost
sorghum brown of Ridgway) with blackish stains where rubbed,
particularly on the margin, in age becoming a deep sordid brown
from center outwards. Flesh thick in center, distinctly zonate, blunt
on margin, about color of cap but when quite fresh turning blackish
instantly when cut ; quite soft near the upper surface, and gradually
getting firmer towards the spines. The watery juice of our plants is
not reddish but colorless, but Underwood found plants of H. diabolus
in Alabama with very red juice, and the species is described by Banker
as having a red juice, but Banker now considers the juice color as of
little or no taxonomic importance (see Mycologia 5:197. 1913).
The odor is pleasant and aromatic (fenugreek) when fresh, but this
often disappears in drying. Taste quite peppery. All parts of the
plant tend to become blackish when bruised.

Spines very short near the margin, 4.5 mm. long near the stem,
somewhat decurrent, color of cap on margin, turning through light
vinaceous salmon to russet vinaceous then sorghum brown and finally
to a deep chestnut brown.

Stem short, stout, irregular and dropsical in appearance, deep
russet brown even when young, 1.5-2.5 cm. long and often as thick
as long, flesh at upper end like that of cap, becoming harder and darker
at bottom. ISTo distinct superficial layer, but the surface is soft, the
flesh gradually hardening inwards. The texture of the plant is much
like that of P. arnicus, except that the soft surface layer is not so dis-
tinct from the firmer inner part as in that species.

PLATE 15

II VI iXKi. MM niAiioi.rs. N.I. r.'-'>i

1919^ The Hydxums of Xokth Capolixa 183

Spores (of jSTo. 1341) light vinaceous brown; roughly spherical to
elliptic, strongly angular, a large oil drop, 3.7-4.3 x 4-5m. For the
original description of this species see Mycologia 6 :194. 1915.

1341. In pine woods by path leading to Meeting of the Waters from road

east of cemetery, October 14, 1914.
1869. Growing in Battle's Park, near branch, in pine woods, September

22, 1915.
1951. Under Pinus inops on hillside north of King's milldam, October 31,

1915. Photo. Exactly like 1341. Odor of fenugreek, taste strongly

peppery. One plant 15 cm. in diameter.
1968. Growing in pines by a woods road near Mason farm, November 7, 1915.

2. Hydnellum velutinum Fr.*
Hydnum spongiosipes Pk.

Plates 16 and 28.

Cap about 3-7.5 cm. broad, often confluent with others, convex or
plane, or often slightly depressed in center, usually irregular in shape
with the surface more or less grooved, pitted and complicated by
eruptions, but without the rough and harshly complicated centers of
H. scrohiculatum, without zones or with a few faint zones of shades ;
surface finely tomentose, plush-like when young and also in age unless
too much wet or handled ; color after maturity cinnamon brown all
over with a lighter sheen from the surface tomentum when quite fresh,
blackish-brow^l wlien bruised, the margin not lighter except wlieu
wet; when quite young the cap tomentum is nearly white, and the
margin remains whitish (very light fleshy-brown) as long as it is
growing, the older central part soon becoming dark. Flesh of two
textures, a soft spongy upper layer about 1-6 mm. thick, colored like
the surface, and a thin, darker, tough, and much harder lower layer ;
when fresh the flesh is full of a clear watery juice which in our plants
is not at all ])iiik; taste and odor not strong, hardly disagreeable,
somewhat like rotting wood, when young and fresh faintly like rij)<>
cucumbers, no fenugreek or pig-pen odor.

*Hydnelm'M Ntttalmi Banker.

A jilant collected by Atkinson in tlio mountains of North Carolina is rofcrrrd to thi-t sjiprios
by Banker, who says that it "differs in some respects from the type hut in chnrnctem that
seem to be accounted for l>y the fact tliat the plant was old and dead when collected." We
have not seen the [ilnnt. but the species is said to differ from U. rrliilinum "in the form of
the pileus, in the suhrucose not toinenlosi' surface, and in the Iouk cajiillary teeth." For the
full descrij)tion, see Memoirs Torr. Bot. Club 12, No. 2:155. lUOO.

184 JoURK"AL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [Mavck

Spines sharp, slender, rather crowded, about 3 mm. long, shorter
at stem and fading away towards the sterile margin, slightly decur-
rent, light brown on the margin, deep cinnamon brown elsewhere,
darker when bruised ; when still growing the marginal ones are the
color of the cap margin.

Stem central, short or of moderate length, 1.4-3.5 cm. long, 8-13
mm. thick at cap, much thickened below by an irregular surface mass
of spongy tissue which surrounds and binds surrounding trash, and is
often confluent with adjoining plants ; surface colored like the cap and
of the same plush-like tomentum ; flesh hard inside, soft and spongy
towards the surface.

Spores (of 'No. 2401) brown, roughly globose and tuberculate,
4-6)". See drawing.

These are thought by Banker to be the same as H. velutinum Fr.,
and after careful examination of a plant from Italy (Bresadola) in
the jSTew York Botanical Garden I quite agree with him. The ap-
pearance is the same, and the spores are identical. See drawings.

1367. Mixed woods on hillside near branch, about 30 yards below Judge's
Spring, October 14, 1914. Odor slight, woody.

1606. On ground among leaves under a hickory tree just north of Piney Pros-
pect. Spores subspherical, coarsely tuberculate, about 5-5.5^, ex-
actly like the spores of 2401. This is much like H. diabolis except
that the taste is not peppery but slightly acid with a woody flavor,
juice watery.

2401. Low place in mixed pine and deciduous woods, near Meeting of the
Waters, July 20, 1916. Photo.

2412. Pine and deciduous woods near Battle's Branch, July 22, 1916.

2424. Under pines mixed with oaks near the top of Lone Pine Hill, July
26, 1916. Spores subspherical, coarsely tuberculate, about 5^ in
diameter, just like those of No. 2401.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Middle district, woods. Curtis.

3. Hydnellum scrobiculatum Fr.

Plate 28.

Plants growing on soil in woods, gregarious and often compound
by fusion, individuals about 3-8 cm. wide, compound individuals

PLATK in

lIVDXKl-l

1919^ The Hydnums of Xoeth Carolina 185

sometimes larger. Cap rather flat but irregular with pits, prolifera-
tions and asperities, at times with more or less distinct radiating
ridges, the center very rough like scoria with sharp points and pits,
minutely velvety, tomentose or smoothish in places, with faint struc-
tural zones; color a uniform cinnamon brown, deeper brown when
bruised. Flesh usually thin, very tough and firm except for a very
thin superficial felty layer, which tends to disappear in places ; brittle
and hard when dry ; taste and odor slight ; no odor of fenugreek.

Spines sharp, slender and crowded, about 3-5 mm. long, short and
fading away towards the sterile margin, at first pallid and then a deep
brown color; somewhat decurrent.

Stem usually slender and short, up to 3 cm., mostly about 2 cm.,
long; surface about color of cap, covered with a thin la^'er of soft
spongy tissue which surrounds and binds adjoining particles ; center
hard and tough.

Spores roughly globose, unevenly tuberculate, about 4-4.8 x 5m in
diameter.

This species is most like H. zonatum, from which it is distinguished
by the thicker and more rigid substance, by the nonzonate and
much rougher cap, the center usually with sharp pits and prolifera-
tions like scoria. Our plants look just like Fries' figs. (Plate 5) and
like several collections under this name at the Xew York Botanical
Garden.

292. Low place in deciduous woods with scattered pines southeast of athletic
field, September 25, 1908.

4. Hydnellum zonatum (Batsch) Karst.

Plates 1, 17, 18. axd 2>^.

Plants terrestrial, tliin, pliable and toughish, gregarious and often
concrescent in groups, wliat appears to be one cap from the surface
often having several stems, ('ap up to 7.3 cm. wide, usually 3.5-(>
cm., nearlv ])hiii(', cdiiniioiily somewhat dcju-c^sctl in (•ciitcv, somt^
times, as in Xo. 1323, extremely rugged and complicated with the
center filled with dccj) pits ami ])«unt('il jtvojections ; margin a |ir<'tty.

186 JOUEXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [Mavch

clear flesli-pink or onion-skin pink, darkening by distinct zones
tlirougli pinkish-cinnamon brown to deep Vandyke brown or pecan
brown in center; radiating ridges are usually ratlier distinct. Flesh
thin, firm,. tough, homogeneous, but zoned, color of surface, about 3
mm. thick near center, very thin towards margin; taste and odor
woody, or, in 'Ko. 1849, faintly like that of Mutinus.

Stem usually short, 0.5-2 cm. long, 4-6 mm. thick at top, much
stouter below, pinkish when young and then darkening like cap. Flesh
solid and same texture throughout, somewhat harder than the cap,
darker than the surface when young, of the same color when old.

Spines small, rather blunt, not fimbriated. From 1-2.5 cm. long,
pinkish on the very edge, but soon becoming a deep rich brown like
the darkest parts of the cap.

Spores (of ISTo. 1238) light smoky-purple, subspherical, coarsely
tuberculate, one large oil drop, 3.4-5/* in diameter.

"While our plants show the pink margin in most cases it is well to
note that this color may not be observable when the plants are col-
lected.

These plants would seem to be as easily referred to H. vespertilio
as to H. zonatum, except for the absence of the scabrous yellow dots
that Banker says are characteristic of that species (Mycologia 5:199.
1913). Perhaps the two species are not distinct. H. concrescens is
also very near if not the same.

297. Battle's Park, by path near Dr. Battle's house, September 21, 1908.
297a. On a bank near Howell's Spring, October 23, 1911. Spores 3.5-4.5 x

4-5.5^.
827. Mixed woods. Battle's Park, September 23, 1913.
1238. Growing in rather sandy soil by branch 100 yards above the Meeting

of the Waters, -September 21, 1914. Photo and painting.
1323. On ground near branch due east of Dr. Battle's, deciduous woods with

a few scattered cedars, October 9, 1914. Photo.
1346. Woods east of graded school, October 15, 1914. Spores a smoky-purple

coloi', very irregular in shape with tubercles and angles, one oil

drop, 4.2-5„ in diameter.
1849. By path along branch north of Meeting of Waters, September 15, 1915.

Odor distinct, not of fenugreek, but faintly like that of Mutinus

although not very disagreeable. Plants extremely thin, pliant, flesh

1 mm. thick, spines 1 mm. long.

1910] The Hydnums of ISToeth Carolina 187

5. Hydnellum floriforme (Schaeff.) Banker
Hydnum aurantiacum (Batsch) A. & S.

Plates 19, 20, and 28.

Plants terrestrial, solid, firm and stocky, mostly very irregular,
with protuberances, cavities, channels and proliferations, often con-
fluent. Caps thick, passing gradually or rather abruptly downward
into the stout stems; 3-7 cm. wide, usually about 4-5 cm.; surface
finely tomentose on unweathered parts; color a rich orange salmon
in younger parts, deepening towards the center to a strong, deep rust
color (ferruginous and cinnamon rufus — Ridgway). As the plant
ages the bright colors fade to a deep rusty brown, and then to almost
black as decay sets in. In drying, the lively colors of fresh plants
are well retained. Plesh of the cap duplex, the upper layer soft,
corky (very friable when dry), rather thin, about 0.3-1 mm. thick,
colored like the surface; on exposure to rain becoming collapsed,
denser and scarcely obvious; lower layer also rather thin usually,
tough, firm and elastic, a deep reddish brown with zones of yellowish
brown, or the zones blackish ; odor in drying faint, but distinct and
fragrant. It is not at all like fenugreek, and remains undiminished
after years.

Spines small and slender, only about 1.5 mm. long, greyish tan
near the margin deepening to a rich reddish brown, and in age to a
deep brown.

Stem thick, short, very firm, subequal, about 0.7-1.3 cm. thick,
usually somewhat enlarged below; surface undergoing the same
changes of color as the cap; no spongy outer layer; the firm, solid
flesh distinctly zoned.

Spores (of ^o. 1211) purplish .brown, roughly s].herical and
coarsely tuberculate, 3.8-4.2 x 4-5/*.

The plant is rather frequent in both pine and deciduous woods,
but seems to prefer pines. According to Fries it grows in pines and
has no odor. In general appearance this species is much like //.
scroUculatum except for the lively colors. For other figures of this
species see Gillet, Champ, d. Fr., PI. 313 (78), and Schacffer, Fung.
Bav., etc., PI. 146., fig. 4.

188 JOUKNAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [Murch

1241. Among pine needles by path along Battle's Brook, September 19, 1914.

Painting and photo.
1244. Among oak leaves in wooded pasture about one-half mile west of

graded school, September 22, 1914.
1847. Under pines. Battle's Park, near second bridge above Indian Spring,

September 20, 1915.

Middle and upper districts, hillsides. Curtis.

6. Hydnellum ferrugipes n. sp.

Plates 21 and 29.

Plant solid and heavy, of medium size, our specimens about 4.5-5.5
cm. broad, the cap rather regular and only slightly lobed or compli-
cated, slightly to distinctly depressed in the center, the blunt margin
sterile and pale below; surface finely felted tomentose or on expan-
sion mostly smooth, even or more or less pitted, not zonate, color pale
buff or dull tan or mottled with deep brown on exposure, the growing
parts becoming blackish when rubbed. Flesh zonate towards the
margin, duplex but not so sharply contrasted as in H. velutinum, P.
amicus, etc., a rather thick, buft'y upper layer of a firmly corky tex-
ture, passing more or less abruptly into a hard and darker brown
laver below. Odor verv faint, sliffhtlv mustv, as is also the taste.

Spines up to 4 mm. long, not very slender, rather bluntly pointed
when fresh, sharper when dry; pale grayish at the margin, passing
through light to dark gray-brown, with a tint of salmon at times, and
then to deep brown, the tips pallid until age.

Stem short, about 2-3 cm. long and 1-1.5 cm. thick, rusty red, the
context consisting of a very hard and rather slender core of dark, dis-
tinctly longitudinal fibers, surrounded by a rather thick woody-corky
layer of more radiating fibers of a reddish bro"um or rust color, only the
surface of which is distinctly soft.

Spores (of Ko. 3201) subspherical, smoky brown, papilliate-
warted, 4.6-5. 6^, some more elongated as 4.5 x 6,5/a.

Differs from H. florifo?'me in pale color, in thicker and more com-
pact flesh, in longer and stouter spines, in absence of a fragrance and
in the distinctly larger spores. Hydnellum complicatum Banker
differs in color and in the thinner cap and smaller spores. Shaeffer's

PLATE 19

ii^ 1)m;i-i,im ii-<>i;ii oumk. no 1211

o

CM

1919'] The HYDijq^uMS of Xorth Cakolina 189

figures (Plate 146, figs. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6) whicli Persoou refers to his
H. compactum look much like our plants and I have seen no other
figures that do. Fries' conception of H. compactum is not so different
from our plant it would seem, except that in the latter there has not
been noted any olivaceous tint to the cap or bluish mottling in the flesh.
Banker thinks that the H. compactum of Persoon is probably the same
as H. floriforme and not the plant now referred to the former species
by European botanists today.

3201. In sticks and leaves of deciduous woods, low place east of athletic

field, October 7, 1918. Photo. Type.
3211. Deciduous woods by Battle's Branch, October 3, 1918. Photo with

No. 3201.

7. Hydnellum carolinianum n. sp.

Plates 1, 22, and 29.

Individual plants 1.5-5 cm. broad, the stems (in Xo. 1243) quite
distinct and not confiuent, but often branching at top into two or sev-
eral crowded and more or less fused caps, or (in jSTo. 1847a) several
short-stalked caps may arise from a fused basal stratum which is
deeply rooted. Surface smooth, not ridged or scrobiculate, usually
convex, or the margin later becoming uplifted, closely felted-tomentose
in unweathered parts, the margin undulate and lobed. Color of fresh,
unweathered plants and growing margins of weathered ones a pale
creamy buff (between pale yellow orange and white — Tiidgway),
which fades and deepens on exposure to rain to a sordid rusty broAvni
with a tint of chocolate, and then in age to nearly black. Flesh duplex,
the outer layer soft and spongy, buffy yellow and about 1-3 mm. thick ;
the much harder lower layer usually thinner and a lighter gravish
broAvn color; odor almost none; no decided taste (not sour or
peppery). After exposure to rain the soft flesh collapses and hardens
like horn either in whole or in part, the horny, black layers being
separated by lighter zones..

Spines slender, short, reaching a length of about 2 mm., wlion
young whitish (nearly color of young cap at very margin), tlic iimin
length below the tips soon turning a dark rusty brown (natal-l)rown —
3

190 JOUKN-AL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [MarcJl

Eidgway). The browu can be seen showing through the white surface
•view and gives the effect of grajish-brown to the spine surface. In
age the bro^vn encroaches still more on the white tips, but for a long-
time there is the effect of gray over brown. Finally the white fades
entirely away and the whole becomes a deep natal-brown (almost
chocolate brown).

Stem distinct, 3-4 cm. long, 0.8-2 cm. thick, irregular and dropsical
in appearance; surface colored like the deeper brown shades of the
old cap and spines, becoming blackish. Flesh composed of two dis-
tinct layers, a soft, spongy, water-soaked outer layer about 2-3 mm.
thick which grows around and catches the trash and leaves that touch
it, and a much firmer, sordid yellow-brown interior part which is
zoned with darker lines.

Spores purplish-brown, subspherical, roughly and irregularly
warted and angled, one large oil drop, 3.7-4.6/* in diameter.

This plant seems to be the southern representative of H. suaveolens.
Dried plants of the two species are very similar except for the longer
stems and absence of bluish or lavender zones in the flesh of our plants.
However, I notice that dried plants of H. suaveolens often fail to show
any obvious blue or violet tint to the darker zones, and I find a plant
from Finland at the l^ew York Botanical Garden (from Karsten)
that has as long a stem as ours and could scarcely be distinguished
from them, except for the dark purplish color of the stem surface and
flesh. I have no notes on the color of the mycelium of our plants, but
it could hardly be purple as that would have attracted my attention.
As H. suaveolens is considered as distinctly a northern plant, appears
to affect coniferous woods and is often quite large, it does not seem
possible to refer our plant to it.

Absence of peppery taste and habitat in oak woods easily distinguish
this species from H. diaholus. The plants are also smaller than that
species and have longer stems in proportion to size. It cannot be P.
alhoniger as the black core is entirely lacking. It differs from H.
amicus in the absence of a fetid odor and in the ^varty and not spinu-
lose spores, which are also of a different color. From H. velutinum it
differs in the lighter color, different odor, smaller spores, and in the
fact that dried plants if put in a tumbler with enough water to cover

PLATE 22

IIVDXKI.MM CAlfOLIXIAXr.M N'o. 124:5

1919^ The Hydnums of ISToeth Carolina 191

will turn the water a deep brownish wine color in a short time, while
plants of //. velutinum will turn the water only a pale cider color. The
dried plants have no odor. When soaked again thev have a faint
rather pleasant odor, while in H. velutinum the odor is not restored
on wetting the dried plants.

1243. Among oak leaves in open woods, one-third mile west of graded scliool,

September 22, 1914. Photo and drawing of spores. Type.
1847a. In moss in mixed woods near Battle's Branch, September 20, 1915.

8. Hydnellum humidum Banker

Hydnum infundihulum Swartz. ?

Plates 23, 24, and 29.

A large, thin, expanded plant with a slender central or eccentric
stem, often compound by fusion, growing in woods-mold near branches
or springs or in depressions in deciduous woods. Cap up to 10 cm.
wide, irregular, rough with radiating ridges and channels, more or
less infundibuliform, especially in youth, in age usually depressed
in center with the margin broadly expanded and more or less
drooping; rather obscurely zonate; color light snutl'-brown, near
sayal-brown (Ridgway), with lighter zones towards margin, in old
age turning deeper blackish-brown to black; margin repand and
irregular, whitish, fertile. Flesh thin, fibrous-fleshy, firm and brittle
on drying, only 1.5-2 mm. thick, except towards center; homogeneous
(no spongy upper layer), no noticeable taste or odor.

Spines densely crowded, short, 1.5-2 mm. long, delicate, whitish
at the tips to maturity, then becoming brown all over.

Stem 3-4 cm. long, 8-10 mm. tliick above, enlarged and irregidar
below, color of cap.

Spores (of N'o. 130G) light smoky-brown, subspherical, roughly
tuberculate, 3.4-5^-

While the substance of the cap is somewhat fleshy, it is tougher
and much thinner than in species of Hydnum or Sarcodon. Plants at
the New York Botanical Garden of HydneJhim Jiinnidiini fn^ii Xcw
Jersey, determined by Ranker, look very like the above ]ilauts and
show the same tendency to be (piickly attackcil by grubs and mold.

192 JOUENAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [March

The large, thin zonate cap and very short spines are strikingly similar.
The spores also are the same as in our plants, averaging about 4.5m
in diameter. Some of the ]^ew Jersey plants are strongly infundi-
buliform. Beardslee's plants, which he refers to H. infundihulum,
seem the same as mine.

1306. By a spring near Meeting of the Waters Branch, about one-eighth mile
above Scott's Hole, October 2, 1914. Two photos. Drawing of spores.

1&56. On leaf mold on a rock by Battle's Branch (not near pines), September
22, 1915.

3220. In low place in deciduous woods east of athletic field, October, 1918.
Many plants, all old and dead.

Asheville (as H. infuncWbulum) . Beardslee.

Genus Phellodon.

This genus is like Hydnellum except that the spores are papillate
or echinulate instead of warted. For all practical purposes it would
be better to combine the two, and I retain Phellodon here only be-
cause Banker is describing a new species and prefers to recognize
the genus.

Key to the Species.

Plants very small (up to 1.5 cm. broad), mouse

colored P. Ellisianus ( 5 )

Plants averaging larger
Flesh homogeneous

Odor of fenugreek P. Cokeri (4)

No odor of fenugreek P. tomentosus (3)

Flesh spongy above, hard below, odor strong in
drying

Hard flesh black P. alboniger (2)

Hard flesh not black P. amicus (1)

1. Phellodon amicus (Quel.) Banker
Hydnwn putidum Atk.

Plates 25 and 29.

Plants reaching a size of 10 cm. broad and the same height, but
usually smaller; caps and stems easily fusing into compound indi-

^1

Ph

1019^ The Hydxums of IN^orth Caeolixa 193

viduals. Cap very irregular, warted, pitted and channeled, usually
depressed In center ; surface with a fine, plush-like tomentum which
is usually collapsed in the central region, in age or on exposure to
rain, becoming smooth all over ; color of margin whitish to light buff,
changing toward the center to a deep reddish brown or gray brown,
and often with a chocolate tint. The, lighter color may extend far
toward the center, or it may be confined to a distinct marginal zone.
Flesh of two parts a very soft, spongy, superficial layer that is several
mm. thick, and beneath this, next to the spines, a much firmer and
deeper brown layer. The odor is penetrating and exactly like that
of a pig-pen, resembling somewhat the drug fenugreek, but more
disagreeable. It is faint when fresh, much stronger when dried.
Taste slight, not acrid or sour.

Stem uneven, 1.5-i cm. long, varying greatly in size, 0.5-2.3 cm.
thick, usually larger and amorphous below, color of cap, the surface
composed of a thick, spongy layer, the center of a hard, almost woody
tissue that is deep wood brown to almost black.

Spines white their whole length when perfectly fresh, soon turning
a light gray in older parts and, as drying proceeds, through a light
clear salmon or directly to a light grayish salmon or grayish brown;
they are crowded, very slender, and about 3-1 nun. long.

Spores (of Xo. 830) white, subspherical, echinulate, 3.3-4iM or a
few oblong, up to ■i-.Gz-i long.

Common among leaves in deciduous woods. The species is easily
distinguished from all others by the color, the strong odor and the
absence of a peppery taste.

I am satisfied that our Chapel Hill i)]ants are the same as the
mountain ones named by Atkinson H. imtidiun (Mushrooms, etc., p.
199), and in this opinion Beardslee agrees. Banker, however, while
thinking our plants either H. amicus or near, does not believe H.
putidum to be the same. He says in a letter of January 7, 1915 : "In
the darker portions, combined with the tendency to become glabrate
these approach P. pullus (Schaeff.), but in other respects they seem
near P. amicus (Quel)." It is certain that this is the plant listed as
H. graveolens by Curtis and it is very likely included in Fries' con-
ception of that species.

19^ JOUKXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [MarcJlr

318. Woods near Howell's Spring, September 28, 1911.

326. On ground in woods, Battle's Park, September 30, 1911.

797. N'ear Battle's Branch, September 16, 1913. Photo.

836. Near path in Battle's Park, directly east of Dr. Battle's house, Sep-
tember 25, 1913. Photo.
1276. On hillside near the branch just below Judge's spring, September 28,
1914. Two photos. Spores white, spherical, echinulate, 3.4-4.2^

1347. Battle's Park, north of cemetery, October 13, 1914.

1348. Woods east of Graded School, October 15, 1914.

1368. By path to Meeting of the Waters east from cemetery, October 14, 1914.
2378. Mixed pine and oak woods near Piney Prospect, July 8, 1916.
2405. Mixed woods near Meeting of the Waters, July 20, 1916. Photo.
3203. Among oak and other deciduous leaves. Hillside near Judge's Spring,
October 10, 1918.

Asheville. Beardslee.

Common, base of stumps (as H. graveolens). Curtis.

2. Phellodon alboniger (Pk.) Banker

Plate 26.

We have not found this in Chapel Hill and take the following from
Beardslee's notes:

"Cap 2.5-7 cm. broad, nearly plane or slightly depressed at the
center, pale, almost white, with a tomentum which covers the entire
upper surface, in section showing two distinct layers, the outer pale,
soft and usually water-soaked, the inner blue-black and hard.

"Tef^th slender, white or gray, crowded, decurrent.

"Stem short, hard and black within, covered on the outside with
a soft, spongy paler layer.

"This is not like any of our other species. The hard, black core
and paler, spongy exterior are quite marked. I find it in oak woods."

Asheville. Beardslee.

3. Phellodon tomentosus (L.) Banker

This is reported by Schweinitz, but we have not found it, and its
occurrence in this state must be considered doubtful. It is mostly
northern in its distribution and except for the record by Schweinitz

PLATE 25

o

w

H

(-!

Ph

=5

1919'] The Hydnums of North Carolina 195

has not been found south of New Jersey. It should be looked for in
our mountains. The following is from Banker (Memoirs Torr. B. C.
12, No. 2:171. 1906):

'Tlant terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious, confluent, small, zonate ;
pileus plane to depressed, occasionally subinfundibuliform, nearly
round, 1-2 cm. wide, often confluent into crust-like layers, sometimes
several decimeters wide; surface radiately flbrous-striate, floccose-
tomentose or subscrobiculate at the center of the disk, subsulcate-
zonate, castaneous or darker near center to light cream-color or whitish
at margin; margin thin, substerile; substance fibrous tough, thin;
stem slender, terete, attenuate downward to a common floccose-tomen-
tose base imbedded in the substratum, subpubescent, cream-colored
above to glabrous dark reddish brown below, 1-1.5 cm. long, 2-7 mm.
wide ; teeth slender terete, acute, scarcely decurrent, whitish to cream-
colored, 2 mm. long and less ; spores subglobose, echinulate, white or
hyaline, 3.5-4^ wide. Hab. : On ground among moss. August-No-
vember."

Middle district (Schw.) woods. Curtis.

4. Phellodon Cokeri Banker, n. sp.

Plate 29.

The following description of this new species is by Dr. Howard J.
Banker :

''Hymenophore terrestrial, mesopodous, gregarious, somewhat con-
fluent, irregular and often deformed, light cinnamon brown to tawny,
medium size to small; pileus obconic, depressed to subinfundibuli-
form, irregular, 1-6 cm. wide, 1-3 mm. thick ; surface uneven, more
or less scrobiculate, spongy to subpubescent, light cinnamon brown or
sordid tawny, irregularly maculate, azonate; margin thin, acute,
sterile ; substance somewhat spongy above, harder and more conijiact
within, very brittle when dry, concolorous with surface becoming
darker toward center, azonate; stem central to eccentric, attenuate
downward to an enlarged spongy base, more or less deformed, snrtaco
uneven, spongy to subpubescent, concolorous with cap, 1-3 cm. long,
3-10 mm. wide; teeth slender, terete, tapering, acute, subfleshy, i\\>-

106 JOUKNAL OF THE MlTCHELL SoCIETY [Mavch

pearing waxy when dried ; but slightly decurrent, Vliitish when young
becoming salmon' to reddish brown when dried, 3 mm. or less long
becoming shorter toward margin and stem, 0.15-0.35 mm. wide, 10-12
to a sq. mm.; spores ovoid, hyaline, echinulate, 4-5 x 4.5-5. 5/^. wide;
hyphae of trama colored yellowish brown, smooth, thin-walled, col-
lapsing when dried, not recovering in KOH, scarcely separable in
KOH, closely interwoven, branching, variable in width, 3.5-9/* wide,
septate, segments very irregular, no clamp connections detected ; odor
strong of fenugreek.

"Type collected at Chapel Hill, IST. C, on ground in woods. Battle's
Park,^ September 19, 1908. W. C. Coker" (U. K C. Herb. :^o.
47a).

5. Phellodon EUisianus Banker

Plate 29.

Plants small, gregarious, sometimes connate, in rather dry sandy
soil in woods. Cap up to 1.5 cm. in diameter, usually 1-1.3 cm., de-
pressed in center, the margin plane or curved ; surface smooth except
for the faint inherent radiations and a central area of spumy tissue
which is lighter, faintly zonate, grayish-brown, about a blackish chest-
nut brown, and while wet irridescent with fine deep purple and green
tints. Plesh tough and leathery, less than 0.5 mm. thick, with a dis-
tinct odor of fenugreek, much like that of Phellodon amicus but more
agreeable.

Spines very short and distant, slender, pointed, elongating from
nothing near the sterile margin to about 0.6 mm. near the stem,
slightly clecurrent, covered all over with a fine, frosty puberulence
which also covers the cap surface between them; a grayish salmon-
brown color and lightest at the margin.

Stem central, tough, smooth, solid, about color of cap, turning
almost black when wet after drying, about 5-6 mm. long and 1.5 mm.
thick, slightly enlarged at the ground.

Spores hyaline, subspherical, minutely echinulate, 3.5iu. in diameter.

This is a very distinct little species which was described by Banker
from plants collected by Ellis in ISTew Jersey. Our plants are the only

PLATE 27

Hyilniiiii repanduiii. No. 602

Hvdnum albomaKnum. No. 1991

Hydnum iniltricatuiii. No. 841

Hydnum Underwoodii. No. 1837

i ) :i

Manina cordiformis. No. 1277

Hydnum scntnip.-s. .N... ls:JG

Miitiiiui rtus.'lluiM. .No 1117

0 0 0
GO

Sli'crlifrimiiii Kliols. N»> 1 .'> I 1

PLATE 28

Steccherinum adustum. No. 1607

J.' Or

Hydnellum diaholus. No. 1341

^^\

^. -^J.

Hydnellum velutinum. Europe

Hydnellum zonatum. No. 291a

Hydnellum .scrohioulatum. No. 2'.rZ

Hvdnelhim zonatum. Ital

Hvdnollum velutinum. No. 2412

Hydnellum tloriforme. No. 1-41

PLATE 20

Hvdnellum curolinianum. No. 1243

Hydnelhim ferrugijies. Xo. 3201

Phellodon amicus. No. 836

Hvcluelliim luiniidum. No. 130G

I'lii'llodoti Cokeri. No. 47a

Phellodon Kllisiiinus. No. 1325

1919^ The Hydxums of jSToeth Carolina 197

ones that have been found since. They are like the type plants in
the ^ev7 York Botanical Garden except that the spines in the latter
are closer and better developed than in ours.

1325. On rather dry sandy soil in woods southwest of cemetery, October 6,
1914. Drawing of spores.

Genus Hydnochaete.

Eesupinate, very thin, fibrous, the teeth simple or branched, usually
flattened towards the ends ; growing on wood. This seems to be a con-
necting link between the Hydiwceae and the Polyporaceae, and Mur-
rill places the genus in the latter f amih^ as Hydnoporia. As our plants
show no signs of tubes even in the youngest stages, I think it less con-
fusing to retain it in the Hydnaceae. We have but one species.

Hydnochaete olivaceum (Schw.) Banker
Irpex cinnamomeiis Fr.
Hydnoporia fiiscescens (in ISF. Am. Flora 9:3. 1907).

This is a peculiar plant, forming pendant, hydnoid teeth from an
extensive, resupinate layer or from separate patches. The teeth are
usually about 1 mm. long and branched once or twice, often flattened
and appearing like the horns of a caribou ; in extreme forms, as our
1^0. 1973, the teeth may be much longer and more complexly branched,
reaching 4 mm. in length. Resupinate portion and basal part of teeth
tomentose. Entire plant a rusty cinnamon color. Texture tough and
pliable when fresh, brittle when dry.

Setae (of No. 961) long, pointed, thick-walled, deep reddish brown,
8-12.5 X 50jw. Spores not found,

90. On dead beech limb in Battle's Park, October IS. 1911.

961. On dead beech limb by Durham road near bridge, October 29, 1913.

1973. On a fallen oak limb. Battle's Park. November 10, 191.5.

3218. On a dead limb of tulip tree near Judge's Spring, October 9, 1918.

Asheville. Beardslee.

Common, trunks and limbs. Curtis.

198 JOUKNAT. OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [Mavch

A XEW SPECIES OF AMANITA.

By H. C. Beardslee.

Amanita mutabilis n. sp.

Plates 30 and 31.

Cap 5-9 cm. broad, white or very pale cream color, not viscid, ap-
pearing smooth, but with flat closely appressed fragments of the volva
which are slightly darker than the cap ; slightly striate on the margin.

Stem 4-8 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick, white, solid, fibrillose below the
veil, abruptly enlarged below into a bulb 2-3 cm. thick, sheathed by
the volva, which separates in a circumscissile manner with a distinct
free margin.

Gills rather broad, white, mealy on the margin.

Veil thin, smooth, often breaking and forming fragments which
remain attached to the margin of the cap.

Spores oblong ellipsoid, 6.5-7.5 x 11-14/a,

Odor not at all of chlorine, but rather pleasant and oily. Flesh of
the stem changing to carmine (about Eugenia red of Ridgway) in
three minutes.

Growing in white sand on Davis Island, ]^. C.

The characters of this species suggest a relationship to A. pantherina
and A. cothurnata. ■ It has the same curious sheathed bulb at the base
of the stipe. In every specimen examined the volva had separated
at the margin of the bulb in a definite line, and the margin had rolled
back slightly, exactly as in A. pantheriim. The cap if not carefully
examined would be described as smooth. The remains of the volva
are, however, left on the surface of the cap, and can be distinguished
as slightly darker spots, and can be rolled up in rolls if the cap is
gently rubbed. The quick change of color when the stem is wounded
is different from anvthins; I have observed in Amanita. The change

o

CO

1919'\ A N'ew Species of Amanita 199

is much quicker and much more distinct than in A. rubescens. Three
minutes seemed to be the usual period for developing a deep carmine.
It seems amply distinct from the other sheathed Amanitas in charac-
ter and its spores.*

ASHEVILLE, N. C.

*NoTE BY THE EDITOR. — Soon after Mr. Beardslee found the Davis Island plants a
photograph was sent me by Mrs. I. M. Jervey of Charleston, and later a collection of
dried plants of this species. The quick change to bright red was noted by Mrs. Jervey
for her plants also, and I find the spores nearly the same (7.4-8x11-13//'). I publish
herewith the photo by Mrs. Jervey, which shows a good veil. — W. C. C.

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

VOLUME XXXV
1919-1920

ISSUED QUARTERLY

Published for the Society

by the

University of North Carolina

CONTENTS

Proceedings of the Eighth Meeting of the North Car-
olina Academy of Science 1

Notes on Occurrence of Tiiithnius serratiis in Chesapeake

Bay. Bert Cunningham 12

On Some Generic Distinctions in Sponges. //. V. Wilson l~)

A Portable Printing Press for the Ecologist. Z. P. Metcalf 20

Craterellus, Cantharellus, and Related Genera in North
Carolina; with a Key to the Genera of Gill Fungi.
W. C. Coker 24

Juglone. Alvin S. Wheeler 49

Our Rats, Mice and Shrews. C. S. Brindeij 55

Notes on the Flora of Church's Island, North Carolina.

W. L. McAtee • 61

The Distribution of Rhododendron catawhiense, with Re-
marks ON A New Form. W. C. Coker 76

ClILORINATION BY MiXED CaRBON MoNOXIDE AND CHLORINE.

Francis P. Venable and D. II. Jackson 87

A Rapid Volumetric Method for the Determination of

Arsenic in Arsenates. James M. lidl !•(>

The Land of Ferns. John K. IS mall !•-

The Regional Geography of South Carolina Imjstratki) uv

Census Statistics. Roland M. Harper 105

Notes on the Lower Basidiomvcetes of Xoinii

Carolina. W. C. Coker ll->

DOUBLE NUMBER

VOL. XXXV OCTOBER, 1919 Nos. 1 & 2

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

CONTENTS

Proceedings of the Eighteenth Meeting of the I^orth

Carolina Academy of Science 1

Notes on Occurrence of Tintinnus Sebbatus in Chesa-
peake Bat. Bert Cunningham 12

On Some Generic Distinctions in Sponges. H. V. Wilson.. 15

A Portable Printing Press for the Ecologist.

Z. P. Metcalf 20

Craterellus, Cantharellus, and Kelated Genera in North
Carolina; with a Key to the Genera of Gill Fungi.
W. G. CoJcer 24

JuGLONE. Alvin S. Wheeler 49

Our Rats, Mice, and Shrews. C. 8. Brimley 55

Notes on the Flora of Church's Island, North Carolina.

W. L. McAfee 61

The Distribution of Bhododendbon Ca.t±wbiense^ with Re-
marks ON A New Form. W. C. Coker 76

ISSUED QUARTERLY

CHAPEL HILL, N. C, U. S. A.

ENTERED AT THE POST OFFICE AS SECOND-CLASS MATTER

The Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

W. C. COKER, President.
J. M. BELL, Vice-President.

A. W. HOBBS, F. P. VEI^ABLE,

Secretary and Treasurer. Permanent Secretary.

Editors of the Jotjenal:
W. C. COKER.
COLLIER COBB. J. M. BELL.

Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society — Quarterly. Price $2.00
per year; single numbers, 50 cents. Most numbers of former volumes can
be supplied. Direct all correspondence to the Permanent Secretary, at
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

PLATE 1

Fig. 1. CANTHARELLUS INFUNDIBULIFORMIS. No. 3263. Fig. 2. CRATER-
ELLUS CORNUCOPOIDES. No. 3261. Fig. 3. CANTHARELLUS CINNABARINUS
No.3265, and ORANGE FORM No. 3360. Fig. 4. CANTHARELLUS CIBARIUS. No.
3293.

Painted by Dorothy Coker.

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

Volume XXXV OCTOBER, 1919 Nos. 1 and 2

PKOCEEDIJSrGS OF THE EIGHTEENTH MEETING OF
THE NOETH CAKOLINA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
HELD AT TRINITY COLLEGE, DURHAM, N. C, MAY
2 AND 3, 1919.

CD

The executive committee met at 12 :60 M. on Friday with the
following members present : President E. W, Gudger, Secretary
Bert Cunningham, and Dr. J. J. Wolfe. Prof. Z. P. Metcalf was
made a member pro tern. The Secretary made a report on the
finances which appears at its proper place in the records. The report
on membership showed that at present there are 91 members, 8 of
whom are in the army. Four members have resigned. Fourteen
new members were elected, and these are included in the above total.
New members elected are as follows :

Andrews, W. H., Assistant in Geology, University of North Caro-
lina.

BiNFORD, Raymond, President of Guilford College.

Bynum, J. C, Instructor in Geology, University of North Caro-
lina.

Davis, H. T., Assistant in Geology, University of North Carolina.

Edgerton, F. N., Jr., Assistant Professor of Engineering, Trinity
College.

Hatley, C. C, Instructor in Physics, Trinity College.

Krausz, H. B., Farm Forestry Specialist, Raleigh, N. C.

Markham, Bi.ackwell, Medical Student, University of North

Carolina.

1

2 Journal of the Mitchell Society [October

Petty, Miss Mary, Professor of Chemistry, State College for
Women.

Khodes, L. B., Chemist, Kaleigh.

Saville, Tiiorndike, Associate Professor of Sanitary Engineer-
ing, University of North Carolina.

Shaffer, Miss Blanche E., Department Home Economics, State
College for Women.

Siierrill, Miss Mary L., Associate in Chemistry, State College
for Women.

Vann, Miss Fannie E., Instructor Mathematics, Durham City
High School.

An invitation was extended and accepted to hold the next meeting
of the Academy at Wake Forest.

The executive committee then adjourned.

At 2 :30 p. m. President Gudger called the Academy to order and
appointed the following committees : Auditing, Z. P. Metcalf , J. M.
Bell, R. K Wilson; Resolutions, Collier Cobb, Miss Mary Sherrill,
R. W. Leiby; Nominating, H. V. Wilson, W. H. Pegram, C. S.
Brimley.

The reading of papers was then begun and carried on until 5 : 30
p. m. The Academy reconvened at 8 :00 p. m. and were welcomed
to the college by President Few. This welcome was responded to
by President Gudger on behalf of the Academy. The Presidential
address was then given (see abstract below). At 9:30 p. m. the
Academy adjourned to the Faculty Club Room and became the guests
of the Faculty of Trinity College at a "get acquainted gathering"
called a Reception.

The Academy was called to order by the President at 9 :00 a. m.
Saturday for the business session. The minutes of the last meeting
were read and approved. The Treasurer made his report which is
appended hereto. This had been audited and ordered printed.

The nominating committee reported and the following officers were
elected for the ensuing year :

President — A. H. Patterson, Professor of Physics, University of
North Carolina.

W19'] Proceedings of the Academy of Science 3

Vice-President — E, N. Wilson, Professor of Chemistry, Trinity
College.

Secretary-Treasurer — :E. W. Leiby, Entomologist, Raleigh.

Executive Committee (additional members) — Z. P. Metcalf, H. B.
Arbiickle, ]\Iiss Mary Sherrill.
The Resolutions Committee reported, as follows:

Resolved, That we, the members of the North Carolina Academy of Science,
express to the President and Faculty of Trinity College our hearty apprecia-
tion of their hospitality, extended to us on the occasion of the eighteenth
annual meeting of the Academy. Nothing could have been more delightful
than their arrangement for our social intercourse which has been stressed
here even more than at former meetings.

The Committee on High School Science reported that no meeting
had been held. This committee was reconstituted, by action of the
Academy, with Dr. E. W. Gudger as chairman, the other memljers
being the same, and continued. There was considerable discussion
over the question.

It was moved and carried that all members in the army should
be continued v\^ithout the payment of dues for this year.

At 10 :30 the joint meeting of the Chemists and Academy was held.

At 11 :?)() the Chemists withdrew for their special meeting, and
the Academy proceeded with the papers. Adjournnunit for dinner
was had at 1 :00 p. m. and the Academy reconvened at 2 :00
and proceeded with j)apers until 4:30. After this Mr. G. A. Rhea
demonstrated a motion picture machine, using a nitrogen lamp and
a noncombustible film. The Academv then adjtuirncd sine die.

Journal of the Mitchell Society [October

Report of Bert Cunningham, Treasurer, 1918-1919

Receipts Expenditxibes

5.00

Dr. E. W. Gudger, Treas.. . .$ 138.97 stamps

Notices 2.00

Dues 68.00

Savings acct. interest 1.30

Total receipts $ 208.27

Less expenditures 13.10

Stationery 4.75

Clerical services 1.00

Express .35

$ 13.10

Balance $ 195.17

Debts Outstanding

Journal $ 75.00

Resources Programs 6.00

Saving acct $ 131.30 Secretary's fee 1.00

Checking acct 63.22

Cash on hand 65 $ 82.00

$ 195.17

Other Resources Estimated

Due from chemists $ 2.50

Stamps on hand (about) ... .50

Dues unpaid (about) 28.00

Estimated resources $ 226.17

Less outstanding bills.. 82.00

Estimated balance $ 144.17

Following is the present membersliip. Those present at the meet-
ing are starred, those in the army are marked (a) :

Arbuckle, H. B Davidson

♦Andrews, W. H Chapel Hill

Bahnson, P. F Winston-Salem

Beardslee, H. C Asheville

*Bell, J. M Chapel Hill

Binford, Raymond Guilford College

♦Bivins, Mrs. F. C Durham

Bonney, Miss E. C Hartsville, S. C.

Bottum, Miss F. R Raleigh

♦Brimley, C. S Raleigh

♦Brimley, H. H Raleigh

Bruner, S. C Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba

*Bynum, J. C Chapel Hill

Cain, Wm Chapel Hill

Clapp, S. C Swannanoa

2919] Peoceedings of the Academy of Sciexce

,^ ^ ,,. Chapel Hill

*Cobb, Collier

Cobb, Wm. B Bureau of Soils, Washington, D^C

„, „ Chapel Hill

*cTeu R w ;:;:::::::;;.;: Raieigh

^Cunningham, Be'rV. '.■■■■■■■■.. -Care Dept. Zool. Madison Wis

*Davis, H. T ;.?''!';\ i

_,.'„ West Raleigh

Detien, L. K

^ . T cj Elsmere, Delaware

Downing, J. o

aDixon, L. F..
aDobbins, C. N

^ „, Durham

*Edwards, C. W

' ^^ T Durham

*Egerton, F. N., Jr

Z° ' Tvr Lynchburg, Va.

Farmer, CM •'

aField, R. H ."."■.Greensboro

*Gudger, E.W^ ....Durham

*Hatley, C^ C. .".".•.".".. .Greensboro

Hewlett, C. W^ ^.^^

Hickerson, T. F _J^

aHoffman S^W ".".".".■.". Chapel Hill

♦Holmes, J. S

aJohnson, E. D .".".■; ."i .. .Raleigh

Kilg«^^- B- ^ Raleigh

Kraiisz, H. B ".".".". .*.... .Wake Forest

Lake, J- L- . • -^ ^^^^ Potest

Lanneau, J. F ^^^^.^^^

*Leiby, R. W ^^^^.^^

Lewis, R^H ^^^^.^^

Marion, S- J....---- Chapel Hill

*Markham, Blackwell „,i.^,.«

Mendenhall. Miss Gertrude W '^e^rRairh

*Metcalf, Z. P ^^,^^^ p^^^^t

Nowell, J. W : " ^^^^^^ ^.^^

Patterson, A. H ...Durham

*Pegram, W. H ..Greensboro

*Petty, Miss Mary .Wake Forest

Poteat, W. L ....Chapel Hill

oPratt, J. H .Raleigh

Rankin, W. S ...Raleigh

♦Rhodes, L. B .West Raleigh

Riddick, W. C .Greensboro

Robinson, Miss Mary Chapel Hill

♦Saville, Thorndyke Raleigh

Sherman, Franklin, Jr Rileigh

Seymore. Miss Mary F.^ • •^;.^^,;^,^,.„

♦Shaffer. Miss Blanche E Raleigh

Shore, C. H

6 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_Octo'ber

*SheiTill, Miss Mary L Greensboro

Strong, Miss Cora Greensboro

aStiles, C W

Smith, J. E Ames, Iowa

oTotten, H. R • • Chapel Hill

*Vann, Miss Fannie E Durham

*VenabIe, F. P Chapel Hill

*Wheeler, A. S Chapel Hill

*Wilson, H. V Chapel Hill

Williams, L. F Raleigh

*Wilson, R. N Durham

Withers, W. A ........... , West Raleigh

Wolf, F. A West Raleigh

*Wolfe, J. J Durham

The following papers were then presented:

On the Use of the Sucldng-Fish, Echeneis or Remora, For Catching
Fish and Turtles. (Presidential Address) E. W. Gudgee.

This paper gave a careful review of all the published accounts of
this use of this interesting fish. The first European who ever be-
held this curious method of fishing was Christopher Columbus on
his second voyage, May 19, 1494, on the south side of Cuba. The
first printed account came from the press of Albertino Vercelles da
Lisona at Venice on April 10, 1505, and this account is repeated
with variations by all the Spanish chroniclers of the early explora-
tions in the West Indies. •

It has long been so used in the Mozambique country and in Mada-
gascar. The literature contains at least five references. The earliest
printed one dates back to Dampier in 1729, but there is a native
Malagassy manuscript, "which gives an account probably long ante-
dating the printed accounts.

It is known to be practiced at the present time by the Chinese
fishermen of Singapore, but the greatest wealth of references is to
the use of this fish for taking turtles by the aborigines of Torres
Straits, between Australia and New Guinea. To its use here no
fewer than ten separate writers testify, some of these eye-witnesses.

Experiments made in the ]^ew York Aquarium lead to the con-
clusion that such use is possible. Calculations as to the adhesive
power of the disk show that the adhesion is ample to effect the cap-

1919^ Proceedings of the Academy of Science 7

tiire of such prey as it is used to take. Lastly data adduced show
that the fish can endure the strain necessary to the "phaying" and
pulling in of the fish or turtle.

The paper was illustrated by all the known figures showing this
use of this fish. The completed paper will be published shortly.

Reproduction In Cyclops. Fannie E. Vann.

Several experiments were carried on in rain water, filtered pond
water, distilled water, and sterile pond water as media which were
free from unattached eggs and larvse, during the months of April,
May, December, 1918, January, February, March, April and May,
1919. Some of the experiments were run in glass standers, and
others in egg shells as containers. Our conclusions were: (1) Egg
production and hatching occur the year round (with summer results
to be determined) ; (2) mature individuals producing eggs are pro-
duced from March, April, and May hatched larvse; (3) the best cul-
ture medium is filtered pond water; and (4) that the best container
is a membraneous vessel placed in a bowl of ''native'' water. Illus-
trated by lantern.

Deposits of Volcanic Ash. John E. Smith.

(Read by Title)

In the United States these deposits may be divided into three
groups: (1) surface deposits, those at or near the surface which
enter into the composition of the soil; (2) bedded deposits, at some
depth used chiefly as a source of abrasive material for scouring soaps
and polishing powders; and (3) indurated deposits, tufi's now
weathering to soil as in the southern Piedmont belt.

Deposits of volcanic ash occur abundantly in the Rocky Mountain
region and westward. In Texas, the deposits extend eastward to
an area only a few counties distant from the Gulf. In Oklahoma,
they reach nearly to the Arkansas boundary; in ^Missouri, glass,
doubtless of this. origin, has been identified in the soil; and in Ne-
braska, volcanic ash is reported to be present in nearly every county
in the state. It is found also in South Dakota and ^lontana. Thru-
out the Plains region in some of the dei)Osits, ash is niixcil with strati-
fied clay which is evidence that it fell into water. This water was
certainly fresh in western JW'braska and probably elsewhere.

8 Journal of the Mitchell Society [October

The eruptions of Mt. Katmai, Alaska, in 1912, of Krakatoa, Sunda
Islands, in 1883 and of various other mountains have proved that
volcanic ash is sometimes deposited in beds of considerable thickness
a hundred miles or more from its source. In the Great Plains region
of the United States, the deposits of this material are thicker and its
texture coarser toward the west and thinner and finer respectively
toward the east which indicates an origin in the region of the Rocky
Mountains. In age they range from the Oligocene to the Pleistocene
and later.

Examples of indurated tuffs occur in Michigan, Massachusetts
and IsTorth Carolina among the Pre-Cambrian rocks labeled in mu-
seums with such names as petrosilex, hornfels and novaculite and
also among those called flint-like slates and silicified tuffs by some
Avriters.

Recent Mosquito Control Work in North Carolina. P. W. Leiby.

Brief outline of diseases known to be transmitted by mosquitoes,
with emphasis upon those occurring in ISTorth Carolina. Resume
of control work done in ISTorth Carolina with account of antimalarial
operations at Wilmington, IST. C. Illustrated with lantern slides and
motion pictures,

8ome Notes On Protozoa. Bert Cunningham.

(a) The occurrence of Tintinnus serratus Kofoid, in Chesapeake
Bay, is printed in full elsewhere in this Journal, (b) Arcella ex-
cavata, nov. sp., most nearly resembles A. curvata Wailes, but is
characteristically different. Illustrated by lantern.

The Ovary of the Gajf -Topsail Catfish, Felichthys felis. E. W.

GUDGER.

This organ is composed of two sacs separate in front but united
posteriorly to form a common oviduct opening on the genital papilla.
The walls of the posterior or oviducal third lie in parallel ridges to
allow for the distention necessary in the passage of the great eggs
averaging 20 mm. in diameter. These ridges decrease in height

1919'] Proceedings of the Academy of Scie^tce 9

anteriorly aud in the middle third of the organ become covered with
small eggs which never become functional. The anterior third of
each ovisac is the functional ovary and its walls are lined with huge
eggs each in its follicular sac attached to the wall of the ovary by a
long pedicel.

This paper, which was illustrated by drawings and photographs,
will shortly be published by the Carnegie Institution of Washington.

A Parasitic Blue-Green Alga. W. C. Coker.

In April of last year we collected in a ditch at the Golf Links near
Wilmington, IsT. C, a species of Saprolegnia that I am treating as a
form of S. anisospora DeBary. Cultures made in the ditch water
with Alga, etc., in which the species was taken showed a remarkable
abnormality. A good many of the oogonia were much swollen to
as much as twice the average size, while the eggs, which were no
greater in number than usual, were in great part disorganized, often
only one or two maturing. The disorganized eggs would usually
reach the point of forming a thin wall, and would then go to pieces
inside. This condition was not thoroughly realized until after the
culture had been purified on agar and the abnormality thus arrested.
It was then found from slides that the enlarged oogonia contained a
parasitic organism with the exact appearance of a blue-green alga,
which ran among the eggs. There was not the least resemblance to
the ordinary fungal parasites that attack the Saprolegnias, and it is
to be regretted that the parasite was lost before it could be more
thoroughly studied.

Investigations of the Nitrotoluenes. James M. Bell.

The four principal products of nitration of toluene are o-nitroto-
luene, p-nitrotoluene, 1-2-4 dinitrotoluene and 1-2-4-0 trinitrotoluene.
All of these are of interest in the manufacture of cxj^losives and of
dyes. As the analysis of mixtures of these by ordinary chemical
methods is impossible, indirect methods of analysis only can give
the composition of such mixtures. A method of finding compositions
of binary mixtures and of ternary mixtures of the last throe nitro-

10 JOUENAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [OctoheV

toluenes mentioned above was obtained by studying their melting
points and by mapping the results by means of triangular coordinates.
The results will be printed in full in a later number of the Journal.

Neiv Naphthalene Dyes. A. S. Wheelek.

Juglone is a compound known for over fifty years to be present in
walnut hulls. These hulls as well as other parts of the walnut tree
may be used to produce a rich brown dye and have long been so used
by the farmer's wife. The exact character of the dye is not known,
but most likely is a near derivative of juglone. The latter compound
may be synthesized from naphthalene. Another name for it is
5-hydroxynaphthoquinone. The halogen derivatives of such com-
pounds have been very little studied. If juglone is chlorinated or
brominated in the cold unstable addition products are obtained, but
these are readily converted by the action of alcohol into stable mono-
substitution products. If juglone is chlorinated or brominated in
hot solution stable higher halogenated substitution products are ob-
tained. All of the stable products act as dyes since they contain a
chromophore as well as an auxochrome group. Owing to the pres-
ence of the phenolic hydroxyl group they form easily soluble sodium
salts, practical for purposes of dying. The tribromo juglone imparts
a champagne color to silk, a tan color to wool and this may be changed
to various tints by the use of mordants. Cotton is not aifected unless
mordanted with tannic acid. Dichloro juglone gives a rich bronze
color to silk and the hydroxy dibromo- juglone a delicate lavender
which is markedly changed by mordants. Other dyes are being pre-
pared in this field and a patent to cover all has been applied for.

The following papers appear elsewhere in this issue of this Journal.

A Portable Printing Press for the Ecologist. Z. P. Metcalf.
8ome Generic Distinctions in Sponges. H. V. Wilson.
Our Rats, Mice, and Shrews. C. S. Brimley.
Reptilian Folldore. C. S. Brimley.

The Distribution of Rhododendron Catawhiense, ivith Remarls on a
Neiv Form. W. C. Cokee.

1919^ Proceedings of the Academy of Science 11

For the following papers no abstracts have been received :
Undamped Electrical Oscillations. C. W. Edwards.
Sanitation in the South. Thorndike Saville.
A Magnetic Paradox. F. 'N. Egerton^ Jr.
Vegetation in the Closing of Ponds with Special Reference to the

Kamaplain Ponds of Wexford County, Michigan (Lantern).

Collier Cobb and H. D. House.
Asymmetry in the Formation of the Nervous System of the Frog

Embryo. Blackwell Markiiam.
Neiu and Little Known Diatoms from Beaufort, North Carolina

(Lantern). J. J. Wolfe.
The Seventeen-year Locust in North Carolina in 1919. Z. P.

Metcalf.
The High Frequency Electric Furnace. F. IST. Egerton^ Jr.
The Felsites of Mouiit Collier. John E. Smith. (Bead by Title.)
The Inland Waterway from Boston to Beaufort. Collier Cobb.
Location of Invisible Objects. C. C. Hatley.

Bert Cunningham, Secretary.

NOTES ON OCCUKEENCE OF TINTINNU8 SERRATUS

IN CHESAPEAKE BAY

By Bebt Cunningham

The genus Tiutinnus was first named bv Shrank. By Dujardin
and Party it is not considered good. It is held as good by Kent,
Due 'd Orleans, Pritchard, Claparede and Lachman.

The species serrahis was named by Kofoid-^ in 1905, the individ-
uals being taken 'inside the kelp belt off San Diego in June."

The writer has found this species in the Plankton Collections
taken by the United States Bureau of Fisheries in Chesapeake Bay
during the years 1915-1916.

The similarity of form may be seen from the following compari-
sons (Table 1) :

TABLE 1.

Pacific Form

Atlantic Form

Length

150^

15V

Diameter A

IV

IV

Oral Ap. Dia.. . .

2V

20-22

Diameter P

IV

IV

Teeth

20

about 20

Kofoid gives the number of teeth as 20. In the material exam-
ined by the writer the number was estimated as 20, before access
was had to the Kofoid's paper.

The collections of the Bureau were made more or less throughout
the year and the following tables are taken from the data which is
involved in the report of the Plankton investigation.^

^Kofoid C. A. Some New Tintinnidse from the Plankton of the San Diego Region,
Univ. of Cal. Pub. Vol. 1, No. 9. July, 1905.

-The report of this plankton work has not yet been published.

WW]

Occurrence of Tintinnus of Serratus

13

The yearly occurrence is shown in the following Table

TABLE 2.

Area

Jan.

Feb.

Mar.

April

May

June

July

Aug.

Sept.

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.

A

C

N

C

C

N

C

40

N

600

C

N

N

F

C

N

40

C

N

0

C

N

200

N

N

N

J

c

N

C

C

N

40

120

N

200

C

N

C

L

N

N

C

C

N

N

40

N

N

N

N

C

M

C

N

C

N

N

C

C

N

80

C

N

c

P

N

N

C

C

N

N

40

N

C

40

N

c

R

C

N

N

N

N

C

80

N

N

C

N

c

X

c

N

C

C

N

40

C

N

120

N

N

c

Explanation of Table 2.

c — collection taken but T. serratus not found,
n — no collection taken.

The numbers indicate the individuals per liter, based upon the count-
ing of .25 cc. of sea water. Areas indicate definite locations.

The occurrence is always on the surface except in one case, where
it occurred in 9 meters of water and only one individual was found
in 25 cc. of sea water.

Though the organism occurs also in March, June, July and Octo-
ber, the maximum occurrence is in September.

A study of the temperature relations shows that while the organism
has a range from 38.7° to 78.5° that the optimum lies from 70<'-75''.
The temperature data is tabulated in Table 3 and a graph is shoNvn
in Table 4.

14

Journal of the Mitchell Society

{^October

TABLE 3.

Area

Col. No.

Date

Temp.

Organisms

A

8599

8682

July 26
Sept. 9

75.8
74.1

40
600

F

8461
8684

Mar. 6
Sept. 12

38.7
72.5

40
160

J

8566
8608

June 11
July 27

68.2

78.5

40
120

J
L

8671
8615

Sept. 10
July 28

75.3

78.2

160
40

M
P

86^^8
8349

Sept. 10
Oct. 25

74.8
63.5

80
40

P

8614
8665

July 28
Sept. 10

78.4
74.5

40

0(?)

R
X

8618 July 30
8584 June 12

77.4
66.5

80
40

X

8657

Sept. 9

75.0

120

TABLE 4.

60-65

65-70

70-75

75-80

The rareness of the occurrence may perhaps be better understood
when we realize that the numbers in these tables indicate the calcu-
lated number per liter, while the number actually observed was 1/40
of this. It is further show^i l)j a comparison of the number of these
with the total number of organisms in the collection. The best ratio
is 1:125, while the average is 1/350.

There is insufficient data concerning the tides to determine whether
this is an ocean or bay form.

ON SOME GENERIC DISTINCTIONS IN SPONGES.

By H. V. Wilson

Genus TetiUa O. Schmidt 1868. Suborder Sigmatotetraxonida.
Tribe Sigmatophora. Family Tetillidae.

Tetilla O. Schmidt+Chrotella Sollas, Sollas 1888.

Tetilla O. Schm., Lcndcnfeld 1903.

Tethya Lamarck, ;jars^ Lendenfeld 1906.

Typically the ectosome is not a distinct layer hut shades ojf into
the choanosome; IJie pores ami oscula scattered, and not located in
special depressions. In some species, hoioever, the ectosome is to
some extent histologically differentiated and partially assumes the
cliaracter of a fibrous cortex, thus constituting an approach to Tethya.
And in some species there are special depressions, on the smooth
floor of lohich numerous small apertures (afferent pores or small
oscula or both?) are located; these species in respect to this feature,
ranging over towards Cinachyra. There is no specicd cortical skele-
ton. The microscleres have been lost in some species.

Lendenfeld, 1906, merges Tetilla in Tethya (Craniella auct.) and
hence changes the family name to Tethydas. As I have elsewhere
said (George & Wilson, Sponges of Beaufort Harbor and vicinity),
it seems best to retain 1:»oth genera, and the family name (Totillidir)
may be left unclianged.

Tetilla, the simplest and therefore presumably the ancestral genus
of the family, has been gradually enlarged in the practice of recent
writers by the incorporation in it of atypical species that depart in
one direction or another from the central group of typical forms to
which Sollas" (l('Hiiition(1888) is api)lical)I('. Thus species that
have diflerentiatcd in the direction of Tethya, in that tliey have a
fibrous cortex, are here inclu(l('(l i T.longipilis Topsnit 1904;
T.anomala Dendy 1905; T.horodeusis Dendy 191()). Other species
are classed here tlint have tlitl'erentiated toward Cinachyra in that
there are superiieial j)orifer()US depressions, the floor of which e.xhihits
pore-like a])ertures, the inhal(Mit or exhalcMit mitun^ of which !<eein.s
not to l)e certain (cf.Kirkpatri.-k r.MC, Deiidv TJO')), but these
species lack the ilbi-oiis cortex and cortical ski-h'ton of Cinachyra

16 Journal of the Mitchell Society \^Octoher

(TMrsuta Dendy 1889, 1905 ; T.limicola Dendy 1905 ; T.cinachy-
roides Hentschel 1911).

Tetilla and its relatives offer excellent illnstrations of the fact that
sponge genera become more and more difficult to distinguish as the
number of known species increases, and I venture to set down some
reflections on this matter.

Each genus is, of course, only a group that has been gradually
built up round a type embodying a certain combination of well-marked
features or "characters." In the cases of the related genera Tetilla,
Tethya, and Cinachyra, the main "characters," grouped (Mendel-
wise) in pairs the members of which contrast, are as follows:

1. A non-fibrous cortex (a), or a fibrous cortex (-4).

2. Radiating cortical spicules not present (6), or present (B).

3. Pores scattered (c), or grouped in poriferous depressions (C).

Of these characters Tetilla typically embodies a, b, and cj Tethya,
A, B, and c; Cinachyra, A, B, and C.

Comparison of related sponge species indicates that the characters
vary, more properly have varied during the evolution of the present
races, independently of one another, and hence the number of com-
binations actually found increases with the number of species that
come to be known in a genus. In the case of the above group of forms
there are more combinations than there are recognized genera, and
this is, of course, often the case in systematics. Thus among the
species congregated under Tetilla, we find not only the typical com-
bination but others as well: A, h, and c; a, h, and C.

In such a state of affairs we may either combine genera until we
get groups so heterogeneous as to be useless to biology, or we can go
on splitting up genera on the plan that each genus shall represent
only a particular combination. Thus, on this idea, it would be
logical to divide the species, now grouped under Tetilla, into three
genera.

But another difficulty faces us here in that the extremes of a char-
acter, the sharply contrasting conditions that constitute the members
of a pair, are so often connected by intergrades. Thus in Tetilla,
between non-fibrous cortex and fibrous cortex there are many inter-
grades. And it may confidently be said that the more intensive

1919} On Some Generic Distinctions in Sponges 17

grows the study of a group of species, the more of these mtergrading
series come to be known. Hence it may be expected that t^ie char-
acters above designated as b and B, will, like a and A be found to
intergrade, and c and C likewise, if indeed the recorded data do not
already justify that conclusion.

In view ot the common existence of intergrades between the con-
trastin"- members of a pair of generic characters («. and A, e.g.), it
becomes in the end impossible to split sponges, organisms in general
probably, into genera, each set of which shall represent a particular
combination of characters. .

What practice remains then for the classifier, who knows that with-
out systematics, biological data in general cannot be recorded with
any certainty that they will be found again, and who therefore must
classify, but who does not wish to set up a system of categories which
"can be precisely defined only hecause they are arhficml, and into
which while some organisms go nicely, others can be brought only
after a character is pared down in thought, or extended m thought ,
One way out, and as I have indicated above, the way into which we
have fallen in the case of Tetilla, is to recognize large heterogeneous
genera (Tetilla, e.g.) and other smaller, more homogeneous ones
! cannol see at present any better way. It is certainly a preferab e
method, i.e., one that enables biologists to find the recorded data no e
successfully, than that of building up genera, all of which o^e.lap

This contrast between small homogeneous genera and large hetero-
geneous ones is, like the contrast between homogeneous and hetero-
geneous species, perfectly well recognized and widely -^^ m ^*^^^
Ind zoology. Nevertheless the underlying idea is, I believe, not
' always appreciated in its full significance, and in such cases art ifi-
clruy defined groups continue to be made, with the single difference
that thev are called sub-genera instead of genera.

Of course, the division of a heterogeneous genus into subgenera is
a us ful pra tical method, but if it be assumed that every actual con-
crete organism can be put in some one of the neatly defined subgenera,
we win be led astray from accurate observation and recording, since
In respect to the differential characters intcnncliates exist.

18 JOUBNAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [OctoheV

We must recognize that precisely defined subgenera are ideas each
of which is actually represented by perhaps only a few forms. Many
other forms cluster round such central types in such wise as to be
intermediate between them, sometimes intermediate between two
types in respect to one character, and between two others in respect to
another character.

All this militates against the making of too many systematic
groups, because in the end, if the characters of the concrete organism
are to be really recorded as they are, whatever groups are made, some
qualifying statements will usually have to be added to the designation
of the organism as of such and such a genus or subgenus.

I am making no plea for looseness of identification, far from it.
But, incidentally at least, this paper does make a plea against at-
tempting to define too precisely the place in nature of an organism
through continued formation of new genera, or division of genera
into subgenera. At any rate, the subgenus when used should be
thought of, not so much as a subdivision but rather as one of several
types within the genus, subgeneric types, standards as it were. Cer-
tain organisms will be found practically to conform to some one of
these standards. While an organism that deviates can be briefly
described by stating its differences from some standard.

Finally it may be pointed out that the relation of series, composed
of intergrading members (viz., species of Tetilla, e.g., with cortex
ranging from fibrous to non-fibrous) to the current Mendelian theory
of germinal units is plain. If we assume enough units, the theory
is applicable. But in thus enlarging the number to suit these facts,
the Mendelian units or genes come to be synonymous with what we
call hereditary properties. I mean the subtle, minute powers, many
of which may act in concert to produce a sensible effect, the kind of
germinal property which at its first appearance in the evolution of
a race or strain we call a small heritable variation, when for instance
we speak of the gradual summation of variations. In this way the
gene is removed from its somewhat isolated position in biological
thinking, and made available even to the systematist, who in adopting
it, however, must also adopt Semen's contention^ that all variation

* Richard Semon. Das Problem der Vererbung "Erworbener Eigenschaften," 1912.

1919^ On Some Generic Distinctions in Sponges 19

is at bottom discontinuous, in other words, that quantitative differ-
ences are to be looked on as summations of minute unit differences.

That the Mendelian gene, whether or no it have a material, discrete
body and a location in the germ substance, may be thought of some-
what in this way, has been pointed out by several, H. S. Jennings-
and F, B. Sumner'^ among others. Sumner's facts and thinking, in
the paper referred to, are of especial interest to zoologists dealing
with the classification of natural races, who would like to knit up
systematics more closely with the study of variation and heredity.
A quotation shows how close my own standpoint is to his in respect
to certain points. In speaking of some mouse races, he sums up :
"It is quite plain that these 'subspecies' have diverged from one
another in respect to characters which have varied quite independ-
ently. There is no single graded series for all the characters — ,"
loc. cit., p. 205.

My proposition as to the use of subgenera in the case of large,
heterogeneous genera is in accordance with the practice which is pur-
sued at times by some systematists. The master-student of sponges,
F. E. Schulze, in a parallel case, though one dealing with subspecies,
thus marks out the treatment which he proposes for a horny sponge,
Hircinia variabilis. In the first place he combines six recorded
species, and then goes on to say "The older specific names of Schmidt,
like dendroides, flavescens, may be employed as varietal names for
certain conspicuous combinations of characters which frequently oc-
cur in particular localities, but which are by no means constant.
Thus we may speak of a Hircinia variabilis dendroides, a Hircinia
variabilis flavescens, etc. But ivhen a specimen does not conform
to one of these types, ive will have to designate it simply as Hircinia
variabilis.'"^ (Italics, except for names, mine.)

Chapel Hill, N. C.

' H. S. JenninKs 1917. Observed Changes in Hereditary Characters in relation to Evolu-
tion. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII.

'P. B. Summer 1918. Continuous and Discontinuous Variations and their Inheritance
in Peromvscus. Amer. Naturalist. 1918.

*F. K. Schulze 1879. I'ntcr.s. ij. den Bau u. die Kntw. d. Sponpien VIII. Die Gattung
Hircinia Nardo uiid Olifcoceras n. g. Zcit.sohr. f. wi.ss. Zool. Bd. XXXIII, p. II.

A PORTABLE PRIl^TING PRESS
FOR THE ECOLOGIST

Ky Z. p. Metcalf

The writer has long regretted the deficiency of the present methods
of labeling insects on pins. Usually one of two or three systems is
followed. Either the labels are lettered by hand, a laborious and
expensive process or the labels are printed by the printer. In the
latter case one of two systems is usually followed. Either a general
locality label is printed such as IST. C. for ITorth Carolina or labels
are prepared for various separate places. It is not my purpose here
to enter into a discussion of the geographical limits that must be
established for any given locality. Practically speaking any insect
taken within a collecting radius of a given town may be said to have
been collected in that town. With this in mind labels should be used
only for localities that are large enough to be found in a standard
atlas. In the mountains elevations are often of importance and the
writer long ago adapted the practice of trying to label things on the
basis of 500 foot zones. Much other data may well be added to
labels of specimens such as the day of the month, the month of the
year and even the year, although the latter is frequently unnecessary.
Some divide the month into three parts, early, mid and late and
label their specimens accordingly, doing away with the day of the
month entirely. I have omitted all reference to that well known,
but to my mind reprehensible, system of giving specimens a catalog
number and recording the data in a catalog. Such specimens are
sure to get separated from their catalog and then the hidden mean-
ing of the catalog is sure to haunt some one all his days. Frequently
I have received a rare or interesting specimen labeled only with a
catalog number when I would have given almost anything to know
the real history of the specimen.

With all of these points in mind I was very much interested in a
small hand stamp for printing pin labels in the ofiice of Mr. H. S.
Barber of the United States National Museum. The chief points
about Mr, Barber's outfit that interested me were that he used a
small metal holder in which the type was locked by means of a set

1919^ A Portable Printing Press for the Ecologist 21

screw, that he used the regular printer's metal type, and that he used
regular printer's ink. The further thought presented itself that if
this was a good thing to have in an office why wouldn't it be a good
thing to have a portable outfit to be carried into the field. Then the
thought occurred to me that this thing ought to be useful to the general
ecologist as well as the entomologist and thus in this round about way
I have arrived at my reason for presenting this matter here. To dis-
cuss the subject briefly it may be divided into two parts; (1) the
apparatus (2) the method of procedure.

My apparatus consists of a font of type, a type box, a compositor's
roll, a tube of printer's ink, a bottle of benzine, a glass plate or two,
a pair of forceps, and a type holder. The font of type may be of
any size desired. Since the entomologist is interested in getting as
much into as small a space as possible I use a 4^4 point type which
is about one-half the size of ordinary book type and is about as small
as can be used with ease. The type box I use is made with small
compartments which are just a little wider than the type is high.
My box contains 104 compartments because I use capitals, small
capitals, lower case letters and a number of other characters. The
box is made as tight as possible so that the type cannot become mixed
in carrying it about. The lid of the box is lined with two sheets of
blotting paper. Ink in a tube is much more convenient than in any
other form as it remains much fresher and is more easily worked in
this way. The benzine is used in mixing the ink and in cleaning
the type. The compositor's roll is used to mix the ink also. The
forceps are used to handle the small type, but may be dispensed with
when using larger type. The type holder is a small brass box with
a width slightly less than type height and with one side entirely want-
ing and the lid held in place by means of four set screws and with
another set screw at one end of the box to hold the type in place.
The box may be of any size and should be high enough to hold as
many lines of type as we desire to print at one time and it should
be long enough to hold all the characters we think we will ever use
and then a few more for emergency. IMy box is liigh enough to hold
four lines of 41/2 point tyi)o, about all one ever desires to ]uit on a
single pin label.

22 Journal of the Mitchell Society [^October

The method of using this apparatus is simplicity itself. The first
step is setting the type. The type are selected one after another,
starting with the top line and placing the characters in order in the
bottom of the type box. It will be noticed that each character has
a groove called the "nick" on one face of the type to distinguish the
bottom of the character. If the characters are properly placed the
nicks on all of the characters are towards the lid of the box and can
be examined after each line is set to determine whether each char-
acter is in proper position or not. After all the characters are in
proper position the lid is lightly fastened by means of the four set
screws and a small block of wood with a true face is laid on the. face
of the type and they are brought into a flat surface by gently tapping
with a hammer.

The next step is mixing the ink. The ink is squeezed from the
tube onto a glass plate (old negatives are good). Benzine is added
drop by drop and the two mixed together until the proper consistency
is obtained. Getting just the proper consistency is apparently a
matter of practice and experience. After the ink is properly mixed
it is rolled up on the compositor's roll in the form of a thin film. The
ink is taken from the roll by the type.

The last step is printing the label. For printing pin labels I like
to have narrow strips of paper of just the proper width so that one
label can be trimmed with each cut of the shears, l^ot every label
printed by hand will be perfect but experience will soon teach the
proper consistency of the ink, the amount of ink to be applied to the
type, and the proper pressure to give the type on the paper. For
printing by hand the paper should be placed on two or three sheets
of blotting paper to counteract any unevenness in the face of the type.

Lastly for the advantages. A recent case in point will perhaps
be better than anything else. Mr. R. C McGregor recently sent me
a lot of Homoptera from the Philippines collected as follows:

Culasi, Panay. May 24, May 30, June 15, July 15, July 24.
Tibiao, Panay. May 12, May 14. Manilla, August 26.

To have labeled all of these specimens by means of lettered labels
woiJd have been a very laborious process. To have had separate

1919^ A Portable Printing Press for the Ecologist 23

labels printed for each locality would have been unnecessarily expen-
sive. To print these labels by hand and place them on the 300 or
more specimens was the work of about one-half hour all told. Cer-
tainly nothing very laborious or troublesome. An outfit such as I
have described can be carried to any field station and any and all
special labels printed neatly and rapidly.

CKATERELLUS, CAl^THAEELLUS AND RELATED

GENERA IN NORTH CAROLINA; WITH A

KEY TO THE GENERA OF GILL EUNGI*

By W. C. Cokeb

Key to the Genera of Agaricace.e or Gill Fungi

A. Spores white or yellowish (except in forms of Pleurotus sapidus where
they are lilac, in certain species of Craterellus and Cantharellus and
Tricholoma where they are pinkish, and in Lepiota Morgani where

they are greenish 1

1. Plants fleshy, soft, usually soon decaying; if dried not reviving well
when moistened. (Some of the smaller species of CollyMa approach
very closely to Marasmius in texture and revive when moistened) 2
1. Plants leathery and toughish, pliable; if somewhat fleshy, then reviv-
ing and assuming their original shape when moistened after dry-
ing 16

1. Plant corky or woody, firm, laterally sessile on wood (shelving) ; cap

hairy, concentrically zonate (placed under the Polyporacece, which
are to be treated later) Lenzites

2. Plant growing on decaying mushrooms (Russula) ; gills thick with

broad, blunt margins, or not rarely aborted .Nyctalis

2. Plant growing on decaying leaves of rhododendron, very minute (less
than 1 cm. high and 1 mm. broad), gills aborted or few and distant,
hymenium dissolving Eomycenella

2. Plant not as above (if growing on other mushrooms the gills are not

as in Nyctalis ) 3

3. Spore-bearing surface (hymenium) smooth or obscurely veined

towards the margin of the cap; plant funnel-shaped or with a spread-
ing cap (in C Cantharellus the spore surface is intermediate

between this and the next genus) Craterellus

3. Hymenium composed of more or less gill-like plates or veins, but their
margins blunt and anastomosing or branching; spores buff or
ochraceous or pinkish Cantharellus

3. Hymenium composed of distinct gills, which are not fold-like or vein-

like. (If the gills are thick with rather blunt margins, as in species
of Laccaria and Hygrophorus, they do not anastomose freely and
the spores are white) 4

4. Plants exuding a milky or colored juice when broken; flesh of cap

composed in large part of globular cells and usually rather fragile.
(The steam of some species of Mycena exudes a watery or colored
juice, but the flesh is not composed of globular cells, and the plants
are small and slender) Lactarius

*The colored plate was painted by my niece, Dorothy Coker. Tlie spore plate was mostly
drawn by Miss Alma Holland. The photographs are by me and except where indicated are
natural size as is also the colored plate.

24

1919^ Ckaterellus_, Canthakellus and Related Genera 25

4. Plants not exuding a juice (except from the stems of certain species

of Mycena) : 5

5. Plants usually quite brittle, the flesh composed of globular cells;

spores white, creamy or yellowish, mostly spherical and marked
with spicules, warts, or ridges (rarely smooth) Russula

5. Plants not as above in all respects 6

6. Gills waxy and semi-translucent in appearance, usually thick and

broadening towards the cap, the entire plant soft and usually
fragile (The gills of Laccaria approach these in appearance, but the
plants are tougher and less brittle) Hygrophorus

6. Gills not as above, or if nearly so then the plant tough and firm 7

7, Stem none, or, if present, not in the center of the cap (rare excep-

tions) ; plants mostly growing on wood Pleurotus

7. Stem central or nearly so 8

8. Stem easily separating from the cap, both stem and cap fleshy; gills

free or nearly so 9

8. Stem continuous with the cap, not easily separating 10

9. Stem at base furnished with the remains of a volva, such as a cup or

rings or warts or scales or meal (in a few species where these are
regularly or at times absent the stem is distinctly bulbous) ; veil
present and usually forming a ring on the stem; gills free or nearly

so Avianita

9. Stem and gills as above, but veil (and ring) absent Amanitopsis

9. Veil present and gills free or nearly so, but stem without remains of

a volva Lepiota

10. Stem fleshy or fibrous and elastic, of the same texture as the cap. . . .11

10. Stem cartilaginous, of a different texture from the cap 14

11. Stem with a veil (and ring) ; volva wanting; plants densely clustered

and growing from stumps or roots Arinillaria

11. Stem without a veil or volva 12

12. Gills notched at the stem, i. e., attached but not by their whole width,

and not decurrent 13

12. Gills decurrent, not sinuate (in a few species the gills are usually not

decurrent, and they are sometimes various in this respect in the
same plant, as in C. tumtilosa. In C. dealbata they are squarely
adnate or even a little notched at the stem as in Tricholoma. and in
C. nebularis they are usually squarely attached) Clitocybe

13. Gills thick with blunt edges, purplish or pinkish at all ages, but

becoming conspicuously dusted by the white spores; stem toughish
and fibrous Laccaria

13. Gills thin, variously colored (if pinkish then turning color when

bruised or in age) ; stem fleshy TrUholojua

14. Gills decurrent Omphalia

14. Gills not decurrent, or barely so 15

15. Margin of cap inrolled when young Collybia

15. Margin not inrolled when young, plants small Mycena

26 Journal of the Mitchell Society [Odoher

16. Gills split along the edge into two plates which roll outward when
dry; plant sessile on wood ScMzopTiyllum

16. Gills not as above 17

17. Stem easily separating from the cap, central; cap toughish-leathery,

thin, reviving to its original shape when moistened after drying,
usually small and growing on wood Marasmius

17. Stem continuous with the cap or none, not separating easily, all grow-

ing on wood 18

18. Gills blunt on the margin, fold-like and irregular; plants small, reviv-

ing when moistened, small, laterally sessile or hanging Trogia

18. Gills not as above 19

19. Gills toothed on the edge Lentinus

19. Gills not toothed on the edge Panus

B. Spores rosy pink or salmon, or flesh color, or brownish pink or ochra-
ceous pink or pinkish brick-color, or chestnut; and in most species the
spores are irregularly angular or warted. In some (as Claudopus
variabilis) the spore color is exactly intermediate between the typical
pinkish color of this section and the ochraceous color of the next. The
presence of any pink tint will indicate this group. Veil absent; a volva
present only in Volvaria.

1. Stem lateral or none; growing on wood Claudopus

1. Stem central 2

2. Stem readily separating from the cap; gills free 3

2. Stem and cap of the same texture and not separating without tearing

up ; gills attached or almost free 4

3. Stem with a cup-like volva at the base Volvaria

3. Stem without a volva Pluteus

4. Gills sinuate (notched at stem) or almost free, or squarely attached

and with a slightly decurrent tooth in some cases (distinctly decur-
rent only in Leptonia formosa var. ) 5

4. Gills decurrent 7

5. Stem fleshy to fibrous Entoloma

5. Stem with the texture of cartilage 6

6. Margin incurved when young Leptonia

6. Margin straight even when young Nolanea

7. Stem fleshy to fibrous Clitopilus

7. Stem with the texture of cartilage Eccilia

C. Spores ochraceous, or rust color, or rusty-brown or dingy vinaceous-
brown; the gills more or less similarly colored at maturity. (Certain
species of Russula, a genus placed in the white spored group, have
decidedly ochraceous or yellow spores, but these may be distinguished
by the fragile-brittle texture due to the globular cells that make up
the flesh of the cap.)

1. Gills usually separating with ease from the cap, veined be-
tween, usually anastomosing or forking; cap margin always
inrolled Paxillus

1919] Ckatekellus_, Canthaeell,us and Related Genera 27

1. Gills not as above; veil absent Plicaturella

1. Gills not as above ; veil present 2

2. Veil composed of cob-web hairs (arachnoid), often invisible in

age Cortinarius

2. Veil not cobwebby 3

3. Stem eccentric or none Crepidotus

3. Stem central 4

4. Stem with a ring PhoUota

4. Stem without a ring 5

5. Gills dissolving into a jelly or powder Bolbitius

5. Gills not as above 6

6. Gills free from the stem Pluteolus

6. Gills attached to the stem (adnate or adnexed) 7

7. Stem fleshy 8

7. Stem cartilaginous 10

8. Gills usually notched at the stem (sinuate) 9

8. Gills squarely attached (adnate) or decurrent Flammula

9. Cap scaly or fibrous or silky* Inocybe

9. Cap smooth, viscid Hebeloma

10. Gills decurrent Tuleoria

[not represented]

10. Gills not decurrent 11

11. Cap margin inrolled when young at least Naucoria

11. Cap margin straight even when young Galerula

D. Spores dark-brown or brown with a tint of purple or deep smoky pur-

ple (nearly black) ; usually umber-brown (sepia) or purple-brown
in purplish chestnut.
1. Stem easily separating from the cap; ring present .Agaricus

1. Stem not easily separating from the cap 2

2. Veil present; ring present or wanting 3

2. Veil wanting 4

3. Stem with a distinct ring Stropharia

3. Stem usually without a ring; the veil hanging in tatters from the

cap margin or disappearing early. (In H. lachrymabundum a ring
is often present) HyphoJoma

4. Stem toughish-cartilaginous, hollow; margin of cap incurved when

young Psilocybe

4. Stem as above or more fragile, hollow; margin of cap straight when
young Psathrya

E. Spores black or nearly so. not purplish (deep smoky olive in Gomphi-

(lius vinicoUi; and in a few species of Corprinus they are deep brown,
as in Agarictis, when fresh and moist, but turn almost black on
drying).

*In a few species of Inocybe that nro nearly smootli. sikOi ns /. faJlnr. tin- warty 8|>orcs
will distinguish them from Hebeloma.

28 Journal OF THE Mitchell Society [Odoher

1, Gills and margin of cap usually resolving into an inky fluid; if not,
then the cap very thin and splitting or curling back-
wards Coprinus

1. Gills or cap not as above ^

2. Ring present Anelaria

2. Ring absent ^

3. Gills distinctly decurrent GompMclms

3. Gills not decuri'ent 4

4. Cap membranous, its margin distinctly striate, at least when

moist Psathyrella

4. Cap somewhat fleshy; margin not distinctly furrowed Panceolus

EOMYCENELLA

This genus lias been proposed by Dr. Atkinson to contain a won-
derfully delicate little plant found by him at Blowing Eock, N. C.
His description follows: Atkinson (Bot. Gaz. 34: 37. 1902).

"Plants stipitate. Pileus companulate to expanded, consisting
of a layer of radiating branched threads forming a more or less lat-
tice-like or trabecular, expanded, thin structure; trama wanting or
very rudimentary the subhymenium arising directly from the trabe-
culse of the pileus. Hymenium plane, or in larger forms with a few
short, narrow, distant lamellse not reaching the stipe; lamelte with
"rudimentary trama. Basidia clavate, 4-spored. Spores smooth, 1-
celled, hyaline. Stipe fleshy, delicate. At maturity hymenium dis-
solving, leaving many of the spores lying on an amorphous layer
against the trabeculae.

One species, on decaying leaves of Rhododendron maximum^ Blow-
ing Eock, IT. C."

Eomycenella Echinocephala Atk.

This minute plant is included here because it is known only from
iSTorth Carolina and because of its scientific interest to the student
of mycology. The following description is also by Dr. Atkinson.

"Plants white, 3-8 mm. high. Pileus 0.5-0.75 mm. broad. Stipe
60-80/x in diameter. Plants campanulate to expanded and upturned
in age, trabecule of upper surface echinulate, bearing here and there
globose free branches, 10-15]^ in diameter and also echinlate, margin
of pileus with free clavate branches in the form of a fringe. Cells of
the trabecul^e 25-30 x 6-10/*. Hymenium plane or with few short,
narrow gills. Gills when present narrowed at each end, not reaching

1919^ Ceaterellus^ Canthakellus and Related Genera 29

the stipe. In the plant observed, 8 to 10 long lamellae, 4 to 6 inter-
mediate ones much shorter. Subhymenium loosely branched, obovate
cells arising from the trabeculse and terminating in the basidia, or in
the forms with lamellae arising from a rudimentary trama in the
lamella. Basidia short clavate, abruptly narrowed into a pedicel,
9-12 X Q-dfj^, 4-spored. Spores obovate-oblong, elliptical, proximal
end pointed, 6-8 x 3-4 ii, hyaline, smooth, granular. Stipe thread-
like, with scattered hairs bearing a short echinulate cell on the end.
Base of stipe only slightly broadened.

Eomycenella is related to Discocyphella^ P. Hennings, but differs
in the dissolving hymenium and the fact that the pileus is not gela-
tinous nor the stem horny. From Cymetella^ Patouillard (placed
with Agaricacese) it differs in the trabecular pileus and the dissolv-
ing hymenium; and from Gloeocephala'* (Clarvariacese) Massee,
which has one-spored basidia. The latter should be placed in the
Thelephoraceoe."

TROGIA

Plants small, growing on wood, laterally sessile, tough, persistent,
reviving when wet; margin regularly lobed; gills fold-like; spores
white.

We have but one species which we insert from records by Schwei-
nitz and Curtis, as we have not found it.

Trogia crispa Fr.

The following is from Murrill (:f;r. Am. Flora, 9: 164. 1910 (as
Plicatura) :

"Pilei crowded, subimbricate, usually sessile, persisting, reviving
when moistened, 1-2 cm. broad ; surface reddish-yellow or tan, paler
toward the margin, often whitish-villose when young; margin beau-
tifully lobed: context fleshy membranaceous, tough, thin, white;
lamellic white, narrow, vein-like, irregular, continuous or interrupted,
sometimes branched, edges crisped, obtuse, white or bluish gray:
spores cylindric, smooth, hyaline, 4 x 1/*:"

Rare on alder twigs, etc. Schw. (Syn. Car. No. 837.)

Middle and upper districts, dead wood and sticks (as CantharcUus crisptts).
Curtis.

•EnKler and Prantl, Pfltinzenfamilien I: 554.
»Ibi<l. p. 555.
*lhld. p. 131.

30 JOUKNAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY \_October

l^YCTALIS

Plants growing on other mushrooms; small; cap mealy from the
conidiospores ; gills thick with blunt margins, or often fold-like or
even aborted; veil not noticeable.

We have but one species.

Nyctalis asterophora Fr.

Plates 2, 3 and 16,

This remarkable plant is found occasionally growing in clusters
on decaying plants of Russula nigricans. The caps are almost hemi-
spheric and remain so at all ages, the margin strongly inrolled. They
are up to about 3.8 cm, wide, white at first then grayish-buff and
finally nearly buff, the surface tomentose-looking and soon becoming
mealy from the loose coating of conidiospores that cover it.

Stem about 3-6 cm. long, and up to 6 mm. thick at top, tapering
downward, white at first, then changing color more or less like the
cap; usually crooked and irregular.

Gills very often aborted, when present they are thick, distant and
narrow, with a blunt margin. Spores from the gills have been re-
corded, but usually seem to be suppressed, the reproduction depend-
ing on the conidiospores from the cap surface. " These last are quite
irregular in shape and size, usually longer than broad, more or less
thickly covered with warty nodules, size about 14-19 x 18-26fi count-
ing the warts. These conidiospores have been shown by Brefeld to
be capable of reproducing the plant.

Illustrations: Mycologia 6: PI. 129. 1914.

Kauffman Agar, of Mich. 2: PI. 1. 1918.

1789. On a rotting Russula nigricans, pine grove at top of Lone Pine Hill,
September 12, 1915. Photo and drawing of conidiospores.

2366. On rotting mushroom near Meeting of the Waters branch, by middle
path, July 5, 1916. Photo.

2383. On dying Russtila nigricans, base of Lone Pine Hill, June 28, 1916.

Asheville. Beardslee.

Middle and upper districts, on rotten agarics. Curtis.

CM

w

H
<!

PLATE 3

NYCTALIS ASTEROPIIOKA OX RUSSULA NIGlilCANS. No. iTSlt

1919^ Ceateeellus^ Cantiiaeellus and Related Geneea 31

CRATERELLUS

Plants upright, fleshy, funnel shaped or rarely fan shaped, hyme-
nium on outside, smooth or more often rugosely wrinkled at least to-
wards the margin. The genus is to all appearances so closely related
to Cantharellus that I do not think that we are justified in placing
one genus in the Thelophoracece and the other in the Agaricacece as
is practiced at present. So close is the relationship in fact that it is
doubtful if the two genera can be logically separated. Some species,
as the one I have treated here as Cantharellus clavatus, are so inter-
mediate as to be placed in Cantharellus by some authors and in Cra-
terellus by others. Craterellus cantharellus has not only the same
shape and general appearance of Cantharellus cibarius, but also the
same fragrance ; while the spores of Cantharellus aurantiacus and
C cinnabarinus are pink like the spores of Craterellus cantharellus.
If the folds of the hymenium are more or less distinct gills the species
should be looked for in Cantharellus, if only wrinkled or rugose or
smooth it should be found in Craterellus. As Craterellus is related
on the one side to Cantharellus, so it approaches Clavaria on the other,
and club shaped forms may be placed in cither genus by different
authors. These complicated relationships emphasize the impossibil-
ity of placing all related groups in juxtaposition in a lineal arrange-
ment of genera. For full treatment of the genus see Burt, Ann. Mo.
Bot. Garden 1: 327. 1914. Also see Peck, X. Y. St. Mus. Bull. 2:
44. 1887.

Key to the Species of Ceateeellus

Plant rosy on dorsal surface, hymenium and stem

white C. roseus (3)

Plant entirely egg yellow.

Stem solid C. cantharellus ( 1 )

Stem hollow C. odoratus ( 2 )

Not entirely egg yellow or rosy.

Plant tubular, with cavity to or near the base.
Cap and stem drab when fresh, darker smoky-
drab when old; pubescence at base of stem not

huffy C. cornucopoxdcs ( 4 )

Cap drying to leather color or snuff-brown, base

with huffy pubescence C. ochrosporus (5)

Plant less tubular, yellowish-brown to fuscous,

1.5-3 cm. wide, hymenium and stem yellow C. lutescens (6)

Plant less than 1 cm. wide, hymenium creamy-
buff C. calyculiis (7)

32 Journal of the Mitchell Society [October

1. Craterellus cantharellus Schw.

Plates 4, 5 and 16.

Plants medium to large, gregarious, often cespitose, firm and solid,
growing in low woods and in swamps ; not common. Cap up to 14
cm. wide, slightly or rather strongly depressed in center at maturity,
the margin uplifted and arched, strongly sinuate or lobed; surface
smooth, even, dry, about egg yellow. Flesh thick, firm, with the
fragrance of Cantharellus cibarius.

Hymenium varying from quite smooth to distinctly rugose-
wrinkled over most of the surface, the very margin nearly always
slightly rugose at least, the wrinkles anastomosing; color distinctly
salmon.

Stem up to about 6 cm. long, expanding upward into the cap, al-
ways bent, surface smooth, texture solid and quite firm.

Spores (of ]^o. 115 Y) a distinct and pretty salmon pink, elliptic,
smooth, 4-4.5 x 5-8/t*.

In Ann. Mo. Bot. Garden 1: 330. 1914, Burt remarks:
"This species is so similar to Cantharellus cibarius in habit, colora-
tion, size and form — differing from the latter only in the more even
hymenium — that figures of C. cibarius will serve very well for Cra-
terellus Cantharellus, if allowance is made for the different hyme-
nium. The firm and solid stem of C. Cantharellus distinguishes this
species from C. odoratus easily."

1157. Low grounds of New Hope Creek, about 200 yards below bridge on

Durham road, July 18, 1914. Photo.

In this collection of many fine plants the largest was 12.5 cm.

high and 14 cm. wide. The venation was confined to about 2 cm.

of the margin except in the very largest plants and in no case did

the veins extend to the stem (see photo).
1584. Same spot as No. 1157 and just like that collection only smaller, June

26, 1915. Spore surface almost smooth.

*In N. Y. St. Mus. Bull. 1, No. 2, p. 47, Peck says: "The spores . . . have a yel-
lowish or salmon-yellow tint."

1919^ Ckatekellus_, Cantharellus and Related Genera 33

1600. Near branch west of Meeting of the Waters, not far from "Judge's
Spring," July 13, 1915.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.
North Carolina. Schwelnitz.

2. Craterellus odoratus Schw.

Plates 6 and 16.

A peculiar plant with numerous small, funnel-shaped caps arising
from a common solid stem; entire plant 5.5-7.5 cm. high, up to 7 cm.
wide ahove; stem sometimes distinct, about 2 cm. long and 1.5 cm.
thick, creamy white to ochraceous, glabrous, somewhat pitted and
channeled, solid, firm, sometimes disappearing in a fused mass ; flesh
color of surface. Caps arising in all directions from the top of the
stem, varying from very small up to 3.5 cm. long and 3 cm. wide,
prettily trumpet-shaped, the margin crimped and wavy, narrowed
below and hollow to the base, upper (inner) surface a beautiful chrome
yellow (about deep chrome of Ridgway), finely floccose-tomentose;
hymenium salmon-pink, quite smooth; flesh light yellow, about 1.3
mm. thick ; taste and odor exactly that of Cantharellus cibarius.

Spores ochraceous-yellow, elliptic, smooth, many bent, 3.7-4,8 x
7.4-10.3/^.

I take our plant to be a much-branched form of C. odoratus, al
though other descriptions do not mention the floccose-tomentose sui
face. (See Burt, loc. cit., p. 331.)

Under the name of Cantharellus odoratus 'No. 1288, Curtis referi.
to this species in the Curtis-Berkeley Mss. as follows :

"Light yellow, very smooth, and destitute of plicnp, outer surface
glaucous, 1-2 in. high, infundibuliform, hollow to the base of the
stipe. Sporidia white. Sides of banks in woods."

2408. Mixed woods west of M-eeting of the Waters, July 20, 1916. Photo.
2642. In path, low damp woods by branch back of athletic field, July 11,

1917.
2701. Rich woods, Battle's Park, July 16, 1917.
2761. Mixed woods north of cemetery, July 24, 1917. Photo.

Salem. Schweinitz.

Low and middle earth in woods. Curtis.

34 JOUKNAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY [OctobeV

3. Craterellus roseus Fr.

This species is known only from the original collection by Schwein-
itz, probably near Salem. The description below is taken from Burt,
(Ann. Mo. Bot. Garden 1: 333. 1914) :

"Fructifications solitary, somewhat fleshy ; pileus inf undibuliform,
somewhat strigose, pallid rose, the margin lobed and inflexed; stem
apparently stuffed, attenuated downward, white ; hymenium some-
what rugose, white.

"In m'osses, especially in proximity to Kalmui. Xorth Carolina.

"Specimens of this species have the habit of Cantharellus cibarius
but are thinner. Fries received a specimen of Craterellus roseus
from Schweinitz and expressed the opinion in 'Elenchus' that the
species is good. I have seen no specimens of C. roseus and base the
above on the original description and the comments by Schweinitz
and Fries."

4. Craterellus cornucopioides L.

Plates 1 and 16.

Plants up to 12 cm. tall and 5.5 cm. broad, shaped like a long
cornucopia and hollow to the base, the margin broadly drooping or
rarely plane, wavy, upper and inner surface squamulose-fibrous, most
so near the margin, color exactly drab to light drab of Ridgway,
blackening on drying. Flesh very thin, tough and elastic, color of
surface, odor distinctly musty-fragrant, faintly like that of Can-
tharellus cibarius, taste slight, similar.

Spore surface glaucous, fleshy-drab color, not at all veined, but
somewhat channeled and pitted or quite smooth in places, extending
half way down the stem, or farther.

Stem fading into the cap, grayish drab, the base lighter and to-
mentose, not ochraceous below the hymenium, hollowed to the base,
usually bent and pinched.

Spores a distinct salmon-pink color, elliptic, smooth, some bent,
5.9-Y.4 X 10.8-13^.

When rubbed and in age all parts become darker and sometimes
quite black in places, but when perfectly fresh the colors are lighter
than usually described. Descriptions of the spores as white or hya-

1919'] Ckaterellus^ Cantharellus and Eelated Genera 35

line must have been made from old prints after the spores had faded,
as they are distinctly a clear salmon-pink when at all fresh.

2395. Mixed woods, pasture near Mr. Pritchard's, June 22, 1916. Photo.
2536. In moss in damp woods back of athletic field, June 20, 1917.
3261. In moist, shady place among moss and liverworts in cemetery. May 30,
1909. Fainting.

Asheville. Beardslee.
North Carolina. Schweinitz.

5. Craterellus ochrosporus Burt.

Plants 3-4 cm. high, stalk 2-2.5 cm. long, smooth, and black except
at base which is covered with a minute creamy-buff tomentum; hol-
low to base; above it expands rather suddenly to the funnel-shaped
cap about 1-1.5 cm. wide, which is brown and rough squamulose on
the upper (inner) surface. The hymenium (outer surface) is
smooth and a buffy flesh color. Texture fleshy, but toughish and
flexible.

Spores smooth, elliptic, 7.4-10 x 11-14.4^. They are said to be
straw-yellow but we did not get a heavy enough print to determine
this point.

I have followed Burt in recognizing this species, but without con-
viction that it is distinct from the preceding.

1959. On a mossy bank by branch below Strowd's spring, November 3, 1915.

6. Craterellus lutescenes Pers.

This has not yet been found in Chapel Hill and the following is
from Burt (Ann. Mo. Bot. Garden 1 : 336. 1914) :

"Fructifications solitary to cespitose; pileus thin, somewhat mem-
braneaceous, varying from convex and umbilicate to tubiform or
funnel-shaped, often pervious, yellowish brown to fuscous, with mar-
gin often lobod or irregular ; stem flexuous, cylindric, hollow, yellow,
drying ochracoous buff, often hairy at the base; hymenium remotely
ribbed, even or rugose-wrinkled, yellow, drying cadmium-yellow to
ochraceous buff ; spores even, 10-12 x 6-8/^.

"Fructifications 21/o-5 cm. high; pileus 11/2-3 Pin- broad, stem
11/0-4 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick.

36 Journal of the Mitchell Society lOdoher

"On moist ground in woods and swamps. ^Newfoundland to North
Carolina and westward to Michigan. August to October.

"This species probably ranks next to C. comucopioides in frequency
in the United States. The long and yellow stem readily distinguishes
this species from C. ochrosporous. Specimens of Cantharellus in-
fundibuliformis resemble those of Craterellus lutescens in form, size,
and color, but those of the former species have true lamellae."

Blowing Rock, Atkinson.

North Carolina. Schweinitz.

Low district, earth and woods. Curtis.

7. Craterellus calyculus (B. and C.) Burt.

Not yet found in Chapel Hill and known only from North Carolina
and South Carolina. The following is from Burt (Ann. Mo. Bot.
Garden 1: 338. 1914):

"Fructifications somewhat fleshy-membranaceous ; pileus thin,
deeply cup-shaped, minutely tomentose, drying Saccardo's umber,
opaque; stem apparently hollow, cream buff, attenuated below, to-
mentose at the base ; hymenium even or slightly venose, cream buif ;
spores slightly yellowish under the microscope, even, 8 x 6/^.

"Fructifications 2-3 cm. high; pileus 4-8 mm. broad; stem 1 cm.
long, 1-2 mm. thick.

"On ground in damp shady woods. North and South Carolina.
August and September.

"Upon moistening, the type in Kew Herbarium proved too soft
and fleshy and the hymenium too waxy for a Stereum. The sections
have the structure of Craterellus. The species is near C. sinuosus
and may prove to be a small form of this when ample material gives
more complete knowledge of the species, but, for the present, I regard
C. calyculus as a distinct species. I refer to C. calyculus a collection
made by Professor Atkinson at Blowing Rock, North Carolina, the
rough-dried and cespitose specimens of which show a somewhat tubi-
form pileus and spores. T-8 x 414/x."

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

Low district, moist woods. Curtis.

19192 Ceatekellus^ Canthakellus and Related Genera 37

CAXTHARELLUS

Plants flesliy, growing on the ground or (in one case) on wood,
stem central or laterally attached in one species, gills fold-like or
somewhat thin and approaching those of a Hygrophorus with an
obtuse edge, cap usually depressed in center, sometimes infundibuli-
form ; spores buif or ochraceous or rosy pink or light salmon.''^

Important literature :

Murrill, K Am. Flora 9: 167. 1910.
Peck, K y. State Cab. Rep. 23 : 121. 1872.
Peck, K Y. State Mus. Bui. 2 : 34. 1887.

Key to the Species of Cantharellus

Stalk none or lateral, growing from the stems of liv-
ing mosses.

Plant with a lateral stalk; cap glabrous C. muscigenus (2)

Plant sessile, cap finely downy C. retirugus (1)

Stalk central, not growing on mosses.

Growing on rotting logs G. Ugnatilis (12)

Growing on ground.

Cap pallid brown, gills ashy vinaceous C. infundiiuUformis (3)

Cap grayish-drab, black when bruised, odor

very musky C. sinuosus (4)

Cap grayish-brown, gills white or creamy C. umhonatns (11)

Cap buffy-brown with lilac tint, flesh, lilac C. clavatus (8)

Entire plant cinnabar red or cap red and gills

orange C. cinnabarinus (9)

Cap some shade of yellow or orange.

Cap deeply infundibuliform, stem hollow.
• Plants thin, small, less than 5 cm. broad.. C. infundibulifo)-mis (3)

Plants larger, over 5 cm. broad C. floccosus (5)

Cap flat or only depressed, stem solid.
Cap and gills orange.

Gills distant C. cinnabarinus,

orange form (9), and
C. minor (10)

Gills close G. aurantiacus (7)

Cap and gills yellow or creamy G. cibariiis (6)

*jrost authors sjioak of the si>ores as white for the penus, but this is not the case with
our Chapel Hill i>lants. In all of our species so far collected the spores have been distinctly
colored, when fresh. The color gradually fades in the herbarium. Beardslee writes me
that the spores of Asheville plants show similar colors.

38 Journal of the Mitchell Society [October

1. Cantharellus retirugus (Bull.) Fr.

Dictyolus retirugus in I^. Am. Fl. 9 : 166.

Plates 1 and 16.

Cap up to 1 cm. broad (said to reach 2 cm.) quite sessile by the
dorsal surface, often hanging from center, but usually eccentric or
almost laterally seated at times, bell or shell-shaped when young,
then more expanded to saucer-shaped or broadly petalloid ; very thin
and delicate, nearly pure white and finely downy when young, so that
the incurved margin is delicately fimbriate, at maturity the down
collapses and the surface fibers split and separate like the surface of
a cocoon.

Gills very rudimentary, composed of irregular folds or veins in
center which may branch and deliquesce quite irregularly, fading
away before the margin is reached, or the surface may seem merely
pitted (as in Auricularia) rather than veined, and often is almost
smooth ; when young the hymenium is nearly white, then pale ashy
straw, the upper surface making the same change or remaining more
whitish.

Spores (of ISTo. 3224) pure white, smooth, subelliptic to pip-shaped,
4-4.5 X 6.6-8.5it>t.

The place of attachment is usually a mm. or niore wide, the sur-
face fibers disappearing into the moss. So exceedingly delicate is
the plant that it dries up to an earth gray or darker crumpled particle
so inconspicuous as to be found with difficulty even on preserved ma-
terial where it is known to be plentiful. It breaks easily from the
moss when dry and revives very little when moistened.

This is certainly C. retirugus and not C. muscigenus. Bulliard's
figure (PL 498, fig. 1) represent our plants exactly. It has not
been reported heretofore south of our most northern states and ranges
northward to Alaska and Greenland. Schweinitz reports C. musci-
genus from ]Srorth Carolina, but not this species. We have not found
the former.

3224. Parasitic on a moss, bank by road east of campus. Jan. 27, 1919.
Photo. Plentiful.

PLATE

CANTIIAKKLM'S IfKTl UrcrS, No. :\2:li.

1919^ Ckaterellus^ Canthaeellus and Related Gexera 39

2. Cantharellus muscigenus Fr.

We have nut found this plant and take the description from Murrill
(N. Am. Flora 9". 165. 1910, as Dictyolus). It is easily distin-
guished from C. relirwjus hy the lateral stalk, darker color, glabrous
cap and less delicate substance. For good illustrations see Bulliard,
PI. 498, fig. 2, and Cook, Illustrations of British Fungi PI. 1115
(1065).

^'Pileus submend)ranaccous, laterally stipitate, spatulate, 1-2.5 cm.
broad ; surface glabrous, zonatc, fuscous to whitish cinereous ; margin
entire to undulate or lobed ; lamellae distant, dichotomous, concolor-
ous; spores ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 10-12 x 6-9/a; stipe short, con-
colorous or slightly darker, villose at the base."

Middle district on mosses. Schweinitz.

3. Cantharellus infundibuliformis (Scop.) Fr.

Gregarious or cespitose. Cap. 2-3.3 cm. broad, irregular, deeply
depressed in center and at times with a hole in the center leading
down into the hollow stem; margin undulate, broadly drooping or
almost plane ; surface peculiar, roughened by pits, channels and
ridges, the latter terminating in small, pointed squamules which are
much more numerous towards the margin; color varying from a
reddish ochraceous orange, near capucine orange, to a pallid brown.
Flesh toughish, fleshy, tinted like the cap, only 1-1.5 mm. thick, al-
most tasteless and quite odorless.

Gills distant, connected by large, irregular veins, a few forking,
the wider ones about 2.5 mm. broad, with narrower ones between,
the edges fairly sharp for a cantharellus, especially in fully nuiture
])lants; color varying from a dull salmon, exactly saluiou-bufF of
Kidgway at maturity, to ashy vinaceous.

Stem 2-4.5 cm. long, 3-4 mm. thick in center, smooth, clear orange
color, mufli more brightly colored than the other parts usually,
straight or crooked and irregularly, flattened, jyinched or channeled,
quite hollow from top to bottom, the cap pierced and opening info this
hollow in only two of our collections, often so in others.

Spores burt'y-salnion, elliptic, smooth, 5.5-8.5 x 8-11.8/i.

40 Journal of the Mitchell Society ^October

A very variable plant, particularly in color of cap and gills, but
easily recognized by the clear orange color of the cavernous stem.
Bresadola figures a branched or densely cespitose form that he calls
var. subramosus (Fungi Trident. 1: 87, PI. 97). The colors
shown are not accurate for our plant.

1549. Woods south of athletic field, June 18, 1915.

2200. Sandy soil in low places in woods near Mr. Pritchard's, June 20, 1916.

Photo.
2325. Edge of path along northern Meeting of the Waters branch, mixed

woods, June 30, 1916.
2353. Pine woods south of cemetery, July 3, 1916.
2681. Low damp woods. Battle's Park, July 13, 1917. Cap perforated into the

stem.
2706. Damp woods near Battle's Branch, July 17, 1917. Cap perforated into

the stem.
2757. In humus, upland woods, Battle's Park, July 22, 1917.
3263. Under oaks. Battle's Park, May 30, 1919. Painting.
3346. Low woods in front of cemetery, June 12, 1919.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

Middle district (Schw.) woods among leaves. Curtis.

Asheville. Beardslee.

4. Cantharellus sinuosus Fr.

Plates ISTo. 9 and 16.

Plants about 3-7 cm. high, rather abruptly expanded above and
strongly crenated and lobed, the margin elevated or drooping ; surface
lightly ridged and grooved, somewhat felted and slightly squamulose,
especially near the margin, the center passing down gradually into the
hollow stem, or at times with more of the appearance of having been
perforated into the stem; color grayish-drab, blackening in age or
when bruised. Flesh toughish, elastic, only 1-2 mm. thick, color of
cap, odor a very decided musky fragrance, taste not distinct.

Hymenium composed of vein-like wrinkles, which are more ele-
vated radially, with lower and irregular anastomosing ones, all blunt
and not more than 1 mm. high, color like that of cap with a tint of
flesh added, moderately decurrent.

PLATE 8

(•ANTHAKKI.LIS 1 NFlNDIHr LI FOlf.M IS. Xo. 1^20(1.

H

1919^ Cratekellus_, Cantharellus and Related Geneka 41

Stem 2-4 cm. long, irregular, more or less ridged and longitudinally
rugose, color of cap but usually lighter, hollow except at the base.

Spores white apparently (spore print too light to be sure), elliptic,
smooth, some bent, 3.Y-5 x 6.6-9.6jU,.

From the strong odor of this plant I refer it to Cantharellus sinuo-
sus Fr,, but the spores are more like those of C. cinereus Fr,, as de-
scribed, which is not decidedly odorous. It is easily distinguished
from C. infundibuliformis by the odor, color, and much smaller
spores.

2284. Base of a rotting deciduous stump near Dr. Pratt's, June 28, 1916.

Photo.
2675. At foot of white oak by Battle's Branch, July 14, 1917. Odor strongly

aromatic.

5. Cantharellus floccosus Schw.

Plates 10, 11 and 16.

Plants gregarious, sometimes cespitose. Width up to 13.5 cm. or
more and height the same, very deeply infundibuliform, the depres-
sion running way down the stem, the margin erect, except at complete
maturity when it is spread out and may be beautifully fluted. Color
of surface orange, very deep or light orange when old, covered with
a flocculence which becomes soft and agglutinated when wet. Flesh
of all parts white except just under the surface, thin, only about 5
mm. thick, somewhat acid in taste, no smell.

Gill surface running way down the stem, the low broad ridges so
much anastomosed as to have no individuality for any distance ex-
cept on stem. Color creamy with light tints of pinkish or orange
brown, the marginal parts lighter.

Stem usually bent below, tapering downward and pointed at base
and continuous with and not distinct from cap ; hollow to near the
base.

When young the plant is shaped like a long hollow club, growth
later taking place above and forming the spreading top.

Spores (of No, 1588) ochraccous yellow, elliptic, smooth, 7-8 x
12-15/^.

42 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_Octoher

Illustrations: Peck. Edible Fungi, PL 55, figs. 9-13, also Report N. Y. St.
Mu. 52: Pl. 60, figs. 10-14.

Montreat. Rich humus under Rhododendron and Hemlock by branch,

July 6, 1915. (No. 1588.) Photos. W. C. Coker.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Middle and upper districts. Curtis.

6. Cantharellus cibarius. Fr.

Plates 1, 12 and 16.

Cap usually from 2.5-6 cm. broad, rouuded when young, depressed
or flat when old, the margin nearly even or wavy, bent down when
young, plane or elevated when mature. Surface smooth or minutely
roughened, deep chrome-yellow, or paler yellow. Flesh yellow
under the surface, nearly white elsewhere, firm and toughish, odor
of apricots in our plants. Taste pleasant, usually slightly peppery.

Gills low but rather thin, about 1 mm. deep, branching about twice,
decurrent, anastomosing somewhat but not conspicuously, chrome
yellow or lighter.

Stem about 3-4 cm. long to the gills, usually bent, nearly equal,
smooth, pale yellowish or cream color, tough, firm and solid.

Spores (of ISTo. 1599) a clear orange-yellow, exactly color of the
gills in a heavy print (but see 'So. 1168, below) elliptic, smooth,
4-5.5 X 7-SfJi.

Distinguished from Craterellus cantharellus by the distinct salmon-
pink spores, the more orange color of cap and gills, and by the lower,
more vein like and often absent gills of that species.

Illustrations: Gibson. Our Edible Toadstools and Mushrooms, pl. 19;
Taylor. Food Products III, p. 4; Peck, N. Y. St. Mu. Bull. 150: pl. 122, figs.
8-16.

195. Battle's Park, near Dr. Battle's house, September 14, 1910.
699. Damp, cool spots along Battle's branch, June 20, 1913.
1168. In hollow below sphagnum moss bed and by old road southeast of
athletic field, July 20, 1914. Photo. Spores salmon pink, exactly as
in Craterellus cantharellus, elliptic granular, some with an oil drop,
3. 7-4. 6x7. 4-9. 2ju,. Except for the spore color these plants are exactly
Cantharellus ciharius.
1547. In pine woods, near path to Judge's Spring, June 18, 1915.

Spores light buff (Ridgway), elliptic, smooth, 4.5-5.5 x 7.2-9„.

<

1919^ CrATEKELLUS^ CA^fTHARELLUS AND ReLATED GeNERA 43

1557. By path near branch west of Meeting of the Waters, June 19, 1915.

Spores light buff, 4.5-5.4 x 7.2-9.5^.
1564. In several spots along Battle's branch, June 20, 1915. Photo.
1599. In woods near branch, west of the Meeting of the Waters, July 13, 1915.

Photo.
1610. On bank above Howell's Branch, July 15, 1915.
2321. Oak grove at Gimghoul Lodge, June 30, 1916. Montreat, July 6, 1915.

No. 1590. Coker. Spores elliptic, smooth, light buff, 4.5-5.4 x

6.8-8^.
2728. Mixed upland woods, Battle's Park, July 20, 1917. Cap 9.6 cm. broad.
3292. Battle's Grove and Park, June 2, 1919. Painting.

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Common in Woods. Curtis.
Asheville. Beardslee.

7. Cantharellus aurantiacus Fr.

We have not found this species in Chapel Hill, and the description
below has been kindly furnished by Mr. H. C. Beardslee. The
species is very different from others of the genus, the thin, broad gills
forking like those of an Agaric. It is also easily distinguished from
C. cibarius and C. cinnabarmus by the white instead of salmon-col-
ored spores. In the state Herbarium at Albany, N. Y., there are
specimens up to 12 cm. broad.

"Cap rounded hemispherical, becoming expanded and plane or
depressed, 3-7 cm. broad, somewhat tomentose, dull orange. Flesh
thin at the margin, which is at first incurved and irregular. Gills
thin, crowded, forking, decurrent, and bright orange. Stem 2-6 cm.
longy 4-8 mm. thick, colored like the cap, but darker at the base,
nearly smooth above, tomentose below. Spores white, 4-5 x G-Sz-t.

"In woods, growing on and around well decayed logs.

"This species is very distinct from C. cibarius. The bright orange
gills which are much broader and thinner than in C. cibarius at once
distinguishing it. At Asheville it is not common, but is found every
summer."

Illustrations: Cook. loc. cit. PI. 1104 (1057); Atkinson. Mushrooms,
figs. 127 and 128. Gillet. Champ, de Fr. PI. 86 (141); Richon et Roze. Atlas
Champ. Pi. 49. figs. 16-19. Michael, Fiirhrer f. Pilzfreunde 1: PI. 29.

Middle District. Schweinitz.
Blowing Rock. Atkinson.
Asheville. Beardslee.

44: Journal OF THE Mitchell Society [October

8. Cantharellus clavatus Pers.
Cantharellus brevipes Pk.

Plates 13, 14 and 16.

Plants clustered and some with fused stems, up to 16 cm. broad
and 16 cm. Ingli, deeply infundibuliform or with only slightly ele-
vated margins and undulately plain; the margins sometimes bent
down, sometimes straight; surface nearly smooth, slightly pruinose,
the very thin superficial layer easily splitting into fibers so that the
surface becomes marked with lines and areas where the lighter
colored layer shows; color buffy-brown, distinctly tinted with
lilac, which is the result of the deei) lilac flesh showing through. The
color varies in different parts of the cap, the margin as it dries show-
ing little lilac. As the plant gets old a rosy tint is added to the lilac
flesh and also to the cap, and this may grow deeper until both become
rosy red with a tint of lilac. The rosy color of the cap becomes
darker and sordid as decay begins. Flesh of the cap soft and spongy,
but not fragile ; taste very mild and pleasant.

Gills rounded, vein-like, composed of ridges and folds that are ap-
proximately parallel towards the margin, anastomosing more down-
wards and strongly decurrent. The color of the gills and surface
between is a deep lavender brown, much deeper than the cap, and
with the maturity of the spores their cinnamon color is added to the
other tints as an obviously superficial dusting.

Stem about 6-8 cm. long, tapering downward, solid, much more
firm than the cap, nearly smooth and colored like the hymenium ex-
cept at the base which is white ; the flesh like that of the cap, a deep
lavender, turning through gray to white at base. The plants are
often fused at base and several caps may arise from one stem. The
stem is usually central, but may be lateral through the failure of
the caps to expand on one side. When placed on white paper when
fresh the gills leave a permanent light lavender stain.

Spores cinnamon-buff, long-elliptic, smooth, 3.Y-4.6 x 12-15. T/^.

This interesting and very rare plant is new to the South, and
has been collected only a few times even in the I^orth. Murrill in
!N^. Am. Flora 9: 171. 1910, lists it as doubtful, saying "It does not

PLATE 12

CANTHAliKLLlS CIBARHS. NO. 'l[Vna

PLATE 13

CANTHARELLUS AURANTIACUS (Photo hij Bcard.slcej

T-l

H
Ph

PLATE 15

CANTHARP:LLUS CLAVATUS, Reduced i,;..-,. No. 918

1919^ Ckaterellus_, Canthakellus and Related Genera 45

appear to be sufficiently distinct from C. floccosus." It is, however,
very different from the latter and is quite distinct, (See Mycologia
5: 261. 1913.)

The species is placed under Craterellus by Burt (Ann. Mo. Bot.
Gard. 1: 329. 1914). There is good authority either way, and the
two genera are very closely connected.

Illustrations: Bresadola. Funghi. Mangr. PI. 82. (as Cantharellus) ; Kromb-
holz. Abbild. u. Beschr. PI. 45. figs. 13-17 (as Cantharellus.)

918. On ground in deciduous woods on hillside, north side of Rocky Ridge

Farm. Oct. 16, 1913. Three Photos.
927. In mixed open woods near Judge's Spring, Oct. 18, 1913.

9. Cantharellus cinnabarinus Schw.

Plates 1, 15 and 16.

Cap. 1.5-4 cm. broad, umbilicate and the margin inrolled when
young, then funnel shaped from the elevation of the margin, often
crenated or strongly lobed, surface soft, fibrous, smooth or more often
roughish or subtomentose or minutely squamulose, dry, dull ; color
a strong and characteristic cinnabar-red all over, typically, but vary-
ing to a clear strong orange all over and with all intermediate shades.
Flesh thin, toughish, color of the cap or lighter ; taste mild or slightly
to distinctly peppery; odor aromatic, like that of C. ciharius.

Gills distant, strongly decurrent, about 1-2 mm. wide, connected
by thick, low veins, about color of cap or sometimes orange when the
cap is cinnabar.

Stem slender, toughish, firm, solid, about 2-2.5 cm. long and 2-3.5
mm. thick, smooth or roughish, about color of cap.

Spores a pretty rosy pink when fresh in cinnabar plants, but vary-
ing to pale orange in orange plants, fading after a time in the herba-
rium, elli})tic, smooth, about 4-6 x 6-9^.

This is an attractive and easily recognized little species that is
usually found on mossy soil near branches or in low places in
woods. It is very common with us and is excellent as an edible. The
orange form may contrast strongly with the cinnabar plants and
arc confusing to beginners. The color is, however, the only differ-
ence, and one often meets with cinnabar plants with contrasting

46 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_Octoher

orange gills and there are all color shades between deep cinnabar and
strong orange. Old plants may become very pale and blotched with
dull white. The spores partake of the color of the gills. Odor,
taste, size, shape, surface and spores are all identical in the different
color forms.

Peck has described a small orange plant, 1-2.5 cm. broad, as C.
minor, and Atkinson has found it at Blowing Rock. In Chapel Hill
many plants of C. cinnaharinus are as small as this and I can detect
little if any other difference of consequence from the description.
However, not knowing these to be the same, I include C. minor with
the strong suspicion that it is not distinct.

196. Battle's Park, near Dr. Battle's house, mixed woods, Sept. 14, 1910.

Spores 4-6 x 6-9^.
371. Battle's Park, by branch, Oct. 18, 1911.
546. Battle's Park, near branch, Oct. 10, 1912. Photo.
1189. By branch southeast of Graded School, July 22, 1914.
1251. By Battle's branch, at Lover's Leap, Sept. 23, 1914.
1548. Low woods near Meeting of the Waters, June 18, 1915. Orange form.

Spores exactly as in red form, except for color which was orange

2)ink. 3.6-5.4 x 7.2-10^.
1556. Damp soil in hollow below Sphagum bed, July 19, 1915. Spores ellip-
tic, smooth, 4.6-5.4 x 7.2-10^.
1565. By old Raleigh Road, under pines northeast of Judge Brockwell's,

June 20, 1915. Spores rosy pink.
1634. Damp soil by Meeting of the Waters branch, July 23, 1915. Spores

a pretty rosy-pink color when fresh, elliptic, smooth, 3-5.4 x 6.8-8„.
2341. Woods, Chapel Hill. July 2, 1916. Photo.

3265. Low place in deciduous woods, Battle's Park, May 30, 1919. Painting.
3360. By Battle's branch, June 24, 1919. Spores light orange color, 4-5.1 x

7.4-9.3^. Painting.

Asheville. Beardslee.

Common in damp woods (as Hygrophorus). Curtis.

10. Cantharellus minor Pk.

This plant is probably only a form of C. cinmiharinus, as m'en-
tioned above.

The following is from Murrill (N". Am. Flora 9: 169. 1910) :
"Pileus thin, fleshy, convex to expanded, irregular or depressed
at times, gregarious, 1-2.5 cm. broad; surface glabrous, subrugose,
ochraceous to orange ; margin inrolled at first, entire or repand : con-

19191 Cratekellus^ Cantharellus and Related Genera 47

text thin, pallid, mild, at length faintly peppery; lamellae decurrent,
distant, very narrow, often forking, seldom anastomosing, concolor-
ous : spores ovoid, somewhat one-sided, smooth, hyaline with a faint
yellowish tinge, 8-9 x 4-5/^: stipe slender, cylindric, equal, glabrous,
shining, slightly striate at times, concolorous, usually solid, 2-5 cm.
long, 2-4 mm. thick."

Blowing Rock. Atkinson.

11. Cantharellus umbonatus Fr.

The following is from Murrill (N". Am. Flora 9: 170. 1910) :
"Pileus obconic, usually umbonate, convex to expanded, often de-
pressed, fleshy, flexible, gregarious, 1.5-4 cm. broad; surface flocculose
to glabrous, usually smooth, dry, varying from light to dark grayish-
brown, margin regular, involute, concolorous ; context white, thin,
mild, edible ; gills decurrent, white or yellowish-white, becoming red-
dish when wounded, close, regular, more or less dichotomous : spores
narrowly ellipsoid, smooth, hyaline, 8-10 x 4:fx: stipe 3-8 cm. long
4-8 mm. thick, equal or tapering upward, subglabrous, solid, w'hitish
tomentose at the base, white or colored like the pileus above."

I find this note by Curtis in the Berkeley-Curtis Manuscript :

2837. "(Canth. umbonat., Fr.) Cap 1-1 1^ in. broad, acutely umbonate and
depressed, pale fuliginous and scaly, margin thin involute, exceeding
the gills. Lam. whitish, subcrowded, narrow, ascending from the
stipe, subarcuate, all 3-5 forked. Stipe subequal, 1-2 in. long, 2 lines
thick, rather paler than the cap, solid, appressed. fibrillose, base
white mycelose. Spores white! Among leaves in dry woods. Nov."

Illustration: Cook. loc. cit., PI. 1106 (1058).

Common, woods among leaves. Curtis.

12. Cantharellus lignatilis B. and C.

This species does not seem to have been found since its first col-
lection by Ravenel, and our knowledge of it is quite meager. It may
not be a Cantharellus.

The original description is as follows (Ann. ^lag. X. II. 44 :
294. 1859) :

"Boddish-brown ; pileus 2 in. across, smooth, infundibuliform,
deeply striate, stem 2 in. or more high, 1/1^1/3 in. thick, smooth ;

48 Journal of tpie Mitchell Society \^Octoher

folds thin, decurrent. Of this we have no notes, but the peculiar
habit and characters will distinguish it. Curt. ISTo. 1979. On rot-
ten logs, S. C, H. W. Eavenel."

Low district, on carious wood. Curtis.

PLICATUEELLA

Plants laterally attached, sessile or with a short stalk, subfleshy;
gills fold-like; spores rust color; no veil. This genus differs from
Cantharellus in the lateral attachment and rusty spores.

There is but one species.

Plicaturella olivacea (Schw.) Murrill
Cantharellus olivaceus Schw.

The following is from Murrill ^N. Am. Flora 9: 172. 1910) :
"Pileus subfleshy, dimidiate, subimbricate, slightly depressed,
2.5-4 cm. broad, 3-4 mm. thick, sessile or attached by a short thick
stipe which is black and strigose ; surface yellowish-green, pulverulent
or finely pubescent, margin subinflexed, undulate or lobed: context
homogenous, olivaceous, fragile when dry, 2.5-3 mm. thick; lamellae
anastomosing, dichotomous or branched, crowded, rather broad,
orange-yellow to reddish-brown; spores ovoid, smooth, ferruginous,
5 X 4/x."

Salem. Schweinitz. Type locality.

Chapel Hill, N. C.

PLATE lY

Craterelhis odoratus, No. 2642

Craterellus corimcopoides, No. 2195

Cantliarclhis infiinditmliforniis. No. 2200

Craterellus cantliarellus, No. 1157

Cantliarellus retirugus. No. 3224

Cantliarellus sinuosus, No. 2284

Cantliarellus eibarius. No. 2319

Cantliarellus clavatus. No. 918

Caiilliarellus ciniialiarinus, oraiiK'j form, No. 15lrt Canlhare'.lus ciniiat>urinus. No. 155C

No. 1789x670. All others x 2160

juglo:n'e

By Alvin S. Wheelee

The American supply of dyes was very suddenly cut off when the
Great War began in 1914, and the ports of Germany were blockaded.
We were forced to turn to natural dyestuffs and to increase our pro-
duction of synthetic dyes. The progress in American manufacture
has been so great that the production of dyes in the United States in
1917 was nearly equal in total weight to the annual importations be-
fore the war.

NATURAL DYESTUFFS

The natural coloring matters are very numerous but they are not
always fast and their quality is not apt to be uniform. The most
important plants which are used as a source of commercial dyestuffs
are indigo, logwood, madder, cutch, fustic, turmeric, archil, sandal
wood and quercitron bark. There are, however, many other sources
of dyes and among these is the walnut hull, long used on the small
scale by the thrifty housewife. The coloring matter has great tinc-
torial power as any one knows who has removed the hulls from wal-
nuts. When these hulls are used and this is still done at the present
day, the dye imparted to the goods is a beautiful brown and is very
fast. I am told that the dye is also obtainable from the leaves, bark
and roots of the walnut tree. The walnut hull contains an aromatic
compound called "hydrojuglone which isi a phenol in the naphtha-
lene series with hydroxyl groups at positions 1, 4 and 5. Its formula
therefore is (I).

H

®Ci

It is with great difficulty solul)le in water, forining a one-half
per cent solution at 25°C. It is readily soluble in alkaline liipiids,
forming intense yellow solutions. This is most likely the dye wliich
has been used so much, especially by the farmer's wife. This hydro-

50 JOUKNAL OF THE MlTCIIELL, SoCIETY \_Octol)er

juglone is very readily oxidized, even by iron chloride, to juglone,
the subject of this paper. The oxidation affects the hydroxyl groups
at positions 1 and 4, removes the hydrogen atoms and thus produces
a quinone (II). Juglone is therefore 5-hydroxy-l-4-naphthoquinone.

HISTORY OF JUGLONE.

Juglone was first mentioned by Vogel and Keischauer^, who obtain-
ed it from fresh walnut hulls. It is next referred to by Phipson^ who
called it regianin. His product was evidently not pure. In 1877
Griessmayer^ published Reischauer's notes on juglone (the first
appearance of this name) giving an analysis of this compound and
its copper salt. The names given above are derived from the botanical
name of the walnut tree, Juglans regia. Bernthsen* gave a number
of reasons for believing it to be an hydroxynaphthoquinone. Bernth-
sen and Semper^ extracted 150 kilograms of ripe walnut hulls with
ether and obtained a yield of 150 grams or 0.1% of pure juglone.
By the action of nitric acid they obtained juglonic acid or dinitro-
hydroxyphthalic acid, showing that the hydroxyl group in juglone is
in the benzene ring. Mylius^ fused juglone with potash and obtained
m-hydroxybenzoic acid and salicylic acid. Bernthsen and Semper^
prepared the dioxime, having made the monoxime earlier. These
reactions established the constitution of juglone as being 5-hydroxy-l,
4-naplithoquinone. Finally Bernthsen and Semper^ synthesized
juglone by oxidizing 1, 5-dihydroxynaphthalene with chromic acid,
obtaining a yield of 30-40 per cent, a record which I have never
been able to make. I have varied the process in many ways and never
get more than 16 per cent. The acetyl derivative and the monoxime
of the synthesized juglone were found to be identical with those
obtained from the natural juglone.

iBuchner Neues Repert. fiir Pharm. 5: 10&. 1856; L' Institut 1857, 71.

2Compt. rendus., 69: 1372. 1869.

3Ber.desdeutsch.Chem.Ges., 10: 1542. 1877.

4Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges. 17: 1945. 1884.

5Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges., 18: 203. 1885.

6Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges., 18: 463. 1885.

TBer.d.d.Chem.Ges., 19: 164. 1886.

SBer.d.d.Chem.Ges., 20: 934. 1887.

1919] JUGLONE 51

THE HYDROJUGLONES

!N"ot only jiiglone but also "-hyclrojiiglone and its isomer, '^-hy-
drojiTglone, have been the subjects of considerable study in the Or-
ganic Laboratory of the University of ISTorth Carolina. The first
important discovery was the demonstration that the two hydro-jug-
lones were isomeric keto and enol forms, their formulas being III
and IV :

OH^ OH oH

This investigation was begun in the chemical laboratory of the Swiss
Federal Polytechnic at Zurich and was completed in Chapel Hill.
The report is found in the Berichte d.d.Chcm.Ges., 47, 2796 (1914).
That the alpha compound contains three hydroxyl groups is shown
by its conversion into a triacetyl derivative with acetic anhydride.
That there is no ketone group present is shown by our failure to ob-
tain an oxime or a semi-carbazone. The beta-compound also forms
a triacetyl derivative but this is because the acetic anhydride has an
enolizing action, caui?ing the hydrogen in position 1 to move to posi-
tion 4, thus reforming the alpha-compound. However, ketone re-
agents such as semicarbazine and phenylsemicarbazine readily con-
vert the beta-compound into semicarbazones, V and VI :

«° H HO H

These two reagents are successful because of tlicir weak basic ])rop{'r-
tios. T]\(' liydrojuglones are very sensitive to alkalies, so that the usual
ketone reagent, hydroxy lamine, decomposes them instead of giving
an oxime. Semicarbazine is less basic on account of tlie presence
of the carbonyl group and phenylsemicarbazine is still less basic since
it contains in addition the ])henvl group. This gives a strong hint
that phenylsemicarbazine should be a delicate reagent for those keto-
phenols wliich are particularly sensitive to alkalies.

52 Journal of the Mitchell Society [^Octoher

HALOGENATION OF HYDEOXYNAPHTHOQUINONES.

The next investigation undertaken here was the behavior of jug-
lone with the halogens, chlorine and bromine. This work was done
with the assistance of J. W. Scott, candidate for the degree of Doctor
of Philosophy. Very little work indeed has been published on the be-
havior of naphthoquinones with halogens. Dielil and Merz^ dis-
covered 3-bromo-2-hydroxy-naphthoquinone. Kehrmann and Mas-
cioni^^ prejDared the analogous iodo compound. Zincke and
Schmidt^ ^ made naphthazarine dichloride and 2-chloronaphthazarine.
That is a very short story. In 1917 I published with V. C. Edwards^ ^
our study of the bromination of naphthazarine and of 1, 4,5,6 -tetra-
hydroxynaphthalene, reporting eight new derivatives of the first
compound and nine of the second. If we add to this the new work
on the halogenation of juglone, we see that this very small field has
been very greatly extended, and the end is not yet.

HALOGENATION OF JUGLONE.

The accompanying chart (pi. 18) shows clearly in outline the work
on the halogenation of juglone. Chlorine and bromine were used, the
juglone being dissolved in all cases in glacial acetic acid. The action
of the halogens is very different in a hot acid solution from that in
a cold solution, ' If the halogen is added to a cold solution, the addi-
tion products, B and Gr, are obtained. These are called juglone di-
chloride and juglone dibromide-. Each of these loses one molecule
of halogen acid by the action of warm alcohol, yielding the mono-
halogen substitution products, C and H. The proof that these still
contain the hydroxyl group is shown by the ready formation by acetic
anhydride of the acetyl derivatives, D and I. If, however, the halo-
gens are added to hot solutions of juglone, then substitution products
are obtained which are far more stable than the addition compounds.
We find here, however, a difference in the action of the halogens for,
strange to say, juglone takes up only two chlorine atoms, E, as against
three bromine atoms, J. These compounds behave in the same way

9Ber.d.d.Chem.Ges., 11: 1066. 1878.
loBer.d.d.Chem.Ges., 28: 345. 1895.
iiAnnalen der Chemie, 286: 41. 1895.
i2Jr.Amer.Chem.Soc., 39: 2460. 1917.

PLATE 18

1919li JUGLONE 53

with acetic anhydride, giving the acetyl derivatives, F and K. Much
more attention has been paid to tribromojugione than to dichloro-
juglone. Tribromojugione, on being heated with an alcoholic solu-
tion of hydrochloric acid loses one bromine atom which is replaced
by a chlorine atom, M. Again, on being heated with an alcoholic
solution of caustic soda, one bromine atom is replaced by the hydroxyl
group, ]Sr. These two reactions indicate that one bromine atom is
unlike the other two, that is, its environment must be different. This
fact is expressed in the formula given, in which one bromine atom is
placed in position 8. This gives a unique position to one bromine
atom, placing it in the phenol ring where it ought to be more reactive.
On the other hand, the other two bromine atoms being alike are there-
fore placed symmetrically in the quinone ring. Finally tribromo-
jugione forms a sodium salt, L.

NEW DYES.

Dichlorojuglone consists of golden brown needles and tribromo-
jugione of brilliant rich red needles. Being highly colored and con-
taining at the same, time a reactive hydroxyl group these compounds
should be typical dyes, and my experiments have shovsni that they
ai-e in reality very beautiful dyes. So far more attention has been
paid to tribromojugione. If this compound is dissolved in ether and
the solution is shaken with an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate,
an indigo blue salt separates out. This readily dissolves in water.
If a piece of silk or wool is placed in the solution and the solution is
boiled, the purple color of the solution quickly changes to a yellow,
showing a reaction between the textile and the sodium salt. Silk is
thus dyed a very beautiful champagne and wool a medium shade of
tan. No mordant is necessary to fasten the color on the goods. How-
ever, if mordants are used the shades are changed in a number of
instances, especially with wool. In only one instance was a change
noticed with silk, a tin mordant producing a greenish bronze tint.
Cotton is not affected by the dye unless it is mordanted. If the cot-
ton is first impregnated with tannic acid, an<l then with tlio dyo, it
assumes an ecru color.

The dichlorojuglone is also a dye and imparts to silk a rich reddish
bronze color. Other compounds such as C, H, M and N are un-

54 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_Odoher

doubtedly dyes, but their dyeing properties have not yet been studied.
]^o dyes so far described in the literature or patented belong to this
series of naphthalene compounds, hence they constitute a new group.
An application for letters patent has been made to cover this new
class and the patent will undoubtedly soon be allowed.

THE NEW HALOGEN JUGLONES.

A brief description of these new halogen derivatives of juglone
follows. Juglone dichloride,B, lemon yellow plates, recrystallized
from ligroin, melts at 159-160°. Monochlorojiiglone,C, yellowish
brown needles, purified by carbon tetrachloride, melts at 166°, but
gives off a violet vapor above 130°. Acetyl monochlorojuglone,D,
brownish yellow plates, recrystallized from alcohol, melts at 147°.
Dichlorojuglone,E, lustrous golden brown needles, recrystallized from
alcohol, melts at 149°. Acetyl dichlorojuglone,r, yellow plates, re-
crystallized from alcohol, melts at 154°. Juglone dibromide,G, yel-
low prisms with pointed ends, recrystallized from ligroin, melts at
109°. Monobromojuglone,H, translucent yellowish brown plates,
recrystallized from acetone, melts at 166°. Acetyl monobromo jug-
lone,!, golden brown plates, recrystallized from alcohol, melts at 148°.
Tribromojuglone,J, rich red needles, recrystallized from a mixture
of chloroform and ligroin, melts at 170°. Acetyl derivative,K, silky
yellow needles recrystallized from alcohol, melts at 186°. Mono-
chlorodibromojuglone,M, golden bronze plates, recrystallized from
alcohol, melts at 152°. Dihydroxydibromo juglone,^, golden brown
prismatic needles, recrystallized from alcohol, melts at 236°. The
sodium salt,L, is an indigo blue powder.

Chapel Hill, N. C.

OUE EATS, MICE AND SHREWS

By C. S. Brimley

Rats and mice, both native and introduced, are the most numerous
as the most destructive of our mammals, and as shrews are always
caught to a greater or less extent when trapping for field mice, I have
also added what little information I had about them.

Rats and mice belong to the family Muridse, and there are no
other mammals in this region liable to be confused with them, except
the jumping mouse, which, although mouse-like in general appear-
ance, belongs to the Jerboida?, and is also included in this paper.

Shrews belong to the Insectivora, family Soricidse, and are char-
acterized by small size, normal limbs, pointed snouts, and an un-
broken tooth row, differing markedly in this last respect from rats
(and all other rodents) in which there is a wide gap between the in-
cisors and the molars.

The species we get at Raleigh are (1) Introduced Forms: Wharf
or Brown Rat, Roof Rat, House Mouse. (2) Native Rats and Mice:
WTiite-footed Mouse, Red or Golden Mouse, Ricefield Rat, Harvest
Mouse, Cotton Rat, Meadow Mouse, Pine Mouse, Jumping Mouse.
(3) Shrews: Southern Shrew, Carolina Mole Shrew, Little Mole
Shrew. This make a total of eleven rats and mice and three shrews.
One more mouse occurs in the eastern part of the State, and about
three more mice and an equal number of shrews in the mountains.

In size the Wharf and Roof Rats class as large rats, the Cotton and
Ricefield Rats and the Meadow Mouse as medium sized or rather
small rats, the other mice and the shrews do not exceed the size of
average or small mice.

In color the three introduced species, the Ricefield Rat and the
Harvest Mouse might be said roughly speaking to be mouse colored,
the Whitefooted, Red, and Jumping Mice are yellowish brown or
tawny, the Meadow Mouse dark brown and the Pine Mouse, chestnut
brown. The shrews incline to ashcolored or plumbeous, dark or
light, though some of the longtailcd forms arc more or less chestnut

55

56 Journal OF THE Mitchell Society [October

in color. Their pointed snouts and mole-like fur are characteristic.

Of the introduced species the two large rats are apt to be confused,
but weight seems to be diagnostic as the heaviest roof rat I have
weighed tipped the scales at only 5 1/2 ounces while the smallest
adult wharf rat weighed over 7, and the largest 21 ozs, with an aver-
age of not less than 11 or 12 ozs. The tails, too, differ in length,
the tail of the roof rat when stretched forward over the back reaching
well beyond the nose, while that of the wharf rat does not come much
further forward than the ears. Roof rats appear to be more diurnal
in habit, and usually seek to escape if possible by climbing upwards
while a wharf rat instinctively goes down. ISTeither species seems
to occur in the fields in this locality.

The house mouse occurs both in and around human habitations
and in fields far from the haunts of man. It is not likely to be con-
fused with anything else but the harvest mouse, which, however, has
much softer fur, a blunter snout, and more distinctly whitish under-
parts. Fortunately, too, it has a structural difference in that there
is a groove down the anterior face of its upper incisors, which is ab-
sent in the house mouse.

Of the native species the commonest is the whitefooted or deer
mouse, which is not likely to be confused with any other of our Ra-
leigh species except the red mouse from which it differs totally in
habits, being terrestrial while the other is an arboreal form. The
deer mouse is tawny on the sides with a darker area on the back, the
color of the sides and the white of the underparts abruptly distinct,
not shading into one another, tail bicolored, white below, tawny above.
This species is found everywhere in fields and in woodlands, often
forming fifty per cent of the mice and shrews caught when trapping.
It seems to nest mostly in rotten stumps or logs either above or below
ground.

The species most closely resembling the deer mouse is the red or
golden mouse which differs from all the rest of our rats and mice by
its arboreal habits. This is a species of low grounds and thickets
along streams, building its nests in small trees, reeds or thickets often
as high as fifteen feet from the ground. Usually an inspection of
the nests will tell if the mouse or mice are at home, as the hole is
usually open when they are away, and closed when the inmates are

1919^ • Our Rats^ Mice and Shkews 57

at home. Each nest is inhabited by a pair of mice with or without
a brood of young according to the season of the year, the last brood
apparently remaining in the nests with their parents throughout the
winter. This is a slightly larger species than the deer mouse, and
is more reddish in color, the dark area along the back is less marked
and the color of the upper parts shades into the yellowish white of
the underparts without a break. The species is never caught in field
trapping for mice and I have caught but one in a trap in the woods.
The young are colored like the adults unlike those of the deer mouse
which are slate colored above.

The commonest of the field mice next to the deer mouse is the little
harvest mouse, which occurs as commonly but less uniformly, and
does not seem to be found at all in the woods. Its characteristics have
been noted in connection with the house mouse.

By far the largest of the field rats and mice is the cotton rat, a
stouter built animal and with a proportionately shorter tail than any
so far mentioned. This attains a length of from 8 1/2 to over 10
inches with a tail less than two-fifths of its total length, the color is
grizzled due to an admixture of yellow tipped hairs with black ones.
The species seems to be often very common in honeysuckle tangles
on upland ditch banks, and it seems more closely confined to upland
fields in this vicinity than any other of our species. Traps for small
mice are too small for it, and it will often tear the wooden ones to
pieces to get at the bait.

Another good sized species of quite different habits is the rice field
rat or rice rat, which casually much resembles a small house rat in
appearance. In total length it measures about the same as the cotton
rat, but as its tail constitutes about one-half of the total length it is
actually much smaller. Its home is in the marshes and cat tail
swamps along streams and it swims and dives as readily as a musk-
rat, its hind feet being larger in proportion than those of most other
mice.

The other two species of Murida3 occurring here are distinguished
from all the foregoing by their short ears and very short tails which
latter are less than three-tenths of the total length. The larger is
the meadow mouse a dark bro^vn good sized mouse mainly inhabiting
lowground meadows, Init found to a greater or less extent in all up-

58 JOUENAL OF THE MlTCHELL SoCIETY lOctoher

land fields, average length about 6 3/4 inches of which the tail con-
stitutes only 2 7/8 inches. This is a potential menace as are all its
near relatives to alfalfa and other hay crops.

The smaller of the shorttailed mice occurring here is the pine
mouse which is much smaller than the meadow mouse and with still
shorter ears and tail. It is more subterranean in its habits than the
other mice, both making burrows of its own and following the mole
runs under the surface of the ground. It is said to be a more of a
woodland species than the other mice, but is captured more or less
sporadically in field trapping. In many respects it is a more in-
sidious enemy than our other mice, for the damage it does to potatoes
(either kind) or peanuts is not apt to be noticed until the crop is dug
and empty shells alone are found.

We now come to the jumping mouse which like the red mouse
seems to be untrappable in this locality, though specimens are not
infrequently found drowned in the barrels set for muskrats. This
is a yellowish species with the coarse harsh fur partly composed of
black hairs, and the underparts are yellowish white. The tail is
over half of the total length and the hind feet are proportionately
very large, its usual method of progression being by leaping like a
frog. The species seems to be mostly confined to lowgrounds or the
borders of small streams, and is not at all common, Raleigh being,
I believe, the most southern locality from which it is known.

Of the shrews there are two groups, the longtailed shrews with the
tail more than one-third the total length and the ears more conspicu-
ous, and the short-tailed or mole shrews with the tail less than one-
fourth the length and the ears hidden by the fur, the latter look very
like diminutive moles, and are often mistaken for young moles by
the uninformed in spite of the marked difference in their forefeet
from those of a mole.

Of the longtailed shrews we get at Raleigh only one species, the
smallest and rarest of our small mammals, Sorex longirostris, a little
animal only about 3 1/2 inches long of which the tail constitutes
1 1/4, the few specimens taken by me have all been caught in traps in
fields, none in woods.

1919} Our Rats^ Mice and Shrews 59

Of the mole shrews we get two species, the Carolina mole shrew,
which is about 3 3/4 inches long, the tail only 3/4 inch, and the little
mole shrew, which is barely 3 inches long, with the tail 5/8 inch.
The latter is usually somewhat paler than the Carolina shrew, but
is not always easy to distinguish except by dental characters. Both
species are found in fields and the Carolina shrew also in woods, and
both can be caught in traps baited with peanuts, which I find to be
practically the only bait worth using for field mice and shrews, al-
though the heads of birds and mice can be used to trap shrews and
most species of mice.

A few words about trapping small mammals. I find that the best
traps to use so far as catching specimens is concerned are the ordinary
wooden choker mouse traps, cut in half and set in the runways ; the
guillotine traps are also good, but shrews and mice seem to have a
preference for seeking their food in a hole, thus I have caught cotton-
rats in choker traps when their heads were wedged so tight in the
hole that it was hard to get them out.

The best season for trapping mice and shrews so far as the number
caught is concerned is from about mid-jSTovember to Christmas, but
those caught later on are in more adult condition and better pelage.
As soon as vegetation begins to grow rapidly in the spring the num-
ber caught rapidly diminishes, and by early April trapping is about
done for.

60

Journal of the Mitchell Society

[October

Tlie following measurements will give some idea of the compara-
tive size and proportions of our species:

Average All Specimens

Average Large Ones

Largest One

Species

Num-
ber

Total
Length

Tail

Num-
ber

Total
Length

Tail

Total
Length

Tail

170

143

71

160

108

21

51

4

101

80

23

8

108

5

93

5.75
6.38
8.25
4.56
8.56
5.87
14.25
17.25
6.81
4.68
7.81
3.38
3.68
4.68
2.93

2.38
3.00
4.06
2.06
3.38
2.75
7.68
7.98
1.87

.93
4.56
1.25

.75
1.06

.62

26

26
13
32
23

6.50
6.93
9.81
5.12
9.93

2.87
3.31
4.81
2.50
3.81

7.00
7.31

10.56.
5.56

10.87
6.75

17.12

20.00
7.93
5.12
8.68
3.62
4.06
5.00
3.62

3.12

(Peromyscus leucopus).

3.63

{Peromyscus aureolus.)
3 Rice Rat

5.25

(Oryzomys palustris.)

2.50

{Reithrodontomys humulis.)

4.50

(Sigmodon hispidus.)

3.25

{Mus musculus.)
7. Roof Rat --

11

15.87

8.87

9.38

{Mus alexandrinus.)
8. Wharf Rat

9.50

(Mils norvegicus.)

10

8

7.38
5.12

2.00
.93

2.38

(Microtus pennsylvanicus).

.93

(Pitymys pinetorum.)

5.25

(Zapus hudsonius.)

1.44

{Sorex longirostris.)

14

3.87

.81

.93

(Blarina Carolinensis.)

1.06

(Blarina brevicauda.)
15. Little Mole Shrew

11

3.25

.68

.68

(Cryptotis parva.)

All specimens from Raleigh except 18 Deer Mice, 24 Golden Mice, 10 Harvest !^ice, and 15 Little
Mole Shrews from Bertie County, N. C, and the 5 Mole Shrews from Buncombe County, N. C.

:^rOTES ON THE FLOKA OF CHURCH'S ISLAND,
NORTH CAROLINA

By W. L. McAtee

Churcli's Island, North Carolina, lies in about the center of Curri-
tuck County, which occupies the northeastern corner of the State.
It is about four miles long and is bounded on the east by Currituck
Sound, on the north by Mills Bay, on the west by Oldtown Creek
and on the south by The Creek. The last is scarcely more than a
ditch and separates Church's Island from what is called Narrow
Shore, along the Sound and from Piney Island farther inland.

Church's Island has a rather high bank along most of the Sound
side, and slopes smoothly, though but slightly to the marsh bordering
Oldtown Creek on the west. The soil is about the same ever^^where,
a sandy loam and differences in vegetation are due chiefly to varia-
tions in soil moisture. The higher land on the Sound side supports
practically all of such trees as red cedar, prickly ash, hackberry, live-
oak and Carolina buckthorn. Willow and ash are found only about
springy places, while persimmon, mulberry, holly and papaw are
rather generally distributed. Loblolly pine, the dominant tree, which
fixes the character of landscapes on the island, solidly occupies that
part of the island from the marsh to a road running north and south
the whole length of the island. Formerly no doubt it similarly dom-
inated land to the east, from which it has been cleared to permit cul-
tivation.

Cultivation has either introduced or opened the way for numerous
weeds of which the most conspicuous in fields are fennel, white heath
aster, ragweed, redroot, lambs-quarters, Mexican tea, love-grass, par-
tridge pea, morning-glory, butter-print, jimson-weed and Eupatorium
capillifolium. In gardens purslane, carpet-weed, black nightshade,
horse nettle, crabgrass, ribgrass and smartweed are most common.
Introduced plants now spontaneous include paper mulberry (Brous-
sonetia papyrifera), here bearing the old name Otaheite mulberry,
black locust (Rohinia pseudacacia) , crepe myrtle (Lagerstra'mia in-
dica)*, youpon (Ilex vomitoria) and sweet violet (Viola odoraia).

*Lageratroemia indira is usunlly described ns n shrvil). ■ However, it iniikes u tree if given
a chance. Tliere are several trees on Church's Island 18 inelies in diameter.

61

62 Journal of the Mitchell Society [October

The fig (Ficus caricti) and china-berry (Melia azedarach) also are
cultivated, but do not appear to reproduce themselves. An interest-
ing series of plants, evidently introduced to Church's Island by com-
mercial operations were discovered about the end of Waterlily wharf
and along the road leading from it. These included seaside knot-
weed, pepper-grass, self-heal, catnip, heliotrope, squash and sow
thistle.

The two most prominent plant associations of Church's Island are
the marsh and the pine woods. The marshes are of two kinds, (1)
smaller spots on the Sound side of the island in which narrow-leaved
cat-tail is the dominant growth, and bulrush (Scirpus validus), Bac-
charis and Iva common, and (2) the marsh into which the whole in-
land side of the island merges where broad-leaved cat-tail, two species
of marshgrass (Spartina glabra and S. polystacliya) , a rush (J uncus
effusus var. solutus) and a bulrush (Scirpus rohustus) are most abun-
dant.

In the pine woods, cucumber tree, sweet gum, persimmon and holly
are scattered here and there ; the most abundant herbs are two grasses :
Uniola laxa and Andropogon scoparius. About the middle of the
island is a grove of tall loblolly pines, which has been undisturbed
except for grazing in the nine years of its history cognizant to the
writer, and probably for a long time before. Aside from the marshes
this woods evidently is the nearest to virgin growth of any vegetation
on the island. In it were found a number of plants not seen else-
where, including partridge berry, two kinds of violet (V. triloba and
V. septemloba), jessamine, creeping cucumber, meadow-beauty
(Rhexia), pennywort (Oentella) and an aster (A. salicifoliusf).

The writer's visits to Church's Island have embraced the following
periods: August 31 to September 9, and ISTovember 24 to December
15, 1909, and October 10-21, 1918. Collecting plants, except the
aquatics occupied only a small part of the whole time. This fact to-
gether with the unfavorable season for botanizing renders the follow-
ing list incomplete. ISTevertheless it is hoped that these notes will
have some value since they refer to a region for which no local flora
has been published.

1919^ ]^OTEs ON THE Flora of Chukch's Island 63

The writer greatly appreciates the assistance of Mrs. Agnes Chase,
W. E. Maxon, S. F. Blake and G. P. Van Eseltine in determining
plants of groups in which they specialize. For other names in the
list the writer is responsible, and those of Aster and Solidago should
be treated with reserve. Of the English names given the first is the
book or otherwise recognized name, if there is a worthy one; any
others are local names in use on Church's Island. The authorities
for botanical names are spelled out except in the case of Linnaeus who
named so large a proportion of plants of the Middle Atlantic States.
IvTotes are inehidod on the stage of flowering or fruiting observed,
data which is lacking in too many local lists. For this purpose the
following abbreviations are used : fl., flower ; f r., fruit ; inim., im-
mature; mat., mature. When fr. only is used maturity is to be as-
sumed. When no month accompanies these notations October is to
be understood.

LIST OF PLANTS

SubMngdom Euthallopthyta (Algce, etc.)

Chara spp. Muskgrass, nigger wool, oyster grass. Blankets the bottom of
almost the whole of Currituck Sound; oogonia, August — ^October.

Suhkingdom, Pteridophyta (Ferns, etc.)

FAJIILY OSMUNDACE.l':

Osmunda regalis L. Royal fern, a few plants seen, in marsh and other wet
places.

FAJIILY polypodiace-t:

Dryopteris thelypteris (L.) A. Gray. Marsh Shield-fern.; common in marsh.
Folypodium polypodioides (L.) A. S. Hitchcock. Gray Polypody. A few
plants seen on trunk of sweet gum.

Subkingdom Spo-matophyta. (Seed plants.)

FAJrilA' PINACE.E

Pinus taeda L. Loblolly pine. The dominant tree of the island, reproduction
admirable; produces wood enough for the requirements of the island
without diminution of the stand. The fallen needles are carefully
gathered for use as a stable litter; in this state they are called straw
or pine-straw.

Juniperus virginana L. Red cedar. Common along liigh bank of Sound; less
so elsewhere, but grows even in edge of marsh; some specimens dwarfed
by grazing are very dense and remarkable in appearance; fr.

64 Journal of the Mitchell Society [October

FAMILY TYPHACE^

Typha latifolia L. Broad-leaved cat-tail. Abundant in marsh forming inner

side of island.
Typha angustifolia L. Narrow-leaved cat-tail. The principal constituent of

marshy patches bordering Sound.

FAMILY ZANNICHBLUACELE

Potamogeton perfoliatus L. Clasping-leaved pondweed, redhead grass. Com-
mon in Sound, especially over muddy bottoms.

Potamogeton foliosus Rafinesque. Leafy pondweed. Scarce in Sound; com-
mon in ponds and streams of marsh.

Potamogeton pectinatus L. Sago pondweed; foxtail grass; extremely abun-
dant in Sound; the dominant plant; fr. Aug.-Oct.

Ruppia maritima L. Wigeon grass. Scattered in Sound; apparently not as
common as in 1909. Ripe akenes Sept.

FAMILY NAIADACE>E

Naias flexilis (Willdenow) Rostkovius and Schmidt. Bushy pondweed. Abun-
dant in Sound.

FAMILY ALISMACE^

Sagittaria latifolia Willdenow. Wapato. Common in marsh.

Sagittaria teres Watson. Goose grass. In 1909 this was abundant in very

shallow water along shore of Sound; in 1918 I did not see it; fl. Sept.
Sagittaris graminea Michaux. Scarce in shoal water of Sound; fls. Sept.
Sagittaria subulata (L. ) Buchenau. Abundant on mud along edge of marsh.

fls.

FAMILY VALLISNERIACE.^

Philotria canadensis (Michaux) Britton. Waterweed. Scattering near shore

in Sound.
Vallisneria spiralis L. Wild celery. Abundant in Sound; especially along

channels and in places over soft muddy bottom; also in creeks in marsh;

fls. Aug.-Sept., fr. October.

FAMILY GRAMINE.^

Erianthus saccharoides Michaux. Plume grass. Scattered in marsh ; mat. fr.
Schizachyrium scoparium (Michaux) Nash. Broom beard-grass. Common;

mat. fr.
Andropogon virginicus L. Broom-sedge. Common; mat. fr.
Syntherisma sanguinale (L.) Dulac. Crab-grass. Abundant weed in fields;

mat. fr.
Paspalum longipilum Nash. In old pine woods; mat. fr.
Paspalum distichum L. Joint grass. Along roads.
Echinochloa crusgalli (L) Beauvois. Common, along ditches; fr.

1919'\ Notes on the Flora of Church's Island

65

Panicum dichotomiflorum Michaux. Common in woods; fruit mostly fallen.

Panicum virgatum L. Switch grass. Common.

Panicum anceps Michaux. In old pine woods; mat. fr.

Panicum condensum Nash. Common along ditches and other wet places; fr.

Panicum longifolium Torrey. In woods near marsh; mat. fr.

Panicum ciliatum Elliott. Wet woods near marsh; fr. mostly fallen.

Panicum roanokense Ashe. In woods near marsh; fr. mostly fallen.

Panicum scoparium Lamarck. Common in wet places.

Chgetochloa viridis (L.) Scribner. Green foxtail. Common weed; fr.

Muhlenbergia schreberi Gmelin. Scarce in woods.

Cinna arundinacea L. Reed-grass. Along ditches; mat. fr.

Spartina polystachya Elliott. Along ditches and creeks in marsh.

Spartina glabra Muhlenberg. One of the chief components of the marsh;

in fi f f T*
Eleusine indica (L.) Gartner. Yard-grass. Common weed in gardens; also

along roads.
Eragrostis ciliaris (L.) Link. Abundant weed in fields; glumes empty.
Uniola laxa (L.) Britton, Sterns and Poggenburg. Abundant in woods;

mat. fr.
Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene. Salt-grass. Abundant in marsh, and along

ditches; fr.

Elymus virginicus L. Wild rye. A single colony seen in yard of old aban-
doned homestead, mat. fr.

Arundinaria tecta (Walter) Muhlenberg. Maiden cane. Not common. -

FAMILY CYPEKACE.E

Cyperus diandrus Torrey. Marsh, mat. fr.

Cyperus rivularis Kunth. About Waterlily wharf and road, also edge of

marsh; mat. fr.
Cyperus dentatus Torrey. About Waterlily wharf and road. mat. fr.
Cyperus erythrorhizos Muhlenberg. Common.
Cyperus strigosus L. Common; mat. fr. Sept.-Oct.
Cyperus lancastriensis Porter. Weed, fls. to mat. fr.
Cyperus hystricinus Fernald. Pine woods; mat. fr.
Cyperus ovularis (Michaux) Torrey. Old pine woods; mat. fr.
Cyperus cayennensis (Lamarck) Britton. In woods near marsh; mat. fr.
Cyperus globulosus Aublet. Weed in com field; mat. fr.
Eleocharis obtusa (Willdenow) Schultes. Common, edge of Marsh; mat. fr.
Eleocharis tuberculosa (Michaux) Roemer and Schultes. Common in marsh;

mat. fr.
Scirpus validus Vahl. Great bulrush. Common in marshy patches bordering

Sound; mat. fr.
Scirpus robustus Pursh. Abundant in marsh.
Fuirena hispida Elliott. Scarce in marsh.
Carex festucacea Willdenow. Common in woods; mat. fr.
Carex albolutescens Schweinitz. In old pine woods; mat. fr.

66 Journal of the. Mitchell Society [October

FAMILY LEMNACE.E

Lemna minor L. Duckweed. Abundant along edge of marsh.

FAMILY JUNCACE.E

Juncus effusus L. var. solutus Fernald and Wiegand. One of the principal

components of the marsh; produces very little fruit.
Juncus tenuis Willdenow. Scattered along roads; fr.
Juncus setaceus Rostkovius. In wet places, pine woods; fr.
Juncus marginatus Rostkovius. Common in marsh; fr.
Juncus canadensis J. Gay. Common in marsh; fr.
Juncus acuminatus Michaux. Scattered in pine woods; fr.

FAMILY PONTEDEBIACE.'E

Pontederria cordata L. Pickerel-weed. Common along edge of marsh.

FAMILY SMILACACE^

Smilax herbacea L. Carrion flower. Fruit collected Nov. 1909.
Smilax glauca Walter. Greenbrier. Common; fr.
Smilax rotundifolia L. Common; fr.
Smilax bona-nox L. Common; fr.

FAMILY AMAEYLUCDACEyE

Hypoxis hirsuta (L.) Coville. Yellow Star-grass. Scattered near edge of
marsh. Fls.

FAMILY ORCHIDACE.^

Ibidium ovale (Lindley) House. Common in marsh. Fls.

FAMILY SAURXJBACE.E

Saururus cernuus L. Lizard's tail. Common along edge of marsh.

FAMILY JULANDACE.E

Juglans nigra L. Black Walnut. A few tree present.

FAMILY MYRICACE^

Myrica carolinensis Miller. Abundant, occurring on almost all parts of the
island; becomes a tree; a specimen 25 feet high with trunk a foot in
diameter seen.

FAMILY SALICACE.E

Salix nigra Marsh. Willow. Scattered about wet spots particularly along
shore of Sound.

1919^ ISToTEs ON THE Flora OF Church's Island 67

FAMILY FAGACE.E

Quercus virginiana Miller. Live Oak. Only one seen on high shore of Sound.

FAMILY ULMACE.E

Celtis mississippiensis Bosc. Hackberry. Common along high shore of
Sound; fr. Sept.-Oct.

FAMILY MORACE/E

Morus rubra L. Red mulberry. A few trees, in pine woods and on high
shore of Sound.

FAMILY UKTICACE.E

Pilea pumila (L.) A. Gray. Rich-weed. In wet places.
Bcehmeria cylindrica (L.) Swartz. Collected in fruit; Sept. 1909.

FAMILY POLYGONACE.E

Rumex crispus L. Sour dock. Common weed. Mat. fr.

Polygonum maritimum L. Seaside knotweed. A few plants about Waterlily
wharf, Fl. to mat. fr.

Tovara virginiana (L.) Rafinesque. Common along woodland road; mat. fr.,
Sept.-Oct.

Polygonum lapathifolium (L.) S. F. Gray. Common weed; fr.

Persicaria pennsylvanica (L.) Small. Smartweed; common weed in gar-
dens; mat. fr. Sept.-Oct.

Persicaria hydropiperoides (Michaux) Small. Marsh. Mat. fr.

Persicaria punctata (L.) Opiz. Water pepper. Common in marsh, and wet
places in general. Fls. to mat. fr. August to October.

Tracaulon sagittatum (L.) Small. Common along edge of marsh.

Tracaulon arifolium (L.) Rafinesque. Edge of marsh. Immature and
mature akenes Sept. 1909.

Tiniaria scandens (L.) Small. Climbing false buckwheat. Common.

FAMILY AMARANTIIACE-E

Amaranthus retroflexus L. Redroot. Common weed; fls. to mat. fr.

FAMILY CIIEN0PODIACE.E

Chenopodium album L. Lambs-quarters. Common weed.

Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Mexican tea. Common weed; fls. to fr.

FAMILY PHYTOLACCACE.E

Phytolacca americana L. Poke-weed. Common, fr.

FAMILY AIZOACE.E

Mollugo verticillata L. Carpetweed. Common in gardens; fls. to fr.

68 Journal of the Mitchell Society \_Octoher

FAMILY PORTULACACE^

Portulaca oleracea L. Purslane. Common weed in gardens.

FAMILY NYMPHAEACE^

Castalia odorata (Dryand) Woodville and Wood. White Waterlily. Com-
mon in pools along edge of marsh.

FAMILY MAGNOLIACE^

Magnolia virginiana L. Sweet Bay. Not common; fr. Sept.
Magnolia acuminata L. Cucumber tree. A few trees in pine woods.

FAMILY ANNONACEiE

Asimina triloba (L.) Dunal. Papaw. Scattered in pine woods; fruit ripe in
September, fallen by October; evidently does not require frost for ripen-
ing as believed in some localities north; the same remark applies to
persimmons. On my first visit to Church's Island, in 1909, I found to
my surprise that papaws were not only not eaten by the inhabitants, but
were actually regarded as poisonous.

FAMILY RANUNCULACK^

Clematis virginiana L. Common; fr.

FAMILY CRUCIFEK^

Lepidium virginicum L. Pepper-grass. Waterlily road. Fls. to mat. fr.

FAMILY ALTINGIACE.E

Liquidambar styraciflua L. Sweet Gum. Scattered; more at the north end
than elsewhere.

FAMILY ROSACE.E

Rubus trivialis Michaux. Blackberry. Common.

Rosa Carolina L. Swamp rose. Common in edge of marsh and other wet
places; fls. to mat. fr.

FAMILY MALACBLE

Crataegus crus-galli L. Red haw. One tree; Oct. fruit not yet ripe.

FAMILY' AMYGDALACE^

Prunus americana Marsh. Wild plum. Common.

Prunus angustifolia Marsh. Chickasaw Plum. Common.

Padus virginiana (L.) Miller. Wild Black Cherry. A few seen.

lOW] ]^oTEs ON THE Flora OF Chuech's Island 69

FAMILY C.ESALPINACE^

Chamaecrista fasciculata (Michaux) Greene. Abundant; fr.
Gleditsia triacanthos L. Honey Locust. A few trees on high bank near
Sound.

FAMILY FABACEuE

Trifolium repens L. White clover. Common weed.

Lespedeza striata (Thunberg) Hooker and Arnott. Japan clover. Common

weed; mat. fr.
Glycine apios L. Ground nut.

Strophostyles helvola (L.) Britton. Wild bean. Waterlily wharf; mat. fr.
Strophostyles umbellata (Muhlenberg) Britton. Weed in cornfield; pods

dehisced.

FAMILY OXALIDACE^E

Xanthoxalis corniculata (Linnseus) Small. Common near shore about middle
of island; fls. to fr.

FAMILY BALSAMINACEl<E

Impatiens biflora Walter. Touch-me-not. A few seen; fls. to fr.

FAMILY RUTACE.E

Zanthoxylum clava-herculis L. Prickly ash, Pillenterry; common; fr.

FAMILY EUPHORBIACE.E

Acalypha virginica L. Mercury weed. Common; mat. fr.
Acalypha gracilens A. Gray. In old pine woods; mat. fr.
Chamaesyce preslii (Gussone) Arthur. Spurge. Occasional; mat. fr.

FAMILY^ ANACAR1)IACE.E

Rhus copallina L. Dwarf sumach. Common; fr.

Toxicodendron radicans (L.) Kuntze. Poison Ivy, Shoe-string weed; com-
mon; fr.

FAMILY ILICACE.E

Ilex opaca Alton. Holly. Scattered in pine woods.

Ilex vomitoria Alton. Youpon. Perhaps native as a few trees were found in
a wet thicket, but most of the hollies of this species on the island were
planted, the leaves being commonly used in making tea. Native on
Knotts Id., and on the beach at least to the neighborhood of Princess
Anne, \a.

FAMILY A( KllACE.E

Acer rubrum L. Red maple. Common.

70 Journal of the Mitchell Society {^October

FAMILY KHAMNACEiiE

Berchemia scandens (Hill) Trelease. Rattan vine. Common; fr,

FAMILY VITACE^

Vitis aestivalis Michaux. Summer Grape. Scarce; fr. Sept.
Vitis rotundifolia Michaux. Bullace grape. Common; fr. Sept.
Ampelopsis arborea (L.) Rusby. Peppervine. Common; fr.
Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planchon. Virginia Creeper. Common.

FAMILY MALVACEAE

Abutilon abutilon (L.) Rusby. Butter-print. Common; fr.
Hibiscus militaris Cavanilles. Common in marsh; mat. fr.

FAMILY HYPKRICACE^

Ascyrum hypericoides L. St. Andrews Cross. Pine woods; fr.

Hypericum perforatum L. mat. fr.

Hypericum mutilum L. Common in woods near marsh; fls. to mat. fr.

FAMILY VIOLACE^

Viola triloba Schweinitz. In old pine woods; mat. fr.

Viola septemloba Le Conte. In old pine woods; capsules empty.

Viola odorata L. Sweet Violet. Yard, spontaneous. Fls.

FAMILY PASSIFLOEACE^

Passiflora incarnata I. Passion flower, May-pop; pop-apple; common; fis. and

fr. in September; fr. only in October.
Passiflora lutea L. Common; twining in thickets; fr.

FAMILY CACTACE^

Opuntia pollardi Britton and Rose. Prickly Pear. A large colony on shore
of Sound near old pine woods; fruit, Sept.-Oct.

FAMILY LYTHKACE^

Ammannia kcehnei Britton. Marsh; mat. fr.

Decodon verticillata (L.) Elliott. Immature to ripe fruit Sept., 1909; not
seen in 1918.

FAMILY MELASTOMACE^E

Rhexia mariana L. Pine woods; fr.

FAMILY ONAGEACE.E

Oenothera biennis L. Evening Primrose. Common weed; fr.

1919^ ^OTES ON THE Floea OF Church's Islaxd 71

FAMILY HALOBAGIDACE^

Proserpinaca pectinata Lamarck. Mermaid weed. Common on mud along

edge of marsh.
Myriophyllum sp. Common in ditches at South End.

FAMILY ARALIACExE

Aralia spinosa L. Hercules' Club. Scarce; wet thickets.

FAMILY AMMIACE^

Sanicula canadensis L. Snake root. Basal leaves in old pine woods.
Fceniculum fcEniculum (L) Karsten. Fennel. A very common weed; fr. both

September and October.
Hydrocotyle umbellata L. Marsh pennywort. Abundant, mudflats along

edge of marsh. Fls. to mat. fr.
Hydrocotyle ranunculoides L. Common along paths, and edges of marsh; fr.
Centella asiatica (L.) Urban. Old pine woods; mat. fr.
Ptilimnium capillaceum (Michaux) Rafinesque. Scarce in marsh. Fls. to

mat. fr.
Cicuta maculata L. Water hemlock. Common; fr.

FAMILY CORNACE.E

Cornus asperifolia Michaux. Common; fr.

Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Sour Gum. A few trees in wet woods; fr. Sept.-Oct.

FAMILY SAPOTACE^

Bumelia lycioides (L.) Persoon. Carolina Buckthorn. Common along high
shore of Sound; fr.

FAMILY EBENACE.E

Diospyros virginiana L. Persimmon. Common; here as elsewhere the fruit
varies much in quality, that of some trees being excellent.

FAMILY OLEACE.I':

Fraxinus americana L. White ash. A few trees in springy place; leaflets
broadly ovate, much shorter and broader than on white ash in the
vicinity of Washington, D. C.

FAMILY LOGANIACE.T:

Gelsemium sempervirens (L.) Aiton. Yellow Jessamine. Common in old pine
woods.

FAMILY OENTIANACE.E

Sabbatia dodecandra (L.) Brltton. Sterns and Poggenburg. Marsh pink.
One very old and damaged specimen In edge of marsh.

72 Journal of the Mitchell Society ^October

FAMILY ASCLEPIADACE^

Asclepias rubra L. Scattered in distribution.

FAMILY CONVOLVULACE.E

Ipomoea hederacea Jacquin. Morning Glory. Weed in gardens and fields;
fls. to fr.

FAMILY CUSCIJTACE.E

Cuscuta sp. Dodder noted but not identified.

FAMILY BORAGINACE.E

Heliotropium indicum L. Heliotrope. Waterlily Road. Fls. to mat. fr.

FAMILY VERBENACE.E

Verbena urticifolia L. Occasional weed; fls. to mat. fr.

Lippia nodiflora (L.) Michaux. Flowers to ripe fruit, Sept.

Callicarpa americana L. French Mulberry. Of scattering distribution; a
specimen of tree form 15 feet high, with the trunk 3 inches in diam-
eter seen; fr. both September and October.

FAMILY LABIATA^E

Teucrium canadense L. Fls.

Marrubium vulgare L. Hoarhound. Common about houses. Fls. to mat. fr.

Nepeta cataria L. Catnip. Near Waterlily Wharf.

Prunella vulgaris L. Self-heal. Waterlily Road; fls. to fr.

Monarda punctata L. Horse mint. Common.

Lycopus virginicus L. Bugle-weed. Common along shore of Sound; mat. fr.

Mentha spicata L.. Spearmint. Fls. Sept., 1909.

Perilla frutescens (L. ) Britton. Common; fr.

FAMILY SOLANACE.E

Solanum nigrum L. Nightshade. Common; fr.
Solanum carolinense L. Horse nettle; Common; fr.
Datura stramonium L. Jimson Weed. Common; fr.

FAMILY SCROPHULARIACE.E

Verbascum thapsus L. Mullen. Of scattering distribution; not common.
Agalinis purpurea (L.) Britton. Common; fls. to fr.

FAMILY BIGNONIACE^

Bignonia radicans L. Trumpet creeper. Common; fr.

19191 ISToTEs ON THE Flora OF Chukch's Island 73

FAMILY ACANTHACE.E

Ruellia strepens L. Scarce. Flowers Sept.-Oct.

FAMILY PLANTAGINACE.E

Plantago major L. Common Plantain. Common weed.
Plantago lanceolata L. Ribgrass. Common weed in gardens.

FAMILY RUBIACE^

Oldenlandia uniflora L. Scattered in distribution; mat. fr.
Mitchella repens L. Partridge Berry. In old pine woods; fr.
Diodia teres Walter. Button weed. Common weed. Mat. fr.
Diodia virginiana L. Flowers to mat. fruit Sept.
Galium pilosum Alton. Shore near pine woods. Mat. fr.
Galium claytoni Michaux. Marsh.

FAMILY CAPRIFOLIACE^

Sambucus canadensis L. Elder. Common.

FAMILY CUCUUBITACE.E

Cucurbita moschata Duchesne. Squash. One plant near Waterlily Wharf; fl.
Cucumis melo L. Muskmelon. A few small plants in wet ground near

marsh ; fls.
Melothria pendula L. Creeping cucumber. Old pine woods; mat. fr.

FAMILY LOBELIACE.^

Lobelia syphilitica L. Marsh; fr.

Lobelia amcena Michaux. Wet places; fls. to fr.

Lobelia elongata Small. Marsh. Fls. to fr.

FAMILY CICnORIACE.E

Sonchus arvensis L. Sow thistle. A few rosettes of basal leaves near Water-
lily Wharf.

Hieracium marianum Willdenow. Basal leaves common in and near old
pine woods; one plant in flower and fruit.

FAMILY AMBROSIACE.K

Iva frutescens L. Of scattering distribution.

Ambrosia elatior L. Ragweed. Al)undant weed.

Xanthiuin jimorlcanum Walter. Cocklobur. Coiiinion wood. Mat. fr.

'f^ JOUENAL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY \_Octoher

FAMILY COMPOSITE

Elephantopus carolinianus Willdenow. Common in woods bordering marsh,
and along road.

Eupatorium capillifolium (Lamarck) Small. Abundant, here about equal in
abundance to ragweed; in coastal states farther south it quite usurps
the haunts and dominance among weeds of ragweed in the north.

Eupatorium serotinum Michaux. Waterlily Road and adjacent woods. Fls.
to ripe akenes.

Eupatorium perfoliatum L. Efoneset. Scarce.

Eupatorium ccelestinum L. Mist-flower. Common; fls. to fr.

Mikania'scandens (L.) Willdenow. Common running over shrubs in wet
places, also trailing on ground in old pine woods.

Solidago altissima L. Goldenrod. Common; fls. to fr.

Solidago serotina Alton. Common; fls. to fr.

Euthamia minor (Michaux) Greene. Abundant; fls. to fr.

Euthamia graminifolia (L.) Nuttall. The broader leaved and less common
kind. Waterlily Road. Fls.

Aster puniceus L. Common in marsh and swamp spots; fls. to fr.

Aster salicifolius Lamarck? Trailing form in old pine woods; fl.

Aster ericoides L. White Heath Aster. Omnipresent and very abundant.

Baccharis halimifolia L. Common.

Pluchea camphorata (L.) De Candolle. Pink-top Smartweed. Common; fls.
to fr.

Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) Bentham and Hooker. Everlasting. Common.

Polymnia uvedalia L. Leaf-cup. Common in waste places; fls. to mat. fr.

Phsethusa occidentalis (L.) Britton. Common in waste places. Fls. to fr.

Coreopsis verticillata L. Common. Fls.

Bidens Isevis (L.) Britton, Sterns and Poggenburg. Bur Marigold. Com-
mon in woods along edge of marsh. Fls. to fr.

Bidens bipinnata L. Spanish Needles. Common. Mat. fr.

Bidens trichosperma (Michaux) Britton. Common in marsh; fls. to mat. fr.

Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Rafinesque. Scattered in all parts of island;
mat. fr.

Cirsium lanceolatum (L.) Hill. Thistle. Fairly common; fls. to fr.

In conuection with the above list it may be well to place on record
the names of plants collected at other points in Currituck County.

Poplar Branch, Sept. 3, 1909
Decodon verticillatus. fls., imm. fr. ; Jussisea decurrens. fls., imm. fr.

Narrows Id., Sept. 3, 1909

Potamogeton pectinatus, Ruppia maritima, Naias flexilis, Vallisneria spiralis,
Sagittaria lancifolia. fls. imm. fr. ; Asclepias pulchra. fls.

1919^ Notes on the Flora of Church's Islaxd 75

CtTREiTUCK Club, Sept. 3, 1909

Typha angustifolia, Potamogeton perfoliatus, Potamogeton pectinatus, Ruppia
maritima, Naias flexilis, Philotria canadensis, Vallisneria spiralis, Echi-
nochloa crusgalli longearistata, mat. fr.; Spartina polystachya, Cyperus
microdontus, Cyperus rotundus, Cyperus erythrorhizos, Fimbristylis cas-
tanea, mat. fr. ; Scirpus robustus, mat. fr. ; Juncus scirpoides, Rumex
verticillatus, Persicaria punctata, Acnida cannabina, Portulaca oleracea;
mat. fr.; Ceratophyllum demersum, Kosteletzkya virginica, fls.; Hydroco-
tyle umbellata, Ptilimnium capillaceum, imm. fr.; Lobelia glandulosa,
fls.; Mikania scandens, mat. fr.; Plucbea camphorata, fls.

CuBBiTucK Inlet, Sept. 4, 1909

Cyperus flavescens, Scirpus debilis, mat. fr., Juncus megacephalus, Salsola
kali, mat. fr. ; Sabbatia angustifolia, fis.; Physalis viscosa, fis. imm. fr.;
Pluchea camphorata, fls.

W.ASHINGTON, D. C.

THE DISTEIBUTIO^ OF EHODODENDKON CATAW-
BIEXSE, WITH EEMAEKS ON A NEW FOEM.

By W. C. Coker
Plates 19, 20, 21 and 22.

Ehododendron catawhiense was discovered bv John Eraser, the
indefatigable English explorer, on the top of Eoan Mountain in 1799.
Sent to England by him it was there greatly admired and soon
established itself as one of the most popular of cultivated plants. It
has been much hybridized by skillful breeders and its blood is now
to be distinguished in many of the splendid hybrid Ehododendrons
so extensively used today.

The actual distribution of the species and its forms is one of the
most remarkable and puzzling of which we have record, and not less
remarkable is the ignorance among botanists of the extent of this
distribution. The manuals covering this territory confine the species
to the mountains. Gray's Manual, Seventh Edition, says "High Alle-
ghanies, Va., to Ga;" Small's Flora of the Southeastern United
States says "On mountain slopes Virginia to West Virginia, Georgia
and Alabama." Dr. M. A. Curtis in his Catalogue of North Carolina
Woody Plants makes the inexplicable mistake of considering the
Orange County plant as E. viaximum, although it existed in quantity
on the hills directly across the river from his home at Hillsboro. He
says of R. maximum that it grows as "far east as Orange," while of
R. catawhiense he says, "It is often confounded with the preceding
\^R. maximum], but besides its different locality, growing only on
the tops of such mountains as the Eoan in Yancey and Negro Moun-
tain in Ashe, it blossoms earlier than the other, though at a higher
elevation, has larger and more intensely colored flowers, and shorter
and broader leaves."

The only published records that I have been able to find of the
occurrence of R. catawhiense elsewhere in North Carolina than on
the tops of the high mountains are by Dr. Asa Gray, Prof. F. W.
Simmons, and by Dr. John K. Small. Dr. Gray was sent spec-
imens in flower by Prof. Simmons from Chapel Hill and in

H
P-i

Pi ^
o -

^ T-l

'J>

Q
O
Q
O
W

1919^ The Distribution of Rhododendeon Catawbiense 77

his Notes of a Botanical Excursion into North Carolina, says in
a footnote: ^'Oiir own observations would restrict Rhododendron
Catawbiense to the tops of the higher mountains, or to some such
peculiar station as this at Linville Falls at somewhat lower
elevations. But Mr. Howard Shriver pointed out to me a local-
ity at the foot of the low mountains which rise behind "Wythe-
ville in Virginia ; and, what is truly extraordinary. Prof. F. W.
Symonds, of the University of ISTorth Carolina, sends specimens,
in full bloom on the third of April, on a steep and shaded bank
on Morgan's Creek, near Chapel Hill, in the middle upper country
of the State, flourishing at an elevation of only 500 feet above the
level of the sea!" (Bull T. B. Club 6:336.1879). A little later
in the same year Professor Simmons published a note On the Habitat
of Rliododendron cataivbiense, in which he records its occurrence at
Chapel Hill (Am. I^aturalist, Dec. 1879, p. 777). He quotes from
Dr. Gray's letter to him on receipt of specimens, as follows : "The
laurel (which I had heard of from one of your pupils whom I met in
June) I am delighted to see. It is certainly, as you say, B. cataiv-
biense, and most remarkable for occurring at so low a level, where it
flowers early. It comes down somewhat as R. punctatum does in
Georgia. But this is more remarkable." These early records seem
to have been entirely forgotten, for they have never found their way
even into Gray's own Manual. More recently Dr. Small has
collected B. catawbiense on Kings Mountain, one of the points we
visited (Torreya 1:7. 1901).

At Chapel Hill, at Hillsboro, at Patterson's Mill in Orange County,
and about eight miles north of Durham, at Christian's Mill near the
Roxboro road in Durham County this Rhododendron grows in flour-
ishing abundance on the stce}), northward-facing banks and bluifs
of ]\[organ's (h-eck, New Hope Creek, and Eno River.

Surprising as these occurrences may seem we can now report still
more remarkable extensions of the range. In 1908 I secured speci-
mens of B. cataiobiense in bloom that were collected by ]Mr. W. J.
Andrews of Raleigh from his farm, one male west of Carv. It grew
in plenty on the south blulTof Crabtree Creek. A little later 1 hcnnl
rumors of tlio occun-ciiee of Rhododendron at Sclina, and made a

78 Journal of the Mitchell Society [October

trip there to locate it. Driving out to the banks of the ]S[euse River
about 4 miles north of town I found Rhododendron catawhiense in
full bloom, and quite abundant on a steep bluff on the south side of
the river, a position exactly similar to its station in Chapel Hill.
This record extends the species to the middle of the coastal plain and
down to an elevation of about 150 feet above the sea.

There seems to be no published record of the occurrence of this
species between the tops of the high mountains of the main ranges
and Orange County except from Kings Mountain, as mentioned
above, and from Table Eock by J^uttall (Genera of ]^. Am. Plants
2 : 5. 1818) who records it from the "romantic summit" in com-
pany with his interesting Hudsonic montana, which seems to be con-
fined to this place. To these records we can now add Crowders
Mountain, near Kings Mountain, these two being abrupt emi-
nences in Gaston County near the South Carolina line and about
sixty miles from the nearest high mountains. Dr. Small
visited Table Rock July 2, 1891, but failed to notice R. cataw-
hiense tliere (Mem. Tor. Bot. Club 3: 10. 1892). It is
also very strange that Dr. Asa Gray and his large party who as-
cended Table Rock on June 12, 1879, failed to recognize this species
(Bull. Tor. Bot. Club 6: 335. 1879). The plants had flowered about
a month before their arrival and they must have carelessly taken it
for R. punctatum or R. maximunu. They report only the former. It
is interesting to note that they found on the same trip that R. cataw-
hiense was just coming into bloom on Roan Mountain on June 16th.

In May of this year the writer with three of his students
took an automobile trip to the three mountains just mentioned to
ascertain what species of Rhododendron grew on them and to look
for Rhododendron in other places. Rehder has reported (from Small's
collections) R. carolinianum and R. minus from Table Rock (Rhod-
ora 14 : 97. 1912). We found the former in abundance and in full
bloom, but did not see the latter. There was also an abundance of
R. catawhiense in bloom on the top (elevation about 3,900 feet) and
on the sides in small amount down to perhaps 2,500 feet. Near the
top but not on it a few clunips of R. maximum were seen.

PLATE 20

DENM)RirM PROSTHATl'.M (above)
RHOI)OI)[<:NnRON CATAWHIEXSE (below)
Botb froin top of Table Rock. May IS. 1919

PLATE 21

•, !'. :^ ^T^

•y-' '

TABLE ROCK (above)

KINGS MOUNTAIN (middle)

CROWDERS MOUNTAIN (below)

1919^ The Disteibution of Rhododendeon Catawbiense 79

Leaving Table Rock we went south to Lincolnton where we were
told that Rhododendron grew On the Little Catawba. It proved, as is
so often the case, to be only Kalmia. Continuing south to near the
South Carolina line we ascended Kings Mountain (950 feet) and
Crowders Mountain (1,600 feet). On the first was a fine display of
R. catawbiense in full bloom in crevices, ledges and gorges along the
precipitous faces. It was interesting to find that there was associated
with Rhododendron here Forthergilla Tnajor, as is also the case in
Chapel Hill. The conditions on Crowders Mountain were about the
same. There was only a very little R. cataivhiense on the northern
peak, but more on the higher central peak. 'No other species of
Rhododendron was seen on either mountain.

From reliable observers (Mrs. Harper and Miss Goforth) we find
that R. cataivhiense grows about three to four miles west of Lenoir
on a small elevation called Peaky Top and on hills around Harper
Town, about two miles west of Lenoir. There are also said to be
scattered patches in the valley between Black Mountain and Montreat
(elevation of about 2,100 feet), and Mr. F. M. Crayton, formerly
of the Biltmore Nursery, has told me that it occurs at the foot of
Craggy Mountain on the east side and down the east side of a num-
ber of other mountains to an altitude less than two thousand feet. It
would seem that this species descends to about 2,000 feet down the
eastward slopes of the Blue Ridge and Alleghenies, but that it does
not descend down the western slopes.

Notwithstanding the extension of the range of this species in the
mJountain region down to Table Rock and Kings and Crowders
Mountains we still have remaining the very remarkable fact that in
the center of the State is a group of stations separated from the near-
est ones to the westward by al)Out 140 to 210 miles. The question
naturally arises: Is the plant of the central region the same as the
mountain one or is it a variety of it, or a different species ? For several
years I have been trying to get the mountain form to bloom in Chapel
Hill to compare side by side with the Chapel Hill form, and this
spring was successful. Flowers of the mountain form (obtained from
Highlands Nursery) were like ours exce])t that thoy were broader in
proportion to widtli than most of ours. The llowors of the Chapel Hill

80 Journal of the Mitchell Society ^October

plants averaged 1.1 times broader than long, while the flowers of the
nursery plant, were 1.4 times broader than long. The flowers of the
Table Rock plant were not to be distinguished from the nursery
plant, being open and broad, but the two Crowders Mountain plants
found in bloom had longer flowers like the Chapel Hill ones and were
almost exactly as long as broad, and Kings Mountain plants were
about the same. However, there is variation in the Chapel Hill
form in all points, and we found one plant here with very large fine
flowers with crimped margin in which the flowers were 5.7 cm. long
by 8 cm. broad or 1.4 times brooder than long, as in the mountain
form.

As to the leaves, our local plants have leaves that average larger
and broader in proportion than the mountain ones. In herbarium
specimens from Caldwell and Mitchell Counties the leaves average
3.8 X 9.1 cm. or 2.4 times longer than broad. In the Chapel Hill
plants they average about 5.7-6 x 11 cm., or only 1.9 times longer
than broad. On one branch of a plant with very large leaves all the
leaves averaged 1.6 times longer than broad, the longest leaf being
8.4 X 14.8 cm. Leaves from collections made on our recent trip run
as follows :

Crowders Mountain plant; leaves 1.8-2.1 times longer than broad.
Crowders Mountain plant: leaves 1.5-2 times longer than broad.
Kings Mountain plant: leaves 2.1-2.7 times longer than broad.
Kings Mountain plant: leaves 2.1-2.2 times longer than broad.
Kings Mountain plant: leaves 2-2.1 times longer than broad.
Kings Mountain plant: leaves 2-2.5 times longer than broad.
Kings Mountain plant: leaves 2.3-2.7 times longer than broad.
Table Rock plant: leaves 1.9-2 times longer than broad.
Table Rock plant: leaves 2-2.5 times longer than broad.

The greenish dots in the flower throats vary in the Chapel Hill
plant from quite conspicuous to almost invisible. In flower color,
in habit, in pubescence of pod and young parts no diiferences of
consequence appear in the plants from different places. It would
seem then that while no constant difference appears between the plants
from various localities the mid-State form has flowers that average
longer in proportion and leaves that average broader in proportion

1919^ The Distribution of Rhododendron Catawbiense 81

and larger than the high mountain form. I therefore think it best

to give the mid-State plant a form name and propose to call it.

Rhododendron catawMense f. insxjlaris n. forma.

Differs from the type in the larger and broader leaves and in the longer

flowers. North Carolina: On precipitous bluffs by streams, lower

Piedmont and Coastal Plain.

As the streams along which our form grows are not connected in
any way with the territory occupied by the type, and as the respective
areas are so widely separated, it is highly probable that there has
been no intermixture for a good many thousand years. This terri-
torial segregation would in itself almost justify the separation of the
forms even though little or no structural distinction Avere obvious,
and it would perhaps be justifiable to give the Kings and Crowders
Mountain form a distinctive name also. It is probable that at all
these widely separated stations the plants are a little different, though
the differences are hard to distinguish.

In our map of distribution (PI. 22) we have given only a few
scattered locations in the high mountains, but have indicated all that
we know of with certainty at altitudes of less than 2,500 feet. The
species is also found on Lookout Mountain, Tennessee, and as far
south as Albertville, Marshall County, Alabama (Harbison).

It may be well to add a word as to the eastward extension of R.
maximum. It extends to about Hickory in the center and has been
reported as extending into Surry and Gaston Counties on the north
and south (Pinchot and Ashe, IST. C. Geol. Survey Bull. 6: 68.
1897). As Surry reaches the mountains we would expect it in
abundance there, but its occurrence in Gaston seemed so improbable
that I wrote Mr. Ashe for confirmation,, and he replied that he
thinks this record a mistake due to confusion with R. cataivhiense.
We can now report it about sixty miles farther east at Yadkin Col-
lege on the Yadkin River, Davidson County. We have also found
it about one mile below Buffalo Shoals Bridge on the Catawba
(Statesville-Hickory road).

The species is, of course, abundant down the eastern slopes of the
mountains and on the nearby hills as far as Lenoir and Hickory,
while 7?. cataivhiense, while scarce and scattered, continues its descent
eastward to far lower altitudes.

82 JOUK^^AL OF THE MiTCHELL SoCIETY \_Octoher

We have also indicated on the map such stations for B. carolinia-
num and B. minus as we have good evidence to include. So far as
B. carolinianum is concerned, these few stations are certainly nothing
more than indications of an extensive distribution within the regions
thej occupy. Rhododendron minus is not yet well worked out and
three of the stations we give (Highlands, Macon Co. ; Whiteside
Mountain, Macon Co.; and Hickory ]S[ut Gap, Brunswick Co.) are
on the authority of Mr. T. G. Harbison, who collected it in these
places for the Biltmore ISTursery. At Hickory ]Srut Gap he found
not only the magenta, but also a white-flowered form. The fourth
i*^orth Carolina station shown oh the map is in Richmond County
almost on the South Carolina line on Mark's Creek near its entrance
into the Pee Dee river about eight miles from Kollock, S. C, on
the plantation of Mr. Frank B. Pegues. It- also grows just across
the line in South Carolina on the same plantation. Mr. Harbison
has also found the species at Stumphouse Mountain, Oconee County,
S. C.

Chapel Hill^, IST. C.

DOUBLE NUMBER

VOL. XXXV JUNE, 1920 Nos. 3 & 4

JOURNAL

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

CONTENTS

Chlorination by Mixed Carbon Monoxide and Chlorine.

Fraricis P. Vendble and D. H. Jackson 87

A Rapid Volumetric Method for the Determination of

Arsenic in Arsenates. James M. Bell 90

The Land of Ferns. John K. Small 92

The Regional Geograi^hy of South Carolina Illustrated by

Census Statistics. Roland M. Harper 105

Notes on the Lower Basidiomycetes of North

Carolina. W. C. Coker 113

ISSUED QUARTERLY

CHAPEL HILL, N. C, U. S. A.
'entered at the postoffice as second-class matter

The Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

W. C. COKER, President.
J. M. BELL, Vice-President.

A. W. HOBBS, F. P. VENABLE,

Secretary and Treasurer. Permanent Secretary.

Editors of the Journal:

W. C. COKER.
COLLIER COBB. J. M. BELL.

Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society — Quarterly.
Price $2.00 per year; single numbers, 50 cents. Most numbers of former
volumes can be supplied. Direct all correspondence to the Permanent
Secretary, at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.

In addition to original papers on scientific subjects this Journal pub-
lishes the Proceedings of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, and the
Proceedings of the North Carolina Academy of Science, as well as abstracts
of papers on scientific subjects published elsewhere by members of the
Faculty of the University of North Carolina.

PLATE 23

«^

^-

14

Fig. 1. NAEMATELIA QUERCINA. No. 3935. Fig. 2. TREMELLA LUTESCENS.
No. 3895. Fig. 3. NAEMATELIA NUCLEATA. No. 4023. Fig. 4. NAEMATELIA
NUCLEATA. No. 3961. Fig. 5. TREMELLA VIRENS. No. 4070. Fig. 6. TREMELLA
CARNEOALBA. No. 3877. Fig. 7. DACRYMYCES PALLIDUS. No. 4072. Fig. 8.
DACRYOMITRA DUBIA. No. 3969. Pig. 9. DACRYMYCES FUSCOMINUS. No.
4075. Fig. 10. DACRYMYCES AURANTIUS. No. 3500. Fig. 11. DACRYMYCES
ELLISII. No. 4035. Fig. 12. DACRYMYCES ABIETINUS. No. 3832. Fig. 13. PLA-
TYGLOEA CAROLINIANA. No. 4199. Fig. 14. GUEPINIA SPATHULARIA (a small
form on pines) . No. 3998. Fig. 16. DACRYMYCES PEDUNCULATUS. No. 4185.

JOURNAL

o

OF THE

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society

Volume XXXV JUNE, 1920 Nos. 3 and 4

CHLORINATION BY MIXED CARBON MONOXIDE
AND CHLORINE

By Francis P. Venable and D. H. Jackson

This investigation was undertaken to see if a mixture of carbon
monoxide and chlorine could not be substituted for carbonyl chloride
in certain chlorinations. It may be worth while to draw attention to
this reaction as the use of phosgene in the industries has been sug-
gested, but the dangers connected with its shipment and use may be
prohibitive.

Chlorination with joint action of some reducing agent has been
practiced for a long time. At first carbon and chlorine were used
by d'Oerstedt and many others. The carbon has l)een replaced with
carbon tetrachloride by Demarcayi and Camboulives- ; with carbon
plus carbon monoxide by Ribau'' ; with sulfur by Matignon and
Bourion-^; with sulfur monochloride by Bourion'^; and with carbonyl
chloride by Chauvenet^'. The experiments detailed below show that
carbon monoxide with admixed carbon reacts readily in conjunction
with chlorine, and in the references given it will be noted that both
carbon tetrachloride and carbonyl chloride react when used alone.
Carbon^-l chloride, especially, reduces and chlorinates with ease ox-
ides, sulphides and some very stable salts.

The experiments reported here were necessarily limited in number
but may be extended at some more convenient time. The substance
^ to be acted on was placed in a boat in a hard glass tube and the mixed

CO ^Compt. Rend., 104 (1887), 111.

^Cnmiit. Rend., 150 (litlO), 175, 221.
»-H '^ Hull. Sor. C'liiw.. 39 (1SS3), 14.

*Cnmi,l. Rend., 138 (l!iii4), 631, 760.
—J ^Compt. Rend., 146 (1!)07), 62.

^^ oCompt. Rend., 152 (I'.tll), 87. 12.'>0.

-3 I ««7 1

88 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

gases passed over it. The heating was done by an electric sleeve and
the temperature up to 550° recorded by an accurate thermometer in-
serted in the tube with the bulb by the side of the boat. No cor-
rections were made for the portion of the thermometer stem exposed
beyond the tube, as such accuracy was not necessary. For tempera-
tures above 550° ammeter readings, which had been standardized, were
used. Two or three grams of the powdered samples were taken for
each experiment.

Expt. 1. Litharge was heated quickly up to 300 -, then at the
rate of 5° to the minute. At about 345' it began to turn black and
at 360° it had changed entirely to black. At 390^ the color began to
lighten and at 400° it was pure white. No further change was ob-
served up to 550". The white powder (lead chloride) was entirely
dissolved by water. This experiment is especially instructive as the
two steps in the reaction, first a reduction followed by chlorination,
are quite distinct.

Expt. 2. The green oxide of uranium (UoOs) was treated in the
same way and also showed the antecedent reduction changing at first
into the black oxide (U3O5) at 450° and forming the chloride at 500^.

In the remaining experiments the two steps, reduction and chlori-
nation, if they occurred separately could not be distinguished. Chromic
oxide began to chlorinate at 625°, stannic oxide at 400°, alumina at
450°, manganese dioxide at 460°, calcium oxide at 630°, magnesia at
475°, ferric oxide at 460° and zirconia at 480°.

The mixture of gases used in these experiments probabl}^ contained
an excess of carbon monoxide. For a few of the substances the re-
action was repeated with a considerable excess of chlorine. Under
these conditions the chlorination temperature for ferric oxide was
lowered from 460° to 370° and for zirconia from 480° to 425°.

A comparative table of the approximate chlorination temperatures
follows :

CO + CI, COCl, -1- Cln

480= 425°

400°

47.5°

450°

Substances

CCl^

CCl,

+

CI,

coci.

TiO,

4.30°

450°

ZrO,

430°

300°

"r

400°

ThO^

420°

650°

SnOj

400°

400 =

BaO

.330^

500°

MgO

390°

450°

ZiiO

400°

450°

AlA

390°

400°

1920] Chlorinatiox by Mixed Carbon Monoxide 89

Substances

C Cl^

C CI, + CI,

VcX),

245°

below 300°

CrJO,

580°

MiiO,

400°

NiO

5,30°

u.o.

.360°

Ce.O,

350°

La,0,

330°

CO + (I,,

COCU + Cln

350°

460°

370°

(500°

625°

450°

460°

550°

450°

500°

600°

600°

Certain facts may be stated with regard to these reactions. First,
they do not seem to take place in the case of compounds of silicon and
boron. In many cases an antecedent reduction is noticed, but this
takes place at a much lower temperature than that at w'hich the re-
ducing agent is usually effective. The combination of the reducing
agent -with chlorine as cai'bon tetrachloride or carbonyl chloride in-
creases the activity. It may be that these compounds act only after
dissociation, but then it is difficult to explain the still greater activity
in the presence of excess of chlorine. This increased activity may be
explained on the assumption that in certain cases the reduction is a
surface action which slows down or ceases unless the product is re-
moved. The rapid removal of this by the chlorine speeds up the re-
action.

Our experiments show that mixtures of carbon monoxide and
chlorine, the latter preferably in excess, may be verj^ conveniently
used for bringing about industrial chlorinations.

Chapel Hill, N, C.

A RAPID VOLUMETRIC METHOD FOR THE DETERMI-
NATION OF ARSENIC IN ARSENATES

By James M. Bell

The rapid and exact method of Mohr for the determination of
arsenioiis acid depends on the reaction :

AS2O3 + 2H2O + 2I,^As,0, + 4Hr

This reaction is reversible, going toward the right when one of the re-
action products is removed as it is formed. Two methods have been
proposed for the removal of hydrogen iodide, both based upon the
reduction of the hydrogen-ion concentration. In the first of these
methods, the solution is kept neutral or slightly alkaline by means of
a large excess of sodium bicarbonate, added just previously to the
titration with iodine solution. This method gives satisfactory results.
The evolution of carbon dioxide may be avoided by the use of di-
sodium phosphate instead of sodium bicarbonate, as was proposed by
Washburn. 1 Advantage is here taken of the slight hydrogen-ion con-
centration in solution containing both disodium phosphate and mono-
sodium phosphate. This method also gives excellent results.

A volumetric method of equal accuracy for arsenates was sought
in connection with a study of the arsenates, the results of which will
appear in a later paper. The volumetric method of the Association of
Official Chemists 2 depends on the reversal of the reaction as written
above, followed b}' titration with iodine solution. This is effected by
treating the arsenate with rather concentrated sulphuric acid and
potassium iodide and by removal of one of the constituents on the left
of the equation, iodine. Long continued boiling follows until all the
iodine has been volatilized. The solution is then neutralized and the
arsenious oxide titrated against iodine solution in the presence of
sodium bicarbonate. The removal of iodine by long continued boiling,
sometimes until fumes of SO 3 are evolved requires careful watching
and may also involve the removal by volatilization of arsenious iodide.
A yellow deposit of this substance frequently appears around the neck
of the flask and it is probable that some of it may have escaped. This
loss is indicated by low results obtained with known samples and by
the failure to obtain duplicate results.

1 Jour. Am. Chem. Soc, 30, 31 (1908).

^ Report of the Committee on Editing Tentative and Official Metliods of Analj'sis
(1916), p. 67.

[90]

1920] Determination of Arsenic in Arsenates 91

A better method of eliminating free iodine was sought. The fol-
lowing procedure was finally employed: To 25 c.e. of a solution con-
taining about 0.1 gram of AS2O5 were added one to two grams of
potassium iodide and after solution 5 c.c. of cone, hydrocloric acid.
This mixture is then boiled and as free iodine appears a dilute so-
lution of sodium sulphite is added from a burette to destroy the yel-
low color of the solution. Sodium thiosulphate cannot be used, as it is
decomposed by hot acid solutions with the liberation of free sulphur.
Boiling is continued for a few minutes after the last appearance of
iodine in order to remove any excess of sulphite, as SO2, which may
have been used. The flask is then cooled in cold water and caustic
soda solution is dropped in from a pipette until litmus paper turns
blue. Dilute hydrochloric acid is added drop by drop until the litmus
paper just turns red. Crj'stals of disodium phosphate, 3 to 5 grams,
are now added, turning the litmus blue, and titration against N/10
iodine solution follows immediately.

As a test of the accuracy of the above method, a quantity of AS2O3
was dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid solution; the solution was
made alkaline and then faintly acid ; an excess of disodium phosphate
was added and titration against iodine solution followed immediately.
After this titration, the solution containing arsenic only as AsoOs
was reduced by the method above described and the titration repeated.
The results will be seen to agree within tlie experimental error :

Xo. 1 Xo. 2 Xo. .T Xo. 4

First titration 17..j5cc 17.80cc 17.79cc 17.76cc

Second titration 17.58ec 17.79cc 17.76cc 17.74cc

The quantities of arsenic taken in each of the trials was not the same,
so tliat no comparison should be made of the different samples witli
each other. The agreement between the two titrations for the same
quantity of arsenic shows that the ]iroposed method is as accurate as
the Mohr method for arsenious oxide. The time re<|uired. after the
sample is in solution, is from 15 to 20 minutes for reduction to the
arsenious condition and subsequent neutralization and titration
against the standard iodine solution.

CiiAPEL Hill, X. C.

THE LAND OF FERNS

THE H\BITATS AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FEENWORTS OF

FLORIDA

By John K. Small,
Plates 24-28

Florida has been called the "land of flowers." Even more prop-
erly could it he called "the land of ferns." While its pinelands and
prairies are themselves not without their own peculiar species, its
woods, hammocks, marshes, swamps, and .sand-dunes, so abound in
fern plants, often in such remarkable luxuriance, that Florida be-
comes the Fern State, par excellence, among all the States of the
Union.

The pinelands 1 are the forests of pine trees, apparently the perma-
nent tree covering replacing the broad-leaved growth or hammocks of
former ages, at least in some parts of the state.

The prairies- are flat, more or less extensive, usually damp, treeless
areas, mostly in the peninsula.

The woods^ are the broad-leaved forests, usually in the hilly or
rolling parts, especially of northern Florida.

The hammocks^ are dense growths of broad-leaved trees, in a pine-
forest or on a prairie, mostly in peninsular Florida. The use of this
word is confined to Florida and adjacent States. It was formerly con-
fused with the word hummock. The word is probably of Indian
origin. Lime-sinks which are usually conspicuous ferneries, are com-
monly in hammocks, and are included here.

The marshes 5 are wet prairies. They are common throughout the
peninsula. Depressions in the prairies often form ponds.

The swamps*^ are wet woods. They are common throughout the
state and are often along or near streams.

The sand-dunes''' are undulating or hilly areas of siliceous or cal-

' Their characteristic fernwort genera are few: Anemia, Pijcnadoria, Pteris, Sphe-
noineris, Lycopodium, Selaginellu.

^ Their characteristic genera are few: Blechnum, Onoclea, Lycopodium.

^ Their characteristic genera are few: Botryehium, Ophioglossum, Lygodium, Pteris, Adian-
tutn, AspJenium, Athyrium. Dryopteris, Polystichum, Selaginella.

■• Their characteristic genera are numerous: OphiogUisnum, Cheiroglossa, Trichomanes,
Actinostachys, Stenochlaena, Polypodium, Phlebodium, Oampyloneurum, Phymatodes, Tit-
taria, Paltonium, Adinntum, Hypolepis, Cheilanthes, Asplenium, Tectaria, Dryopteris, Nephro-
lepis, Selaginella, Psilotum.

^5 Their characteristic genera are several: Osmunda, Ceratopteris, Aerostichum, Blech-
num, Anchistea, Lorinsrriu, Dryopteris, Azollu, Lycopodium, Selaginella, Isoetes.

"Their characteristic genera are: Osmunda, Actinostachys, Aerostichum, Anchistea,
Lorinseria, Blechnum, Dryopteris, 3teniscit<m, Nephrolepis, Onoclea, Lycopodium, Sela-
ginella, . Psilotum.

'Their characteristic genera are few: Pteris, Cheilanthes, Selaginella.

[ 92 ]

CI

^ T •?

1920] The Land of Ferns 93

careous sand, active along the coast, stationary back of the coastal
lagoons and in the interior. Sheli-monnds or kitchen-middens are
usually bnilt on or near dunes. The so-called "scrub," which com-
prises extensive areas of white sand supporting a characteristic plant
association, is included here.

In these various areas are found about one-third of the different
kinds of ferns and fern-allies growing naturally in all America north
of Mexico ; and the variety in habit and leaf-form of these far exceeds
that exhibited by the ferns of any other part of either the United
States or Canada. In Florida more than one hundred ferns and fern-
allies, both simple and complex, from very small to gigantic, grow
either as native or as naturalized plants.

There are ferns in nearly every part of the State, but only the more
marked areas of distribution will be referred to on the following
pages, to-wit : northern Florida is the long horizontal (east-west) axis
of the State, while peninsular Florida is the long perpendicular
(north-south) axis. The Florida Keys'^ are the islands of the Florida
reef off the southern coast. The Everglade Keys are islands in the
southern part of the Everglades. The Florida Keys and Everglade
Ke.ys are islands of rock. The upper series of Florida Keys are of
coral limestone and are clothed with hammock. The Everglade Keys
and the lower series of Florida Keys are of oolitic limestone and are
clothed with both hammock and pine forest. The lime-sink region is
an area in the northwestern part of the peninsula, which is surrounded
by other phytogeographic regions. It comprises mostly rolling sandy
pine woods with depressions or sinks, but only few streams. How-
ever, near the rivers there are many large springs.

The different kinds of fern worts may be grouped thus: (a) natur-
alized exotic species, (b) endemic species, (c) species typically of a
more northern distribution, and (d) species typically of more south-
ern distribution, and consequently tropical.

There are, apparently, only three naturalized fernworts. These
are :

Pycnadoria loiifrifolia (Bracken)
Dryopteris sotigora (Wood-fern)
.Marsilea vestita (PepperAvort)

'Key (Simnish cnyo, English rny) priiiiiirily ai)|>lie(l to islands alonp the coast in and
near Sjianish speakins countries. largely rej'laces the use of the word "island." particularly
in southern Florida, and hy the inhabitants is applied to islands in the Everglades us
well as to the islands of the coast and reef of Florida.

94 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

Little is known concerning a rare bracken, Pycnadoria longifolia,
within our range, and it may jQi prove to be a native plant. There
seems to be no good reason why it should not be native, for it occurs
plentifully on the islands on the other side of the Gulf Stream. The
other exotic has found such favorable habitats and grows in such a
natural manner that it is difficult to realize that it is not a native
plant. In fact, never has a satisfactory explanation been offered as
to how the large wood-fern, Dryopteris setigera, did gain a foothold
in these apparently natural habitats. Of course, it may be that its
spores were primarily carried there by winds from cultivated plants
and thus lodged in favorable habitats. But the true manner of its
introduction may remain a mystery forever. The pepperwort,
Marsilea vestita, is native west of the Mississippi River. It seems to
have been brought into Florida through the agency of the railroads,
and as far as we know it has not been found far away from the lines of
traffic.

Two additional species, a bracken, Pycnadoria cretica, and a
clubmoss, Lycopodium cernuum, are sometimes considered naturalized
plants, but there has never been good evidence advanced to support
that theory.

There are seven endemic species in Florida. These are :

Aspleiiium biscayneaiium (Spleenwort)

Asplenium Ciirtissii

Tectara Amesiana (Halberd-fern)

Selaginella funiformis (Eesurrection-plaut)

Selaginella Inimifusa

Isoetes Chapmauii (Quilhvort)

Isoetes alata

The first-mentioned spleenwort grows in only one hammock — a
hammock on the Everglade Keys, in the southern end of the Ever-
glades, while the second one is found in hammocks in the lime-sink
region of the northern part of the peninsula. The Tectaria is known
only in the hammocks of the Everglade Keys. The first-cited species
of Selaginella occurs in peninsular Florida, while the second one has
been found in northern Florida, as well as in the peninsula. The
first-mentioned quillwort has been found only in western Florida,
while the second one is known to occur only in the Gulf Hammock
region. This region is a rather narrow strip along the upper western
coast of the peninsula with limestone near the surface or cropping out.
The coast line differs from that farther south in being devoid of

0,

X if. o

= 1 3

~ — t: ^

- -II .-2

1920] The Land of Ferns 95

islands. The ver^- gradually sloping ocean bottom acts as a barrier
against the approach of high waves from the Gulf of Mexico. The
long-leaf pine is the most abundant tree, but there are many low ham-
mocks besides the great Gulf Hammock of Levy County — whence the
name for the region.

The vast majority of the species comprising this fern flora are na-
tive plants that occur also outside the state, either in the eastern
United States or in tropical America. They fall into two groups :
the one composed of northern elements, the other of southern elements.
With very few exceptions the plants are tibrous-rooted. The species
of the genera Botrychium, Ophioglossum, and Cheiroglossa are fleshy-
rooted and doubtless all represent mycorrhiza forms.

The northern elements comprise about one-third of the species.
They are not, however, all strictly typical of decidedly northern lati-
tudes. On the one hand, some only extend northward as far as south-
ern Georgia, and others are merely in the coastal plain of the Gulf
of Mexico, while on the other hand a few of the species that are
naturally included among the northern ferns are found in the Amer-
ican tropics. Following is a list of the species:

Botrychium obliquiuu (Grape-fern)
Botrychium virginianum (Rattlesuake-fern)
Ophioglossum vulgare (Adder 's-tongue)
Ophioglossum crotalophoroides
Trichomanes Bosehiauum (Filmy-fern)
Osmuuda regalis (Eoyal-fern)
Osmunda cinnamomea (Cinnamon-fern)
Lygodium palmatum (Climbing-fern)
Pteris aquilina (Brake)

Adiantum Capilhis-Veneris (Venus 'hair fern)
Pellaea atropurpurea (Cliff -brake)
Anchistea virginica (Chain-fern)
Lorinceria areolata (Chain-fern)
Asplenium platyneuron (Spleenwort)
Asplcnium resiliens
Athyrium Filix-foemina (Lady-fern)
Dryopteris Thelypteris (Shield-fern)
Dryopteris floridana (Wood-fern)
Dryopteris hexagonoptera (Beech-fern)
Polystiehum acrostichoidcs (Christmas-fern)
Onoclea sensibilis (Sensitive-fern)
Marsilea vestita (Pepperwort)
AzoUa caroliniana (Watcrmoss)
Lycopodium alopecuroides (Clubmoss)

96 Journal of the Mitchell Society [Ju7ie

Lycopodium prostratum

Lyeopodium adpressuin

Lyeopodiiim carolinianum

Selagiiiella apus (Little-clubmoss)

Selaginella ludoviciana

Selaginella acanthonota (Resurrection-plant)

Selaginella arenicola

Isoetes flaccida (Quilhvort)

These ferns occupy, for the most part, temperate and sub-tropical
Florida.^ The plants are predominantly terrestial. Some kinds, how-
ever, are aquatics ; others are amphibious. Many kinds prefer as a
habitat what we commonly call soil, others grow best on exposed rock,
while a few seem to thrive luxuriantly in "peat,"

The lowland kinds reach Florida along the Atlantic Coastal Plain,
while the highland species extend southward from the mountains or
from the Piedmont region along the hills and ridges and through the
river-valleys of western Georgia and eastern Alabama. The tj^pically
lowland kinds, the majority of the species of the above list, often
range far southward in the peninsula, while the ranges of the highland
species generally end in northern Florida or in the upper part of the
peninsula, for example: Athyrium Filix-foemina, Dryopteris hexagon-
optera, Polystichum acrostichoides.

The tropical elements, comprising, as they do, about two-thirds of
the species, furnish the more varied and consequently the more in-
teresting fern-plants of our range. They are represented by :

Oi>hioglossum tenerum (Adder 's-tongue)
Cheiroglossa palmata (Hand-fern)
Triehomanes lineolatum (Filmy-fern)
Triehomanes punetatum
Triehomanes Kraussii
Actinostaehys Germani (Curly-grass)
Anemia adiantifolia (Flowering-fern)
Ceratopteris pteridoides (Floating-fern)
Ceratopteris deltoidea
Stenochlaena Kunzeana (Holly-fern)
Acrosticlium aureum (Leather-fern)
Acrostiehum excelsum
Polypodium Plumula (Polypody)
Polypodium peetinatum
Polypodium polypodiodes (Resurrection-fern)

^Includes particularly all the state, except the Everglade Keys, the Cape Sable region,
and the Florida Reef. The ferns have been considered in "Ferns of Tropical Florida,"
i-ix, 1-80, 1918, and "Ferns of Royal Palm Hammock," i-vii, 1-38, 1918, and incidentallv
in papers published in the journal of The New York Botanical Garden from 1904 to 1920.

1920] The Land of Ferns 97

Phlebodium aureum (Serpent-fern)

Campyloneurum angustifolium (Strap-fern;

Campyloneurum costatum

Campyloneurum latum

Campyloneurum Phyllitidis

Phymatodes exiguum (Vine-fern)

Vittaria lineata (Shoestring-fern)

Paltonium lanceolatum (Tip-fern)

Pyenadoria pinetorum (Bracken)

Pteris caudata (Brake)

Adiantum tenerum (Maidenhaiv-fern)

Adiantum melanoleucum

Hypolepis repens (Beaded-fern)

Cheilanthes micropliylla (Lip-fern)

Blechnum serrulatum (Swamp-braeken)

Blechnum oceidentale

Asplenium serratum (Spleen wort)

Asplenium heterochroum

Asplenium abscissum

Asplenium dentatum

Asplenium erosum

Asplenium verecundum

Asplenium Curtissii

Asplenium cristatum

Tectaria heraeleifolia (Halberd-fern)

Tectaria coriandrifolia

Teetaria minima

Tectaria Amesiana

Mjeniseium reticulatum (Everglade wood-fern)

Meniscium serratum

Dryopteris panamensis (Shield-fern)

Dryopteris stipularis

Dryopteris normalis

Dryopteris augescens

Dryopteris ampla

Dryopteris gongtyodes

Dryopteris parasitica

Dryopteris radicans

Dryojiteris tetragona

Xephrolepis exaltata (Boston-fern)'

Nephrolepis biserrata (Sword-fern)'

Sphenomeris davata

Lyeopodiuni cprnum (Chil>moss)

Psilotuiii muluiii (Brushmoss)

These tropical fci-iis, nciii-ly all of which are hammock plants and

' Tlieso cotiiiiuiii iiiuni's are u.st-d intcrcliangeiibly.

98 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

grow for the most part on trees, in humus, or on exposed limestone,
are largely confined to three well-defined areas. Two of these con-
stitute "tropical Florida" — that is to say, the Florida Keys and the
Everglade Keys. The other area is that lime-sink region in the north-
western part of the peninsula, mentioned above and to be referred to
more fully further on.

The Florida Keys consist of a chain of low islands built upon the
Florida Reef mainly south of the peninsula. All of them are remnants
of what were evidently larger islands in past ages.^^ They are really
situated in the waters of the Gulf Stream, and extend from the At-
lantic Ocean on the northeast into the Gulf of Mexico on the south-
west. They are naturally divided into two groups : those of the upper
or more northern group, which are of coral-rock, and those of the
lower or more southern group, which are of limestone. All the
islands are clothed with tropical hammock, except portions of a few
and here they are either partly heath-like or partly covered with pine.
These hammocks and pinelands harbor but ten different kinds of na-
tive ferns. But of these, one only {Paltonium lanceolatiim) has not
3'et been discovered on the Florida mainland.

The Upper Keys are for the most part long and narrow ridges of
coral-rock and are clothed with evergreen hardwood forests which
harbor the one kind of fern not yet known to occur on the Everglade
Keys. The Lower Keys are more spread out, more even, and rather
less elevated above the sea. They are clothed both with hardwood for-
ests and, in the case of a half-dozen islands, with pine woods, at least
in part. The Lower Keys have as yet yielded no ferns not already
known on the Everglade Keys. In fact, the Florida Keys have a
much smaller fern flora than the Everglade Keys. Only about one-
fifth of the species of the Everglade Keys have been found there. No
doubt in their past the fern flora was larger than it is now. It may
have rivaled or excelled that of the Everglade Keys, for the Florida
Keys consist of two areas of different ages, coral and limestone ; but
this region has been for a long time decidedly on the wane as regards
area, and doubtless also vegetation.

In addition to the leaching process of erosion that has reduced the
surface of the Everglade Keys, the Florida Keys have had the me-
chanical and chemical action of the sea to contend with and the evi-

'0 This statement refers to the islands composed of rock. The mud flats and islands
covered with mangrove are evidently, as a rule, increasing in size, especially in sheltered
places, but they scarcely figure in the matter of ferns. They are destitute of ferns, unless
an occasional Acrostichum aurevm got a foothold there.

~ r' ^

- -t.

1920] The Land of Ferns 99

clence of reductioii are not hard to observe. These islands have been
worn down and washed away not only by the never-ceasing action of
the sea, but also by the hurricanes of ages. This is quite evident.
The rock surface, particularly in the case of the Lower Keys whose
limestone corresponds to that of the Everglade Keys, is polished off
and plate-like, instead of merelj- leached out and honeycombed. What
the former fernworts consisted of we cannot even imagine, but we are
safe in assuming that the list was more extensive than that which we
are able to record there now.

The Everglade Keys, the second tropical area — a phytogeographic
region isolated in the Everglades — comprise a curved series of lime-
stojie islands appearing on the surface about the neighborhood of the
Miami River, trending southwest and disappearing in the southern
end of the Everglades. The area is surrounded by the Everglades,
except where a portion fronts on Bay Biscayne or its lagoons.

As on the Florida Keys, the native flora of the Everglade Keys
consists almost wholly of tropical plants. Pineland predominates
in extent of area today; but the few hammocks — evidently themselves
remnants of a once dominant and magnificent forest — still harbor
nearl}^ fifty kinds of our tropical ferns. And among these are no
naturalized exotic species, no typically northern species. The only
northern ferns in the vicinity are those occurring where the Ever-
glades and the limestone islands meet.

The number of ferns and fern-allies in this region is quite re-
markable when we consider that the area involved comprises onlj* a
few hundred square miles, a mere fraction of the State's large area.
Although variety in soil and other physical features is slight, this
area harbors more than fifty per cent, of the fern flora of Florida.

An overwhelming majority of the species are typically tropical
American. In addition to these, there are several cosmopolitan spe-
cies and a few endemic ferns. Th(> plants of nearly one-third of the
species are epi[)hytic, living on the moisture of the air and getting
solid food from the bark and suiall quantities of humus, while an-
chored on trees and j)rostrate logs. This condition doubtless nuikes up
to some extent for the lack of variety in tojiography, climate, and soil.

The Everglade Keys consist of two main divisions, the Biscayne
pineland^i and the Long Key itinehind. The loniifr group is made

"These two «r(iiips ui islamls arc sciiaralnl ironi ruth oiluT liy a (listiincf ol three
miles. The interveiiiiii; KviTclades contain a niiiiihcr of slouRhs ' whifli rei)resent the
ui>|>er reaches of an uiiiiiaii|)(Ml rivor that flows southward and empties into the Bay of
Florida. The larger or eastern Kroiii) of islands takes its name from Bay Biscayne which
washes the shores of one of the islands for a distance of about fifteen miles. The smaller
Krimj" takes its name from LonK Key, the larKCst island IviiiR west of the slouehs referred

In .•ll.i.v.v

100 Journal of the Mitchell Society [Jime

up of about a do/en larger islands, which are mostly bounded by the
Everglades on two sides and separated from each other by narrow
channel-like intersecting prairies. The Long Key group has a much
smaller area than the Biscayne pineland. It consists of about five
larger islands and a few smaller ones. Both groups are of limestone,
and they are slightly elevated above the Everglades. The rock is
rather porous and the softer spots of the almost universally exposed
surface -have been eroded, mostly by leaching out, so as to form a
surface honeycombed with all sizes of cavities having very ragged
and sharp edges. These limestone islands are almost completely for-
ested with the Caribean-pine {Pimis caribaea) which grows nearly
everywhere on the exposed rock. However, the pine-woods, or pine-
lands, are interrupted here and there by hammocks or areas of hard-
wood shrubs and trees, some areas small and some much larger, al-
though all taken together these comprise but a very small percentage
of the region under consideration. The hammocks may be divided
into two groups ; first, the high pineland hammocks which are islands
or colonies of hardwood trees in the pine-woods. They are dry except
for the water contained in deep lime-sinks and in the humid air.
They number about a score. Second, are the low pineland ham-
mocks, indefinite in number and situated along the boundary line of
the pinelands and the Everglades proper and prairies. These are
usually high and dry towards the pine-woods and low and wet along
the Everglades or prairies.

The ratio of pineland ferns to hammock ferns seems astonishingly
small. There are only three kinds of ferns that may be considered
naturally pineland plants. Even two of these ferns will spring up in
clearings in hammocks which have been partly destroyed either by
nature or by man. The other forty-eight species are hammock plants.
Their habit ranges from the stiffest to the most graceful and their
structure from the coarsest to the most delicate. The pineland species
are strictly terrestrial in habit. The hammock kinds are to a great
extent epiphytic.

The hammocks of the Biscayne pineland are rich repositories of
ferns. The trees are nearly all evergreen. More abundant are :
pigeon-plum (Coccolohis), devil's claws (Pisonia), blolly (Tornihia),
cherry (Laurocerasus) , wild-tamarind {Lijsiloma), Jamaica-dogwood
{Ichthyometkia) , coral-bean (Erythrina), torch-wood {Amyris), bit-
terwood (Simarouha), gumbo-limbo {Elaphrium), Guiana-plum

1920] The Land of Ferns 101

(Drypetes), soapberry {Sapindiis), butter-bough (Exothea), wild-
coffee (Coluhrina), laneewood (Ocotea), stopper (Eugenia), and
many others, all growing closely associated to make the hammocks.

Nearly all the kinds of ferns of tropical Florida may be found in
them. The well-like lime-sinks, the hammock floor, and the trunks
and limbs of rough-barked trees are the habitats of the many species,
each and all usually forming ferneries of indescribable beauty.
They can be appreciated by the eye alone; even the camera falls far
short of doing them justice. In some places the deep well-like sinks
have their sides completely covered with mats of iridescent filmy-
ferns (Trichomanes) to the exclusion of all other vegetation, while
nearby tree-trunks and logs are completely covered with another kind
of filmy-fern. In other sinks the small halberd-fern (Tectaria) pre-
dominates, while in still others we find the honeycombed rock sides
adorned with various ferns, filmies {Trichomanes), maidenhair
(Adiantum), halberd-fern {Tectaria), wood-fern {Dryopteris), and
spleenwort {Aspleniuui), not to mention the rarer holly-fern {Sten-
ochlaena), which is one of the few climbing ferns of . Florida. The
hammock floor is another kind of fernery. There the strap-fern, vari-
ous wood-ferns, maidenhair, spleenworts, sword-fern, and large hal-
berd-fern, comprise the more conspicuous kinds. One species of wood-
fern {Dryopteris ampla) is, at the same time, the most conspicuous
and most elegant. It sometimes has an erect stem a foot and a half
high and elegant lace-like leaves with a spread of a dozen feet ! In
these remarkable hammocks there are ferns everywhere, ferns under-
ground, ferns on the ground, and ferns in the air. The trunks and
limbs of rough-barked trees are actually clothed with masses of ferns,
as well as with orchids, and other plants. The resurrection-fern {Poly-
podium), the strap-fern {Campyloneurum), and the Boston-fern {Ne-
phrolepsis) are the most common epiphytic kinds, while the elegant
vine-fern {Phymatodes) occurs plentifully in one hammock. Pal-
metto trees are often conspicuous ferneries. Below the crown of
leaves and growing from among the old leaf-bases one often finds a
collection of Boston-fern {Nephrolcpis), shoestring-fern {Vittaria),
hand-fern {Chciroylossa) , and serpent-fern {Plilcbodium).

In passing, before taking up the additional tropical locality, it may
be of interest to mention a kind of iialf-way station where a few
tropical kiiuls of ferns have loiiiid congenial conditions, and flourish.
It is the magnificent hammock that clothes the eastern shores of Lake

102 JorKXAL OF THE Mitchell Society [June

Okeediobeo. Here vegetatio]i is protected ])y the tempering of the
westerly winds, that blow across the lake in winter. As a consequence
the Boston-fern {Nephrolepis) and the strap-fern {Campyloneurum),
as well as some epiphytic orchids, are abundant.

The third tropical fern area — and the one by far most difficult to
understand or to interpret satisfactorily — is that district several hun-
dred miles north of the Everglade Keys previously referred to, the
lime-sink region in the northwestern part of the peninsula. Here the
hammock is composed of trees not tropical, but characteristic of more
northern warm temperate regions. The trees are mostly deciduous-
leaved. There one finds iron-wood (Carpinus), oak {Quercus), elm
(Ulmus), sugarberry (Celtis), mulberry {3Iorus), sweet-gum {Liqui-
dambar), ash-leaved maple {Negundo), maple (Acer), and flowering
dogwood (Cynoxylon) . The boulders, sinks, chasms, canons, caves,
and cliffs hidden in these hammocks support a growth of ferns, even
if of a fewer number and of less variety, yet, just as tropical, both
in character and in kind, as do the lime-sinks of the Everglade Keys.
There is one striking difference, it is true. This is the absence of the
epiphytic kinds so common to the more southern area. The resurrec-
tion-fern {Polijpodium polypodioides) is the only truly epiphytic kind.
Following is a list of the species found in the large-it known grotto :

Polypodium polypodioides (Eesun-ection-ferii)

Polypodium Plumula (Polypody)

Polypodium pectinatum

Pteris cretica (Bracken)

Adiantum tenerum (Maiiidenhair-feni)

Asplenium abscissum (Spleenwort)

Asplenium Curtissii

Asplenium heteroehroum

Asplenium platyneuron

Asplenium vereeundum

Tectaria heracleifolia (Halberd-fern)

Dryopteris floridana (Wood-fern)

Dryopteris normalis (Shield-fern)

Dryopteris reptans

These species, or the related tj'pes in the case of the endemic
Asplenium Curtissii, are of general tropical distribution. The plants
are evergreen and have no apparent resting period during the .vear.

Such a copious growth of ferns is rarely se^n anywliere else in Flor-
ida. Boulders and cliffs are often entirely hidden from view b}' dense
masses of the various ferns growing intimately mixed. On other over-

19 W] The Land of Ferns 103

hanging rocks with rather smooth faces the plants are often scattered.
Most of the kinds grow not only on the perpendicular faces of the
rocks, but also on the top of boulders and all more or less horizontal
surfaces. The masses of leaves of all sizes and kinds of ferns often
completely hide numerous pitfalls of various sizes and ranging from
a few feet to twelve feet deep. Walking is rendered exceedingly
dangerous from these treacherous pitfalls alone, not to mention the
soft and crumbling edges of cliffs and ledges, i-

Among the tropical ferns that do not comply with our rule of these
three tropical phytogeographic areas, are the amphibious leather-ferns
(Acrostichiun) , which extend northward along the coastal strip or
through the Everglades up into the Lake region, the floating-ferns
(Ceratopteris) which are scattered through the peninsula up into the
Lake region, and such epiphytes as the hand-fern (Cheiroglossa) , the
serpent-fern (Fhlehodium), the vine-fern {Phymatodes), the shoe-
string fern (Vittaria), two species of strap-fern {CaitipyJoneuriwi),
and the sword-fern {Nephrolepis).

The exception in the ease of the epiphytes, however, is easily ac-
counted for. The soil or rock conditions in the country lying between
southern Florida and the northern part of the peninsula are wanting,
but whenever the conditions of hammocks in this intervening territory
are favorable, for example, the hammock on the eastern shore of
Okeechobee, these epiphytes, finding congenial conditions, take hold
and thrive.

There are nine kinds of ferns common to the Everglade Keys and
to the lime-sink region. They are of tropical origin. There are forty-
two species growing on the Everglade Keys not yet found in the lime-
sink region, and five species have been collected in the lime-sink region
not 3'et met with on the Everglade Keys.

Travelers and botanists observed and perhaps collectfd specimens
of ferns in Florida before the begiiniing of tiie Eighteenth century.
Then during the earlier part of the last century, further collections
were made in many localities, and about the middle of that century
nearh' fifty species of ferns were known to grow wild in the entire
state. During the eiglitli iiud ninth decades of the last centurv and

" For more defnilod accounts of these fern jtrottops see A. 11. Curtiss, Plant World
68-70, 1902, and R. M. Harper. American Fern Journal 6: 68 81. 1016.

104 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

the first decade of the present century, however, during Avhich periods
collectors carried on botanical explorations in the less-known parts of
the state, the list of Florida ferns was increased by more than fifty
additional species. So that now, as already stated, we know that in
this state alone there are growing, without cultivation, over one hun-
dred different kinds of ferns and fern-allies.

The New York Botanical Garden.

THE REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH CAROLINA
ILLUSTRATED BY CENSUS STATISTICS

By Eolaxd M. Harper

Plate 29

In the Journal of School Geography (afterwards called the Journal
of Geography) for January and March, 1898, there is a 14-page de-
scription of South Carolina by Prof. L. C. Glenn — a former resident
of that state, and a North Carolinian by birth — which is a good ex-
ample of what can be done by a careful observer with the proper
geographical point of view, without reference to census reports or
other previous literature.

The present paper supplements Prof. Glenn's bj' dividing the
same state into natural regions and illustrating some of the contrasts
between them by means of statistics, mostly taken from the 13th
United States Census (1910). The main object of this study is to give
readers an idea of the vast amount of geographical information that is
buried in census reports and going to waste, as it were, for lack of
geographers sufficientl}' interested in that kind of work to dig it out
and put it together by regions. Most of the same kinds of ratios here
worked out are indeed given in recent census reports for whole states,
but as the average state is divisible into at least half a dozen regions,
differing in all sorts of ways, the contrasts between them are pretty
effectually concealed by the common practice of using state averages.

Description is here reduced to a minimum, to avoid unnecessary
duplication of what has already been written by Professor Glenn and
others. And in order to economize space only a few of the many pos-
sible kinds of statistics are used, but those few are believed to be
among the most significant. By utilizing more of the census tables,
and also by going back to earlier censuses, the length of this article
could have been increased man}' times witliout sacrificing much of its
geographical interest. Statistics could also have been obtained from
other sources than census reports; for example, the relative areas of
diflf'erent soil texture classes from government soil surveys, and the
relative abundance of different trees or other |)lants from the writer's
field notes. But these lines have not yet hecn worked up with a degree
of tiioroughness at all comparable with a census, and they umy there-
fore be left out of consi(l<T;iti<)ii at present.

[ 1"5 ]

106 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

Conditions in Sontli Carolina are very favorable for showing cer-
tain fundamental relations between geology, or soil, and civilization.
The state can be divided Into seven or eight belts approximately par-
allel to the coast, each ditf'ering from its neighbors in geology, soil or
topography (and incidentally in climate; though that gives no abrupt
transitions and therefore does not help us much in drawing the re-
gional boundaries), with corresponding differences in the density, ra-
cial composition and education of the population, the development of
agriculture, etc. The counties, although rather large for statistical
refinements (averaging about 709 square miles each in 1910) fit these
belts very well, considering the fact that they were laid out with little
regard to regional geography. This is not quite so true of census
periods previous to the last, however, when some of the counties were
larger, and that is one reason why the regional statistics given here
are based on the last census onl.v. (A few additional counties have
been created since 1910, but those are of course ignored.)

The different belts or regions were well described by Maj. Harry
Hammond, of Aiken County (1829-1916), one of the greatest geogra-
phers the South ever produced, in the 6th volume of the Tenth Census,
and in still greater detail in his 734-page handbook of South Caro-
lina, published about the same time (1883) by the state agricultural
department.* The present writer, having visited most of the counties
in South Carolina, has introduced some minor modifications, and the
boundaries as now recognized are shown on the accompanying sketch
map.-

The regions will be described very briefly, and the results of the
statistical investigations then presented in a table, followed by ap-
propriate comments.

The Blue Ridge, including the highest mountains in the state, with
a maximum altitude of about 3,500 feet, occupies only a few hundred
square miles in the extreme northw^est, too small an area to figui-e at
all in the statistical tables. It is therefore combined with the next
region.

The upper Piedmont region, on account of its geographical position,
is the highest, coolest, and most hilly part of the state, with the ex-

* Unfortunately the only leaf bearing the author's name, namely, that containing the
preface and bibliography, ^vas cut out of most copies of this monumental work bv the
publishers, on account of a slight misunderstanding; and the authorship is therefore "some-
times credited to the then Commissioner of Agriculture by those who do not know the
circumstances.

^ The fall-line, or boundary between the Piedmont and sandhills, is generalized from
a geological map by Earle Sloan, in the 1907 ?Iandbook of South Carolina.

:19;20] The Regional Geography of South Carolina 107

ception of the Blue Rido'e just mentioned. Its area is about 3,600
square miles. It is characterized by gneiss and other metamorphie
rocks, which weather into red clayey loams and gray sandy loams of
medium fertility. It has more water-power in proportion to its area
than any of the regions lower down, and cotton manufacturing is a
very important industry. The statistics used are based on the six
northwesternmost counties, all of which have more whites than negroes
(which cannot be said of any other six contiguous counties in the
state).

The loiver Piedmont region is similar geologically to the upper,
except for having more granite, trap and shate. On account of being
nearer the coast and less elevated the topography is a little smoother
and there is less water-power than in the upper division (as could be
brought out by means of certain census statistics if one wanted to take
the trouble). The soil is apparently just a little more fertile on the
average than that nearer the mountains. (Fertile soil and abundant
water-power hardh' ever characterize one and the same region.*) The
area is about 6,500 square miles, approximately coextensive with
eleven counties.

The boundary between the upper and lower Piedmont regions is a
rather arbitrary one, for the most striking ditt'erence between them,
and one not wholly accounted for by the rather small differences in
natural environment, is in the racial composition of the population,
which is brought out in the table. The cause of this marked differ-
ence is not altogether clear, but it is probably' largely historical,
though it may be partly fortuitous. The same distinction can be made
very satisfactorily in the Piedmont region of Georgia, but not in North
Carolina, perhaps on account of soil differences.

The innermost division of the coastal plain is the sand-hills, which
extend all the way across the state, — except for being interrupted l)y
river valleys — and a considerable distance into the two adjoining
states. The area is irregular and not easy to measure, but is probably
about 3,000 square miles. This is an elevated aiul very sandy region,
as the name implies. It lias an agreeable climate and pnre water, and
contains some well-known winter and spring resorts, sucli as Camden
and Aiken. The soil is rather poor, but the counties used in jireparing
the table (Chesterfield, Kei-sliaw and Lexington) all iiirhulc parts of
more fertile regions, so that the census statistics arc not altogether

* See Journal of Forestry (\Viisliiiit;ton ) 16: li:!. litis.

108 Journal of the Mitchell Society [J^me

typical. If it were possible to exclude the more fertile areas the figures
Avould show greater contrast than they do.

The upper pine belt embraces considerable diversity, from high red
hills to flat sandy pine woods and swamps, but there are all sorts of
intermediate conditions, and it would be difficult to subdivide this
region in any way that would give us significant statistics as long as
the counties are as large as they are. The region covers about 14
counties and 11,000 square miles.

The lower pine belt differs from the preceding chiefly in having
almost no red hills, more ponds, more sandy soil, and more long-leaf
pine. It is approximately coextensive with Dorchester, Colleton and
Hampton counties, and covers about 2,700 square miles.

The Cape Fear pine-barren region centers around Wilmington,
N. C, and in South Carolina includes most of Horry County, about
half of Georgetown (but not half its population), and perhaps part
of Marion, or about 1,500 square miles. It is characterized by copious
summer rain (nearly half the annual preciptation comes in the four
warmest months), and the soils are sandy and pretty well leached of
fertility. The statistics used to illustrate it are based on Horry
County alone.

The coast strip includes the islands, marshes, and marly flats along
the coast, mostly south of the Santee River. The soils are of various
degrees of fertility, but mostly pretty well supplied wdth phosphorus,
the raw rock or ore of which has been mined in several places for fertil-
izing purposes. Some of the richest soil is too swampy for profitable
cultivation, however, especially since the competition of Louisiana
practically put an end to the rice industry that once flourished herci
The area is about 1,600 square miles of land, and the counties of
Charleston and Beaufort are taken as typical.

The first table gives statistics of density, race, nativity and il-
literacy of the population in each of seven regions, together with cor-
responding figures for the state as a whole at the last four censuses,
this addition being for the purpose of illustrating certain general prin-
ciples better and facilitating comparisons with other states that have
been or will be studied in the same way. There is also a column for
urban percentage, urban population being defined at the last two cen-
suses as that living in cities and towns with over 2,500 inhabitants.
(Previously a higher minimum was used, so that in order to get com-
parable figures one has to pick out the places having more than the

\

<

\ 1 ^^

<

S^

O

"^Xf

CD

•o

O

c

Cb

^4

yJ \ 3

1

o

to

(^4

O-l

o

b

a)

3

1-1

o

W

"<

^

as

>

Ck

g

C

o

•k

1-1
O

o

^

CO

to

t-\

"O

IS

a

c

(i.

u

o.

0)

O

T<

rH

bO

«

O

04

c

c

K

^

a

1920

The Kegional Geography of South Carolina

109

specified number of inhabitants and add them together.) The illiteracy
percentages are based on the number of persons over ten years old
unable to read and write.

In both tables the highest numbers in each column are printed in
heavy type and the lowest in italics, to help the reader pick out the
extreme range of variation in South Carolina and also the salient
features of each region as far as they are shown by the kinds of data
here used.

The influence of racial demography is illustrated still further bj^
putting at the bottom of both tables separate statistics for the twenty
counties that have more than 40% of whites, and the 23 "blackest,"
with less than 40% white.

TABLE 1. POPULATIOX AND ILLITEEACY

REGIONS, ETC.

X 0)

Percentage of total

'S.t:

Percent illiterate

Whole state, 1880 ..

1890 ..
1900

1910 ..

Upper Piedmont

LoAver Piedmont

Sand-hills

Upper pine belt

Lower pine belt

Cape Fear region

Coast Strip

L'O wliitest counties
23 blackest counties

33.0
38.2
44.4
49.7

38.6
39.8
41.2
44.4

0.7
0.5
0.4
0.4

60.7 7.7
59.7 10.5
58.4 12.8
55.2 14.8

22.4
18.1
13.6
10.3

4.9
6.3
6.5
6.8

78.5
64.1
52.8
38.7

55.4
44.9
35.9
25.7

78.1
53.6
36.4
45.2
26.9
S2.5
74.0

68.3
39.6
53.5
34.2
36.9
75.1

0.3
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1

31.4
60.2
45.3
65.6
63.0

0.11^^.7

16.8
11.7

7.5

7.3

0

0

2.4 69.2149.5

13.3

7.6
11.5
10.3

8.1
18.7

2.0

10.0
7.8
3.5
4.1
0.1

16.0
6.1

36.0
39.6
44.5
37.5

M.3
26.4
26.2
27.6

49.8'34.3

41.1 21.6
25.9 25.2

57.0
43.8

56.7
31.9

0.3
0.5

42.9 15.6
67.6 14.0

12.3
6.8

7.6
6.3

37.1
39.7

22.8

28.7

The second ta])le is devoted to agriculture, and gives for the wliole
state in IftOO and TDK), for each region, and for the same two groups
of counties above outlined, the ratio of "improved hind in farms'' to
total area (expressed as a percentage), the expenditure for fertilizers
in the year preceding, per acre of improved land in the census year (in
dollars and cents), the percentage of white farnuTs, the average num-

110

Journal of the Mitchell Society

[June

ber of improved acres managed by white and negro farmers, and the
value of farm buildings, for both races separately and combined.

TABLE 2. AGEICULTURE

REGIONS, ETC.

fo P.

Imijroved
acres per
farm

V'alue of
buildings
per farm

Whole state, 1900

1910

Upper Piedmont

Louver Piedmont

Sand-hills

Upper pine belt

Lower pine belt

Cape Fear pine-barrens
Coast strip

20 whitest counties

23 blackest counties

29.6
31.2

0.78 45.0

2.49

45.1

50.1
43.9

26.6

26.8

304
617

67 173
155 364

41.1 1.77
4:1.0\l.63
25.612.36
32.913.75
20.211.94
11.9 2.96
15.0 2.78

68.0
39.4
62.0
36.8
42.4
81.7
8.1

31.9
46.0
38.7
52.1
58.5
26.7
100.0

26.9
31.0

27.0
26.8
21.8
13.8

1S.4

536
680
453
726
570
271
1083

1831422

157
126
156
141

104
122

363
337
365
324
243

33.8
29.2

2.45
2.62

58.0
32.8

37.1

55.4

28.4
25.8

556

720

169
146

393
335

The densest population is in the upper Piedmont region, where
the most manufacturing is, but the coast strip is a close second, on ac-
count of containing the state's principal seaport, which includes nearly
half the population of that strip. The other extreme is in the Cape
Fear region, which has the poorest soil. The last named has the largest
percentage of whites ; \vhile the coast strip has the most negroes and
also the most foreigners, for more or less obvious reasons. The per-
centage of negroes and foreigners in the state as a whole has de-
creased in recent decades.

The aggregate illiteracy is least in the two regions that have the
smallest proportion of negroes, and would probably be greatest in the
coast strip but for the fact that nearly half the population of that
region is urban and therefore has pretty good school facilities. Il-
literacy among the native whites, curiously enough, is greatest where
negroes are fewest, and vice versa, as may be seen not only from the
highest and lowest figures in that column, but also from the statistics
of the two divisions of the Piedmont, which, as already stated, are
similar in natural features but differ widely in racial composition, and
from the two groups of counties with different proportions of negroes.

1920] The Regional Geography of South Carolina 111

If illiteracj' is a safe criterion, the quality of the foreign-born
population of South Carolina has deteriorated a little in recent de-
cades, while the natives, both white and black, have made great
progress. The foreigners are still a little superior to the native whites
in that respect, however, except in the coast strip, where they are most
numerous. (In the other regions they have probably never consti-
tuted as much as 1% of the population since there has been a census.)
Nearly half the negroes in the lower pine belt were unable to read and
write at the time of the last census, perhaps because that region had
less than ten white people per square mile ; not enough to maintain a
very efficient system of rural schools. There is much less variation in
illiteracy among the negroes in different regions than among the
whites, which agrees very well with what we already know about
that race.

Turning now to the agricultural statistics, the percentage of im-
proved land depends largely on soil fertility, and is lowest in the
poorest region, but in South Carolina some moderatel}' fertile regions,
like the coast strip, have large areas of swamp and marsh, which ma-
terially restricts the possible improved acreage. This may explain
why the lower Piedmont region has a trifle less improved land than
the upper, instead of more, as we might expect from the smoother
topography, etc.

The expenditure for fertilizers depends partly on soil fertility
or the lack of it, and partly on the intensity of cultivation, being
nearly always high near cities. In South Carolina, however, the upper
pine belt leads in this respect, though it has neither the poorest soil
nor the largest urban population ; and the explanation may be simply
that the farmers there (and also in the corresponding part of North
Carolina) have acquired the fertilizer habit. A farmer in ]\Iarlboro
County established a world's record for corn in 1889 by raising 255
bushels on one acre, of course with the aid of heavy applications of
fertilizers. It will be noticed that the exjienditure for fertilizer ])('r
acre in the state more than trebled between 11)00 and 1!)1(). This may
be paiMly due lo a progressive exhaustion of tlie natui-al fei-tility of
the soil, and llie decline in value of money (amounting to about 40%
in that decade) following the discovery of gold in the Klondike region
in 1897, certainly had sonicihing to do with the increased expenditure,
but after making allowance for these a growth of the practice of usintr
commercial fertilizers is still apparent.

112 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

The percentage of whites among the farmers does not differ much
from that among the total population, except that it is decidedly
larger in the poorest region and smaller in the coast strip; in the
latter case perhaps because of the scarcity of good water in the rural
districts, a condition which negroes can endure better than whites.

White farmers have the smallest farms and poorest buildings in
the Cape Fear region, where white illiteracy is most prevalent, and
the other extreme in all three particulars is the coast strip, long char-
acterized by large plantations of rice, sea-island cotton, and other
crops not grown much in the interior. There the average white farmer
cultivates over eight times as much land as the negro, and has a home
worth nearly nine times as much. As already noted under the head
of illiteracy, the negroes vary less in different regions than the whites.
They seem to prosper most in the Piedmont region and least in the two
regions along the coast ; but that does not necessarily indicate that the
coast negroes are not the most contented.

Looking at the last two lines of the table it will be noticed that the
cultivated acreage and building values of white farmers increase with
the proportion of negroes, just as the illiteracy for the same race de-
creases, which is contrary to the opinion held in some quarters that the
presence of an inferior race in large numbers tends to lower the civil-
ization standards of the superior race.

In the state as a whole the farms of white men decreased in size
between 1900 and 1910 (following a pretty general tendency through-
out the country, correlated with increasing- population and increasing
agricultural efficiency), while those of negroes increased a little. The
average white farmer's buildings doubled in money value during the
same period, while the negro's increased nearly 2^2 times. Part of this
increase of value is only apparent, as explained under the head of
fertilizers a few paragraphs back, but after making allowance for that
substantial improvement is evidertt. Just how long this had been in
progress is not certainly' known, for the census made no returns of
farm-building values prior to 1900, nor did it separate the races of
farmers until then.

The relations between soil, population, race, education, improved
land, farm areas, building values, etc., pointed out here, are not pe-
culiar to South Carolina by any means, but have been found to apply
in much the same way in Georgia, Alabama, and other southeastern
states, a fact which should be of considerable interest to geographers.

Florida Geological Survey.

NOTES ON THE LOWER BASIDIOMYCETES OF NORTH

CAROLINA *

By W. C. Coker

Plates 23 and 30-66

With the exception of some minute forms parasitic on insects, etc.,
the true fungi may be divided into three great classes, as follows :

A. Phycomycetes. Simple plants of webby or moldy growth, not

forming large or complicated fruit bodies. In their reproduction
they are distinguished by the presence, in most cases, of true
eggs or gametes in addition to asexual spores. They include,
among other forms, some of the molds, such as the black mold on
bread, the downy mildews, which are destructive parasites on
higher plants, as grapes, potatoes, etc., and the water molds, one
of which causes a disease of fish. None of this group will be
treated in this work. A separate book on the water molds of the
United States will be published soon.

B. Basidiomycetes. To this group belong the vast majority of mush-

rooms and toadstools. With the exception of some of the lower
groups, such as the rusts and smuts, which are diseases of higher
plants and are not treated in this book, they form in nearly all
cases a complicated fruit body that we usually speak of as the
plant, but this body is the product of an extensive vegetative sj'S-
tem of a webby or cottony character which ramifies through the
earth or wood from which the mushroom arises. The most dis-
tinctive character is the production of the spores on the ends of
club-shaped or pear-shaped microscopic branches or basidia which
are formed on certain parts of the fruit body, and help to make
up a distinct spore-producing surface or layer called the hymen-
ium. In most species each basidium produces four spores on its
end, each supported on a slender stalk.

C. AscoMYCETES. A Very extensive group of fungi of great economic

importance because of the large number of destructive parasites
it contains. They are quite varied in form and size, ranging
from minute (as in man}' parasites, in 3'east, etc.) to moderately
large (as in the Morels). The spores are contained in saes which

* Many of the drawings in this cliapter were made by Miss Alma Holland, Assistant in
Botany. Mr. J. N. Coucli, Assistant in Botany, drew most of the figures of Gymnosporan-
gium, SejJtobasidium and Sel)acina. A good many figures were drawn by tlie author and inked
in by Miss Holland. The colored i)late was painted in p:irt by MissM. E. Eaton, of New
York, and in p;.rt by Miss Cornelia S. Love, of Chapel Hill.

114 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

are usually eloujiated aud which discharge by the rupture of the
tip. There are usually eif>ht spores iu each sac, but this numlier
is in some cases iucreased by the division of the original ones
into several or many before they are discharged. Only a few
of the larger forms Avill be treated in this series of papers, and
the key to their families will be given later.

Key to the Families of Basidiomycetes

1. Hymenomycetes: Hymenium (spore bearing surface) exposed before ma-
turity and composed of gills, tubes or spines, or in some cases quite smooth.
(In those mushrooms which are enclosed in a cup when young the cup is
broken and the plant emerges before the spores are ripe.)
Basidia elongated and divided into four or
fewer cells by cross Avails ; texture of plant
toughly or softly gelatinous or waxy in the
sj^ecies here treated (of the very large
group of rusts Ave are treating only a few
species of Gymnosporangium, Avhich are gel-
atinous at one stage).

Basidia arising from a specialized, thiek-
Avalled, constricted spore, Avhich is two-
celled in the species here treated (the

other families of rusts are here omitted )..^e<:'ifZi'acfae (p. 115)
Basidia not arising as above, but from
hyphal threads, or in Saccoblastia from

thin-Avalled, lateral, pendat sacs AuricuJariaceae (p. 119)

Basidia divided across into several irregular

cells; texture of plant fibrous and leathery ....Septohasidium (in Auri-

culariaceae) (p. 125)
Basidia ovate, pyriform or spherical, divided
into two or four cells by longitudinal or
oblique walls

Basidia arranged in roAvs of several; tex-
ture gelatinous Sirohdsidium (p. 128)

Basidia single ; texture in one group gela-
tinuous and forming erumpent, folded or
convoluted masses; in another forming-
thin, resupinate, tough, leathery and co-
riaceous crusts ; in one gelatinous genus

Avith the form and teeth of a 'iIy(hnim...TrcmeUaccae (p. 129)
Basidia long, slender, terete, forked above into
tAvo long branches, not diAdded into cells ;

texture gelatinous or sub-cartilaginous Daciyinycetaceae (p. Ifa'O)

Basidia not divided into cells and not forked,
mostly club-shaped

Hymenium smooth; form of plant various,
but without sharp distinction betAveen
an expanded cap and a stem, sometimes
completely spread out (resupinate) on
the substratum.

Texture tough, leathery and fibrous;
if branched, the branches not
rounded (except in a feAv sTpecies) ....Tlif le/ilioraceae
Texture softer, fleshy; plant cylin-
drical or club-shaped and un-

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 115

branched or more often branched

like a coral or bush or tree Clavariaceae

Texture fleshy; plant mushroom-
shaped or trumpet-shaped ; hy-
menium borne on the under siile
and often slightly wrinkled CratcrcUus"

Hymenium borne on pendant teeth (if

gelatinous see Tremellodon) Hyclnaceac

Hymenium borne in pores, or if gill-
"like (Lentinus) then the plant is very
tough, dry and corky Poh/poraceae

Hymenium borne on gills; plant more or
"less soft and fleshy Agaricaceae

2. Gasteromycetes: Hymenium enclosed until maturity inside the plant body
and not breaking out at all (as in the puff balls) or exposed at maturity
by being elevated on a stalk (as in the phalloids) ; in one family forming
a nest-like cup containing ' ' eggs ' ' at maturity.
Plant body more or less spherical or pear-
shaped, sometimes stalked, opening at one or
more places or wearing away to expose the

spore mass .' Lycoperdaceae

Plant body breaking from an egg-like case at
maturity and forming a delicate, more or
less porous stem, which bears at its tip a
smooth or folded or complicated or divided
structure which supports the slimy and bad-
smelling hymenium FliaUaceae

Plant body small, forming a sessile or stalked
cup which opens at maturity to expose a
group of egg-like bodies Avithin Nidulariaceae

AECIDIACEAE

111 the most recent nioiiojiraph of the tnie rusts or Urediuales by
Arthur (N. Am. Flora 7:88. 1907) the order is divided into three
families, the Coleosporiaceae, tlie I^redinaceae and the Aeeidiaceae.
Of these the last family is by far the most important eeonomieally and
contains some of the most serious diseases of fruits and farm crops.
Till' lunnber of species is so larg-e and the life history so complicated
by a number of spore forms and an alternation of two srenerations,
often on different hosts, tluit a study of tlie rusts is now almost a
subject in itself. Tliis eoiiiph'xily, to<i'(»th('r wirii their ('coiKimic im-
portance, has resulted in the ])roduction of a very larj^e literature to
which one may be <iuided by any of the recent te.xt books on Plant
Diseases, such as I)uj:<iar's Finif/iis Diseases of I'hntfs and Stevens'
Fi(iif/i which ('(tusr I'htiit Disrttsrs.

The destructive rusts of <i-rains, trasses and clovers cause a loss
of millions of dollars in the Tniled States yearly. To tliem are closely

•Treated in the .\K:iric.iceae. See this .b)iiriial 36: ,U. 1'>1''.

116 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

related the rusts of apples, quinces, haws, e^e., that cause much
damage in the South Atlantic states and which infest the red cedar
as their alternative host. We have chosen three species of these cedar
rusts to represent the group of rusts in this paper. They belong to
the genus Gymnosporangium in the family Aecidiaceae.

GYMNOSPORANGIUM

Producing on cedar in wet weather in the spring conspicuous
masses of yellowish jelly either directly on the twigs, branches, or
main trunks or on special large galls on the small twigs. This jelly
contains a large number of two-celled spores, called teleutospores or
teliospores, which sprout at once in the jelly to form elongated
basidia, called promycelia, which are divided into four cells by
cross walls, each cell sprouting to form a smaller curved spore called
a sporidium. These last are then blown about and falling on leaves
or fruits of apples or their relatives may infect them and produce
in a few months discolored yellowish spots which produce on the
underside tubular projections in which are borne in chains another
kind of spore called the aecidiospore or aeciospore composed of one
cell with a warted wall. These when blown back to the young cedar
will infect the leaves and cause the development of the large galls
again which are full grown and produce spores the second spring
after the infection. The life history of these rusts thus requires two
distinct hosts and each must be infected by spores borne on the other.
On the upper side of the infected spots on the apple, etc., are borne
in sunken flasks very small jiycniospores which have no known func-
tion. Of the many species of the genus we select three that are found
in Chapel Hill.

In addition to the treatment in North American Flora and in the
texts mentioned, where references are gi'S'en, one may refer to de-
tailed work by Heald on the life history of the apple-cedar rust in the
22d Rep., Nebraska Agr. Exp. Station, p. 105, 1909 ; also a paper by
Coons in the same series 25th Rep., p. 217, 1912.

Key to the Three Species Treated

All forming gelatinous excrescences on cedar (/. virgiiiiuna) in spring.
P^orming globular, uneven balls which vary in size

from a pea to a small ai:)ple, from Avhich long

gelatinous processes arise G. Jutiiperi-rirgiiiianae (1)

Forming rough and usually thickened areas on twigs

:" -1

/ -

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 117

and branches, or less often on trunks, from sears
on which arise globular or wedge-shaped, often
confluent and irregularly-diffused masses of jelly

Jelly masses, only up to 7 mm. high, small and

rounded; teliospores, 17-23,14 thick G. gcrminule (2)

Jelly masses wedge-shaped, up to 2o mm. higli;

teliospores, 1o-18..j^ thick G. Nidus-avis (3)

1. Gymnosporangium Juniperi-virginianae Schw.

G. )tiacropi(s Link

Plates 30 and 52

This species is easily recognized on cedar by the large brown balls
with shallow pits which form long, tentacle-like, gelatinous processes
in wet weather in spring. After forming a crop of spores the balls
die and turn blackish. The mycelium is not perennial but grows on
the cedar through about twenty-one months from the infection of a
leaf in July and August to spore formation a year from the following
April. Infected apple leaves show thickened spots that are yellow or
orange and on these spots below are several clusters of pale tubes
which soon become lacerated and torn and more open. From these
drop the brownish aeciospores which again infect the cedars. The
elongated teliospores are 11-17 x 84-70/i, and sprout from near the
septum.

The abundance of the cedar in this section makes the infection of
apples ver}' easy and, with the exception of San Jose scale, which is
much more easily controlled by sprajnng, this is the most serious apple
disease in Chapel Hill. There is hardly a cedar tree in town without
these rust balls on them and apple trees near them frequently lose
nearly all tlieir leaves in June and July and grow a new set by August.
Different kinds of apples show great variation in resistance to the
disease, the most inunune apparently being the Staymans Winesap.
Shockley and Bonum are very susceptible.

2307</. On Junipcrus virginiuna. May 7, 191.1.

2. Gymnosporangium germinale (Schw.) Kern

('. clavipes Cooke and Pk.

Plates 'M and r)2

Attacking cedar twigs al>out 3-8 nun. in thickness, producing a
gradual fusiform enlargement about 5-12 nun. thick. The trelatinous

118 Journal op the Mitchell Society [June

processes are in the form of low, small, rounded cushions crowded
all around the infected area and are in large part fused into a con-
tinuous mass. Teliospores thicker than in our other species, 17-23 x
40-55/x, the upper cell with a single apical pore, the lower with a pore
by the pedicel through which the germ-tube may emerge or it may
emerge through the pedicel scar itself. The pedicel is stout, slightly
swollen a little below the spore, 7-11/x thick at point of attachment.
The aecial stage is on the shad-bush (Amelanchier), affecting the
fruits as much or more than the leaves. The infected fruits reach
nearly full size and turn reddish where not attacked, but are dis-
torted and imperfect. A tree in the garden at Glen Burnie is infected
every year.

2786«. On twigs and small branches of cedar, April 9, 1918. Photo.

3. Gymnosporangium Nidus-avis Thaxter.

Plates 31 and 52

This is not uncommon in Chapel Hill, making rough and un-
sightly areas and scars on the branches and rarely even on the trunks
of cedar. The gelatinous outgrowths are crowded in longitudinal
rows often all around the branches for a distance at times of several
feet. The branch is not much swollen, but the rough surface due to
the ruptured bark makes such places larger. The individual scars
are usually oval and about 2-4 x 4-7 mm., approximated by the scars
of the preceding years. Gelatinous processes (telia) wedge-shaped,
chestnut brown, 7-15 mm. high.

Teliospores (of No. 2772a) two-celled, 13-18.5 x 37-58,^, the two
cells often partly separated before sprouting, the upper sprouting
apically or at the septum or from both places, the lower from near
the septum in one or two places, the slender pedicels not swollen.

This plant does not agree well with Gymnosporangium Nidus-avis
as described in North Am. Flora (I.e. p. 196), which is said to have
larger teliospores with stouter pedicels, the upper cell sprouting api-
cally, the lower at the septum (called "apically" also). But Dr.
Kern writes me that he would call our plant G. Nidus-avis. He says :
"As regards the pores in the teliospores of Gymnosporangium the
arrangement is quite variable. The generic description in the North
American Flora states that they are usually 2 in each cell, but some-
times 1, 3, or 4, variously arranged, often near the septa, sometimes

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes op North Carolina 119

apical in the upper, rarely near the pedicel in the lower. After
further observations I believe that I have tried to be too definite
regarding pore arrangement in the case of some of the species. In
G. Nidus-avis it certainly is true that often only 1 pore is observed
in each cell, apical in the upper, and near the septum in the lower
(which is referred to as apical being as near the apex as possible) but
frequently there are two pores in each cell, one apical and one near
the septum in the upper, and both near the septum in the lower.
The telia are often wedge-shaped instead of pulvinate. G. Nidxis-avis
is an unusually variable species and the description in the North
American Flora does not provide for the variations as it should."

Our peculiar form of the species was collected by Arthur at Ashe-
ville, N. C, and cultures made on apple from his collection produced
the typical aecia and pycnia. Infections made March 22nd gave
p.ycnia by April 6th and aecia by April 27th (Mycologia 2 :230. 1910).

186a. On branches of J. virginiana which were 3-4 mm. thick, March 31, 1914.
2112a. On branches of ,/. virginiana which were about 0.6-1-3 cm. thick, March
17, 1918.

AURICULARIACEAE

Basidia ( in the more typical members of this family) elongated,
divided into four or fewer cells by cross walls, each cell sprouting by
a slender or a thickish sterigma to form a single spore; form of fruit
})ody various, its texture varying from toughly or softly gelatinous
to waxy. Resembling the rusts closely in the liasidia and spores, but
differing from them in tlie absence of a thick-walled, abstricted telio-
^])()r(' from which the basidia sprout, and in not being |)arasitic'. but
sapropiiytic on dead wood.

Nearest this family apparently, but doubtfully belonging to it, is
the peculiar genus Septobasidium which is parasitic on scale insects
and has a fibrous, leathery texture. The basidia are divided by cross
walls but arc variable in the form and number of the cells, and the
nuinlx'i- i)t' the cells that produce spores is not known in all cases. We
arc including it here. Sec Bi-cfchl ]. c., p. (il).

Ki:v TO Our (Jenera

Texture f^elatiiious or wa.xy.

T(»ujj;lily {jehitinous; form more or less resem-
l)linfr an car, wliidi projects from the wooil
l)y a lateral attadiment {compare Exidia
gclatinosa) ; basidia not arisin<; from a
special izcil sac Anricuhiria

120 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

Texture waxy, form crustaceous and resii2:)in-
ate on the wood; basidia arising from a
pear-shaped, hanging sac Saccohlastia

Texture \vaxy ; basidia not arising from a

sae Platygloea

Texture dry and leathery Septobasidium

AURICULARIA

Plants sessile on dead wood by a narrow or broad base, crowded
and often shelving, more or less cup-shaped ; firmly gelatinous and
tremelloid when wet, becoming hard when dry ; spore-bearing surface
rugosely channelled and pitted to resemble an ear. The basidia are
long rods with cross partitions dividing them into cells, and from
each cell arises a long sterigma bearing a single spore on its end.
Spores white, smooth, sausage-shaped. We have but o)ie species.

Auricularia auricula- judae (L.) Berk.

Plates 32 and 53

Plants sessile on dead wood by a narrow or broad base, up to 8 cm.
in diameter, crowded and often shelving, more or less ear-shaped or
cup-shaped, firmly gelatinous, tremelloid and translucent when damp
and fresh, becoming hard when dry, a light yellowish-brown color
much like that of rubber gloves. The under surface bearing the
spores is more or less rugosely channelled and pitted like the inside of
an ear, hence the name Jew's Ear. The dorsal surface is dens?ly
velvety tomentose with short, simple, crooked hairs.

Basidia long, slender, with cross partitions dividing them into
four cells, each cell producing a long sterigma bearing a single spore
on its end. Spores (of No. 3129) white, smooth, sausage-shaped,
4.3-5.4 X 10.8-14/i.

Not rare on fallen branches of deciduous trees. Edible. In
China this or a closely related species is an important article of food.
For illustration see Gilbert in Trans. Wis. Acad. 16: PI. 82, fig. 1,
1910.

1074. On a. dead oak branch on ground close to Battle's Branch, May 7, 1912.
107.5. On a dead oak twig east of Prof. H. H. Williams', October 18, 1911.

These Avere small plants, not over l..j em. broad.
2494. On fallen hickory by Morgan 's Creek, 100 yards above Scott 's Hole, May

8, 1917. Photo.
3129. On fallen oak tree southwest of athletic field, April 29, 1918.
3835. On fallen oak branch in woods east of cemetery, December 7, 1919. Spores

jjure white, smooth, bent, 4.8-6.3 x 11-13. 7(U.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 121

SACCOBLASTIA
Encrusting as a thin or tliickish, uneven layer of a buttery, sub-
gelatinous texture ; basidia long, divided into four cells by cross
walls and bearing four spores as in the rusts, connected below with
a large, pear-shaped sac which furnishes the protoplasm for the ba-
sidium. Only a few species have been described, two from southern
Brazil (Moller, 1. c.) and one from Poland (Bresadola: Ann. Myc.
1:112. 1903). Our species is the tirst from North America. This
genus reminds one strongly of the rusts, particularly the genus Gym-
nosporangium, where the teleutospore sprouts as soon as formed. If
the relationsliip is as close as it seems the pear-shaped sac would be
the homologue of the teleutospore. Note that this sac when long is
constricted in the middle.

Saccoblastia ovispora Moller var. caroliniana n. var.

Plates 33 and 53

Forming an extensive, crumpled, convoluted cushion of irregular
thickness (about 5-12 mm.), the surface quite uneven and nodulated
by lumps and folds; color a dull, pallid straw to pallid white, with
here and there darker stains absorbed from the rotten wood ; upper
surface rather dull, the lower more shining; texture about that of a
soft wax, subgelatinous.

Basidia arising in a very peculiar way from the extension of a
thread above a lateral, pear-shaped, hanging sac; the true basidium
is very much like that of a rust and is divided into four cells by cross
walls, each cell giving off a short sterigma at right angles, into which
the contents is poured to form a kidney-shaped spore ; between the
basidium and the sac is a more slender stalk of varying length which
is attached to the basidium at an angle or crimp. All or most of the
contents of the sac and the stalk pass into the basidium and finally
into the spores. Just below the attachment of the sac the whole ap-
paratus is cut off by a wall from the hypha that bore it and below this
wall is often formed one or more lateral branches which extend and
soon jiroduce another sac and basidium. Sacs 8.5-16 x 25-45/x, the
longer ones often constricted; basidiospores sube!li]>tic, tiattened or a
little concave on one side, smooth, white 7-7.7 x 15-17/i. These spores
spront soon in water to form smaller secondary spores or sporidia of
the same shape whicli iirc nsually jihont 4.S x 12/t and borne on longer
sterigmata nji to IH/x long <ii- more

122 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

Of the two species described by Moller 8. ovispora agrees best,
but differs in the very thin context and the shorter spores and smaller
sacs (basidiospores 7-8 x 13/x, sacs up to 8 x30/a). The crimp or knee
where the basidium joins the stalk is also not mentioned by M'oller
or shown in his figures.

Our plant also is not M-hite but a pale, dull yellowish. These dif-
ferences are hardl}' important enough to require the establishment of a
new species and I am calling our plant a variety. Drying takes place
quite slowly, resulting in a thin, dark membrane which looks like
dried cartilage. When placed in water again it revives perfectly to
the original form, even the sacs appearing quite normal under the mi--
croscope.

Our finding this South Brazilian genus here is remarkable and
wholly unexpected. It was brought in by Mr. J. N. Couch, Instruc-
tor in Botany, and adds a genus to our North American flora.

4078. Ill hollow oak tree near Meeting of the Waters, February 4, 1920. The
plant formed an almost continuous layer over several square feet of
the hollow. Photo. Type.

PLATYGLOEA

We take the following from the original definition of the genus
by Schroeter (Krypt. Fora v. Schlesien (Cohn) 3:381. 1889) : Fruit
bod.v waxy, flatly spread out or weakly swollen; hymenium waxy,
smooth. Basidia crowded, divided by cross walls into mostly four
cells. [In our Chapel Hill species into only 2-3 cells.] Spores single,
colorless. Saccardo adds: spores, lunate, continuous, "producing no
sporidia on sprouting (as it seems)." Nine species (none from
North America ) have been described, eight on wood, one on dung. All
are quite small and easily overlooked. Our plants seems to be new.
The genus Tachaphantium of Brefeld (I.e. p. 78) is not distinct from
this.

Helicogloea of Patouillard (Bull. Soc. Myc. de France 8:121.
1892) is also not different from Platygloea.* One species H. Lager-
heimi Pat. has been described. It is effused, hyaline, more or less
tuberculose, cinereous, 4-5 cm. broad. Basidia 80-100;u, long, 7-8;u
thick, attentuated below, obtuse above, 3-4 spored. Spores hyaline

* Patouillard writes me: "The genus Helicogloea is not a good genus! It is a true
Platygloea, which differs from the typical form in its texture of clav. At the most, it
couUl be kept as a section of Platvgloea."

PLATE 8:i

s.\< VOULASTIA OVISI'OHA

4II7X.

1920 \ The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 123

o'uttulate, 7-8 x 15/^, coiiidia ovoid, 7 x VZ/x. Oh decaying wood in
Equatoria. It may i)e onr P. Lagerstrooxiae, but there are discrep-
ancies. For P. effnsa see Trans. Brit. :\Iyc. Soe. 6 :138. 1918.

Key to the Species

Plants pulviiiatc, not fusing into crust-like masses, ster-
ile threads (paraphyses) absent in the hymenium P. carol in ianit (1)

Plants nodulose-erustose, sterile threads present in the

hymenium P. Lac/crstroemiae (2)

1. Platygloea caroliniana n. sjx*

Plate 54

Gregarious but not crowded, forning pulvinate, flattened patches
0.5-2.5 mm. broad and 0.5-1.5 iinn. high, dull smoky flesh-color until
old, then more sordid and less pink. Surface dull, granular-looking,
convex when fresh, even in small plants, convoluted in larger ones, in
age becoming flattened by collapse. Texture firmly waxy throughout.

Spores (of No. 4199) sub-oval, smooth, not white, apparently yel-
lowish or pinkish-yellow on a light spore print on a slide, 4-7 x 5-9,u,
not divided. They sprout at or near one end to form smaller, sec-
ondary spores (sporidia) of more narrow and irregular shape, mostly
pip-shaped, but soon becoming irregular or curved by sprouting. Ba-
sidia in dense groups of about 8-10, borne in a close corymb, 5.2-6.5 x
15-20/x, swollen, two-celled or some at least with a third, stalk-like
cell, each cell si)i outing by a rather long or a short sterigma parallel to
the long axis of tlie basidium as in Auricularia.

Threads of the flesh not crowded, branching at ojien angles about
2-8.7/A thick, the cross walls usually about 55-100/ii apart, but variable,
no clamp connections, branching near the surface in a densely corym-
bose manner and terminating in the clusters of basidia. The plants have
exactly the appearance of a small Daerymyces, but the texture is
wax}', not gelatinous. There is no discernible root entering the wood.

This caiuiot belong to the genus Jola of Miiller, as that has basidia
whieli do not arise in dense groujis and wiiieh usually arise from a
swollen stalk cell. The spores ai'c ver\" mirrow, elongated, aiul curved
(in ./. IIoohcridiKi, ()x28-3()/a; in ./. javnisis .3-4 x 15-2()/j/). More-
over, of three species of .lola deseribed all are parasitic on mosses.

* .Just before Eniiii; I" press a letter ccinies frotn I'iitduilliinl. vvlm says: "/'. nnolini-
nna is very different from lli-tivtiiilitrv [.ai/rrhfiiin and is easily a irood si)ecies."

124 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

We have decided to let this go for the present in the genus Platygloea,
as it is certainly nearest that or Helicogloea Pat., which is very near
or more jn-obably the same, as MiiHer thinks. Our plant, however, has
basidia with only two or three cells, and the absence of sterile cells
mixed with the basidia is also a difference. It does not seem to agree
with any described species of the genus or with Helicogloea Lager-
heimi. Platygloea hlastoniijces Moller from South Brazil has basidia
entirely too long and slender, spores 6 x 12/x. Platygloea tiliae (Bref.)
Sacc, breaks through bark of Tilia ; basidia four-celled, spores 12 x 35ju,.
Platygloea Miedzyrzeceiisis Bres. is pulvinate, 2-4 mm. in diameter,
but the basidia are 3-5 septate, 4-6 x 75-200/x, the spores 7-9 x lO-lS/x.
(Ann. Myc. 1:113. 1903).

4044. On corticated and decorticated branches of crepe myrtle (Lagerstroemia),

January 28, 1920. Spores 3.7-4.5 x 5-7.5^.
4199. On corticated and decorticated branches of crepe myrtle, March '), 1920.
Type.

2. Platygloea Lagerstroemiae n. sp.

Plates 41 axd 54

At first forming very small pustules up to 1.5 mm. broad
with indefinite margins which are usually crowded and denseh"
gregarious, often fusing later to form elongated, more or less nodu-
lated, irregular patches which may extend for 1-2 cm., not convoluted,
the surface dull and granular looking; color at first pallid dull white
or straw, soon sordid or smoky brown ; texture firmly waxy. Hymen-
ium composed of an immense number of small threads, formed by the
corymbose branching of the inner threads, among which are the much
thicker and elongated, curved basidia which also arise in corymbose
clusters of several.

Basidia 5-5. 5|U, thick, elongated, irregularly curved and bent, usu-
ally two-celled, often with a slender basal cell which collapses soon ;
sterigmata terminal on each cell, ascending, long or short. The ba-
sidium begins to collapse while the spores are being formed and its
shape is very soon lost. Basidiospores oval or elliptic, usually curved,
very soon becoming irregular and often cycle-shaped b}' sprouting,
4-7.4 x 7.4-12.3/x, the secondary spores of the same shape, the smaller
sizes almost certainly secondary, the smaller secondary spores are
1.6-3.7 X 3-5.5;a.

7,9;?0] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 125

This is <inite distinct from the preceding species, differing in pres-
ence of sterile threads in the hymenium, in fused and crust-like form
with indefinite margin, in color, in larger spores which are more
curved and in larger basidia. The form and habit are more like those
of a Sebacina than a Dacrymyces. This seems near ]\Ioller's Platy-
gloea Mastomyces from South Brazil, but differs in the thicker and
shorter basidia. Phitygloea effusa Schroeter is also near, but has ba-
sidia with four cells and the color is said to be bluish to yellowish
white.

4062. On bark or dead limb of crepe myrtle (Lagerstroemia), February .'], 1920.
Photo. Type.

SEPTOBASIDIUM

A curious and anomalous genus forming a resupinate crust on liv-
ing twigs and branches that are usually and probably always infested
with scale insects ; supposed to be parasitic on these insects. The
plants seem more nearly related to the rusts than the higher basidio-
mycetes, for the basidium arises from a previously formed, subspheri-
cal to pyriform cell, suggesting a one-celled teliospore, and is, when
mature, elongated, curved and divided across into cells which give
oft" the long, bent, white spores at right angles on short sterigmata.
These structures have been imperfectly or incorrectly understood.
Texture coriaceous and resembling a Corticium. Of the seventeen
species recorded by Burt two are reported from North Carolina. See
Burt in Ann. Mo. Bot. Card. 3 -Md. 1916. Also Lloyd : ^Myc. Notes
51:720. 1017; and 61:887. 1919.

Key to the Species

Surface rugose-wrinkled like some lichens S. retifnrmr (2)

Surface even

Parapliyses bent over and interwoven at tlie sur-
face S. pscudopcdiciUaiuiii ( 1 )

Paraphyses straight or nearly so S. Schwei)nt-ii (.'i)

1. Septobasidium pseudopedicellatum Burt.

Plates 34, (>(). and ()7

Plant t'oi'iiiiiig a t'cit-Iikc, tliickisli crust usually about 2-.") cul long
and 1-2.5 cm. bi-oad ; surface smootli until ])rokcu up in ag(\ whitish
whoi young, then passing through pale brown to avdlancous oi- wood

126 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

brown and in age blackisli brown: dnll, not shining, the uneven mar-
gin somewhat fimbriated. Substance internally spongy and open,
soon composed of delicate little fibrous pillars supporting the dense
upper layer and springing below from a thin, superficial layer on the
wood. Basidia-bearing cells (protobasidia) thick, single, terminal,
surrounded by slender, bent, interwoven threads. Hyphae loosely
packed, considerably' branched, rarely septate, no clamp connections.

Basidia appearing in spring from the distal ends of the resting
cells, irregularly cylindrical or club-shaped, the tip cell pointed at
maturity; sterigmata lateral or, on the top cell, apical.

Spores (of No. 4293, print) white, smooth, long, curved, soon
divided into about eight cells, 3.5-4.7 x 15.5-20jii, sprouting in water
into small sporidia which are 1-1.8 x 3-6/x, or rarely sprouting without
dividing into a single large secondary spore about 3 x 12jii. The
length of the basidiospores is quite variable. In No. 4286 they were,
from a print, 3.7-5 x 18-30/x.

This species attacks- colonies of scale insects (Chri/soniphalns oh-
scurus)* on living bark and at first is a thin weft of pure white threads
running over and among the scales; soon it becomes thicker, the in-
sects become more obscured and are finally hidden completely. About
this time there appear numerous free, upright, thread-like fascicles of
woven hyphae about 1 mm. high, which gives the plant a peculiar
hairy appearance at this stage. "We have not followed the life history
fully as yet, but it seems probable that these fascicles are to become
the supporting columns to the upper layer and that they form this
layer by later proliferation and fusion of their tips. The plant is
parasitic on the insects only and does not injure the tree.

Burt remarks that in this species the spores are formed in May. In
Chapel Hill we find in January and February apparently grown and
full}' thickened patches of the fungus that are still pure white ; at the
same time are found more mature brown patches, some of which are
breaking up from age. Both the white and brown patches show fully
formed resting cells near the surface, but younger, less mature white
patches show none of these. In late April we find the l)asidia appear-
ing and forming spores. If placed in a damp chamber after soaking
basidia will appear and form spores in about two days. We have no-
ticed that while the insects themselves were onlv dead shells under

* Determined by Mr. Harold Morrison of the Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Dr. Speare of the same Bureau finds associated with our specimen another parasite of scale
insects, the fungus Myriangivm duriaei.

PLATE :U

;i:i-'i'()i;.\sii)irM i>si:ri)()i'i:iii< i'.i.i.a rr.M. .\<.. -s'-f.

1920\ The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 127

the thick wliite crusts in January, their eggs were apparently in good
condition, being plump and juic}'. The species is common in Chapel
Hill on willow oak, water oak and hornbeam, and we have found it
on privet, apple, alder, white oak, pin oak. Ilex decidua and Cornus
amomuiu.

3923. On live branches of privet by President 's home and by Raleiyh road,

January 9, 1920.

3924. On a recently dead limb of ironwood (Carpinus caroUniatius) in Arbo-

retum, January, 9, 1920.
3936. On branches and trunk of Qucrcus nigra by Morgan's Creek, opposite

Laurel Hill, January 11, 1920. Photo.
3943. On live limb of Avillow oak in Arboretum, January 15, 1920.
4015. On alder limbs by branch below Cobb's Terrace, January 24, 1920.
4112. On young, living ironwood near Battle's Branch, February 13, 1920.
4157. On apple bark (living) in Dr. Herty 's yard, February 21, 1920.
4286. On live branches of Q. Phellos, Rocky Ridge Farm, April 25, 1920.

2. Septobasidium retiforme (B. & C.) Pat.

Plates 65, 66^ axd 67

Plants forming resupinate, firmly attached, rather hard and tough,
thickish crusts with the surface rugose-veined very much like some
foliaceous lichens; margin thinner, irregular and whitish; color deep
drab brown and finally darker brown, the margin paler. Substance
about 2.3-0,5 mm. thick, brown, the central part less dense and com-
posed of upright fibers somewhat loosely packed, but appearing solid
under a hand lens. In old crusts this central part collapses first, leav-
ing the outer and inner layers.

In the S. C. collection, made in December, the basidia were just
appearing as undeveloped thickenings. Burt found only one spore
in his material, so that the spore characters remained uncertain until
we found spores plentiful in our No. 4279. Resting cells when mature
oval, sprouting in April to form apical basidia. Spores (of No.
4279, print) long, M^hite, curved, 3.8-.5.5 x 17.3-27.5jit, if kept damp
dividing soon into about six to eight cells and sprouting by minute
sterigmata into oval sporidia, mucli as in S. pseudopedicellatiun.
Basidia 7-8x52-60^, arising from the tip of tlie resting cells, 4-eelled
remarkable in that they fall from the resting cells as soon as fidly
formed, at least if formed in water; sprouting after falling
otf into the foui- spores from lateral sterigmata. In the distal
cell the sterigma may be terminal or nearly so. 'I'li(> plant, like
tlie preceding species, gi-ows on plnnt lice, whicli are vei\\- obvious in

128 Journal of the Mitchell Society [Jnne

our material. It does not seem to have been reported from either of
the Carolinas before, but has been found in the District of Columbia
and as far south as Cuba. It is said to grow on apple, pear and
peach, as well as other trees.

4279. On live branches of Q. PhelJos, Rocky Ridge Farm, April 2-3, 1920.
4294. On the same tree as No. 4279, May 3, 1920.

Hartsville, S. C, on water oak (Q. niger), December 2"), 1919. Coker.

3. Septobasidium Schweinitzii Burt

This is much like S. pseudopedicellatum, but is said to differ in the
tips of the paraphyses being upright instead of bent and interwoven
horizontally. It was originally described from North Carolina as
Thelephora pedicellato. We have not found it.

North Carolina. Schweinitz.

SIROBASIDIACEAE

Plant gelatinous, soft, pulvinate, small ; basidia arranged in chains,
divided either into two cells by an oblique septum or into four cells
b}^ two longitudinal septa, each cell producing one spore. There is
but one genus.

SIROBASIDIUM

As there is but one genus, it may be defined as having the char-
acters of the family. We have found one species in Chapel Hill, and
as the genus has heretofore been known only from South America,
this adds a genus to the North American flora so far as reported, but
Dr. Farlow has collected a minute species of this genus, practically
invisible without a lens, on twigs of Viburnum (?) at Choeorua, N. H.

Sirobasidium Brefeldianum MoUer

Plate 55

Forming minute, little pustules about 0.4-1.3 mm. in diameter and
0.2-0.5 mm. high, gregarious but not crowded, smooth, softly gelatin-
ous, not viscid, but slippery, watery-smokj' to dusky white (with a
tint of flesh in some).

Spores ovate, smooth, hyaline, varying in size, most about 7.5-8.1 x
13.3-13.7/;t, sprouting soon to form small oval sporidia. Basidia 10.5-
12.6x22-40//,, borne up to 6 (or more ?) in chains, pear-shaped,
usually with a narrowed base, divided into two cells by an oblique
cross wall, each cell sprouting near the apex to form a single spore.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 129

The minute size and obscure color render the plant almost invis-
ible in passing. The plant seems to agree well with 8. Brefeldianum
of South Brazil (see Moller) and adds a genus to the North American
flora. Two other species, S. albidum Lag. & Pat. and 8. sanguineuiti
Lag. & Pat., have the basidia divided into four cells by longitudinal
or slightly oblique septa. They are both from Eequador (see Jour.
Bot. 6:465. 1892).

4104. On decorticated rotting branch of Albizzia julibrissin, Episcopal church-
yard, February 13, 1920.

TREMELLACEAE

Plants growing on wood, more or less gelatinous and translucent,
toughish or soft, shrinking and becoming hard on drying, sometimes
shelving and irregularly cup-shaped or ear-like, more often irregularly
folded and lobed or brain-like or forming simple cushions; in another
group thin, tough and leathery or coriaceous, and encrusting wood
as in the Corticiums; in one genus (Tremellodon) with an eccentric
cap and teeth like a Hydnum on the under surface. Hymenium cov-
ering all the exposed surface of the body (as in Tremella) or only the
lower surface (as in Tremellodon). Basidia spherical or ovate or
pear-shaped, divided into four cells by longitudinal or oblique walls.
Basidiospores smooth, subglobosc, pip-shaped, broadly elliptic, or
elongated and curved : color various. Not yet reported from America
are the genera Protodoiitid and Proioli!/(hn(in (See Trans. Brit. ]\Iyc.
Soc. 6:69. 1917).

See Tulasne : Observations L'oryanisation des TremelUnees. Ann.
Sci, Nat. 3rd series, 19:193. 1853. Also Tulasne: Les Fungi Trem-
ellini et leurs Allies, I.e. 5th series, 15:215. 1872. (Also the same in
English in Proceedings Linnean Soc. 13:31. 1873). Bref eld : Vnter-
suchungen aiis dem Gesamtgebiete der Mijcologie. Heft. 7:80. 1888.
Gilbert : 8tudies on the Tremellineae of Wisconsin. Transactions, Wis.
Acad. Sci. 16:1137. Pis. 82, 84. 1910. (This gives references to the
literature). Morgan: Mijc. Flora Miami Vallri/. .Jouni. ('in. Soc.
Nat. Hist. 11:9L 1888.

Key to the Gexera

Texture jjelatiiious ; shrinking greatly on drying, and
reviving again when moistened.

Hynieniuni (spore-bearing surface) wifliout s]iines.
Spores white, elongated ami a little curved liki' a
sausage
ri.-ints without ;i criitial bodv nt' difi'eri'nt tex-

130 Journal of the .AIitciiell Society [June

tine KxidUi

Plants containing several small seed-like bodies,
which become quite conspicuous on drying
(in JV. atraia Pk. the centi-al body is said to

be black) NaematcUa n ucleata

Spores -white or yellow to orange (T. colorata Pk.
is said to have raisin-colored spores), spherical

or broadly elliptic or pip-shaped, not curved Tremella

Plants containing a firm, white, central body or a

folded white membrane; surface minutely YOugh..NaemnteUa

Hymenium with spines Tremelhxlon

Texture fibrous and leathery or toughly coriaceous or

varying to waxy; not shrinking greatly on drying.

Plant growing from the ground, resembling a

Thelephora, tough, firm, much branched from a

fused base; tips white Tremcllodendron

Plant growing on wood, tough, leathery, resembling
a Corticium or a little Stereum ; hymenium pink

in our one species EichlerieUa

Plant resupinate on wood or encrusting the bases
of plants or objects from the ground ; white
or buff or gray in our species Schacina

EXIDIA

Plants pulviiiate, convoluted, gelatinous, in some species with small
surface papillae or clots, often compounded in lines or masses; arising
from a small central point or elongated plate ; all the exposed surface
bearing the hymenium or only one surface in the more or less flabel-
liform E. gelatinosa. Basidia pyriform to subspherical, divided length-
wise into four cells, each cell with a long sterigma with a spore at its
tip. Spores elongated, curved, white, mostly two-celled before sprout-
ing.

Brefeld has established a genus Ulocolla for plants like Exidia that
form straight, rod-like sporidia in sprouting, the true Exidias sprout-
ing to form groups of much curved, almost circular sporidia. He re-
tains E. gelatinosa and E. glandulosa in Exidia, placing in Ulocolla
E. saccharina Fr. and also TroneUa foliacea Pers., which he thinks
may not be distinct from the preceding. Brefeld erects still another
genus, Cratero.colla for dimorphic tremulose plants with spores like
Exidia, and he transfers to that genus Trcmclhi Cerasi Schum.

(I.e. p. 98). T^ o ■■

Key to the Species''^

Plant raisin color, set with small darker specks on the

sterile side E. gelatinosa (1)

Plant dark, blackish-brown, usually with small scattered

papillae on exposed surface E. glandulosa (2)

Plant raisin color to sordid clay color without specks

or papillae E. B<ardsleei (3)

* For notes on other species see pages 15(1, 151.

PLATE :}5

;.\ 1 1 1| \ I. I.I. All \' '>A. A". t"!'i.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 131

1. Exidia gelatinosa (Bull.) Sehro^t.
E. recisa (Dittm.) Fr.
Tremella corrugata Sclnv.
Tremella creuata Schw.

Plates 35 and 55

Plant if horizontal from the sides of branches forming' flattened,
shelving-, bracket-like caps ; if borne on top or beneath the branch they
form crnmj)led, rather shapeless, more or less flattened masses which
are attached by a point or by a more extensive area to the wood ; dorsal
surface sterile, wet-looking and when seen with a lens showing minute,
dark dots ; hymenial surface dryer and glaucous from the pro-
jecting sterigmata and spores, ridged irregularl}- like an ear as in
Hirneola; there are no papillate projections as in E. glanduJosa.
Texture soft and gelatinous but holding its shape ; not so firm as
Hirneola, which it rather resembles in form and in the deep blackish
wine color ; black and sln-unken and shapeless when dry. Internal
hyphae of fruiting body 2/x in diameter ; with cross walls but no
clamp connections.

Basidia much as in Tremella, oval and divided into four cells by
two longitudinal walls, each cell with a long sterigmata which pro-
jects considerably above the surface. Basidia short-oval, 9-10 x 11-
11.3^, situated at and near the surface to a depth of 45/ii. Spores
white, smooth, sausage-shaped, 3.8-4.5 x 11.2-13.4/i..

Under a microscope the black dots on the dorsal surface are seen
to be crusty-looking patches partly embedded and partly free and with
much the appearance of small, thickish flakes of bark. These furnish
an unfailing means of determination. The absence of the papillae and
the flattened form also distinguish this from E. glandulosa, while the
sausage-shaped spores and smaller size separate it from Tremella
frondosa.

Very common on fallen oak branc-hes of various species and con-
spicuous in wet weather. Also on grape, Pnoius, sweet gum, and elm.
Gilbert's figs. 5 and 6 (I.e. PI. 82) are good of our plant. Bref eld's
figure also is good (I.e. PL 5, fig. 19). Bulliard's plate 460 (as Peziza
gelatinosa) gives a poor impression of the habit. For the hymenium
and spores see Tnlasnc I.e. PI. 12, fig. 2. 1853. From an examination
• if a collection in the Sebweinitz Herbarium I find that Tremella
cornigatd is tiiis species, it has the same characteristii' encrusting

132 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

particles on the dorsal surface, aiul tliere was iiotliiiiti' in tlie micro-
scopic structure to contradict this. No spores were found. Tremella
crenata is also the same, the crustaceous particles showing up plainly
on wetting- in a good s])eeimen from the Sehweinitz Herbarium (see
page 151). Bresadola has found in the Trentino a plant much like
E. gelatinosa, but growing on coniferous wood, to which he gives the
name E. umhrinelhi. It has not been reported from America, but I
find on examination of Peck's type that his TrenieUa pi)iicola is very
like it if not the same (see note on page 150).

llGfl. On dead oak wood by Battle's Branch, December 2, 1913.
3854. Fallen oak limbs, east and sonthwest of old Graded School, December 9,
1919. Photo.

3900. On fallen branch of white oal-. December 13, 1919.

3901. On fallen oak branch, December 13, 1919.

3938. On dead branch of Prunus serotina in Arboretum, January 13, 1920.
4089. On grape vine (V. rotundifolia), February 4 and 20, 1920. Basidia oval,
four-celled, 9.3 x 11^. Spores smooth, Avhite, curved, 3.7-4.8 x 9.3-13.5^.
4091. On oak branches back of Athletic Field, January 17, 1920.
4114. On oak limb by Battle's Branch, February 13, 1920. Photo.

2. Exidia glandulosa (Bull.) P'r.

Plates 36 and 55

Plant forming convoluted, gelatinous, thickish, pillow-like masses
which may be single or fused into long rows along cracks in the bark ;
narrowly attached and spreading out laterally; upper (outer) surface
bearing basidia and faintly glaucous under a lens, also more or less
conspicuously dotted in a scattered way with small, black, protruding
warts or points; color deep blackish-brown, like very dark wine jelly,
the lower surface a little paler, watery-shining and not glaucous or
warted; when protected from light, plants are apt to be much paler,
approaching white (No. 4198) ; texture rather firmly gelatinous, deli-
quescing only when long wet, not viscid. On drying the plants flatten
down and collapse into a thin l)lack membrane.

Spores smooth, white, rod-shaped, curved, 3.7-4.1 x 9-12.5/^. In
sprouting the contents usually moves to one end, the empty end being
cut off by a wall, the protoplasmic end sprouting at the mucro. At
times both cells contain protoplasm and both sprout ; again no cross
wall is formed and the entire spore sprouts at the mucro. Basidia
pear-shaped, four-celled by two longitudinal divisions.

CO

H

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 133

The smaller, single pustules are about 3 mm. wide and 2 mm. high,
the longer, compound ones may reach a height of over a cm. and
extend in more or less interrupted rows for a foot or more along the
branches. This plant differs from Exidia gelatinosa in darker color,
smaller size and pulvinate form which is quite unlike the thin, flat-
tened, laterally attached caps of the latter. It also differs in the
black papillae on the h^anenial surface and the absence of the close-set,
dark, inherent dots on the dorsal surface. Very common on
many kinds of deciduous trees and shrubs, as on privet,
osage orange, Baccharis and others, besides those mentioned below.
Individual pustules are often without papillae, and such are probably
E. epapillata Bref. and Tremella intumescens Sm. Brefeld gives the
spores of the European E. glandulosa as 5 x 14[x which is a little larger
than in ours. Exidia pUcata Klotzsch seems to be another European
form on alder with few papillae and slightly longer spores, up to 20/;..

3878. Ill fallen branch of Avillow (Salix nigra) in Arboretum, December 13, 1919.

Photo.
3933. On dead stems of trumpet vine (Tccoma radicans), January 9, 1920.

Spores as in No. 3878, 3.7-4.5 x 10-13^^.
3951. On Vitis aestivalis, January 17, 1920. Basidia 9.3-11 x 11-14/x.
3973. On white birch {B. alba) in Arboretum, January 18, 1920.
4188. On oak bark, Strowd's lowgrounds, February 25, 1920.
4198. On oak stick under leaves, March 2, 1920. Basidia oval, 10-11.8 x 14-lo,tz.

Spores 3.7-4.5 x 8-14/^.

3. Exidia Beardsleei

Plate 56

The following is by Mr. C. G. Lloyd :

"Sessile, cushion shape, gyrose, lobed. Color of a raisin. Flesh
same color. Papillae none. Basidia globose, 8-10/^, very pale color.
Spores hyaline, 5 x lOfx, slightly curved, unilateral, apiculate.

"Were we to determine this from books we should call it Exidia
saccharina, but we know this in Europe and it is not that species.
The color miglit be compared to brown sugar but better to a raisin.
We do not find it in Ridgway, but pecan brown is not far away.
Whik^ it lias no papillae we put it in Exidia on the spores. As
previously stated the line between Tremella and Exidia is hard to
draw. In general appearance this is rather a Tremella. The color
is somewhat like that of Naematelia nucleata when old. It dried
away leaving hardly a trace on the bark. It grew on frondose wood.
From W. C. Coker, North Carolina (No. 4021).

134 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

"We published this, Myc. Notes No. 61, p. 898, as Exidia Uva
Passa (in duplicate) having used this name (54, 774) for a plant
from Japan. AVe are not sure that our American plant is different
from the Japanese, but it appears to us to have a more reddish color
and smaller spores but it is practically the same."

In accordance with his well-known principles, Mr. Lloyd does
not wish the above species name, here first used, to be followed by his
name, and I have left it off at his specific request. We have found
the plant three times in Chapel Hill, as is indicated by the collection
numbers below. Our notes on No. 3930 are as follows (the figures
on Plate 56 are ours) :

Plant forming small, simple or more complicated pulvinate patches from
1-7 mm. broad and 1-2 mm. thick; surface, unless quite small, with folds like
a brain; surface farinose with spores, not papillate, or with a few small, obscure
warts, not viscid; color a dull sordid clay; texture firmly gelatinous.

Spores (of No. 3930) white, smooth, rod-elliptic, some a little bent, 4-4.8 x
7.7-11.4ju, a few up to 6,7 x 14.8jn. Basidia (of No. 4191) short-ovate, 9-10 x
11-11.8^.

When dry the plant collapses down to a thin, scarcely visible, sordid brown
membrane which is about the same color as the bark. This cannot be E. sucina
Moller from Brazil which has similar basidia and spores (basidia 10-12/x, spores
4-5x10-12^) for that is amber yellow in color (a "clear yellow," he says in
another place), and is particularly c?iaracterized by numerous peculiar enlarged
and elongated cells with yellow contents which run from the layer below the
basidia up to but not beyond the surface. They are 66-80^ long and 6-8^ thick
(Moller I.e. p. 95).

3930. On dead branch of Bohinia pseudacacia with bark on, January 10, 1920.
4021. On Eobinia branches on tree, January 24, 1920. Like No. 3930. In drying

shrinking down to a nearly black membrane. No Avhite nuclei. Spores

Avhite, elliptic, some curved, 3.7-5 x 7.4-11^. Type.
4191. On decorticated oak wood, February 26, 1920. Color of plant dull reddish

amber. Spores smooth, curved, 3.7-4.4 x 8-11. 8/^.

NAEMATELIA

Resembling the cushion-shaped Tremellas in form, but differing
in the presence of a firm, white or yellowish (said to be black in
iV. atrata Pk.) non-gelatinous central body or membrane which is sur-
rounded by the gelatinous, translucent portion. In drying the gelatin-
ous part shrinks to a membrane and leaves the unshrunken inner
whitish part more conspicuous. The genus was established b.y Fries
with N. encephala as the typical species (being the first mentioned).
He also included N. nucleata (T. nncleata Schw.), a plant too differ-
ent in its spores and in the presence of scattered white nuclei to be

1920]

The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 13o

coo-eneric. It would be just as well probably to place this latter
species iu the genus Exidia, which differs only in the absence of white
nuclei We retain it here, however, for the present. For article on
a supposed Naematelia see Trans. Brit. Myc. Soc. p. 143. 1899-1900.

Key to the Species

Growing- on deciduous v»-oods

Orange yellow; spores subspherical N. quercina (1)

Dull ochraceous or smoky clay to wine color;

spores elongated as in Exidia N nucleata (2)

Growing on pine; light flesh-color, then brownish N. encephala (3)

1. Naematelia quercina n. sp.

Plates 23 and 58
Plant forming good sized masses of crumpled and flattened folds
which are not hollow and which extend upward about 1.5-2 cm. and
laterally about 2-3.5 cm., the surface not smooth but characteristically
roughened all over under a lens like a cockscomb ; color orange-yellow
inside and out except for a thin white membrane about 0.7 mm. from
the surface which follows all the convolutions and gives a marbled
appearance to cut surface. Texture tough and firmly gelatinous, the
surface opaque, only the internal part translucent and paler. The
plant enters the bark by a flattened constricted brownish base.

Spores orange-yellow, spherical or short-oval, smooth, 7.4-11/^ m
diameter. Basidia spherical, divided into four cells by longitudinal
walls, 15-20/x in diameter.

This is easily distinguished by the deep color, good size, firm
texture, absence of hollows, and by the rough surface and \^'liite in-
ternal membrane. I have been able to find almost none of this plant
in American herbaria, the only two specimens that I am sure of being
the same are a plant from Ellis (Newfield, N. J.) in the Farlow Herb-
arium and one in the Curtis Herbarium from Society Hill, S. C. The
former is labelled by Ellis Naematelia sp. ? It has the same rough sur-
face and white interior. The latter is labelled T. aurantia Schw. but is
nothing like that species, which is a Dacryinyces. Its basidia are 15-19,.
thick, four-parted; the spores 9-10/. thick, subspherical. Naematelia
encephala Fr. on bark of Abies as represented in the Farlow Herbari-
um (Vermont, New Hampshire, etc.) has the same peculiar surface and
white interior. A plant from Bresadola (New York Botanical Gar-
den) on oak bark called by him N. encephala is like our .V. quercina
in surface characters and the basidia are nearly sphori.'al. 14-17/x

136 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

thick, but the color is more of a fleshy tan (see also under N. ence-
phala). This is probably what he later named T. encephala var. Steid-
lerii which agrees well with our plant except that he says the color of
the plant is brown and the spores hyaline (Ann. Myc. 6:42. 1908).
Lloyd thinks our plants are T. mesenterica, but I am satis-
fied that it cannot be that species, if indeed that is different from
T. lutescens. The genus Naematelia may be taken as based on the
species N. encephala and it seems to me that our plant is sufficiently
like it to be placed in the same genus. Tremella nucleata Schw.,
placed in Naematelia by Fries is too different to be cogeneric with the
other two, and would proliably just as well be put in the genus Exidia.

3935. On oak wood in a avoocI pile, pushing through cracks in bark, January 18,
1920. Painting. Type.

4111. Deciduous twig by path north of Piney Prospect, February 13, 1920. Sur-
face roughened, the white internal membrane barely showing, not hol-
low. Plant old and in part turned nearly white, other part watery
orange.

2. Naematelia nucleata (Schw.) Fr.

Plates 23, 41 and 56

Small, pulvinate, nearly even or more often convoluted, flattish or
convex or in larger plants pinched up in center; 1-6 mm. in diameter,
often crowded into lines which may be up to 1-2 cm. long ; gelatinous,
translucent; color quite 'variable, a clear wane color or dull reddish-
brown or faded to a pallid watery wiiie or dusky amber or nearly
hyaline; not glaucous; the habit \^vy like that of Exidia glandulosa.
In the fresh state the whitish, seed-like nuclei may or may not be ap-
parent even though they may show up on drying. Not a few plants
of a good sized colony show no nuclei even when dry, and such if
found alone would be referred to Exidia. The nuclei are irregularly
scattered through the plant and are often so small as to be nearly in-
visible without a lens. They rarely reach a quarter mm. in diameter.

Spores (of No. 3959) white, curved-elliptic, 3.7-4.2x7.4-11^. Ba-
sidia spherical, 10.5-11 x 11-11. 5;u,.

Schweinitz's description is misleading, but that this is his plant
is not open to doubt. A collection from him in the Schweinitz Her-
barium looks just like ours with scattered seed-like nuclei. Under
the name of Tremella abida in the Curtis Herbarium are a variety
of plants. One of these from England (Broome) is N. nucleata.
Another from Massachusetts (Sprague) is a Dacrymyces.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 137

3956. On eoi-ticated biaiieh of Salix nigra, in Arboretum, January 17, 1920. In

this collection the basidia are slightly more elongated than in other
numbers, being 8.5-9.3 x ll^u, mostly divided lengthwise into four cells.
Spores white, smooth, a little bent, 4-4.5 x 9.3-11/x, apparently one-celled
■\vlien shed.

3957. On a quite rotten, decorticated branch of English walnut, January 17,

1920. Basidia oval, 9.:;^ thick. Spores smooth, bent-elliptic, 3.4-4.2 x

7.4-lV
S958. On a decorticated branch of a frondose tree under a grape arbor, January
17, 1920. Plants like No. 3961 in every way except that these are
smaller, the pustules being from less than 1 mm. to about 2 mm. broad.
Basidia nearly spherical, divided into four cells. Spores curved-elliptic,
white, 3.7-4.4 X 8-1 1.4;it.

3959. On vine of summer grape {Vitis aestivalis), January 17, 1920.

3960. On dead vine of scuppernong gi-ape on an arbor, January 17, 1920.

3961. On a small branch of a deciduous tree on ground under grape arbor,

January 17, 1920. Painting. Spores allantoid, pure white (print),
3.5-4 X 7.7-14.8^. Basidia nearly spherical, 9 x 10/x. In the fresh state
a few of the plants shoAV small Avhite nuclei.

4023. On bark of standing dead Salix nigra in Arboretum, January 24, 1920.
Habit of Exidia glandulosa, not papillate, faintly glaucous, at times
crowded in rows up to 3.5 cm. long from a common, plate-like root.
Spores 4-4.4 x 9-12/i. Basidia oval, 8.5-9..5([i thick, divided lengthwise
into four cells. Painting.

4046. On Ampelopsis tricuspidata, January 28, 1920. A great variety of color
shown in this lot, some Avatery white, others pale lavender or amber or
reddish wine, etc., the whitish nuclei showing up at least when dried
as littlo subspherical eggs that vary in number and size.

4154. On deciduous wood, February 21, 1920. Spores smooth, white, bent,
3.8-4.2x7.5-11.4/1.

4160. On an oak branch with bark, Fcl)ruary 25, 1920.

4189. On oak in Strowd's loAvgrounds, February 25, 1920. A fine collection with
white nuclei very conspicuous.

North Carolina. Schweinitz.
Common on fallen limbs. Curtis.

'•]. Naematelia encephaliformis (Wilkl.).

The f(>lIo\viii<i' is Fries' description from Epicrisis, p. 591 (as N.
enccphala) :

"8ul)sessi]e, piilviiiate, plicate-morose, pallid flesh-color, at leng^th

brownish. Nucleus lartre, firm, white Frecjuent on pine

branches in wintfi-. "

138 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

The spores are given by Brefeld as like those of T. (jlohulus, which
are 15-18;a thick, oval; basidia large, oval (I.e. p. 128). But Bresadola
after his description of var. Steidlerii on oak says that the spores of
the typical form on pine are globose 8 x 8-9/i and not as Brefeld gives
them (Ann. Myc. 6:46. 1908).

A collection of this species from Fries on pine bark in the Curtis
Herbarium is, in the dry state, about 3 mm. broad and 2 mm. high
and the color of resin. Collections in the Farlow Herbarium from Ver-
mont and New Hampshire on bark of Abies have a rough surface
almost exactly like that of our N. quercina. This is also true of a
collection in Schweinitz Herbarium on pine from Bethlehem. It is
surprising to find that Bresadola has referred to this species a plant
on oak bark. A specimen from him so labelled at the New York
Botanical Garden is somewhat like my N. quercina but of a fleshy
tan color. (See under N. quercina). Both Person and Fries use
the specific name encephala, why, I do not know as Wildenow pu-
blished it originally as T. encephaliformis.

Middle and upper districts, on fallen limbs. Curtis.
North Carolina (Salem?). Schweinitz.

TREMELLA

Plants firmly gelatinous, folded, lobed or wrinkled, or in one case
with thick upright branches ; color white, yellow, orange, brownish,
whitish or pinkish or purplish or raisin color ; becoming tough and
horny when dry and, in most species, shrinking greatly ; basidia spher-
ical to pyriform, longitudinally or obliquely divided into four equal or
unequal cells, from each of which extends a long sterigma with a sub-
globose or pip-shaped, or broadly elliptic, white, yellowish, purplish or
umbrinous spore on the end. The spores often sprout if put in water as
soon as shed, forming a rather short promycelium or sterigma with
a single round or broadly elliptic spore on the end, or they may form
numerous small sporidia as buds from the surface. The species with
spherical or plumply elliptic spores form a natural group and are
typical Tremellas. Tremclla reticulata with upright, hollow branches
and pip-shaped spores should be placed in a sejoarate genus. None
is known to be harmful. For development of basidia see Wager in
The Naturalist 695:364. 1914.

The plant growing parasitically on Collybia driopJiila and named
by Peck TremeUa mijcetophUa, was referred by Burt to Exobasidium

PLATE -M

KKMKI.l.A in;TI('ri.AT.\. Nu. L'(ilMi.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 139

(Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 28:287. 1901), but he now considers it an
abnormal excrescence of the mushroom itself (Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard.
2:656. 1915). We have found it here.

Key to the Species Included

Plants growing- npright from the ground, with stout,

hollow branches T. reticulata (1)

Plants with thin, complicated, flattened, crowded, or
open lobes; spores subspherical or jug-shaped, white.

Color nearly pure translucent white T. fnciformis (2)

Color a translucent fleshy brown or raisin-clay or
a deeper raisin color
Spores subspherical, plant large

Surface quite smooth; spores less than S/x

thick T. frondosa (3)

Surface roughish ; spores more than 8,14 thick.. T. aspera (4)

Spores jug-shaped, plant small T. auricnlaria (o)

Plants forming dense yellow or orange masses com-
posed of folded and more or less flattened lobes;
spores yellowish or orange.

Growing on decidious wood T. lutescens (6)

Growing on pine T. pinicola (7)

Plants forming pulpy, diffused, amber-colored masses
on dogwood or oak branches; spores pale, broadly

elliptic T. virens (8)

Plants forming small, irregular, convex, whitish or
pinkish or creamy and usually much eroAvded cushions

Avith brain-like folds; spores white T. oarncoaJha (9;

Plants in form like the above, but color pallid Ijrown

to Avine-brown and Avhen dry nearly black T. suhanomaJa (10)

Plants in form something like the above, but purplish,

almost black E. moriformis (11)

1. Tremella reticulata (Berk.) Farlow.

? Tremella vesicaria Bull.
Sehacina tremellosa E. & E.

Plates 37 and 56

Plants 4.5-8.5 cm. high, 4-5.5 cm. broad in our collection, reaching
at times a greater width, arising in a contorted and complicated way
from the ground, and composed of more or less fused and anastomos-
ing branches which end in l)huit tips as in a coarse and dropsical
Clavaria ; color dull creamy white, not viscid, all parts hollow; semi-
translucent, tough and elastic like a very firm jelly, not tremulosc,
almost tasteless and odorless.

Spores white, elliptic to pip-shaped, with a large mucro at one
end, granular, smooth, 4.4-7 x 8-12. 5^^. Basidia oval, 8.5-10.5 x 11-12.9/x.

140 JorRNAL OF THE MiTCHELL SOCIETY [June

This is the T. fucifoniiis of Atkinson's American Fnngi, fig. 196,
but I am following Farlow who seems to be right in determining it as
T. reticulata (see Rhodora 10:9. 1908). Lloyd thinks our plants
are the same that pass in Europe as T. vesicaria (see Bulliard's
PI. 427), but that it is not the true species of Bulliard. See also a
good photo by Lloyd in Myc. Notes, Old Sp. Series No. 1, fig. 224.
1908 (as T. clavariokles) . His fig. 1562 in Myc. Notes 61. 1919, as
T. sparassoidea, is probably the same also. (See also Myc. Notes
62 : fig. 1646. 1920, and Mycologia 12 : 141, PI. 10, fig. 3, 1920).
2690. Low damp Avoods by creek, upper Laurel Hill, July 17, 1917. Photo.

2. Tremella fuciformis Berk.

Plates 38 and 56

Plant forming a mass about 5 cm. long and 2 cm. high, composed
of thin, flat, much crinkled and fluted lobes, texture tremulose, but
quite tough ; color a slightly soiled, translucent white.

Spores white, subglobose, smooth with a large oil drop, about 6.2/x
in diameter. Basidia divided longitudinally into four cells, short and
thick with long sterigmata.

According to Lloyd this is the true T. fuciformis, and is, he says,
the third specimen known from the United States (but see notes under
T. lutesceus). The species was described from the Amazon and later
recorded from Cuba and Jamaica and only reaches our southern states,
the Orange County collections being the most northern record (see
Farlow in Rhodora 10:10. 1908). In a letter to me of September 3,
1918, Lloyd says that it has probably passed with southern ' ' collectors
as 'Tremella alhicla/ our common, white northern species. But
Tremella alhida of America is an entirely different plant from Tremel-
la alhicla of England." (See also Myc. Notes No. 55:790, fig. 1188.
1918. Also ihid., No. 40:556. 1916). Tremella alhida of Europe is
now kno-\\ai bj'' most authors as Exidia alhida (Huds.) Bref. and
differs sharply from our No. 1408 in the elongated, curved spores
(4-6 X 12-14/x Karsten). The figure given by Moller of T. fuciformis
(from Brazil) in his Protobasidiomyceten, PL 1, fig. 5 (1895), is like
our plant in all essentials. See also the good photo by Lloyd men-
tioned above. The spores agree with Moller 's measurements. For
illustrations see Gilbert in Trans. Wis. Acad. 16: PI. 83, figs. 17-22.
1910. Dacnjmijces peUucidus Schw. is probably the same thing. See
page 173.

PLATE 38

•I'KKMKM.A l'i(ll'()lxMl>. N". I4us.

19:20] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 141

1408. On a fallen oak branch, Tenny 's ravine, October 20, 1914. Photo.
3979. On decaying oak log, Strowd 's lowgrounds, January 18, 1920.

3. Tremella frondosa Pr.

Plates 39 and 56

This is miic'li the largest of our Tremellas, forming a mass up to
15 cm. in diameter, and np to 7-10 cm. high of flat, very thin, crumpled
and contorted, petal-like lobes of a gelatinous but quite tough con-
sistency like rubber ; fused below into flattened and more or less exten-
sive base which enters the wood. Surface quite smooth and, unless
old, glaucous with the spores ; color when fresh and not too old a
rather light fleshy brown, in age becoming darker ; drying to a raisin
color if fresh, or to blackish if old. In drying there is much less
shrinkage than in other species and the form is well retained.

Spores (of No. 4173) white, smooth, spherical to short oval.
5.5-7.7 X 6-10. 5/x, a few 8.5/x wide. Basidia pear shaped, irregularly
divided into four cells, 7.7-9.3 x 11-15/^, some up to 18ix.

Edible. Our nearest relative of this is T. aspera which may ap-
proximate it in size and color. For easily distinctive marks see under
that species. Bulliard's PI. 499, fig. 6T is good of the plant, so also
is Lloyd's fig. 1195 in Mye. Notes 55. 1918. Brefeld gives the spores
of this species as spherical with a mucro, 10-12/j, (I.e. p. 122). Under
the name T. foliacea in the Curtis Herbarium are most of the large
leafy Tremellas, some of which are certainly T. frondosa. The differ-
ence between these two species, if any, docs not seem to be well
established. See Gilbert's illustrations in Trans. Wis. Acad. 16: PI.
82, figs. 13, 14. 1910.

.536. On a small oak log east of school house, October 9, 1912.

1006. On oak stump in Dr. Pratt's yard, October 4, 1908.

1372. Battle's Park, southeast of Dr. Battle's, October 17, 1914.

2456. On an oak log, swamp of Bowlin's creek, October 1, 1916.

4173. On oak wood, February 23, 1920.

4. Tremella aspera n. sp.

Plates 40 and 56

A good-sized plant, in our one collection about 3-5 cm. long, 2-3 cm.
broad and 3-4 cm. thick, formed of flattened, much crumpled and con-
torted lobes which arise from more or less extensive and separated
points of attachment ; surface not smooth, but finely granular under a

142 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

lens; color of raisins, bnt much darker in age; gelatinous and rather
tender.

Spores pure white, spherical with a distinctive mucro, 8.6-11.8/a.
Basidia subpyriform, large, divided quite irregularly into four cells,
15.5-18.5 X 20.2-25. V

There seems to be no agreement among European botanists as to
what T. foliacea Pers. is (if indeed different from T. frondosa), and
furthermore our plant does not agree with any of them. Bresadola's
idea of T. foliacea is that it grows on Larix and Abies 4-8 cm. high and
broad, from hj-aline-saccharine to fleshy-isabelline tinted with umber-
violet. Spores hyaline, globose, 7-10 x 7-9/i, basidia subglobose to
ovate, 16-18 X 14-16;u. Subhymeniai hyphae 2-2.5/x thick (Fung. Tri-
dent, p. 97, PI. 209, fig. 1). This conception is evidently quite differ-
ent from that of Brefeld (I.e. p. 98) who places T. foliacea in tlie
genus Ulocolla and doubts its distinction from U. saccharina (previ-
ously Exidia saccharina) which, he says, has identical basidia, spores
and sporidia, as well as color, and grows also on coniferae.

This species differs from T. frondosa in rougher surface that is
not glaucous, larger spores and much larger basidia, more complicated,
crumpling, thicker, less simple and less perfect lobes, more tender
structure, and darker color. In drying T. frondosa shrinks very
much less than T. aspera and does not become so black.

3950. On decaying oak stump back of Power Plant, January 17, 1920. Photo.
Type.

5. Tremella auricularia Moller

Plate 62

Forming a flat, somewhat crumpled, folded, erect and branched
plate about 1.5 cm. long and 7 mm. high and less than 1 mm. thick ;
color a dull reddish clay, almost intermediate between raisin color
and clay color ; surface smooth. Texture softly gelatinous and tender.

Spores white, elliptic or in one view approaching jug-shaped,
5.2-9.7 X 9.3-15/A, a few oval. In sprouting the spores form a good
number of very small spherical sporidia about 3-5;li thick, which ab-
sorb all the contents and form a group in place of the collapsed and
almost invisible spore. Basidia four-celled, 12.5-15/x thick.

This is easily different from our other species in the white, jug-
shaped spores, small size, delicate texture and dull color. That it is
Holler's species seems certain. His description and figures agree,

PLATE 3!)

■^--vf**'

I'KKM KI.LA IK()MK)S.\. \.,. .".:;(i

PLATE 40

■|'i;i:mi;i.i..\ .\sim;i;.\. .\u. ;;:.':.i!.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 143

the spores having just the right shape and sprouting in the same
quite peculiar way. The spores are said to be pear-shaped, 10-12/a
thick; basidia lofx thick (see Moller: Protobasidiom^'ceten, p. 170,
PL 4, fig. 16. 1895).

41.39. Oil privet (L. sinensc), February 21, 1920. Drawings.

6. Tremella lutescens Pers.

Plates 23, 41 and 57

Plant forming an elevated, lobed mass with a surface of crumxjled
folds resembling somewhat a duodenum, many of the larger folds
hollow, emerging from a small attachment and often bursting through
the bark ; surface not rough ; breadth about 1-2.5 cm., height about
3-17 mm., surface dull, glaucous from the spores, color pale orange to
clear orange, drying usually a rather darker orange and retaining
much of its form. Texture firmly gelatinous, much less soft than
Exidia gelatinosa.

Spores (of No. 3895) smooth, spherical to short-elliptic, 6.3-9 x
7-13jLi, varying in size with the cells from which they spring. Basidia
pear-shaped, divided into cells by longitudinal or slanting or quite
irregular walls, the cells often quite unequal in size.

Easily recognized by its bright color, folded and hollow structure,
medium size, glabrous surface, absence of a white membrane within
and growth on deciduous wood. This seems very like T. compacta
Moller from Brazil in form, size, color and hollow lobes, but that is
said to have basidia 12-14;u, thick and spores 6-1 jx thick (Moller I.e.
p. 107). See also Lloyd in Mye. Notes 58:825. 1919. In the Curtis
Herbarium plants labelled T. lutescens are mostlj^ T. fuciformis. Such
are plants from Hillsboro, N. C, Santee Canal, S. C, and Alabama.
One so labelled from the Schweinitz Herbarium (Bethlehem) is a
Dacrymyces with large eight-celled spores, 7-7.8 x 20-23|li. It looks like
Curtis' Society Hill Dacrymyces which he calls T. nurauiia. but which
is not that species.

This I liave decided to call T. liitrscnis ratlier tlian T. mcsenterica
although 1 am far from convinced tliat these two species are properly
understood eithei- in Europe or America, if indited they are distinct.
There are no serious discrepancies between our plant and T. lutescens
as understood by Brefeld. His ])lant, contrary to the usual state-
ment, is orange wiien young, paler in age. The plant is usually re-

144 JOURNAI. OF THE MiTCHELL SOCIETY [June

f erred to as paler than T. mesenterica, whitish in youth. Brefeld
states the spores as being round with a point, colorless, 12-15/x thick.
He received one plant from a correspondent that he took to be
T. mesenterica. This was distinguished from T. liitescens by more
irregular, distally enlarged, more or less nodulated sterigmata. Spores
about the same as in T. liitescens (10-12// thick) but sprouting with
much fewer projections than in the latter, (See also Tulasne in Ann.
Sc. Nat. 1853, Pis. 10 and 11).

This is almost certainly T. mesenterica as understood by Schweinitz.
A specimen from him in the Curtis Herbarium is like my plants, ba-
sidia oval, 12-4-15 x 17-18/1,, surface of the plant smooth. Curtis' own
specimens labelled T. mesenterica (Society Hill, S. C, No. 1407, on
deciduous bark) are a Dacrymyces with eight-celled spores about
15.5-21.7/x long.

389o. On dead stem of Ligiistrum, Kosemary Street, December 14, 1919.

3916. On a decaying oak limb, bursting through the bark. Battle's Park, De-
cember 21, 1919. Basidiospores pale yellow to orange yellow, ovate or
subspherical, 7.4-9 x 8-11/^. Basidia oval, 13.7-15.5 x 18-20/t, divided into
four cells by longitudinal or slanting walls. Conidiospores orange yel-
low, oval, 2.8-3.7 x 3.4-5/^.

4032. Decaying maple wood on Strowd's hill, January 25, 1920.

4069. On a fallen branch of Spanish oak, February 4, 1920. Spores short-
elliptic, 7.4-10 X 9.3-14.8;^. Basidia oval, 14.8-16.6x16-20^.

4108. On oak bark by Battle's branch, February 13, 1920. Hollow in part, deep
orange when young.

4204. On dead oak in Tenny's ravine, March 13, 1920. Lobes hollow. Spores
short-oval, 7-8.5 x 9.3-12.5/*. Many secondary ones of various sizes.
Basidia oval, young ones pear-shaped, irregularly divided, 11.2-15.5 x
14-20/t.

7. Tremella pinicola Britz.

Plates 41 and 58
Orange-yellow, composed of a few thin, flat, crumpled lobes or
more folded and less plate-like, not hollow, making a clump 2.5 x 1.2
cm., and 7-10 mm. high, which is pinched at the base and attached by
a line; not rooted; lobes when distinct about 1mm. thick, surface
nearly or quite glabrous. Texture firmly gelatinous ; flesh translucent
about color of surface.

Sporidia oval or elliptic, orange-yellow, 1-2.5 x 3-5/x. Basidia sub-
spherical to oval, 16.5-18.5 x 20-23/x, irregularly divided into four
cells. Basidiospores subspherical, 10-11 x 11-12. 2fi.

PLATE 41

tn It;

N \ IvMA'n;!,! A MCI.KATA. Nn
THKMi:i.l-A I'IMCOl.A. NO. Hi'.n.

i'I.atv(;l()i;a i,A(;kksth()i:.mia. n

DACHYMVCKS I'KDr.Ncri, ATI'S. Nd
TIU'.MKI.I.A l.rTKSCHNS. No. .-.Sit.-,.

, lilt;
ns.-.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 145

We refer this to T. pinicola Britz. because it is about the same
color and size, grows on pine and has similar spores. There is nothing
else at all like these on pine and it seems best to interpret it in this
way at present rather than to make a new species. Only microscopic
comparison with the type, if any exists, can make the determination
sure. Britzelmayr's description of his species is as follows (trans-
■lation) : "Gelatinous, externally orange, inside clearer, sessile or with a
short stalk, surface with small undulations and pits, in other respects,
including the spores, similar to T. ynesejiterica; on the bark of pine, fir
and larch throughout the year." (Bot. Centralb. 54:101. 1893). I
have not seen his fig. 19 in his Tremellini fascicle as it is missing in
the copy at the New York Botanical Garden. TremeUa pinicola Pk.
was published earlier and would take precedence, but it is not a
Tremella. (See note on p. 150).

This cannot be T. rufolutea from Cuba. In the Curtis Herbarium
is a specimen labelled T. rufolutea from Cuba (Wright, No. 217). It
is a resin-colored mass of considerable size, apparently solid and amor-
phous. It is certainly not a Tremella. (See note l)y Lloyd under
T. compacta in Myc. Notes 58:825. 1919.) No basidia could be ob-
tained from it. Massee's notes on T. rufolutea seem to refer to an
entirely different plant (Jour. Myc. 6:183. 1890). It resembles most
Naematelia quercina (No. 3935) in form and color, basidia and spores,
but differs in absence of the internal white membranes and different
surface. Tremella lutescens (No. 3895) is also very similar in form
and color, but differs in the smaller spores, smaller and more elongated
basidia and hollow sacs. Both differ also' in growing on deciduous
wood. The lobes of the present species (No. 4050) are more like
folded plates (as in T. froudosa but to a less degree) than in the
other two. Treinella spectahilis ]\Ioller from Brazil is of somewhat
similar form and color, but has basidia IS-loix thick and spores
5-6 X 10/^., and prol)al)ly grows on deciduous wood (kind not stated)
(Moller, I.e. p. 122).

Hartsville, 8. C. On bark of Pin us tarda, December 2.j, 1919, (No.
4050). Coker.

8. Tremella virens Srlnv.

Plates .23 and 57

Forming pulpy, much convoluted, irregular, flattened, compound
masses whicli may extend along tlie branch-like Exidia (jlandulosa for

146 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

a distance of 15 em. ; individual plates are centrally attached and
spread out flat on the bark, about 5-10 mm. broad and 1.5-2 mm.
thick except where crumpled by pressure, then at times up to 6 cm.
high, with much the habit of larger masses of Naematelia; at first
firmly gelatinous then softer on exposvire ; color amber to pale amber,
with a faint olive tint, later with brownish red tints in parts ; not root-
ing; surface glabrous, not glaucous.

Spores (of No. 4070) elliptic, smooth, light greenish-yellow under
microscope, 6-7.4 x 9.3-12.9/^. Basidia oval, 12.5-14 x 15-16;a, four-
parted.

That this is T. virens seems certain. It is different from anything
else we have, grows on dogwood and, in large groups, always shows
a distinctly greenish tint. It is not confined to dogwood, but is
also found on oak. Tremella virescens Schumacher (Enum. Plant.
Sfell. 2:439. 1803) does not seem very different as understood by
Brefeld. He was confused on the name of the last and treats it as
"T. virescens n. sp. formerly Naematelia virescens Schm." (Bre-
feld I.e. p. 128, PI. 8, figs. 25-28). Naematelia virescens (Schm.)
Corda is supposed to be the same, but Corda speaks of the inside veined
with white and figures the center pale (Icon. Fung. 3 :35, PL 6, fig. 90.
1839). The spores of T. virescens are given by Lindau as ovate,
12-15/x long; basidia olive green, 15-20/a thick (Krj^pt. Fl. Mark
Brand. 5a:920. 1914).

4070. On rotting dogAvood braneli with bark on, February 4, 1920. Photo.

4153. On dead dogwood limb, February 22, 1920. Basidia oval, about 13-14^^
thick.

4161. On decaying oak limb, February 22, 1920. Spores elliptic, smooth, pale
greenish-yellow under microscope, 5.-5-7.4 x 9-13^^.

4172. On dead oak limbs, February 23, 1920. Plants pale greenish amber, ex-
tending 2.5 X 15 em. Spores subspherical to elliptic, smooth, 5.5-7.4 x
7.5-12/i, pale greenish amber under microscope.

9. Tremella carneoalba n. sp.

Plates 23, 42 and 59

Plant forming small, convoluted, flattened pustules which touch
and crowd each other over considerable areas or in part may be only
gregarious. Individual pustules about 1-8 mm. broad and up to 4 mm.
high, wet but not viscid ; color pallid white to creamy yellow and
often with a distinct flesh tint so as to be more flesh color than yellow ;
texture firmly gelatinous.

PLATE 42

TKKMKLLA ('A H.\ KOA LliA. No. ;;.s^

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 147

Spores white, spherical, variable in size, 6.3-10.2|U. iii diameter,
smooth, sprouting soon in water to a short promycelium with an
apical spore of the same shape and a little smaller. Basidia spherical
to very short-oval, 14-16/^ in diameter, four-celled by longitudinal
walls, which are median or eccentric and often oblique, the cells often
of different sizes and producing spores in proportion. Sterigmata
long to very long, irregular, pointed, collapsing as well as the basidial
cells as soon as the basidiospore is formed.

Distinguished by the small size, pale color and pulvinate form.
The plant dries down to very inconspicuous amber-colored crusts with
a thin, superficial dusting of white fibers. It revives to the origin d
form on wetting again.

This cannot be 2\ viscosa, for that has elongated, sausage-shaped
spores according to Berkeley (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 13 :P1. 15,
fig. 4) and Patouillard (Tab. Analyt. No. 475). Britzelmayr gives
the spores of T. viscosa as 5-6 x 10-12ja, but Schroeter gives them as
subglobose, 11-13 x 15-17/a (see Saccardo). This looks like a confusion
of species. The illustration in Flora Danica showing habit (PL 1851,
as Thelephora viscosa) is very much like our plant. Tremella Candida
var. effusa Alb. and Schw. can hardly be this, as it is said to be i/^
inch thick. If it were not for its growth on wood this could hardly
be distinguished from Sehacitia caesia Tul. as illustrated by
Patouillard (Tab. Analyt. No. 681). That is said to grow on the
ground. The habit sketches are almost exactly like our plant and the
subspherical spores (8 x 10-12^) sprout to a single spore of similar
shape. Exidia alhida, as illustrated in Massee's British Fungi and
Lichens, PI. 30, fig. 1, is an exact representation of our plant, even
the pinkish tint being shown, but all the published spore measure-
ments of that species agree in giving them an elongated, sausage-shape
(see also notes under 7'. fuciformis).

Exidia guttata Bref. is also very similar in form and color, but
is a true Exidia with the curved spores 4 x 10/i,. TroneUa globulus
Bref. is small, bi-ownish and pulvinate, but could not be this as the
spores are 15-18/li in diameter. The hymeiiinm is brownish, the inner
part colorless (?) ("Weiss") (Bref. I.e. p. 126).

^^H77. On fallen l)i:iii(ii of Cnriiimis in AilK.ri'tiini, Deooniber 12, 1019. Photo.

Type
4(»2n. On twijrs of privet on tlu- Imsji in Pri'sidiMit 's yard, .January 'J4, 1920.

Tyjiical Exidia ulaiulitJana was almndant on the same twijj; and crowdod

tho Tromolla in pla<'o.s.

148 ■ Journal of the Mitchell Society [Jime

4022. On Robinia twigs on tree, January 24, 1920. Color watery milk with a
faint innk tint. Sjiores 7-9.7 fi in diameter, spherical (spore print on
slide), many budding and sending out i:)romyeelia to form a spore of
the same shape on the end just as in No. 3877.

10. Tremella subanomala n. sp.

Plate 58

Pulvinate, convoluted, forming an apparently compound tuft
4x6 mm. and about 1.5 mm. thick ; color pallid brown to wine-brown ;
the surface appearing minutely granular under a lens ; texture very
firmly gelatinous, harder than any other species ; bursting through the
bark.

Spores subspherical, remarkable in being compressed a little at
right angles to the mucro, 7.4-10/x in diameter, a few up to lljx. Ba-
sidia subspherical, a few oval or pyriform, not collapsing when emp-
tied, four-celled by longitudinal divisions, 13-17/x thick.

This is like a plant on alder labelled T. hulgaroides E. & E. from
Canada (Macoun) at the New York Botanical Garden, but I cannot
find that this name was ever published. It is nearest Tremella cameo-
alba which differs in pinkish-white color, more gregarious growth, and
basidia that collapse after forming spores. It is not unlike T. anomala
M'oller (I.e. p. 120) in size, form, and color (up to 0.5 x 1.5 cm. ; color
smoky-yellow), but that has basidia 10/x thick and spores 6ju, thick.

4005. Dead Alnus twigs by Battle 's branch, growing \xi\\\ Cyphella, January 22,
1920. Type.

11. Tremella moriformis Smith.

T. color ai a Pk.

This has so far not been reported from North Carolina (except by
Curtis as D. moriformis, probably from the S. C. collection by Kav-
enel), but it almost certainly occurs in the state and should be looked
for. I have prepared the following description from the good type
specimens of T. colorata Pk., from a collection of T. moriformis
from Bresadola (on Kobinia from the Trentino) and from a collection
from South Carolina in the Curtis Herbarium (Ravenel). See
Sowerby's English Botany 36:2446. 1812.

Plant forming irregular, more or less anastomosing, pulvinate
patches extending more or less densely for several cms. on the wood,

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 149

individual patches tending to take an elliptic form like half of a foot-
ball. Surface granular and irregular, not typically convoluted; the
outer \sLyer nearly black, quite tough and forming a kind of crust ;
the inner tissue more gelatinous and a lighter purple under the mi-
croscope ; hyphal threads with numerous clamp connections, each
thread distinctly purplish. Basidia near the surface, subspherical to
oval, 12-14.5jLi thick, colorless when young, purple when mature, di-
vided often irregularly into four cells. Spores said by Peck to be
color of hymenium when mature, globose, 12.7-17.7/x in diameter. His
figures are evidentlj' wrong, and he probably took the younger basidia
for spores. We have not been able to be sure of the spores in any of
the herbarium specimens examined. Spore-like material present was
badly mixed and much collapsed.

If a true Tremella, this species is evidently an aberrant one. It
is easily recognized by the blackish-purple color, practically black
in herbarium specimens except under the microscope.

We include the following notes for the convenience of students :

Tremella tremelloides (Berk.) Mass. (Sparassis tremelloides Berk.). The follow-
ing is adapted from Massee (.Jour. Myc. o:18-4, Fl.U, fig. 1. 1889). Tre-
melloid, lobes fasciculate, elongated, suberect, almost free to the base or
variously united, compressed, springing from a small contracted base, surface
scabrid, dull orange; spores elliptic-oblong with a minute oblique apiculus at
the base, 11-12 xo/i. On wood, Lower Carolina (Type in Herb. Berk., Kcav).
Forming large tremelloid tufts, always springing from a very small basal
portion Avhich penetrates the matrix; lobes suberect, 3-4 inches high in well
grown sj^ecimens, sometimes smaller, in some specimens variously plicate and
almost free to the base; in others the lobes are united laterally and form a
gyrose tuft, always much compressed. The distinctly scabrid surface is very
characteristic, and is due to thickly scattered papillae, which give a very harsh
feel to dry specimens. Basidia large, sterigmata developed in succession. From
Massee 's figure of the spores this is probably an Exiilia.

Tremella fjigantea B. Sc Cooke, is, according to Massee, a gelatinous lichen (.Tour.
Myc. 6: 182. 1890).

Tremella rufolutca B. ix, C. See my note under T. pinieola, also see Massee (Jour.
Myc. 6: 183. 1890).

Tremella enata B. & C. is represented in the Curtis ITerl)ariiiin hy Xo. 24.')6 on
oak from Society Hill, S. C, a number mentioned in tiie original description.
On examining it T found nothing to indicate that it is either a Tremella or a
Dacrymj'ces. It is a|)parently not related to either. JFassee, however, has
studied the other Mumi)er mentioned in tlie original description, Xo. 4307, at

150 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

Kqw, aiul thinks it a Dacrymyces. We adapt the following from his descrip-
tion: (Jour. Myc. 6:182, P1.7, figs, 14-17. 1890): Erumpent; dark amber,
appressed, surface slightly rugulose, or almost smooth, bounded by the ruptured
bark, up to 1 centimeter diameter; basidia cylindrical, bifurcate at the apex,
45-50 X 5fj, ; spores elliptie-oblong, colorless, with an oblique apiculus at the
base, slightly curved, 10-11 x 3.5/^. Superficially resembling a small discolored
form of Tremella albida, but a true Dacrymyces. From ;5 millimetres to 1
centimetre across. On Alnus serrulata and oak. Lower Carolina.

Tremella myricae Berk. & Cooke. The following is adapted from Massee (Jour.
Myc. 6: 182. 1890): Foliaceo-gyrose, gelatinoso-elastic, semi-pellucid, smoky
gray, when dry blackish Avith a tinge of purple here and there, surface with
minute, scattered points; spores broadly elliptic, with an oblique apiculus,
8-9 X Q-T/jL, colorless. Forming thin, f cliaceous expansions when dry, 1-4 cen-
timeters across. The minutely scabrid surface when dry is characteristic. On
bark of Myrica and Persea, Gainesville, Fla. (Eav.).

Tremella dependens B. & C. The following is from Massee (Jour. Myc. 6: 183.
1890) : Pendulous, elongato-elavate, attached by a slender stem-like base,
mucilaginous, pale dingy yellow, the central portion consisting of exceedingly
thin hyphae immersed in mucilage ; toAvards the even surface the hyphae
become thicker and form a compact layer which produces basidia at every part
of the surface ; basidia spherical with four elongated sterigmata ; spores elliptic-
oblong, smooth, colorless, 7 x 3-3.5^. Hanging down from underside of rotten
poplar (Liriodendron) logs after rain, Alabama. Peters.

Tremella stippitata Pk. (Eep. 27; 100. 1875) is a Coryne. He also reports T.
enata B. & C. (1. c. p. 100).

Pliaeotremella pseudofoliacea Eea. (Trans. Brit. Myc. Soc. 3:377. 1912). This
genus is based apparently only on the umbrinous spores (which are obovate,
12 X 9-12/i). The plant looks much like our Naematelia quercina in external
form, and the spores are about the same.

Exidia scutellaeforme B. & C. In the Curtis Herbarium is a specimen of this
from Alabama (Peters No. 1093: Curtis No. 6343. Type?) The dried plants
are black and look like E. glandulosa. In Dr. Farlow 's Avriting is the note:
' ' Basidia are vertically 4-parted. ' '

Exidia pinicola (Pk) (Eep. 39, p. 44. 1886 as Tremella). Peck's description is:
' ' Pulvinate, gyrose-plicate, somewhat lobed and lacunose, raisin-colored Avhen
moist, blackish when dry, filaments slender, branched; spores oblong, curved,
colorless, .0005 in. long, .0002 broad. Dead branches of pine, July."
We have examined the type and find the color as described; basidia oval or
pear-shaped, 4-parted, 9.3-10.3;u thick; spores curved-elliptic, smooth, 3.7-4x9.5-
11.1/x. This evidently throws the plant into the genus Exidia, and it seems
nearest E. geleitinosa. The surface appearance is that of a crowded colony
of very small individuals of E, gelatinosa, and is not at all cerebriform. It may
be easily recognized by the raisin-color, small flat plates around sunken
chambers and growth on pine. The texture is toughly gelatinous. It may
well be that this is the same as E.umbrinella Bres. which grows on conifers, is
said to be near E. reeisa, and has spores 3-4x11-14^, basidia 8-9 x 10-12/x
(Fung. Trident. 2:98, PI. 209, fig. 2. 1900).

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 151

The following- are translations of Sehweinitz's original descriptions
of species of Exidia and Tremella with notes added by us :

Exidia lurida Schw. (No. 1100. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor p: 185: 1832) "Effused
gyrose-plieate, pale, circular; rather thick. Shrunken on drying. Dotted over
Avith a few papillae. It occurs here and there on branches of Celastrus, Beth-
lehem. ' ' A plant in the Schweinitz Herbarium has the general aspect of E.
gelatinosa but seems different in tiie absence of scurfy particles. A preparation
showed basidia of the Exidia type.

Exidia spiculata Schw. (No. 1101. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 185:) "Adpressed,
effused, thick-lobed, rough, wrinkled, olivaceous-green, very slightly shrunken
on drying, but black in color. Papillae frequent on the upper side; margin
divided into small obtuse lobes. Bather rare on the cut surface of trunks
of Platanus, Bethlehem." On examination the type showed no papillae when
wet ; dark, effused, crumpled, extensive. Not shrunken to a membrane. A
slide revealed no facts of value.

Exidia applanata Schw. (No. 1102. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 185.) "Applanate-
expanded, closely adpressed, margin at length subfree, oblong in shape, mod-
erately thick, 2-3 lines long; drying black and somewhat pulverulent-scurfy;
marked on the surface with a few wrinkles or veins. Papillae scattered. On
the inner bark of Rhus glabra, Bethlehem." This may be E. gJandulosa but
a slide from the type shoAved no characters of value.

Tremella crenata Schw. (No. 1141. Byn. Fung. Car. Sup. p. 89: 1822). "Rather
large, thick, wavy-applanate, ribbed, fuscous brown; margin beautifully crenate.
Occasional on branches." This is E. gelatinosa.

Tremella crassiloba Schw. (No. 1112. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 185.) "Erum-
pent, firm, with thick, fleshy-tremellose, rounded white lobes forming a globose
mass. In the wet state, surface apparently squamulose ; when dry, black and
pulverulent. Bursting forth from fallen branches, Bethlehem. ' ' A specimen
in the Schweinitz Herbarium shows low, black, pulvinate, somewhat uneven
warts about 1-1.5 mm. broad, coming through small holes in the bark of decid-
uous branches; when wet becoming murky clay-color and gelatinous, about
consistency of Exidia glandtdosa but does not seem to be that or E. recisa.
There are no papillae and the surface is not obviously granulose. Basidia sub-
spheriea.1, 4-celled, 11-13(U in diameter.

Tremella corrugata Schw. (No. 1113. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 185.) "Cespi-
tose, corrugated, with rather thin, flabby lobes, margin elevated, veiny; black-
ish-purple in color. Sub-squamulosc in the dry state. An inch in diameter.
Rare on Avood and liranches, Bethlehem." This is Exidia gelatinosa.

Tremella palmata Schw. (No. 1117. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 186.) "Rooted,
penetrating the wood with a tomentosc root. Stem compressed; palmately ex-
panded, horny when dry, of elegant golden color, sub-diaphanous, apex capitu-
late, gyrose-plieate, compressed and dilated; the head conlluent witli tlie stem.
In form and habit related to Cantharcllus spathularia, n. 292, on dead wood,
Bethlehem." This looks much like TUtiola radieata from the specimen in the
Schweinitz Herliariiim, but T (•()ul<l get very little from a preparation made
from it.

152 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

TREMELLODON

Plants gelatinous, translucent, whitish to light or dark-brown, more
or less stalked, the top expanded and bent over, with short teeth on
the underside. Basidia longitudinalh" divided into four parts with
four sterigmata. Spores smooth, white, spherical. We have but one
species which when large would be taken at first sight for a Hydnum
except for the gelatinous texture.

Tremellodon gelatinosum (Scop.) Pers.

Plates 43 and 59

Plants upright, petaloid and bent over at top to form a one-sided
cap under which the small spines hang down ; height from 2-7 cm.,
breadth at top up to 7 cm., at base about 1.5-2.5 cm. ; color of cap sur-
face usually from light to dark brown, in drying becoming darker
and blackish in places; rarely the whole plant may be a pure soaked
white, in age the upper part becoming a light pinkish buff ; in darker
plants the brown may be slightly tinted with blue or violet; surface,
except spines, covered with minute papillae with some wrinkles on the
posterior side near the base. Flesh gelatinous, watery and translucent,
but firm and tough.

Spines gelatinous, white, confined to the underside of the cap, up
to 2.5 mm. long, the spores being borne only on their proximal half or
two-thirds. No spores are borne except on the spines.

Basidia short, pear-shaped, 10.3/x in diameter with four stout
sterigmata. Spores white, spherical, about 6.5/x in diameter.

This is a remarkable and interesting plant, having the spines of
a Hydnum and the texture and basidia of a Tremella. It is found on
decaying pine and is rare. It is said by Mcllvaine to be edible and
delicious when slowly stewed. For illustrations in color, see Schaeffer,
PI. 144; Krombholz, PL 50, figs. 18-22; Richon & Roze, PI. 65, figs.
12-17; Gillet, PI. 661 (124). See note in Mycologia 12: 142. 1920.

912. On a pine log, October 11, 1913. Photo and drawings.
2954. From inside decaying pine stump, woods south of athletic field, December

1, 1917. Photo.
2956. From side decaying jjine stump, Strowd 's pasture by Bowlin 's Creek,

December 3, 1917.
■i03-i. On pine log on Strowd's hill, January 25, 1920.
4092. On pine log back of athletic field, February 8, 1920.

<

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 153

TREMELLODENDRON

A remarkable genns, prowing on the ground in woods and re-
sembling stipitate species of Thelephora in habit, form and texture,
but with the basidia divided into four parts by longitudinal septa, as
in the Tremellaceae, and having the spores smooth, white and elon-
gated. The genus was established by Atkinson (Journal Mycology
8:106. 1902), and the species have been treated by Burt (Ann. Mo.
Bot. Gard. l-.TM. 1915).

Key to the Species

Plant whitish, much branched, tlie stems or branches
(<v hotli fusing where coming together.

Stout and often large and heavy T. candidum (1)

Delicate, the branches slender and numerous T. merismatoides (2)

Plant whitish, slender, little branched, the stems single

and not fused with others T. Cladonia (3)

Plant simjile, orange colored T. aurantium (4)

1. Tremellodendron candidum (Schw.) Atk.

Plates 44 and 59

Plant upright, centrally stalked, densely branched, the clumps
reaching a diameter of 8 cul and a height of 6 cm., but usually much
smaller. The base is a fused mass which soon branches into more or
less distinct, but often confluent upright stalks which subdivide into
more or less flat and often laterally fused branches, these terminate in
fibrous or decidedly fimbriated, bluntish tips, which are nearly or
quite white, the remainder of tiie plant being a creamy or sordid white.
The texture is very tougli, almost woody below and is not at all brittle.

Basidia four-celled l)y longitudinal septa; spores (of No. 1385)
white, elliptic, with mucro, smootii, with large or small oil drops, very
oily as seen hy the many oil drops in the water, 4.8-6.6 x 8.5-13/x.

A very abundant plant in woods and lawns and very variable in
size and stoutness.

liiirl recognizes T. pdllidtnii as the larger, mor(> solid forms 1 here
include under T. candidton. I cainiot see good gronnds for recognizing
more than two species here. We have many intermediate forms and
sizes. I am also not sui-e that 7'. nicriswatoidcs is different, but am
including it as a eonveiiieiit name for the most delicate. Pternla-like
form.

154 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

352. Mixed woods, damp low plae^', growing on ground, October 20, 1910.

648. On hillside east of Howell's branch, October 29, 1912.

695. In mossy grass in middle of campus, June 15, 1913.

1385. In old Raleigh road, just north of Piney Prospect, October 19, 1914.

Photo.

1386. By Battle's branch, September 25, 1913.

2245. Forming a j^artial fairy ring of very fine plants, swamp of New Hope
Creek, below Durham-Chapel Hill bridge, June 24, 1916.

2420. Deciduous woods, Battle's Park, July 22, 1916. Spores 4.5-6 x 7.7-11. l^u.
These are typical, stout, large plants.

North Carolina. Schweinitz.
North Carolina. Atkinson.

2. Tremellodendron merismatoides (Schw.) Burt.

Plate 45

Plant 2.5-3.8 cm. high, in compound clusters about 2-3 cm. broad
above, with several partly fused stalks and verj- many delicate, onl}'
slightly fused branches ; white and tough.

Spores (of No. 2324) smooth, elliptic, some bent, 4.8-6.6 x 7. 4-ll|u,.

The more delicate forms of T. candidum approach this, but we
have found none close enough to it to make a complete gradation and
it may be a good species, as considered by Burt. The spores are exactly
like those of T. candidum in appearance ; in our one collection they
run a little shorter than in No. 1385, but no shorter than in No. 2420,
which are typical large plants.

2324. In sandy humus, deciduous woods by western branch of Meeting of the
Waters, June 30, 1916. Photo.

3. Tremellodendron Cladonia (Schw.) Burt.

We have not found this and adapt the following from Burt (I.e.
2:738. 1915):

Plant 2.5-5 cm. high, 0.7-2 cm. broad ; stem about 1.5 mm. thick ;
solitary or gregarious, erect, coriaceous-soft, pallid, drying warm
buff, sometimes with the older portions pale olive-gra.v, stipitate ;
stem cylindric, palmately branched into a few — often three — cylindric
branches, each or some of which occasionally branch again in similar
manner ; branches arranged in a plane from flattened end of stem or
branch or in a circle about the cylindric end of the stem which is then
sometimes perforate and the branches often channelled; hymenium
amphigenous, or inferior when the branch is channelled; basidia

^

t-

PLATE 45

i'ki;mi;i.i.<>1)i:m>km»\ mkijismatoikks. \-. -.-^l

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina loo

longitudinally septate, pyriform, 9x15^; spores colorless, simple,
even, curved, 4.5-6x9-15^. On ground in woods. Canada to Missis-
sippi and westward to Missouri. August and September.

Blowing Eock. Atkinson.
North Carolina. Schweinitz.

4. Tremellodendron aurantium Atk.

This was described from Blowing Rock, N. C, by Atkinson and has
not been found since. We give below the original description (Ann.
Mvcologici 6 :59. 1908):

^ -Plants simple, slender, 1-3 cm. long 2-3 mm. stout, dark orange,
touo-h Basidia subglobose, 10-12/x, longitudinally divided; sterig-
mat'a 4, long, slender, fiexuous. Spores, oboval-subelliptical, granular,
then with an oil drop, 7-10 x 5-6;x, white, hyaline."
Blowing- Eock. Atkinson.

EICHLERIELLA

Plant forming small, adherent patches with the margin free and
often a little bracketed, rarely attached only by the center; texture
tought, coriaceous or leathery, dry or rarely waxy. Basidia ovate,
divided into four cells by longitudinal divisions. Spores long, curved,
smooth, white. The genus resembles Corticium or Stereum or Cyphella
except 'for the four-celled, ovate basidia. We have but one species,
the only one recorded from this state. See Burt, Ann. Uo. Bot. Card.
2:743. 1915.

Eichleriella Leveilliana (B. & C.) Burt.
Corticium LeveHlianum B. & C.
Stereum LeveiUianum B. & C.

Plates 46 axd 59
Plant forming subcircular, mostly resupinate patches about
3 7 mm. wide, with a narrow, free margin whirli may curve outward
on the upper side for about 1-l.omm. if the substratum is vertical:
dorsal surface of the shelving margin tomentose, nearly white to light
or dark gray depending on exposure, scarcely zonate. Hymenium a
clear, light rosy pink, fading lo nearly white in areas or all over when
old. The thickish, blunt margin is sharply determinate, and tends to

156 Journal of the Mitchell Society [J^lne

become soinewliat free all around. Texture leather}^ and pliable, not
brittle when dry. In this lot of numerous patches one plant, emerg-
ing- from a lenticel, was attached by only a point eccentrically placed,
all the rest of the cap being free. When young the plant appears as
a little peltate disc, but this soon expands and except for the free mar-
gin attaches itself to the bark as it grows.

Basidia like those of a Tremella, ovate, four-celled by longitudinal
divisions, 9.3 x IS/x, sterigmata long. Slender branched threads grow
up densely beyond the basidia to form the hymenial surface. Spores
white, smooth, bent, sausage-shaped, 4-5.5 x 12.5-17.3/a.

This is a remarkable plant and was first described from South
Carolina as a Corticium. It would be referred at once to Corticium
or Stereum if it were not for the peculiar basidia. The pretty, deli-
cate rosy color is preserved in drying,

3829. On sweet gum (Liqiiidamber) nvigs, back of Peabody Building. Decem-
ber 6, 1919. Photo.
395.'!. Oil frondoso twigs on grape arbor, January 17, 1920.

SEBACINA

Resupinate, on bark or wood as in Corticium or encrusting herb-
aceous stems or mossy tree bases from the ground; texture various,
waxy to leather}" or coriaceous; basidia ovate and longitudinally sep-
tate as in Tremella ; spores white, smooth, mostly enlongated and bent
or flattened on one side (in S. cenerea Bres. they are said by Bresadola
to be subglobose, 12-13 x 12-15/x, in 8. caesia Tul. they are given by
Patouillard (Tab. Analyt. No. 681) as ovoid, 8 x 10-12^). We have
found four species in Chapel Hill and two others are reported from
the state. See Burt. Ann. Mo. Bot. Card. 2 :749. 1915. Of the four
species we have found only one can be distinguished in Burt's
monograph. We have tried to determine the other three from the
European literature, but not having been able to do so as yet have
decided to let them go unnamed until we become more familiar with
the genus. Burt has seen our plants, but has not cared to give a
positive opinion from the material sent. All our figures are from
fresh material and the spore characters taken from good spore prints.

Key to the Species

Diffused as a thin or thickisli crust on dead Avood, with
the habit of a Corticium.

Plant up to 1 or 1.5 mm. thick ; spores 6.3-9 x 7.7-

12.2^ S. sp. (No. 4116) (2)

PLATE 46

KIClll.KHIKI.l.A LKVKILI.IAXA. N... ::m:2!» (liixhti.
SKIJ \<|\ A CALCKA. Xc. :'.'.m;:: d.'fii.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 157

Plant imieh thinner, color nearly white to creamy
or pale slate

Spores 4.8-6.3 X 14.5-18;^ S. caJcea (1)

Spores 3.5-4 x 5.;j-8.o/i ; basidia near the sur-
face S. sp. (No. 4118) (3)

Spores 3.7-4..1 X 6-9.5^; basidia more deeply

seated .S'. sp. (No. 4119) (4)

Growinjj from the gi-oimd and running up and en-
crusting the bases of living or lifeless objects; color
buff

Sometimes with branches or flaps; hymcnial layer

60-150^ thick S. incnistans (5)

Without branches or flaps; hymenial layer 200-

300^ thick ."! .S'. Hclveloides (6)

1. Sebacina calcea (Pers.) Bresadola

Plates 46 and 60

Entirel}' resupinate, closely attached, forming elong-ated and an-
astomosing patches from ver}- small np to about 5-6 cm. long and
6 mm. wide, very thin, only about 50-llOju, thick; surface minutely' pul-
verulent, dull, the closely adnate, well-defined margin white, the re-
mainder ver^- light drab gray. Substance sub-gelatinous or sub-
fleshy, not to be removed in flakes.

Spores white, rod-elliptic, bent, 4.8-6.3 x 14.5-18/x, a few as short as
11.5/u. Basidia subspherical, 13-1 -I/a thick, divided into four cells by
longitudinal divisions; sterigmata long, thickish in the distal half;
paraphyses forming a transparent, almost structureless, layer above
the basidia, their finely branched tips loaded with crj-stals.

This agrees well with ;S'. calcea as described by Bresadola and by
Burt. It is said to grow on both coniferous and frondose trees. In
the southern states it has been reported only from Georgia.
3963. On a dead branch of liobinia pseudacacia in Arboretum, .Tanuary 12, 1920.

2. Sebacina sji. ?

Plates 47 and 61

Forming low, crowded and anastomosing, nodulated masses and
pustules looking very like a mixomycete; patches !) cm. or more long
and up to 1.5 cm. wide in our colh'ction (]n'ol)ably (juite iiulefinite as
to sizi' and form of area covered); lliickness up to 1 or 1.5 mm.;
color a i)alli(l creamy yellow or dusky cream; surface glabrous, shin-
ing unless getting rather drv. Te.xlurc succulent but not gelatinous

158 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

in tlie usual sense, but firml\' waxy. Fibers of the flesh slender and
regular, about 1.5-2^ thick, sparingly branched.

Spores oval, flattened on one side, yellowish under microscope,
very variable in size, (i.3-9 x 7.7-12.2/i,, sprouting into threads b}' one
or two germ tubes, which may arise at any point. Basidia oval, 13.7-
14.4 X l(i.3/x, irregularly four-celled, collapsed soon after formation of
spores. Sterigmata much thickened upward, some very long and
slender. Paraphyses slender, densely packed, curved over and mostly
branched a little at the ends, the branches crooked and more slender
and set with very minute crj'stals. Much larger, roughly' globular or
angular crystals with slender, spine-like hyaline projections also
occur rather abundantly through the hymenium ; they are mostly
about 7-9/x thick.

This species is markedly distinct from all others we have seen.
The peculiar color, pustulate, anastomosing form, plump spores and
large crystals separate it easil.y from our other Sebacinas. The pro-
jections on the crystals do not seem to be of the same nature as the
crystals themselves and after drying reappear very obscurely if at
all. They ma^' be the stubs of hyphae that took part in the formation
of the crystals. So thicklj^ interwoven are the tips of the paraphyses
and so dense the little crystals that there is formed a distinct and
darker crust over the surface. We place this in Sebacina rather than
Tremella because of the waxy texture, abundant, branched paraphyses
and abundant crystals. Exidia is excluded by the plump spores.

4116. On underside of old, hard heart of an oak branch, on ground, west of
athletic field, February 13, 1920.

3. Sebacina. sp. ?

Plate 60

Plant forming a thin, extended membrane about 150/x thick which
is nearly smooth or obscurely nodulated and eloselj' adherent to the
wood, the margin quite indefinite; surface dull, color a pallid milky
slate with a faint tint of lavender or flesh ; texture waxy ; threads of
context closely packed.

Spores (of No. 4118, print) white, smooth, elliptic, 3.5-4 x 5.5-8.5/x.
Basidia four-celled, 7.4^ thick, ovate, situated near the surface (in
some cases nearer than shown in the drawing). Paraphyses not highly
specialized or branched, covered with crystals through the upper layer,
parallel, upright and closely packed.

PLATE 47

SK1'.A«INA si'. Nn. n Hi.

19:^0] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 159

In drying the membrane shrinks much, to an almost invisible film ;
differs from No. 4119 in slate color, smaller basidia which are near the
surface, and in the closely packed threads of the flesh. Our plant
agrees rather closely with Burt's description of S. podlachica Bres.
in color, size of basidia and spores, position of basidia and closely
crowded threads of the context ; but he does not mention the crj'stals
in the hymenium or refer to the species on seeing our plant.

4118. On decaying underside of piece of decorticated oak wood, New Hope

Creek, February 14, 1920. Drawing.

4. Sebacina sp. ?

Plate 60

Plant variable in thickness, usually about 400-500fi thick except
where nodulated or wrinkled, much thinner in areas; forming an ex-
tensive slick membrane with indefinite margin, usually between bark
and wood and between layers of the rotten wood, sometimes on surface
also of the rotten bark ; color pallid straw or clay or dull whitish ;
surface smooth, or nodulated and irregularly pitted and wrinkled;
texture waxy, not very tough or elastic ; threads of context looseh'
packed. The plant is not removable from the wood when fresh with-
out breaking it into pieces.

Spores (of No. 4119, print) white, smooth, elliptic, 3.7-4.5 x 6-9. o/a.
Basidia oval, four-celled, 7.8 x 11/x. Paraphyses upright, closely
packed, branched near the surface into a few crooked forks on wliieh
are small crystals.

4119. On decaying gum wood, near Xew Hope Creek, February 14, 1920.

Drawing. '

5. Sebacina incrustans (Pers.) Tulasne

We have not yet found this in Chapel Hill, but it probably oc-
curs here. It forms an irregular fleshy-leathery, butt" crust which
creeps up and around the ])ases of objects, often on grasses. Spores
white, 6-8 x 12-14ju,. For a full description see Burt. I.e. p. 752. See
also a photo by Lloyd in ^lyc. Notes 52: fig. 1115. 1917.
Asliivillc. Beardslee.

(>. Sebacina Helvelloides (Sclnv.'! l^urt.

This is much like S. iiicntshms, hut ililVcrs in its less fleshy struct-
ure and thicker liymcniuiii. Il grows on the ground among mosses

160 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

and on bark at the bases of trees. It was originally descril)ed from
North Carolina by Schweinitz as a Thelephora. See Burt. I.e. p. 756,
for a full description.

Salem. Schweinitz.

DACRYMYCETACEAE

Small plants growing; on wood; texture gelatinous and soft or
toughish-gelatinous to more or less cartilaginous; form various, up-
right and single or branched like a Clavaria (as in species of Calocera),
or forming simple or complicated little cushions which may be smooth
or much folded or more or less flattened (as in Dacrymyces) or some-
what cup-shaped or spathulate (as in Guepiuia). The important dis-
tinctions are microscopic and are based on the basidia and spores.
The former are branched above into two long, thick sterigmata which
gradually taper to the pointed ends where the two spores are borne.
The color of the plants is usually yellow or orange, and they are some
times viscid. Spores smooth, elliptic, usually bent, divided across
into two or more cells at least before sprouting, orange or creamy
yellow. See Brefeld: Untersurchungen aiis dem Gesamtgehiete der
Mykologie 7:138. 1888. Also see Tulasne, as cited under Tremel-
laceae.

Key to the Genera

Plants sessile, gelatinous, pulvinate, the surface convo-
luted; spores divided into four or more cells before
sprouting Dacrymyces

Plants with a smooth, gelatinous stalk, swollen above
into a convoluted head which bears the hymenium ;
spores as in Dacrymyces Dacryumitia

Plants with a short, subcartilaginous stalk, the small
head rounded or flattened horizontally like a carpet
tack and little if at all convoluted Dacryopsis

Plants stalked, upright, spathulate, or cup-shaped, or
petalloid; tough, the sterile stalk pubescent; spores
divided into two cells before sprouting Gucpinia

Plants stalked or subsessile by a central point, enlarged
above, fleshy-tough, the hymenium gelatinous; spores
divided into two cells before sprouting Biiiola

Plants stalked, upright, slender, simple or branched like
Clavaria, toughish and usually viscid ; stalk hot pubes-
cent; spores divided into two cells before sprouting.. ..C'a/of^f /-a

DACRYMYCES

Gelatinous, sessile, pulvinate, subhemispheric or flattened, usually
convoluted on the surface like a brain, the entire exposed surface

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 161

covered by the hymenium, in several species with a distinct toughish
root. Basidia narrow, elongated, divided at the end into two long
forks which bear one spore each on distinct sterigmata. Spores yellow
or orange, cnrved-elliptic like a sausage or one side curved, divided
into cells by cross walls before sprouting. Small conidia often pro-
duced by the sprouting spores and on the surface of the young fruiting
bodies. For development of basidia and other cytology see AYager
in The Naturalist 695 :3(U. 1914.

Key to the Species*

Growing on pine

Not rooted, small, watery orange or amber, or paler;
nearly always on decorticated wood ; spores mostly
over 18/x long, divided into about eight cells before

sprouting; D. abietiniis (1)

Eooted, on wood witli liark on

Bright yellow or orange, drying red and rounded ;
spores 1H-22/JL or longer, divided into about eight

cells '.. ■ i*- (turantius (2)

Pale smoky or watery amber; spores lO-l.'S^a long D. imllidus (7)

Eaisin-colored, spores 21-27/x long D. )>r(hi)}cu1atus (4)

Kooted on decorticated wood; drying dull red-brown,
and flattened; spores lo-lS.-j^a, long, divided into

about four cells I>- imolutus ( :: >

Growing on deciduous plants

Orange or -wine-color or ])aler ; rooted, drying reddish.

spores 10.5-15fjL long, divided into four cells Z). Ellisii (5)

Small, mostly yellow with an olive tint when

young, drying a dull amber color I>. minor (6)

Small and very inconspicious, smoky-brown; dry-
ing l)lackish-brown '. JK fiiscomi»us (8)

1. Dacrymyces abietinus (Pers.) Schroeter

D. sf Hiatus Nees

Plates 23 and 63

Phiiit foniiiiig little pustules varying from less than one mm. to
al)0ut 3-4 mm. broad, and 1-2 mm. high, gregarious or touching so as
to form larger compound masses ; color watery-orange or amber or
fading to paler yellowish or sordid or sub-hyaline: surface feeling wet.
but not viscid; not jiassing into the wood by a tough white root (as in
D. Ellisii. and />. tiHr<ntlius, hut apparently seated directly on the
wood by the central i)art oi' the underside; te.xture gelatinous, luit
holding its shape well iniless v(>ry wet and then often collapsing to a

* See notes on otlicr sjifriis. juitcrs 17- 174.

162 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

soft, shapeless jelly: no taste or odor; tiesh concolorous. In drying
fading down to small amber or raisin-colored droplets.

Spores (of No. 3832, spore print) deep orange, smooth, long-ellip-
tic, mostly bent, 5.5-7.4 x 18.5-25.9/a, not divided into cells when first
shed as a spore print, bnt later (in abont a week) divided into about
eight cells. Basidia forked into two long prongs.

dommon on decorticated pine and cedar wood. This differs from
D. Ellisii in the mnch longer spores with more nnmerons cells. From
the good description by Persoon (Obs. Myc, p. 78. 1796) there can be
no donbt that we have his plant. It is more than likely that
D. stiUafus Nees is the same, bnt he did not say that it grew on
coniferous Avood. His figure is tolerably good for our plant (S3^st. d.
Pilze, p. 89 (18), PI. 22, 1858). Plants in the Curtis Herbarium under
the latter name from Alabama (Peters) and South Carolina (Ravenel
and Curtis) are like our plants, but specimens from Fries so labelled
in the Curtis Herbarium are doubtfully the same and seem rooted
(no spores to be found). Fries says that D. tortus grows on rotten
pine wood and refers to Bulliard's T. deUquescens as the same.
This has led to the impression that D. deUquescens grows on pine,
a supposition which to me is more than doubtful (see remarks under
D. minor). In the Curtis Herbarium are collections called D. tortus
on pine and Taxodium from Society Hill, S. C. (Curtis), also one
from Ravenel. These all seem to be the same as my plant. Karsten
gives the spores of D. stiUatus as 18-22 x8/x; Hennings (Engler and
Prantl, Pflanzenfamilien) as 18-28 x 8-12/^. Dacrymyces involutus,
also on pine, has shorter spores, is rooted, and is otherwise
quite different. Bref eld's conception of D. stillatus would exclude
our plant. He has it on corticated coniferous wood (often on P. syl-
vestris), bursting through the bark in lines, more reddish than in his
D. deUquescens, having a firm white root in the bark; spores large,
8-10-eelled, 12 x 25-30/a. His plant is evidently near our D. aurantius
Schw. if not the same.

3832, On decorticated pine logs south of athletic field, December 7, 1919. Photo.
3956. On a pine rafter on a grape arbor, January 17, 1920. Spores 5.5-7 x

15-20^, mostly divided into about eight cells.
3965. On pine, January 17, 1920.
•4074. On partly decorticated pine branch, February 4, 1920. Spores 5.5-7.4 x

17.4-23;u.
4132. On decorticated cedar pole in Arboretum, February 21, 1920.

Frequent on pine wood. Schweinitz.

19^0] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 163

2. Dacrymyces aurantius (Sehw.) Farlow.
I), chrysospenniis B. & C.

Plates 23, 48 and 63

Plants formino- compact, rounded, brain-like, complicated masses,
the surface grooved and folded through the compacting of the partly
separated components ; surface slimy when very wet. Color deep orange
all over except where it fades into the white base which extends into
the substratum as a kind of tough root. Flesh tough, sub-gelatinous,
color of surface, translucent ; tasteless and odorless.

Spores (of No. 3500) deep orange, curved-elliptic (sausage-
shaped), smooth, 7-9-celled, the great majority 8-celled before sprout-
ing, 5.5-7 X 18-22.5jM. Basidia slender, with two long forks.

The orange color becomes more red in the dried plants, and this
character, together with the large size and the tough, white, radicat-
ing, usually flattened base, distinguishes this easily from related
species except Ditiola radicata, which see for distinctions. It is com-
mon with us on corticated pine wood, the root extending through
the bark and flattening against the wood.

Farlow 's description of a plant he took to be T. aiirantia Sehw.
agrees with ours. He finds the spores to be 5.5-7.5 x 20-25)u,, four- to
eight-celled (Appalachia 3:248. 1883), Mr. Lloyd seems to
have changed his opinion as to the species as he has seen my
plants and agrees with my determination although he has illustrated
something entirely different as this species (Mye. Notes Old Sp. Ser,
N. 1 Al. 1908). He thinks our plant does not grow in Europe.

I find in the Schweinitz Herbarium fortunately' an ade-
quate bit of this still in the original envelope, unmounted
(on a mounted part the Dacrymyces has almost wholly
disappeared). The spores are just like those of our plant
and unlike those of any other. They are 6.2-7.4 x 18-21/x, mostly
8-celled. In the Curtis Herbarium is an even better collection from
Schweinitz (Bethlehem) under the name T. aurantia. It is certainly
like ours, with abundant spores which are large, 8-celled, curved,
6.2-7.2 X 16.5-23ju. That D. chrijsospcrmus B. & C. is also the same
is thought most probable by Dr. Farlow, and the plants distributed by
Ravenel (No. 466) as I). clirifsosperDius are like T. aurantia. Under
the name f). chrusosp/riii ks in tin- ('iirtis Ilcrbai'luiii is a collection

164 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

from Massachusetts (Spragiie No. 778: Curtis No. 6211) which is like
T. aurantia and like our plants. The spores are 8-celled, 6-7 x 18-20/i,.
The original description of D. chnjsospermus is as follows (adapted) :
''Erect, clavate-lobed, orange; spores golden, 4-6 septate. On stumps,
erect, lobed above, orange, dusted with the golden spores. More
highly developed than D. deliquescens. New England. Sprague."
(Grevillea 2:20. 1873). Dacryinyces multiseptatus Beck of Europe
on pine seems near or the same. The spores are given as 7-10 septate,
20-26 X 6-7/A (see Sacc. Syl. 6:799). It is also of interest to note that
Bresadola has referred to D. palmata (Schw.) Bres., a European plant
on bark of AMes excelsa, that is represented in the New York Botani-
cal Garden by a good collection from him. This cannot be distin-
guished from our D. aurantius except that the spores average shorter
(5.5-6 X 13-18. 5;a, with 8 cells). Brefeld's idea of D. stillatus seems
much more like D. aurantius than like D. ahietinus (see notes under
latter species).

3500. On pine log with bark, nortli of Meeting of the Waters, October 22, 1919.

Photo and painting.
3837. On pine log with bark, sonch of athletic field, December 7, 1919. Spores

6-7.4 X 14.8-24/i, eight-celled.
3917. On pine log with bark. Battle's Park, December 21, 1919. Spores 7-8 x

17-26^, eight-celled.
398.5. On pine bark from fallen limbs, southeast of old graded school, Januaiy

19, 1920.
4004. On dead pine limbs with bark, near outdoor stage, Battle's Park, January

22, 1920. Spores elliptic, 6.6-7.7 x 15-23//,, some divided Avhen shed into

eight cells.
4080. On pine bark, February 4, 1920. Spores bent-elliptic, 5.5-7.5 x 14.8-22;u,

eight-celled.
4193. On pine bark, February 25, 1920. Spores 6.3-7.4 x 14.8-22.3^.

3. Dacrymyces involutus Schw.

D. corticoides E. & E.

Plates 23, 50 and 63

Forming compound, adherent, rather thin, convoluted patches
reaching a length of about 6 cm., a breadth of 2 cm. and a thickness
of 2-4 mm., the component parts about 3-5 mm. broad and fused
with adjoining ones, each attached in center by a distinct whitish,
tough, little root about 3-5 mm. long, which tapers downward to a
point and is buried in the soft wood; exposed surface of the pads

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 165

orange-yellow, more or less closely convoluted like a brain, not glau-
cous ; this form varies to gregarious colonies of smaller plants as small
as 1 mm., some crowded, some single. Young plants are mostly the
same orange color as older ones, but others have a distinct tint of
olive as in D. minor, also like the latter in the protection of the very
young plants hj a fiocculent-cottony coat, which is broken through
and at times carried up for a Avhile as a little white cap ; texture
toughish wax3'-gelatinous ; surface opaque, inner part transparent and
concolorous.

Spores (of No. 3972) orange-yellow, sausage-shaped, curved, 4.3-
6.6 X 13-18. 5jit, soon divided after shedding into four cells. Basidia as
usual in the genus, strongly two-pronged, 3.7 x 4/a thick.

A striking plant, peculiar in the distinct little round roots which
descend into the wood about 3-5 mm. apart, the effect being like that
of a lot of thickish and irregular thumbtacks with the heads fused,
and the points stuck in the pine. It differs from the other yellow or
orange species as follows: from D. cibietinus by rooting bases, stronger
color, larger masses and shorter spores with fewer cells; from D. au-
rantius in smaller and, when in masses, separate rootlets which are not
so deeply penetrating, in shorter spores, in not drying red, and in
occurrence on decorticated and more rotten logs; from D. EUisii in
larger masses, spores averaging longer and in growing on pine ; from
Ditiola radicata in unbranched and proportionally smaller stalks,
absence of viscidity, occurrence on decorticated wood and in not dry-
ing red ; the spores are nearly alike.

We have examined the type of D. involutus Schw. in his herbarium and find
tliat it agrees with our plant, showing the characteristic form and the flocculent
covering in youth. The spores agree perfectly except that they are not quite
so long, a matter of small importance as the length of spores in this genus varies
considerably in different collections. In the Sehweinitz collection they are elliptic,
curved, about 4-celled, 5.5 x 12.5^. Schweinitz's description is as follows:

"Of the size of D. stillatus, subrotund-dilated, gyrose-plicate, pale golden.
Base covered with fibrous white tomentum which often grows over the whole
fungus. Related to IJ. lacrymalifi, on old wood at Salom and Bethlehem. ' '

This is certainly I), corticoides, collections of that species
determined by Ellis at the New York Botanical Garden,
agreeing perfectly and tlie description agreeing in convin-
cing details (Jour. Myc. 1 :149. 1885). The "narrow, white, subbyssoid
margin" appears clearly in our ]ilants when drying undisturbed. Tlie
color of the dried planls is a dull reddish-brown with yellow areas;

166 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

partly dried plants are more orange than fresh ones. Lloyd has seen
our plants and thinks them Arrhytidia flava Berk., which in a letter he
says is "certainly co-generic and possibly the same as D. corticoides."
See also Myc. Notes 61, fig. 1780. 1919. Patoiiillard also thinks the
species should be referred to Arrhytidia as it is not truly gelatinous.
This is also indicated by the fact that dried plants do not revive at
all well when moistened again. For variety conUjena E. & E. (spelled
canigena in error) on pine cones see Jour. Myc. 2:87. 1886. From
the description it would seem than D. confluens Karst. might well be
the same thing (Sacc. Syl. 6:801). I have retained our plant for the
present in Dacrymyces to avoid a multiplicity of closely related
genera.

3972. On a decorticated, rotten pine log by patli to Meeting of the Waters,

January 17, 1920. Photo.
■±079. On a decorticated pine log near Meeting of the Waters, February 4, 1920.
4179. On decorticated pine, February 26, 1920. Spores curved-elliptic, orange,

four-celled, 5-7 x 11-14.8/x.

4. Dacrymyces pedunculatus (B. & C.)
Exidia peduncidata B. & C.

Plates 23, 41 and 62

Plants single or crowded and compounded into groups or rows
up to 3 cm. long, simple individuals 2-3 mm. broad, 1.5-6 mm. thick,
turbinate, rooted by a stout base, the flat top margined. Texture
rather softly gelatinous, the stem tougher ; color of raisins or a little
paler; surface dull, minutely granular under a lens.

Spores (of No. 4158) very large, elliptic, 9.3-11 x 21-27/x,, eight-
celled soon after falling, orange with a tint of salmon, soon sprouting
into small, elongated sporidia 1.7-2 x 3.5-4.5/x, which may be borne in
groups. Basidia very large, 108-130/i, long, 9-9. 5/x thick.

The simple plants are shaped about like a short horseshoe nail and
approach in form D. involutvs; the flattish top may have a few
wrinkles or be quite smooth. The root is about 2-4 mm. long and ends
in a paler but not white mycelium which runs between the bark and
wood. Compound groups are rooted by an elongated flat plate which
gives rise to a crowded and convoluted group of heads much as in
D. aurantius. The species is very distinct not only in the very large
spores and basidia but also in the color, which is about that of Exidia
gelatinosa. It is odd that the spores are so differently colored from

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 167

the plant, but several good prints make the color certain. It will be
remembered that in Tremella colorata Peck states that the spores are of
the same raisin color as the plant. There is fortunately in existence
in the Curtis Herbarium a good collection of Exidia pedunculata
B. & C. (Society Hill, S. C, No. 3750), which I find on examination
is certainly this. They are on pine with same shape and color, thick
spores unmistakablj' the same but averaging somewhat shorter than in
our specimens. They are 8-celled, 7-10 x 16-22/x,.

4158. On a fallen, corticated branch of Pinus Taeda, February 21, 1920.
4185. On a corticated pine branch, StroAvd's lowgrounds, February 25, 1920.
Photo. Spores 9.7-14x20.5-27^.

5. Dacrymyces Ellisii n. sp.

Plates 23, 50 and 63

Plants bursting through the bark and forming small, flattish,
smooth or crumpled pustules about 2-6 mm. wide which are sometimes
crowded into somewhat larger masses up to 15 mm. wide ; the pustules
lie flat on the substratum but are the expanded tops of tough, whitish
stalks which are hidden by the bark into the cracks of which they de-
scend for several mm. and finally fade into the white mycelium ; sur-
face damp, somewhat viscid, firmly gelatinous, orange or wine-color,
fading to pale or sordid yellowish.

Spores (of No. 3861) deep orange, smooth, sausage-shaped, bent,
a part of them divided into about four cells when shed, 5-7 x 10.5-13. 3/x.

The species is somewhat scarce in American herbaria and seems
to have no settled name. It occurs in the Curtis Herl)arium (IMassa-
chusetts, Sprague, bark of oak) under the name D. deliquescens, but it
cannot be that species. Others so named in the same herbarium are
different, one from IMassachusetts seeming to be D. ahietinus. 1 have
tried to find out wiiat D. sijrinfjae really is but have not succeeded.
The Flora Danica figure (PI. 1857, fig. 3) does not help much.
DacrymyccH s)jriu(jicola is different (see p. 171), Plants at the New
York Botanical Garden on magnolia labelled D. diplocarpus E. & E.,
bill jippiin'iitly never published, have spores 3-septate, 4-5xll-13/x
and seem the same as ours. They were sent by Ellis to Patouillard
who said he did not know it. A similar collection by Ellis on magnolia
bark is labelled I>. si/riiiydc. Another collection on oak of the same
tiling from West \'ii-ginia (Xiittall) was sent to Massee who detenu-

168 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

iiiecl it as Tremella enata B. & C, which is certainly different if Curtis'
No. 2456 can be said to represent it (see page 149) . Lloyd has seen our
plant and says : ' ' This is not sure to me for it is too permanent and
the spores of deliquescens are not orange but pale yellow." The species
is certainly different from D. minor (D. deliquescens) which grows on
decorticated w^ood, has much paler spores, and less orange and less
complex fruit bodies without distinct roots and which become very
inconspicuous when dry. It does not seem impossible that Dacrijopsis
Ulicis (Plour.) Sacc. may be our D. EllisH. The appearance is much
the same and the spores 4-celled, 5 x 15-18/a. (See note under Dac-
ryopsis ceracea). From D. dbietinus and D. aurantius, the
other conspicuous yellow or orange forms, it differs in growing on de-
ciduous wood and in the much shorter spores; from the latter it dif-
fers also in smaller size, but is like it in having a toughish, contracted,
white rooting base.

3861. On branches of peach in a brush heap, December 9, 1919. Photo. Type.
3918. On decaying maple limb, December 21, 1919. Spores orange, smooth,

sausage-shaped, some bent, 5.5-7.4 x ll-lifi. Spores sprouting on slide

with from one to four sprouts, some three-septate.
3982. On decaying oak log, January 18, 1920. Spores bent-elliptic, 4.8-6 x

10.5-12^, soon divided into four cells.
4003. On fallen oak limb, January 22, 1920.

4035. On decaying maple limb with bark, January 25, 1920. Spores sausage-

shaped, 4.8-6.7 X 12-15/i, 4-celled before sprouting.

4036. On piece of decayed oak, January 25, 1920. Painting.

4120. On bark of decaying birch limb, February 14, 1920. Spores 4-5 x 12-14.8jOi.
4170. On a corticated oak branch, February 23, 1920.

6. Dacrymyces minor Pk.

?D. deliquescens (Bull.) Fr.
?D. lacrymalis Pers.
fD. hyalinus Quelet

Plates 49 and 64

Plant forming \evy small subspherical pustules about 1-2 mm. in
diameter, at times crowded into somewhat larger masses ; the surface
sparingly convoluted or even, a little viscid, not with an obvious root ;
color of most a dull, translucent, light amber or smok}^ amber and
usually with a slight olive tint especially when young, some plants
mixed with the others are a more conspicuous yellow-amber; texture
rather firmly gelatinous.

PLATE 4!)

lUllol.A |{AI>|( A TA. Nu. Hn't i liul't '

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 169

Spores (of No. 3926) pale yellow, curved, divided into (mostly)
four cells, 4-6.6 x 11.1-14.8/i,. Basidia as usual.

In No. 3941 some of ithe plants were very young and when just
bursting through were covered over by a white flocculent coat through
which they burst at the top or at times carried up for a while as a
little white cap-patch. This we have noticed elsewhere only in D. in-
volutus. In No. 3926 the jilants after reaching full size collapsed in
at the top and looked a good deal like small Pezizas, a rupture occurred
in the firmer outer part, the margins of which turned inward and
downward, leaving a crater into the softer part within. This is a
character assigned to D. chrjjsocoDius and this is what usually passes
for that species and which it may in fact be.

There is no doubt that this is Peck's species, the description and
the t.ype agreeing in all particulars. Peck gives the spores as 5 x
12.7-1 5. 2/x (my measurements from part of type kindly sent by Dr.
House are 3.8-4.5 x 10.5-13/x). They also seem to agree quite well with
plants collected at Asheville by Beardslee and referred by Lloyd to
D. hyalinus (Myc. Notes 58:828. 1919). Beardslee writes me that
his plants also grew on decorticated, deciduous wood. The species
differs from D. Ellisii in smaller size, absence of an obvious root, dif-
ferent color (at least when dry), white coat when just appearing (?),
and spore cells more swollen when sprouting. Dried plants of D.
))Uiwr look like minute drops of brownish amber and are almost in-
visible without a lens, while those of D. Ellisii are reddish, larger, and
more conspicuous. It is more than probable that this is the true D.
deliquescens. Lloyd has seen our plants and refers them to that
species, and from Bulliard's description and figure there is no reason
to conclude that it grows on coniferous wood. The assumption is
rather to the contrary as he warns against confusing it with droplets
of sap found on certain deciduous trees mentioned. Fries considered
his D. tortus, which grows on coniferous wood, the same as D. deliques-
cens, and there is nnich confusion in Europe in regard to the latter
species, which is usually said to grow on coniferous or on both conifer-
ous and deciduous wood. For examjile iM. Patouillard who has had
tlic kindness to give me liis conccplion of D. deliquescens and to send
me a gf)od specimen from his herbarium, writes as follows: "Almost
everybody indicates this sjiecies only on conifers. But one meets it
also on every sort of rotten wood." On examination we find this
specimen 1o agree in all essentials with onr I), minor. Bresadola is

170 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

also of the opinion that it liTOws on both kinds of wood, and notes its
occurrence on Quercus, Carpinus, and Pinus sylvestris (Ann. Myc.
1:115. 1903.) Brefeld (I.e. p. 141) describes D. deliquescens care-
fully, and there are no serious discrepancies between his plants and
our D. minor. He gives the spores as faintly yellow, 5 x 15 ; the plants
growing on deciduous wood and seated directly on the wood, not on
bark. Bresadola gives the spores of D. deliquescens as 12-15 x 5-6/^.
It seems even less doubtful that Tremella lacrymalis Pers. is
not ditiferent from D. minor. Persoon's figure (Icon. Fung. PI. 10,
fig. 3, 1803) looks about right, the plants growing on deciduous wood,
the largest one about 4 mm. broad. He describes it as rounded to
somewhat irregular, pezizoid, small, pellucid, yellow. Occasional on
putrescent wood. He refers to Bulliard's Tremella deliquescens as
related (Syn. Fung. p. 628. 1801). Brefeld describes a new species
D. lutescens verj- near D. deliquescens but dififering in the absence of
fruiting bodies which bear gemmae, in the clear orange color, and
the larger spores, 10 x 28/x. Dacrymyces cerehriformis Bref . is some-
what similar to the two preceding, but is smaller, prefers birch, and
has 4-celled spores more curved than the other two, 8 x 25-28/x. There
are still two other little species described by Brefeld, one D. longi-
sporus, scarcely larger than a pin head, found on old fences ; it is pale,
yellow, spores 12- to 15-celled, 15 x 35-40/x ; the other, D. ovisporus,
a remarkable form with oval spores, 15 x 20-25/a, which are divided
into many cells by walls in all directions. Otherwise the species, he
says, cannot be distinguished from the preceding and occurs with it.

3926. On an old oak chip, December 22, 1919.

3941. On twig of deciduous tree, December 22, 1919.

3945. On Ligustrum chinense in Arboretum, January 16, 1920. Many of the

young cushions have an olive tint added to the amber. Spores about

4.8 X 12.5, not divided into cells when first shed.
4012. On a fallen branch of osage orange (Madura), January 23, 1920. Spores

creamy yellow, curved, 4-5 x 10-13, mostly divided into four cells which

soon sprout, forming either small sporidia or mycelial threads.
4105. On a decorticated branch of osage orange, February 13, 1920. Spores

3.7-5 X 10-12.5. Photo.

4165. On corticated dog^vood branch, February 23, 1920. Growing mostly in

lines across the twigs through circumcissile cracks in the bark. Washed
out to almost hyaline. Spores 6-7.4 x 13-15.5, 4-eelled.

4166. On decorticated oak branches, February 23, 1920.

4181. On decorticated sycamore wood, February 26, 1920. Spores 3.7-5 x 9.3-11.2,

4-celled.
4200. On crepe myrtle, March 5, 1920.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 171

7. Dacrymyces pallidus n. sp.

Plate 61

Bursting through cracks in the bark of pine and forming elongated,
irregular, pulvinate, convoluted patches up to 1.5 cm. long, 2.5-4 mm.
broad and 2-3 mm. high. Texture firmly gelatinous. Color varying
from nearly hj-aline (a very pale, watery amber) to a pallid amber-
clay or faint smoky amber. The patches are attached by a flattened
root which passes through the bark and spreads out a little on the
wood, but does not enter it.

Spores (of No. 4072) 4-4.5 x l{)-13/x long, occasionally septate with
one cross wall.

This is quite different from any of the other species. It is the
palest. The absence of orange color and the shorter spores separate
it easily from D. aurantius and D. involutiis, the shorter spores and
different form from D. ahietinus, the absence of orange color and
growth on pine from D. Ellisii and the quite different form, larger
size, distinct root and growth on pine from D. iiii)wr. There is no
exposed stalk.

4072. On a pine branch with bark on, February 4, 1920. Photo and drawings.

Type.
4162. On corticated fallen pine })rancli, February 22, 1920.

8. Dacrymyces fuscominus n. sp.

Plate 63

Minute, flatfish, convoluted clusters up to 5 nnu. long and 1-2 nnii.
wide, less than 1 mm. thick; color sordid smoky, with clay tints in
places, almost the color of the bark, very firmly gelatinous, almost
waxy, the fibers closely packed and not separated by jelly.

Spores elongated, a little bent, 3.5 x 8.5-10.5/a. Basidia forked.

This is nearest D. pallidus which differs in larger size, lighter
color, less hard consistency and slightl}' longer spores, also in growth
on pine. The very firm texture of the plant distinguishes it from all
other species of Dacrj'myces and it would perhaps be better to refer
it to the genus Ceracea except that the few described species of that
genus form very thin, completely eff'used ])lates which are not con-
voluted, having the habit of a Sebacina, a waxy consistency, and flie
basidia of a Dacrymyces. Ceracea vernicosa Cragin, found in Kansas,
covers with a thin coat uiuleveloped plants of a Polyjiorus (see Am.
Myc. 1:58. 1885). Ceracea Lagerhciniii Pat. grows on wood in the

172 JOURXAL OF THE MiTCHELL SOCIETY [Jufie

eastern tropics, is ochraeeoiis, waxy, resupiuate, 2-5 cm. long; basidia
5 X 40-60/u; spores 5 x 10-12/^, witli one septum in the center (Bull.
Soc. Myc. de Fr. 9:141, PI. 8, fig. 5. 1893). In the Curtis Herbarium
is a collection from Schweinitz (Bethlehem on Acer) labelled D. vires-
cens Fr., which looks a good deal like our No. 4075. His plants are
very small, pulvinate, much convoluted, blackish when dry, sordid,
smoky ochraceous when wet ; texture waxy or dense. I could get no
spores from the plants and no distinct basidia.

4075. On oak baik, back of Athletic Field, February 4, 1920. Type.

We include the following notes for the convenience of students :

Bacrymyces syringicola B. lic C. A collection from Society Hill, S. C, labelled
B. Syringae Fr., in the Curtis Herbarium, bursting through the bark of dead lilac
twigs, is not a Dacrymyces, but is made up at least superficially of large more
or less rectangular bodies resembling parenchymatous cells. A collection of the
same thing from Sautee Canal, S. C. (Eavenel), is labeled D. destructor B. &
Rav. It was found on a dying pear branch. This last is supposed to be the
same as D. syringicola B. & C. by Massee.

Dacrymyces violaceus Fr. is reported by Schweinitz from iSTorth Carolina on apple
wood. There is a bit of decorticated apple branch under this name in the
Curtis Herbarium, but there is api^arently nothing left on it of value. Fries
described the species as ' ' small, compact, subcompressed, gyrose, violaceous,
on trunks of pears" (Epicrisis, p. 592).

Dacrymyces chrysocomus (Bull) Fr. is represented in the New York Botanical
Garden by a good collection from Bresadola on corticated pine twigs. The
plants are small, amber-colored, collapsed to a membrane; spores thick, divided
into about eight cells, 9.3-12 x 18-21^. Brefeld gives the spores of the species
as up to twenty-celled, 15 x oo/j.. We have not found anything like this.

Dacrymyces conglobatus Pk. (Eep. 32: 37. 1879) is evidently not a Dacrymyces.
He also reports D. fragiformis.

Dacrymyces fragiformis (Pers.) Nees. There is evident confusion here. In the
original description Persoon says : ' ' Subcompact, rounded, red, folds crowded,
somewhat lobed. When dry 4-6 lines broad, otherwise as large as an inch
across, color fading, internally pale. On bark of pine" (Syn. Fung. p. 622.
1801). His fig. 1, PI. 10, in Icon. Pict. shows the plants crowded, of good
size, reddish outside, white within. Quelet gives the spores as 40-60^ long,
triseptate (Fl. Myc. Fr. p. 17. 1888). Herter gives the spores as 20x7^, many
septate, and says the species is doubtful (Krypt. Fl. Mark B. 6:56. 1910).
See also Rabenhorst's Kript. Fl. 1:277. 1884. Albertine and SchAveinitz intro-
duced confusion by assigning to this species a form R carpinea, an entirely
different plant that grows (apparently parasitically) on the fruiting body of
the black, encrusting Ascomycete Diatrype stigma (formerly Sphaeria or Hy-
poxylon) on twigs of frondose wood. SehAveinitz reports this as T. fragiformis,

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 173

not as the variety, in l)oth Sjn. Car. (No. 1147) and Syn. Am. Bor. (No.
1121). We have this little plant in plenty at Chapel Hill and find it in no
"vvay related to this gi'oup of fungi, the only resemblance being the sub-
gelatinous texture and external form. The plants are very small, deep red,
scarcely as large as a clover seed, scattered or approximated. Dacrymyces
macrosporus B. & Br. is apparently the same. No one seems to know what the
original T. fragiformis of Persoon is.

The following are translations of Sehweinitz's original descriptions
of species of Dacrymyces :

Dacrymyces pelhicidus Sehw. (No. 1129. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 186: 1832):
"Large, extending 3 inches in length and breadth, white, subpellueid, in the
grooving state, resembling the early stage of a gelatinous Hydnum ; the form
is also gyrose like a Troniella, variously lobed, with thick blunt lobes. The
internal structure is entirely that of a Dacrymyces. In the dry state it
presents a hard thick membrane, plicate-veined, pellucid. Large, rather rare
on wood at Salem; also seen near Philadelphia." A good plant in the Sch-
weinitz Herbarium shows this to be a Tremella or Exidia with 4-celled basidia
about 9.ofi thick. It is probably T. fuciformis.

Dacrymyces capitatus Schw. No. 1130. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. j). 186): "Stipi-
tate, penetrating the stem (of Brassica) with its stalk, base tomentose, thick,
scurfy (resembling a Ditiola), ending in a globose head, often compressed,
sometimes plicate, reddish golden in color. It grows seatteringly. Internal
structure exactly that of this genus. Seen on the stem of Brassica, Bethle-
hem. ' ' Possibly a true Dacrymyces, but a slide shows no spores nor developed
basidia.

Dacrymyces difformis Schw. (No. 1130. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 186): "Multi-
form, variously contorted, bursting from the epidermis almost like a Myxo-
trichus, reddish golden, subexpanded. Internal structure as in the others.
Eare on the twigs of rose clusters, Bethlehem." A collection from Philadel-
phia by Schweinitz shows a few small plants on a rose branch about one
centimeter thick. A slide shows nothing decisive.

Dacrymyces cpipliyllus Schw. (1132. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 186): "It
immediately recalls a Sclerotium, but afterward slowly shows the internal
Dacrymyces structure. Gregarious, subrotund or oblong, yelloAvish, minute,
one-half line broad, sub-pulvinate, as if inherent, often subconfluent. Seen on
the leaves of Galium at Salem." A good collection in Philadelphia shows no
evidence of being a Dacrymyces. It scarcely swells when wet, and the internal
structure is unlike this genus.

Dacrymyces viticoln SchAV. (No. 1133. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 186): "Two-
formed. Bursting forth from the cortex or epidermis, provided with a thick
stalk, base obscured or covered with tomentum, expanded above into a reddish-
orange gyrose head. Also on decorticated wood, effused, gyrose-plicate, thin,
of the same color. Each form preserves the internal structure of a Dacry-
myces. Rare, bursting forth from the epidermis of dead grape, Bethlehem."
In Philadelphia both forms are represented. A slide of the second form

174 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

sliows basidia and spores of tlic Dac-rymyees type, the latter, few in number,
about 4.4 X IV, apparently 4-eelleil. (Lloyd says there is a specimen of this
at Kew.)

Dacriimycvs azalcae Sehw. (No. 1134. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p. 186): "Scat-
tered, minute, bursting from the bark as a Myxosporium, yellowish-golden,
pellucid, expanded into a subpalmately-lobed head, short. Internal
structure as above. Rare on dead branches of Azalea nudiflora. Bethlehem."
The type in Philadelphia shows minute globules, barely visible without a lens,
reddish, scattered, pale and toughly gelatinous when wet and seen to be com-
pounded. Probably a true species. A preparation has the general appearance
of Dacrymyees, but no spores nor good basidia were found.

Dacriimyccs cinnaharinus Schw. (No. 1127. Syn. Fung. Amer. Bor. p: 186):
' ' Small, erumpent, attached closely to the epidermis, at first convex, at
length concave and subpezizoid, color brilliant cinnamon, often confluent, and
covering the branches with large colonies, longitudinally effused. It is easily
shaken off, separating from the substratum. When soaked in water the interior
appears distinctly floccose. Frequent on Willow branches, Bethlehem." We
have examined the type and find it to be a typical Ascomycete, with plentiful
asci containing eight spores.

DACRYOMITRA

Plant stalked, the stalk smooth, gelatinous, enlarged above into a
more or less flattened, convoluted, viscid head, which is more or less
bent over and is covered by the gelatinous hymenium. Spores elon-
gated, orange, divided into four cells before sprouting. Basidia as
in Dacrymyees. Distinguished from Ditiola by the larger size, dif-
ferent shape and the larger, four-celled spores; from Dacrj'opsis by
the large size, more convoluted head, more gelatinous texture and
larger spores. We have but one species.

Dacryomitra dubia Lloyd

fDacryomytra glossoides (Pers.) Bref.
f Dacrymyees flaheUus Ellis

Plates 23 and 64

Plant 12 mm. high, the stalk 9 mm. long and 3.5 mm. thick, orange-
3'ellow, smooth, gelatinous ; the cap irregular, flattened, and bent over,
6.5 mm. broad, 3 mm. thick, convoluted, orange, gelatinous.

Spores large, orange, resembling those of Dacrymyees, 6,3-8.1 x
13,3-17/i,, rarely up to 20/x, average 7 x IG/x, divided into four cells
before sprouting. Basidia slender and two-forked, about 4.4/a thick.

PLATE 50

Fi(i. 1. KAfinol'SlS CliKACi: A. No. 4lL'l.
Kk;. l' \ :;. hlTlol-A KADKATA. No. 41S:'..
Ki.;. 4. l>A<ln\l^tl:s KI.I.IsII. No. 417it.

Fuis. .', \ r, i)A< in \i\ < i;s iwoi.i'rrs. n.

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 175

The plant is distinctly viscid when wet. The stalk sits flat on the
wood to which it is attached by a fiat, tongh, whitish plate which en-
ters the wood vertically. Quite young plants are filiform at first,
the head not apparent.

This agrees perfectly with D. diibia as figured and described by
Lloyd (Myc. Notes 52:742, fig. 1114. 1917). Lloyd does not state on
what kind of wood his plant grows, but the European D. glossoides
is said to grow on beech. This is apparently the only serious discrep-
ancy in the habit or structure of that species and ours. Our plant is
much more gelatinous than Dacrijopsis nucla.
.3969. On a pine log, woods back of athletic field, January 17, 1920. Painting.

DACRYOPSIS

Plant stalked and rooted, the stalk short, smooth or granular, sub-
cartilaginous, capped above by a rounded or horizontally flattened,
smooth or onl}' slightly convoluted, viscid, toughly gelatinous head.
Often compounded by branching of the root or stalk. Spores elon-
gated, divided into two or four cells before sprouting. Basidia as in
Dacrymyces. We have but one species (but see note under Ditiola
radicata). For D. gyrocephala (B. & C.) Massee, from South Caro-
lina, and for other species of Daeryopsis see Jour. Myc. 6:181. 1890.

Dacryopsis ceracea n. sp.

Plates 50 and 65

Plant 4-6 mm. high, mostly compound from a flattened, tough,
whitish rooting base, branched at once into a few stout stems which
expand and crimp above where they are capped and covered by a
glabrous, shining hymenium, which is deep wax-yellow and descends
irregularly from the tip only about 2 mm. at most. Stem finely granu-
lar, dull, distinctly demarked from the hymenium and a little paler.
Spread of the largest clump in our collection 1,3 x 1.9 cm. ; a few simple
plants stand alone with the unbranched stems capped with the smooth
hymenium. Tips thick, bluiitl}' rounded, about 1.5 mm. tliit-k. Tex-
ture gelatinous, elastic, subtranslucent, the rooting base tougher.
The base penetrates cracks in the bark and flattens out on the wood
below. TJie hymenium is scarcely more convoluted than is neces-
sary to follow the wavy apex it is situated on. In ii few of the broader
tips the hymenium is depressed and a little convoluted in the center.
The plant has the habit of Spdrassis Ilcrhstii on a minute scale.

176 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

Spores (of No. 4121, print) smooth, wax-colored, slightly bent-
elliptic, divided into two cells before spronting, 3.7-1.4 x lA-lO/j..
The spores sprout by short sterigmata which bear single subspherical
sporidia. Basidia divided into two prongs, slender, 3.4-4/x thick.

This seems certainly Dacryopsis, and of the described species only
D. riicis (Plowr.) Sacc. is at all near in color, but that has spores
4-celled, 5 x 15-18fi and is otherwise different (Trans. Brit. Mye. Soc,
1 :55, PI. 2, figs. 2-6. 1898). Dacryopsis EUisiana Mass. (Coryne Ellisii
Berk.) was described from New York on decaj'ing basswood log. Ac-
cording to Cooke it has spores continuous, 4-4.5 x 15/x (Grevillea
20:24.' 1891).

4121. On piece of decaying oak limb, New Hope Creek, February 14, 1920. Type.

GUEPINIA

Small, tough, semi-gelatinous, upright, stalked, the stalk tomentose
or scabrous, enlarged above where it is flattened or branched or lobed
or wrinkled; hymenial surface confined to one side, limited below,
i.e., the stalk not covered by it; basidia forked above into two long
prongs; spores smooth, elongated, curved (sausage-shaped), orange or
yellow, divided into two or more cells before sprouting; dorsal sur-
face said to bear chains of eonidia. Distinguished from Calocera by
the broadened or thickened upper part with basidia on one side only,
by the slippery but not viscid surface, and by the tomentose stem.

Key to the Species

Growing on decirluous wood, stem and sterile surface

deep rich brown; hymcnium not orange G. elegans (1)

Growing on deciduous and coniferous wood; hymenium

orange when fresh G. spathuJarM (2)

Guepinia elegans B. & C.

It is rather surprising that we have not yet found this in Chapel
Hill as it occurs both north and south of us and is reported by Curtis
from this state. The following description is made from dried plants
in the Curtis Herbarium (from South Carolina and Alabama) and
the New York Botanical Garden Herbarium :

Plants cespitose or single, up to 2 cm. high, the distinct stalk
terete, 5-8 mm. long, deep reddish brown, finely squarrose-tomentose,
expanding above rather abruptly into funnel-shaped or fan-shaped

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 177

cap up to 1-2 cm. broad, the outside or sterile side continuing the
surface and color of the stalk, the inner or fertile face smooth, glab-
rous and very dark blackish-brown (when dr^-). Basidia with two long-
prongs each about 3.8/x thick at base. Spores elliptic, somewhat bent,
four-celled, 4.5-6.3 x 11.5-16/x. The plant is very different from
G. spathularia and is easily distinguished by it colors and spores. It
is known from New York to Brazil, and in the United States is, in
the opinion of Lloyd, probably confined to elm. Lloyd also thinks that
it is the same as G. hiformls Pk., G. hicolor Pk. and G. juriilensis
Hennings. See Myc. Notes 58 :825, fig. 1378. 1919.

Low and upper districts on trunks and logs. Curtis.

Guepinia spathularia (Schw.) Fr.

Plates 23, 51 axd 64

This is a small, upright, spathulate plant with a distinct stalk
which is simple or more or less branched and furrowed ; growing in
lines and clusters from dead, deciduous wood ; height about 0.5-2 cm. ;
width about 2-5 mm. at the flattened spathulate or petal-like tip ; stalk
distinct, up to 1.5 cm. long, flattened above, rounded below, running
tlirough cracks in the l)ark down to the wood, base scurfy tomentose,
the tomentum becoming finer upward and extending onto the sterile
side of the expanded cap as a very fine pulverulence. Hymenium or-
ange-yellow, rugose wrinkled longitudinally like a Cantharellus, con-
fined to one side of the flattened upper part and distinctly delimited
from the stem ; sterile surface as deeply colored as the In-menium when
damp, but becomiiig a light yellow or cream color when drj-, the hy-
menium remaining orange; stalk brownish-yellow above, darker brown
below; texture of entire plant tough, firm, subgelatinous.

Spores (of No. 3892) smooth, orange-yellow, elliptic, curved, 3.8-
4.5 X 7.4-9.5;li, sprouting to form small, spherical conidia on short
stalks, dividing into two cells before sprouting. Basidia long and
deeply bipartite.

Not rare on logs and crossties of deciduous wood and on pine and
cedar. On long soaking or exjiosui-e to rain the plants become faded to
a pale amber or straw color. Tlie size and form of this species are
very variable. We have some on i)ine and cedar that are simply
swollen above into a kind of rugose club with one side sterile (see
Pl. 23, fig. 14) and fi'oin this form lliei-e arc variations uj) to an ex-

178 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

panded, petal-like form with strongly crimped margins. A good many
species have been described in this genus, most of which are certainly
Avithont validity. I am including in this species both the form on
deciduous aiul that on coniferous wood, but I am not at all sure that
they are the same. However, as the basidia and spores cannot be dis-
tinguished and there are a number of forms on both kinds of wood,
1 have not separated them.

1073. On an oak log near Howell's spring, October 18, 1911. Drawings.
3377. Dead branch of oak, June 28, 1919. Spores 3.7-1.8x8.5-11/^. Photo and

painting.
3852. On pine pole on basketball court of old graded school, December 9, 1919.

Spores smooth, orange-yellow, elliptic or curved, 3.7-5 x 9-11.1/x.
3892. On decaying wood of deciduous tree in Stroud's lowgrounds, December

13, 1919.
3913. On cedar posts at The Eocks, December 16, 1919.
3984. On oak wood back of athletic field, January 17, 1920.
3998. On a pine rail on a grape arbor, January 22, 1920.
4008. On cedar poles, arbor at the Eocks, January 23, 1920. Spores 3.8-6 x

7J-10.Ofi, a few longer; divided into two cells before sprouting.

Blowing Eock. Atkinson.

Common on pine wood. Curtis.

DITIOLA

Plants small, centrally stalked or seated by a point, enlarged above
with the hymenium over the enlarged part ; at times like a small
Peziza, Avith the tlat upper surface covered bj^ the hymenium ; not to-
nientose. Flesh toughish-fleshy, only the hymenium gelatinous. Spores
elliptic, two- or four-celled before sprouting. Basidia as in Dacry-
myces, etc. Distinguished from Guepinia by the smooth stalk (if
present) and hymenium not lateral. AVe have found only two species.

Key to the Species

Growing on pine, bursting through bark, color orange

yellow D. radicata (1)

Growing on deciduous wood; about clay color; very

small D. aJbizziae (2)

1. Ditiola radicata (Alb. & Schw.) Fr.

Plates 49, 50 and 63

Plants gregarious or crowded into lines or masses up to 1.1 cm.
long, 1-5 mm. high, abruptly expanded at top into a horizontally flat-
tened, irregular, dull, orange-yellow head, bearing the hymenium,

1920] The Lower Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 179

which is about 1.5-3 mm. broad, often depressed by a central wrinkle
with the margin a little lobed or at times deeply constricted to form
a compound head or two separate heads, or further compounded and
crowded by branching of the stem below ; the exposed stalk short,
only up to 1 mm. long and 1-1.5 mm. thick, unless compounded, not
visible plainly except in youth, usually flattened, descending through
the bark by a flattened, whitish root about 2-3 mm. long, tough and
hardly subgelatinous. Texture of cap firm and toughly gelatinous,
softer on exposure in age.

Spores (of No. 4183) bent-elliptic, 4-celled before sprouting, 5-6.6 x
11-16. 6/j,; basidia slender, two-forked.

The head is distinctly viscid when wet, and when young is covered
with an inconspicuous, subhyaline, outer coat which softens in water
and seems to be washed off in particles. After disappearing from the
top a remnant of it may be seen when soaked as a little area of fringe
around the margin of the head. The stalk penetrates holes and cracks
in the bark as a root and disappears into more or less obvious plates
of mycelium. The root is often branched from the base or further up
to form a compound row or group. It is usually glabrous on exposed
part, and where protect(>d by bark it is whitened and somewhat fibrous
with mycelium. The smaller or younger plants have very little, if
any, free stem above the bark. As parts of the bark are easily removed
in handling, one might be misled as to what part of the stem-root w^as
exposed. On drying the plant shrinks, but retains its form unless
old and softened ; the color of the cap becomes a translucent red, with
the expo.sed stalk about the same color or more brown, while the root-
ing part remains whitish. Old plants exposed to rain lose much of
their color and dry pale and membranous.

Our plant is most like Dacryint/ccs auraiitiiis, but differs from it
in the less ample and less plate-like root, viscid head, and shorter
spores with only four cells. Large and mature plants cannot be dis-
tinguished witli cfTtMinty fri)in it witliout reference to the spore
characters,

Lloj'd has seen my plants, and 1 am following him in calling tliis
Ditiola radicata, as he has collected that species in Sweden and should
know it. There are discrepancies between our plants and the descrip-
tions of this sp<'ci('s. Foi- example, Fries says it is covered with a
flocculent white coat when young, and the spores are given by Ilen-
uings as two-ceiied, 3..S-4 x .S-l()|u. Plants in the Curtis Herbarium

180 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

from Fries labelled D. radicuta are not like my plants, but more like
small specimens of my Dacryopsis ceracea. Spores, if present, are
collapsed and shapeless. Plants in the same herbarium from Society
Hill, S. C, on pine labelled Ditiola gamhosa B. & C. looks just like
our collections, but no spores could be found. It is also to be noted
tiiat collections from Europe in New York Botanical Garden Herba-
rium are on old, decorticated, weathered wood, and seem different
from ours.

This agrees well with Massee's description of Dacryopsis nuda
(Jour. Myc. 6 :182. 1891), and looks exactly like the figures of a plant
collected by Beardslee at Asheville and referred by Lloyd to D. nuda
(Myc. Notes 57 -Ml, figs. 1406-1408. 1919). According to Hennings's
description also our plant agrees better with D. nuda. He gives
spores of the latter as 4-celled, 5 x lAfx.

3968. On corticated pine wood, back of Athletic Field, January 17, 1920. Spores
not septate when shed, 6.3-7.4 x 16.3-20/x.

402.5. On decayed cedar limb, January 24, 1920. Spores curved-elliptic, some
4-celled, 6-7.4 x 12.9-16.6^.

4109. On a fallen corticated pine branch, February 13,. 1920. Photo.

4155. On corticated pine branch, February 21, 1920. Spores orange, curved-
elliptic, 4-celled, 6-7.5 x 12.2-17/x.

4175. On corticated pine branch, February 21, 1920, Spores 5.5-6.5 x 11.3-18.5;x.

4180. On corticated pine limb, February 26, 1920. Spores 5.5-7 x 11-17/^, 4-
celled.

4183. On corticated pine, February 25, 1920.

4192. On corticated pine limb. F^jruary 26, 1920.

2. Ditiola albizziae n. sp.

Plate 64

Very small, centrally attached by a point, scarcely stalked, spread-
ing out like a Peziza with the top flat, pale dull yellow (about clay
color), hardly 1.5 mm. broad at top and less than 1 mm. high. Texture
of cup waxy, toughish, the hymenium gelatinous ; not reviving well
when moistened.

Spores elliptic, two-celled, 4.5 x 8.5-9.5/x. Basidia slender, two-
forked. See drawing.

This cannot be D. sulcata Schw., as a specimen from his herbarium
(New England, Torrey) now in Curtis Herbarium has long, allantoid
spores, 7.5 x 34/x long.

3996. On a dead branch of Jlbizzia JuUhrissin (Mimosa) in Arboretum, Janu-
ary 21, 1920. Type.

19;J0\ The Lowek Basidiomycetes of North Carolina 181

CALOCERA

Plants frrowing on wood, upright, more or less terete throughout,
simple or often branched, small, rarely up to 6 cm. high, often in rows
from cracks; firm, tough, pliable, viscid, subgelatinous when very wet,
orange or yellow, the hymenium covering all the plant except the
whitish base (amphigenous). Basidia terete, elongated, forked into
two long prongs each of which bears a spore ; spores smooth, yellowish,
sausage-shaped, divided into two cells before sprouting.

The hymenium is much denser than the inner flesh and is com-
posed of densely fascicled groups of horizontal basidia which do not
mature simultaneously. The plants resemble the Clavarias in form
and are separated from them by their tough and more gelatinous
structure, viscid surface and long-forked basidia.

Key to the Species

Growing on pine, gold or orange color, up to (5 em. liigli..('. riscosa (1)

Growing on pine, yellow, minute, only up to 2 nun. high..';, cornea var. minima (3)

Growing on deciduous woods (J. cornea (2)

1 Calocera viscosa (Pers.) Fr.

This plant has the form of a Clavaria, about 2-6 cm. high, slender,
stalked, several times branched, the tips acute ; color deep golden
yellow or orange yellow, orange when drj-, surface very viscid ; texture
tough and pliable, the base extending into a slender whitish root.

Spores oblong, curved, smooth, probably light yellow, about 4.5 x
9-11/x, divided into two cells before sprouting.

Not rare on pine stumps and usuall.y in rows from cracks. We
have seen it at Chapel Hill, but failed to make notes. The above de-
scription is therefore compiled from others. Distinguished from
C. cornea by growth on pine, larger size and deeper color.

For good illustrations in color see Gillet, PI. 85 (118), fig. 1; and
Massee : Brilisli Fungi and Licliens. PI. 27, fig. 8.

2. Calocera cornea (Batsch.) Fr.

Plate ()5

Cespitose and (tt'trn tuscd at base, fonniim cluiiips or extended
rows from cnicks in tlir liark, about 5-1.") nnii. high, cylindrical, pointed
at the tips, simple or a few times hraiielied or pronged like an antler

182 Journal of the Mitchell Society [June

al)uvc; viscid; color oehraceous yellow, or when very wet and swollen
a paler soaked yellow; texture tough, subgelatiiious when- very wet.

Spores (of No. 3834) creamy yellow, smooth, bent, 3.8-4.8 x
!).3-ll.V.

The plants are horny and reddish when dry or blackish when old.
The base is subtomentose from the mycelium. The color of the fresh
plants is removable by soaking in water overnight. The water be-
comes yellow and the plants when taken out dry whitish. With us
the species is not rare on deciduous wood. See Gillet, PI. 85 (118),
fig. 2. Calocera palmata is probably the same. See Myc. Notes 62 :
figs. 1656 and 1657 (as C. palmata) and fig. 1658 (as C. cornea). 1920.

A ver}^ delicate plant on pines and cedar that we find here may be
a different species, but the spores and basidia are the same as in the
above. Lloj'd thinks it only a form. As extensive colonies run all
about the same size and never cespitose, I have decided to treat it as
a variety of C. cornea, as below.

3824. On fallen branches of Liriodendron, December 5, 1919. Spores creamy-
yellow, smooth, mostly bent-elliptic, 3.7-4.8 x lA-lOfi.
;vS;)4. On rotting oak limb, woods east of cemetery, December 7, 1919.

3. Calocera cornea var. minima n. var.

Plate 65

Minute, 1.5-2 mm. high, slender, densely gregarious, but not cespi-
tose, simple or a few forked near apex or at any point, very rarely one
branched into several prongs ; stalk pale yellow or whitish, flatly and
broadly attached, round, smooth, several times longer than the yel-
low, slightly enlarged, pointed, hymenium-bearing apex which looks
not unlike that of Mutinus caninus in shape. This head may be a
little rough or even knobbed or forked. Texture tough, subcartilagin-
ous ; surface viscid. Base pentrating the wood by a distinct root.

Spores (of No. 4088) elliptic, a little bent, yellowish under the
microscope, two-celled a few days after falling, 3.8-5.5 x 7.4-11/x. Ba-
sidia forked, about 3/x thick.

4088. On a decorticated pine branch, February 4, 1920. Drawings.

Chapel Hill, A'. C.

PLATE 52

GVM.\()S|-()ir\N(.ir\l (.KU'MINAl.K. Nn. -JTs.i:.. Ki^is. 1-.;. trliospcivs ami l.asi.li:..
G. JUMI'Kin Vll^iilMANAK. Nn. lJ:'.n7:.. Ki--. 4. .".. trli..si.o.vs an.l l.asnl.a.
a. XIDIS A\1S. Nci. J77-_'a. Fi!i><. 'i-^. tfliosiMHi'^ ami l.a^i.lia.
All X 71'..

PLATE 53

SACCOl-.I-AS'l'IA OVISI'OUA VAir ( A K'< )1,1 \ 1 A N A. Xn. li)7s. Ki:;s 1. -J. 4. r.. l.:.si.li:i

slK.wiiiK siHMv- iiinl sacs; liy. .■.. s|,i.iutin;: spt.ri's.
.\rRIcri.AHIA Alincri.A-.irDAK. X... :\»:\rK V\'A. <;. si-.-ns; li-. :. l.asi.li:i.
Fi.r. C X L'lC.n, ,,tli.Ts \ insu

PLATE 54

IM. A'I'N (.l.OKA CAK'OI.I M.\.\.\. No. InM. I'l^s. 1, ;;, ». li, l,;isi.li;i ; lii,'. -2. spnii.li:i

I't,'- •'. sprout ili;,f spun's; li;^;. 7, spnir^.
IM.ATVCfLOKA I-A(iKKSTU()KM 1 A K NL. indi.'. l'i>i. S. spores; li^s. it IJ. I.asi,ii:i; tii:. i:

tlircails iiinoni; l)asi(li:i ; fi;^. 11, sprolltin^ sjiorrs.
i'i^'s. 7, S X I'KiO, otliiTs X |(»S(i.

PLATE 55

SIKOI'.ASIDI IM i:in;i'i:i,l>lAM'M. \u. tlnl. \-'\.^s. 1 ;:. I.;isi.|i;t ill ili.-iiiis: tii:. 4. >iiHr.-s

:iii<l s|Miriili;i.

KXIDIA (JliANIMI.OSA. NO. .•.h7h. I"!;:. ">. sprniitiii^ ^iMiif^; (ii;. (i, sim.ics; tii;. !>, l.itsi.lia.

IIXIDIA (JKI.ATINOSA. Nn. :!«.",♦. V\<r. 7. I);isi.liiim ; ixa. s, sjM.n's.

Fijjs () anil .*< x •JKiii, otlicrs x losn.

PLATE 5f;

|-.\l|)|\ I'.i; \i;i»sl.i;i:i. X... :;!".;i'. \'\iX- l. I'lisiilium; fi«. l'. spoils.

NAKMA ri:i,IA MCM: A'I'A. X... :;;•.-.<•.. Fi-. ::. I>asi.li:i; tiy;. 4. sproutiii.u sim.ic -No.

TKKMK
TWKMK
TiniMK

'I'ln-'-Mi':

'.A I'CCl l'< )ir\l 1^. Xn. I tiis. I'iii. C, l,;i>iili;i ; lii;. 7. spores

'\ \S1'KU\ X". .".'.'■'■ii. I''i;i. ><. spHie>: li-i- *••• l':isi<li:i.

',A I-KOXDOSA. X... Ii::;. Fi«. U'. sp-.irs; X... L'4.-.ti. V\<^. 11. l..isi.lt:i

, \ HKTIcri.ATA. Xn. -JCitii. Fiji. l-J. spi.ivs.

, J -, s 111. l-J \ -Win. .>tli.Ms \ Insd.

PLATE 57

TKKMKLl-A H'lKSCKAS. NO. ;;s!».->. Fiu. 1. sim.ics: lii;.

fifr. 4, i.iisiiiiii. Nn. ::!tni. I'i-. ;;. i.jisi.iimn.

TKKMKI-I.A VIin-lNS. N,,. :;ii7ii. Fij.. o. l):isi(liM : ti-. <i. ^
|'|..s. 1 ;iihI r. \ Uir.ii, i.tlirr> \ lOHd.

i,li„l.li(.iv M.f No. 4nti!»)

PLATE 58

NAKMATKLIA (^T K K'l I N A. \... :;!•:;.-.. I'i-. 1. Ii:t>i.|i:i : (i-. 1'. s|M.n>s
TUKMKI.I.A sri'.AXOMAl.A. Xc Hki:.. Fiy. ::, l.:i^hli:i: li'^r. .-,. s|M.n
TlfKMKLLA I'lNKOLA. No. tn.-.ii. I'iy. 4, l>asi.li:i.
Fiys. L", .") X L'ltin, ,,tli,i> x InSd.

PLATE 59

TKKMKI-I-A CAWNKOAIJ'.A. Nn. :;s77. I'i^r. l. ^,,1 ,,iitiiiu s|.orcs; fi;(s. L', .:, I.:i>i.li:i.
TI{I:MI;I.1-()I)()N CKLATINOSIM. N.i. IUl-. I'l^r. t. iKisi.lia iiii.l spon-s.
THKMKl-l-ODKXKKOX ( 'A X DI I H' M. X<>. I-h:.. Ki^,'. .'.. spDr.-..

KK'ilLKKIKLLA LKV Kl 1.1,1 A X A. X... ;;M-_'!t. ri;r. t;, s.vtioi; ..f livm.iiial suifiir.-. ti-.
spoics.

I'iiis. .') 7 X UKin, (.tliris X lliHti.

PLATE (iO

CIJi

SKI'.At'l NA ( Al.iilA. Nu. :;'.it;;;. I'i-. 1. -.■.tion «>!' li\ nifiii:il siirt':t.r.

SKKAi'lNA Si'. .\(i. Ml'.'. Fi^. -. scctii.ii of li_viii.'iii;il Miifii.-.' ; li;^. t. spori's.

SKl;.\<'I.\.\ SI'. No. Ills. I'i^. :■•, ><'«tinii ..r UviiirniMl sml':t.-.'; lii,'. •">, s|H>n'>'

I'i'.;-. t, •">, N -liii'. ntll.T^ \ |ns(i.

PLATE (51

Si:ii.\< I N A si'. No. Hli'i. I'lj^s. 1, •_'. I.iisidiii: tiy;. :'.. sfctitiii of liymriiiiil >iiit':icf. sliowiii;;

til.- l:irj,'r c i-_vst;i Is ; lit,'. I, spii mt i ii t,r s|iurcs; li;,r. .',. s]„>rcs.
|).\(in WnCKS I'.M.Ll DIS. .\n. |n7L>. I'io. (;, Idisidiiiiii; lij:. 7, spoiTs.
I'i;;. :; \ ;i7ii. li;^^. .'), 7 X l^ltiii. iitlicis \ In.Hd.

PLATE 62

I'K'KM Kl.l. \ Allv'K II. \i;i A. X... II.".!'. I'i-. I . s|>(.riili;i witli iiMu.-iiiis ,.f cM -imut : ti;;. 12,

-|iiiics ; li<i. .;, Ii;isii|i;i.
|).\( RVMYCKS I'KDrXCI'l, ATI'S. \,,. Il.'.s. I"i-. 4, Ihim.!::!; liy;. ■"■'. sporrs ln'.-irin-i siM.ii.li.-i.
Kilis. 1. •_', .'. \ -JltWi. (itlirr- \ Insii.

PLATE 63

|).\<in .\n <i:s ITsCo.M I.Xrs X. sr. no. tn?.".. V\>r. l. spon's; ««. •_', luisi.lium.
).\fK^'.\n (lis Al'.l K'I'I MS. X... ;is;:j. |'i». ;:. liasi.lium; i'lii. 4. s|.<.n-s.
)A('in .XnCKS AlKAX'l'irs. Xo. .;."iii(i. Fit;, 'i. Iiasidiiiiu :hi«1 sport': lii;. 7. >porc.
) \(•|n■M^■('l■:s i;LLISII. X... .ISCI. V\<x. S, sp<«iTs an.l spi.ri.lia.

) \i ■|v■^ \l N (lis IXVOi.rTl'S. X... :;!I7-J. \'\ii. !». I.asidium; Xo. n7!>. \"\)i. 1". sporo,
)iri()L\ KADIi'ATA. Xc. lis;:. I'i-. '.. >pnr. s
FiiCN. 1. ». .■>, 7, H, 1(1 s L'liin. (.til. 'IS X •JdSii.

PLATE 64

|i.\( m .\n(i:s XllXoi;. \n. /.HJi;. I'i-. l, L.-isi-liuin; X... l-nu. I'i^. -2. si...r.>

h.\< K'N < i\l ll'ir\ IMI'.IA. \(.. :;".»•;!•. Fi^. :;, luisiilium ; liy;. 4. sporfs.

(;ri:i'l\l A si'Al nil. AIM A. .\... ■.\sw2. I'iyr. .-,. sjM.ics: No. :'.s.-,-_'. Fi^. C. s|M.ri'^: Hii. 9,

;il.si,|i;,.

KI'I'IOLA ALI'.I//1 AK. Nn. ilUHi. Fij;. 7, spores; liy. s, li:isi.li:i.
I'iiis. L'. I, •'>. li \ -J Hill, utlicis \ lllHU.

PLATE 65

CAI.OCKIfA COIfXKA v:u. MINIMA. Nn. 4(ISS. Kif,'. 1. sporos; fin. l". l.asi.limn.
|iA( l.'N'Ol'SIS CKUACKA. N.i. I 1 J I . I'i«. :!. siiort's; li>j. 4. luisiiliuin.
CALOCKIkA ('()I{.\KA. No. :'.^:'.». I"i«;. .".. Iiasi'liimi ; (iji. ti, spdros.
Ni:i"r()I{.\SII)ir.\l KKTII'OH.MK. N(.. CJTit. l-'i^. ", i-n>ss sritii.ii ..f li,viiuni:il

Fi"s. I, ."., ti X 'Jltitl. i.tlliTN \ L'dSd.

PLATE 66

SKI'TOl'.ASllUrM I{KTIF()I{Mi:. N... 4l'7'.'. ^i^^ l.s|.(.rfs.

tSKI'TOHASIDllM l'SKri)Ol'i:i)l('i:i,I.ATlM. N.I. 4-_'S(;. l"i>;. •_'. cn.ss sfrtion of livim-iii:.l
siiitaci>; liK- •'>. sport's.

l-'i-is. 1, :!, .\ 'JUin, (i;:. •-' X insn.

PLATE 67

I'll

Sl.TT(.i;\-ll.irM !-SKih..n;iH.i:Ll.\TrM. N... l-.:?. .• .^. l. s,....ys nn.l s,.on.lia^

SKPTOHASn.n-M KKTIFOiniK. No. ...1. Ki.. '^^ -.i f sn.f:..-. .!......, on..u of

l.asi.lia; fi^^. •"-•", l.asi.lia fornunji spoivs.
Fi';. 1 X •Jliin. (.tli.Ts s lns(».

New York Bolanicai Garden Librar

3 5185 00265 8167

Ml'.'

illii'

if

iiilll iiiiliiii

i ill Pi ill !

liiiiliii ii :

m

;i!!! !:i

1 i'Wwi K K I .1.1

iiiiil

t iilii